Sy s ral se +3 “ a * ° yn, fe 8 ak Eee Wiese? Wye: aa we S OLE TIBRIRY OF» bx Ze | HENEW oe AN hin y ; pee Nsde LP i~ $5 SA =F Meioge OO ~ ho = > i: ¥ ree - ; A 4 =the a jens = =f ; z a ae eee RS : oe Ane bat ites i : ( Anh \ f ‘) ii WNP Ry phy (yh 1 ae adie Ube ua tt 7 aN ) : i ¥ wy Pi hie A i) i? AT ui Me My 0 Rha ty ii WL i ARVIN HUAI AANA We uf mA) } ib} iia i Mt aie ~s | ; EP f ) Heels)! ea yy ig a. ls i) Din yy i) Ke | Mer: . Awan p ) ; mi i ; ua ae ha f) ve eo ad o ; yi Oe us Olah Any Vip ieer aw ‘i areit ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEIIY OF SCIENCES VOLUME XVIII 1908 Editor EDMUND OTIS HOVEY LIBRARY NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, New York Published by the Academy 1908 = 1909 THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. (Lyceum or Naturat History, 1817-1876.) OFFIcERS, 1908. President — CHARLES F. Cox, Grand Central Station. V ice-Presidents — A. W. GRABAU, FRANK M. CHAPMAN, D. W. Herine, ApoLtF MEYER. Recording Secretary — EpmMuND Otis Hovey, American Museum. Corresponding Secretary — HENRY E. Crampton, Columbia University. Treasurer — EMERSON McMItutn, 40 Wall Street. Inbrarian — RatpxH W. Tower, American Museum. Editor —Epmunp Otis Hovey, American Museum. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Chairman — A. W. Grapau, Columbia University. Secretary —CHARLES P. BERKEY, Columbia University. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. Chairman — Frank M. Cuapman, American Museum. Secretary — R. W. Miner, American Museum. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Chairman — D. W. Herine, New York University. Secretary — WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Columbia University. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. Chairman — ApotF Meyer, Ward’s Island. Secretary — R. S. WoopwortH, Columbia University. Title-page Officers Contents . LIBRARY Dates of Babieneion e Prather! CHS List of Illustrations aah Tet onan Errata Note regarding te anette Mastadon - (Part I) Arr. 1. (Part IT) Art. 2. ArT. 3. Art. 4, Art. 5. ART. 6. Art. 7. Art. 8. NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVIII. PAGE i ii iii iv iv v Vv The Bicentenary of he Birth of Carolus inane, By Epmunp Otis Hovey. (Plates I-IV) 1 Linneus as a Zodlogist. By J. A. ALLEN 9 Linnzus as an Intermediary between Ancient and Modern Zoélogy; His Views on the Class Mam- malia. By W. K. Grecory . ‘ 21 Linnzus and American Botany. By Par Ves RYDBERG : 32 Address by the eeeiden oF the Netiente N. L. BRITTON . 40 Address by the erendent of the Aeneas Reanio and Historie Preservation Society, GreorcE F. Kunz bWite 42 Address by the Breadene ee ‘the Wnned: redial Societies of New York, Emit F. Jounson 46 A Sketch of the Life of Carl von Linné. By Ep- warp L. Morris . 47 Linneus and American accel store By Freperic A. Lucas . oi MUR bal Nk ebee Greetings from Societies and iavtese irate 57 New Species and Genera of the Lepidopterous F faale Noctuide for 1907. Part II. By Joun B. SmitrH' 91 On Determination of Mineral Constitution through Recasting of Analyses. By ALExis A. JULIEN 129 The Chester, New York, Mastodon. By E. O. Hovey. (Plate V) 147 The Production of Chandi in the ipeumfches: the Se Robin and the Toadfish. By R. W. Tower. (Plates VI-VIII) . 149 The North American Species of the Goan Tpomea, By Homer Do.iver House 181 Records of Meetings, 1906. By W. M. (iam 265 Records of Meetings, 1907. By Epmunp Oris Hovey 313 Membership Lists, 31 December, 1907 . . . 371 (Part III) Arr. 9. An Investigation of the Figure of the a aad of Bae sible Variations in its Sizeand Shape. By CHARLES GANG POOR) ~ ves ami he ree iw fal lel tet ye!) ehh oOO ili Art. 10. Outline of the Geology of Long Island, N. Y. By WO. CROsB yea 00%, 425 Art. 11. Charles Darwin and he Mutation Theory ‘By Cuarutes F.Cox . . 431 Art. 12. Records of Meetings, 1908. fey EpMonp arr Hovey .. PPM ae 5.2" The Drea nication a the Wendeena a ior ele RU emma The’ Original Charter’) creel he he tee Orderiof: Court’) \siiveueskare Gs Nonipanontie dion emo es The Amended Charter Woh ey sous e selene) era mene Constitution: 22). ah ence cb Ric Mae nce eal ane By-Laws. . . BAUR ROS MUM te Membership Lists, 31 December, 1908 . aNveiy sy 1 neat stad bata a RN eo fh aXo =>: SN OA DE ON CM MN Yi ye eS UIALUAM a Ni) Haan a ES es 9 NRSC DATES OF PUBLICATION OF AUTHORS’ SEPARATES. The edition of authors’ separates for Part I was 50 copies, 47 of which were given to the author; beginning with Part II of this volume, the regular edition has been 75 copies, 50 of which have been given to the author. (Part % I) Art. 1, pp. 9-19, 29 January, 1908. pp. 21-31, 29 January, 1908. pp. 42-45, 29 January, 1908. (Part II) Art. 2,22 January, 1908. Art. 3, 4 April, 1908. Art. 4, 15 April, 1908. Art. 5, 23 April, 1908. Art. 6, 11 May, 1908. (Part III) Art. 9,29 August, 1908. Art. 10, 16 December,1908. Art. 11, 10 February, 1909. Art. 12, pp. 511-536, 16 June, 1909. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. Plates. I.— The Linnzus Bridge, Bronx Park, New York City. IIJ.— Linneus at the age of thirty, in Lapland dress. Linneus at the age of forty. I1I.— Hammarby, the country home of Linnzus near Upsala, Sweden. Tablet placed on the Linnzeus Bridge by the New York Academy of Sciences. IV.— The Linnzus Bridge and Tablet. V.— Facsimile of Townsend Mss. describing the Chester Mastodon. VI.— Swim-bladder of Micropogon undulatus. Swim-bladder of Cynoscion nebulosum. VII.— Swim-bladder of Bairdella chrysura. Swim-bladder of Leiostomus xanthurus. VIII.— Kymograph Records of Sound-producing Swim-bladders (8 figures). iv Text Figures. PAGE BE Win-HOWer; Prine DOTCALES Is Vena | ile) Pat) va) a: Kshs cee isl dla ive aed lie (vs Be Swim-bladder of Cynoscion regalis . . . SR VaR ASE PTOI RIP oan Perk, MEY bi 30 Swim-bladder of Micropogon undulatus after Bareneen gt ehh oY Ae tite a Vote Gy win es emam-bladden Of Pienolirs CAnOlatis a ya) Meloni) sec waded decile oss asl ie a. Se nS Ryn Ding der OM O paarinatagn wom ai stools hajcdlc Mhe, Vile Phe Ses May ie es) wok ee tel, SG Bwiun-bladder:ofiOpsantus tain ae uve bal Wa, the Key, von vis) lyelntad Vella eines kay kate A ERRATA. Page 40, line 2.— Instead of “Sachalin,” read ‘‘Saghalin.” Page 68, line 5.— Instead of “jeter”, read “‘lever.”’ Page 147, line 29.— Instead of ‘‘ Mitchell,” read “‘ Mitchill.”’ Page 281, line 31.— Instead of “‘eocystides,” read “‘ eocystites.”’ Page 316, line 15.— Instead of “ Northrup’, read ‘“ Northup.” Page 324, line 29.— Instead of ‘“‘cen?’’, read ‘‘em?.”’ Pages 329 and 330.— Instead of “‘ Bufo aqua’’, read “ Bufo agua.” Page 339, line 19.— Instead of “F. W. Pedersen’, read ‘‘F. M. Pedersen.”’ Page 341, line 18.— Instead of “‘Size’’, read “ Pfizer.” NOTE REGARDING THE CHESTER MASTODON : THE attention of the Editor has been called to the account of the finding, exhumation and character of the remains of the Chester, N. Y., mastodon ! which was printed in The American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review, Vol. I, pp. 195, 196, New York, July, 1817. This publication is so rare that the account is reprinted here. LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. Sitting of June 2. Dr. Mitchill, the president of the Lyceum, and Dr. Townsend, the committee appointed, by a resolve of the society, to visit and explore the tract between the Highlands and the Catskill Mountains, made a report in part; from which report the following is an extract: “Tt was the good fortune of the commissioners to find another skeleton of that huge creature the Elephas Mastodon, which though apparently extinct, was formerly an inhabitant of New-York. This happened on the 27th and 29th of May, upon the farm of Mr. Yelverton, near Chester, a village in the town of Goshen. The soil is a black peat or turf, sufficiently inflammable to be employed for fuel. Its surface is overgrown with grass, forming a luxuriant meadow for grazing.— The herbage and the bottom in which it grows, have a near resemblance to the turf meadow of Newton, in Queen’s County, Long Island. The sward and turf covering the skeleton are about 1Noted with facsimile reproduction of Dr. Townsend’s drawing in this Volume, p. 147, PLOW: four feet deep. Beneath these is a stratum of coarse vegetable stems and films, resembling chopped straw or drift stuff, along the sea-shore, about a foot and a half thick; and under this is a stratum of fine bluish and soft clay. Specimens of these are brought away, and are herewith presented. The bones raised were parts of a lower jaw with its teeth, of a scapula, of a humerus, of an ulna and radius, of the bones of the feet, of ribs, and of vertebrae. The upper maxillary bone was found, with its grinders and tusks, in their natural situation. Dr. Townsend and Dr. Seely, who had from the beginning aided with their own hands the acquisition of these curious remains, now laboured with the greatest assiduity in the pit to uncover com- pletely, and elevate connectedly, these important parts of the animal. The unparal- leled association of bones, teeth, and ivory prongs, were, after much exertion, de- nuded of their mud and developed to view. They lay upside down, or, in other words, their natural position was inverted, as if the creature had died in a supine posture. The palate bones were perfectly in sight, with the huge molares on each side. From the point forward where the palate joins the upper maxillary bone in other animals, two ivory tusks proceeded. These were not inserted in sockets; at least no such holes or sockets could be found; but they seemed to be formed by a gradual change of bone to ivory, or of osseous to eburneous matter. In this respect the conversion resembled the jaw and tooth of the Saurian reptile of Nevesink, al- ready in the cabinet of the Professor of Natural History; in which organization the jaw is converted gradually to tooth. Their direction was forward, with a bold curva- ture outward and upward. Between the tusks could be seen and felt the nasal proc- esses to which the proboscis had formerly been attached. They were short and ungular. On attempting to loosen the left tusk from its clayey bed, it broke across, though touched in the most delicate manner. Though approached with the gentlest touch, it flaked off in considerable portions, and cracked through in several other places. Finding it wholly impossible to preserve its entirety, recourse was had to measuring the relics as they lay, and of making drawings from them as accurately as possible. And as the fragments of the tusk were handed up, Dr. Mitchill measured them by a rule, and found their amount, reckoning within bounds, to be eight feet and nine inches; or taking into calculation the space of connexion with the jaw as being three inches, or perhaps more, the length of the tusk was nine feet, or upwards, of solid ivory.* The circumference at the base was two feet and two inches, making a diameter of eight inches and two-thirds! The taper was easy, gradual, and smooth, like the tusks of other elephants. Dr. Townsend made a sketch of the parts in situ, before they were removed; by which it will be seen how the grinders are situated in relation to the tusks, and how tusks are to be considered as holding a middle place, in their anatomical structure and use, between teeth and horns. The various parts of the animal which were disinterred, and the drawings and illustrations, are herewith submitted to the society. “ Although the fragile and friable nature of these bones might render it impossible ever to connect them into a complete skeleton, the commissioners state it as a matter of the highest probability, that at the aforesaid place, the remainder of a mammoth, as huge perhaps as ever walked the earth, reposes in the swamp, not more than fifty-four miles from the site of this institution.— He has already heard the resusci- tating voice of the Lyceum.” * The tusks, though solid, are changed in their nature. Professor MacNeven, honorary member of the Lyceum, mentioned, in the society, that he had found their substance to be converted into carbonate of lime. vi VOL. XVIII PART | ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. EDITOR Edmund Otis Hovey NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1908 NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. OrFicers, 1908. President — CHARLES F. Cox, Grand Central Station. Recording Secretary — E. O. Hovey, American Museum. Corresponding Secretary — H. E. Crampton, Barnard College. Treasurer — EMERSON McMiu1n, 40 Wall St. Inbrarian — RateH W. Tower, American Museum. Editor — Epmunp Otis Hovey, American Museum. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Chairman — A. W. GraBau, Columbia University. Secretary — C. P. Berxey, Columbia University. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. Chairman — Frank M. CHapman, American Museum. Secretary — Roy W. Miner, American Museum. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Chairman — D. W. Herine, New York University. Secretary — WiLLIAM CAMPBELL, Columbia University. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. Chairman — ApotF Meyer, Ward’s Island. Secretary — R. S. WoopwortH, Columbia University. Sessions of 1908. The Academy will meet on Monday evenings at 8:15 o’clock from Octo- ber to May, inclusive, in the American Museum of Natural History, 77th Street and Central Park, West. Annals N. ¥. Acad. Sci., Vol. KVIEI, Part I, January, 1908. "LOBL ‘€z ABI poxBotpoc] ‘ ‘ALIO MUOA MUN ‘“MUVd XNOUA AOCIUA SA eee ame Sf] mov iy) TACK ALON IOG “aVOY ‘X'N SIVNNY Awnats N.Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XVIII, No. 1, Part I, pp. 1-90. January, 1908.] THE BICENTENARY OF THE BIRTH OF CAROLUS LINNAUS. LIBRARY NEW YORK BOTANICA! By Epmunp Otis Hovey, une Recording Secretary. On May 23, 1907, the New York Academy of Sciences, in common with many other scientific societies and institutions throughout the world cele- brated the two hundredth anniversary of the great Swedish naturalist Carl von Linné, who is better known perhaps by his Latin name Linneeus. In preparation for the event, the following invitation was sent out to sister societies throughout the world and to the Honorary Members of the Academy. The New York Academy of Sciences will celebrate on May 23, 1907, the Two Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of Carl von Linné. At this time, commemorative exercises will be held at The American Museum of Natural History, The New York Zodlogical Park, The New York Botanical Garden, The New York Aquarium, The Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. A beautiful bridge crossing the Bronx River between the Botanical Garden and the Zodlogical Park will be dedicated to the distinguished Swedish naturalist. (The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences) is invited to take part in this celebration by contributing an official document, appreciative of the works of Linné, to be read before the members of the New York Academy of Sciences and assembled guests. N. L. Britton, President. BE. O. Hovey, Secretary. The invitation was accompanied by an illustration of the Linnzus Bridge, to which reference was made. To all sister societies in the United States, Canada and Mexico, the fol- Sewing additional invitation was sent. 1 FEB 15 19 2 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (The National Academy of Sciences) is cordially invited by the New York Academy of Sciences to participate in its exercises commemorative of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of the Swedish naturalist Carl von Linné through an authorized representative as well as by the official document asked for in the accompanying invitation An early reply is desired On the day of the anniversary the committee charged by the Council with making arrangements for the celebration carried out the following program. PROGRAM OF EXERCISES MORNING 9: 00-12: 00.— At the American Museum of Natural History Exhibition of American Animals known to Linnzeus In charge of F. M. Coapman, W. M. Wuereter, W. BEUTENMUELLER Exhibition of Shells, Minerals and Rocks known to Linnzeus In charge of L. P. Graracap, E. O. Hovey 10: 30.— Reading of letters from other Societies by the Secretary of the Academy 11: 15.— Address by J. A. ALLEN on “ Linnzeus and American Zodlogy”’ AFTERNOON 2:00-4:00.— At the New York Botanical Garden, Museum Building, Bronx Park Exhibition of American Plants known to Linnzus In charge of L. M. UNpERWoop, J. K. Smauu, P. A. RypBere, M. A. Howe, G. V. Nasu Exhibition of the Botanical Writings of Linnzeus and of Portraits of Linnzeus In charge of C. B. Roxsinson, J. H. BARNHART 3:10.— Address by P. A. RypBrEre on “ Linnzus and American Botany” 3:40.— Exhibition of selected lantern slides of Flowers of North American Plants known to Linnzeus. In charge of H. H. Russy 4: 00-4: 30.— Walk South from Museum Building through the Grounds of the Garden to the Linnzus Bridge W. A. Murritu will point out characteristic American trees known to Linnzeus 4:30.— At the Bridge over the Bronx River on Pelham Parkway UNVEILING oF A Bronze Taster COMMEMORATING LINNZUS Address by the President of the Academy, and placing of documents in the tablet Singing by the American Union or SwepisH Sincers: “Hear us, Svea” — Wennerberg BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 3 Acceptance of the tablet on behalf of the City of New York by the Hon. Joseru I. Berry, Commissioner of Parks of the Borough of the Bronx Acceptance of the key of the tablet by the New York Historical Society for safe keeping until May 23, 1957 Singing by the Amertcan Union oF Swepisu Sincers: “Battle Hymn” — Lindblad Address by G. F. Kunz, President of the American Scenic and Historic Preserva- tion Society Address by E. F. Jonnson, President of the United Swedish Societies of New York Singing by the American Union or SwepisH Singers: “Banner Song”— Wennerberg 5: 15-6:30.— At the New York Zodlogical Park Examination of the Collections with special reference to Animals known to Linnzus In charge of W. T. Hornapay, C. W. Brzse, R. L. Dirmars, W. Rem Bair EVENING 8:00.— At the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute, Eastern Parkway Opening address by F. A. Lucas Address by E. L. Morris on the “Life of Linnzus” Musical number by the Glee Club of the Unrrep SwepisuH Socterizs Address by F. A. Lucas on “ Linnzus and American Natural History” Musical numbers by the Glee Club of the Unrrep SwepisH Socirtizs Exhibition by means of lantern slides of ‘‘Plants and Animals known to Lin- nus.” In charge of Dr. A. J. Grout, F. A. Lucas 8: 30-10: 30.— At the New York Aquarium, Battery Park (Admittance by invitation only) Reception given by the New York Zodlogical Society to the New York Academy of Sciences and Guests Demonstrations of features of Marine Life known to Linnzeus Commemoration of the centennial of the Aquarium building First view of the collections of the Aquarium by night. Music NATHANIEL L. Brirron FrepeEriIc A. Lucas Hermon C, Bumpus CuarLes H. TowNnsenD Wiiiam T. Hornapay Wiii1am Morton WHEELER Committee Epmunp Otis Hovey, Secretary American Museum Natural History { ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The carrying out of the plans of the Committee was made possible through a special fund of about $1000, the subscribers to which were Adams, Edward D. Adler, I. Amend, B. G. Armstrong, 8. T. Atkins, George F. Avery, Samuel P. Barron, George D. Baskerville, Charles Beck, F. C. T. Beckhard, Martin Berthoud, Edward 8. Beuren, F. T. van Bird, Henry Bristol, John I. D. Brown, Edwin H. Bumpus, H. C. Bunting, Martha Burgess, E. 8. Call, A. Ellsworth Cassabeer, H. A., Jr. Chamberlain, Leander T. Chandler, C. F. Chubb, 8. H. Cline, Miss May Cohn, J. M. Corning, C. R. Cox, C. F. Davenport, Mrs. Elizabeth B. Davidson, Miss Mary E. S. Davies, J. Clarence Dean, Bashford Demorest, W. C. Dodge, C. H. Donald, James M. Douglas, James Draper, Mrs. Henry Dunham, E. K. Dwight, Jonathan, Jr. Dwight, Melatiah E. Foot, Miss Katharine Ford, James B. Frissell, A. S. Gooch, F. C. Greenwood, Isaac J. Haupt, Louis Herrman, Mrs. Esther Hess, Selmar Holden, E. R. Hooker, Miss Henrietta EK. Hornaday, William T. Huntington, Archer M. Hussakof, L. Jesup, Morris K. Kaufman, Miss Pauline Kemp, James F. Kuntz, C. Kunz, George F. Lagerberg, J. de Langeloth, I. Langmann, G. Levy, Miss Daisy Low, Seth Lueas, F. A. Matthew, G. F. McKim, H. McMillin, Emerson McNeil, C. R. New York Academy of Sciences Nichols, John Treadwell Oettinger, P. J. Osborn, H. F. Osborn, W. C. Osburn, Raymond C. Owens, William W. Parsons, Mrs. Edwin Parsons, John E. Pederson, Frederick M. Perkins, W. H. Perry, C. J. Phipps, Henry Pinchot, Gifford Post, Abram 8. Ramsperger, G. Riker, Samuel Robb, J. Hampton Robinson, Miss Winifred J. Rydberg, P. A. Seabury, George J. Seitz, Charles E. Sellew, T. G. Shannon, William Purdy Smith, Eugene BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS a Stetson, Francis Lynde White, I. C. Stolpe, Mauritz Wicke, William Thorburn & Co., J. M. Williams, R. 8S. Townsend, C. H. Wilson, Edward B. Tuckerman, Alfred Wood, Miss Cynthia A. Watson, J. H. Woodward, Robert S. Yatsu, Naohidé The Academy also acknowledges the co-operation of the American Museum of Natural History, the New York Botanical Garden, the New York ZoGélogical Society, the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, the American Union of Swedish Singers and the Glee Club of the United Swedish Societies, in making the celebration dignified and successful. After the inspection of the special exhibits in the American Museum, the literary exercises began with the reception by President Britton of the official delegates of societies as follows, each presenting the greeting of his society. Royal Swedish Horticultural Society.................... J. de Lagerberg Society of Friends of Natural Sciences, Ekaterinburg, {REISS Er alt Cie A Cee Teh a Eh ond OF ae See eee George F. Kunz J. J. Stevenson Sociedad Cientifica “Antonio Alzate,”’ Mexico......... 4 C. T. Stevens (J. F. Kemp Boston Society of Natural History...................... J. A. Allen Museum of Comparative Zodlogy.................-..--. William Brewster Natural History Society of West Newbury, Mass......... William Merrill MeEriCan) OUINAl OF MCIENCE: 25) Hee 9i.).c es ole tek ast Pa. Herbert E. Gregory Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences.............. Alexander W. Evans finan Society of New-York )5..)05 0...26 oe ceese ies es Jonathan Dwight,Jr. News ork Botanical Gardem (514)... oc: scot eos: ba he Addison Brown Nema V ork Zoolopical SOCIEbY:.- 18s sce oe va habe welts ln ee H. F. Osborn American Museum of Natural History...................G@. H. Sherwood Moreyemouamcal Clips. 12.05. c2 Sas 2 a sae al 4 ete es Sahahars H. H. Rusby New «vor Hntomolopical Society... 226.6.) + ses aa E. B. Southwick New) York Microscopical Sotiety. 0.0 6.200:/0- 2 ee eee J. L. Zabriskie Newer ome pelistotieal Society)... 6 lid yt cak oe be dees oe Samuel V. Hoffman American Institute of the City of New York............. Robert Rutter Butialo Society of Natural Sciences. ..............2-.54- T. G. Smith Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences............... { As J. Grout | F. A. Lucas Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences........... Arthur Hollick Maryland ‘Academy: of Sciences) 2.4455) 2 oes sels cle eel a C. C. Plitt American’ Philosophical Society) :< 50s... 6 eaPa es. dane J. W. Harshberger American Entomological Society....................55- J. W. Harshberger National Academy of Sciences... .......0...52.042..2 H. F.. Osborn Biological Society of Washington....................... Edward L. Morris 6 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Obio Academy of Se1ences: i...) nis ose eysnes She ae Raymond C. Osborn Indians Academy of Sciences: 5.)....2. 5.02.2 2%% Aes eee Guy West Wilson Colorade Scientific Socketyot oi... /:6.. Skee sem de eal 4 Telegraphic greetings were read from The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm The Royal University, Upsala The Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin The Gothenburg Society of Science, Gothenburg The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg The Uralian Natural History Society, Ekaterinburg The Royal Linnezan Academy, Rome The Botanical Garden, Rio de Janeiro After the reading of these greetings, the Secretary submitted the fol- lowing complete list of the societies, other organizations and individuals sending greetings. Foreign Societies The Linnzan Society, London The British Association for the Advancement of Science, London The Society of Arts, London The Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, Falmouth The Cambridge Philosophical Society, Cambridge The North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers, Newcastle- upon-Tyne The Royal Scottish Geographical Society, Edinburgh The Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh The Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow, Glasgow The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin Den Norske Gradmaalingskommission, Kristiania The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm The Royal Swedish Horticultural Society, Stockholm (Delegate) The Gothenburg Society of Sciences, Gothenburg The Royal University of Upsala, Upsala The University of Lund, Lund The Geological Commission of Finland, Helsingfors The Imperial Academy of Science, St. Petersburg The Uralian Natural History Society, Ekaterinburg (Delegate) Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, Amsterdam Senaat der Rijks Universiteit te Leiden, Leiden K6niglich Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin Berliner Entomologische Verein, Berlin BICENTENARY OF LINNAZUS é Kommission zur wissenschafllichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere, Kiel Kaiserliche Leopoldinisch-Carolinische deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle, A.S. Verein fiir vaterlindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg, Stuttgart Thurgauische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frauenfeld Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien Regia Societas Scientiarum Bohemica, Prague The Royal Hungarian Society of Natural Sciences, Budapest The Transylvanian Museum Society, Kolszvar La Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, Suisse L’Akademie de Médecine, Paris Société Linneénne de Normandie, Caen Société des Amis des Sciences de Rouen, Rouen Société Géologique du Nord, Lille Université de Lyon, Lyons La Société des Sciences de Nancy, Nancy Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse, Toulouse Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales, Madrid Specula Vaticana, Rome The Royal Linnzan Academy, Rome The Australian Museum, Sydney Koninklijke Natuur Kundige Vereeniging in “‘ Nederlandsch—Indie,” Weltevreden (Batavia) Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club, Ottawa Entomological Society of Ontario, Toronto Sociedad Cientifica “‘ Antonio Alzate,”” Mexico The Botanical Garden, Rio de Janeiro Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro Honorary Members Sir Archibald Geikie, London Professor Charles Barrois, Lille Sir James Dewar, London Prof. Dr. F. Leydig, Rothenburg Dr. Hans Reusch, Kristiania Professor Edward S. Dana, New Haven Professor Hugo de Vries, Amsterdam Dr. H. R. Storer, Newport Professor A. A. W. Hubrecht, Utrecht Professor A. E. Brown Prof. Dr. Karl von den Steinen, Berlin Professor George Macloskie, Princeton Prof. Dr. Wilhelm Pfeffer, Leipzig Professor Edward L. Berthoud, Boulder, Prof. Dr. H. Rosenbusch, Heidelberg Colorado Domestic Societies Portland Society of Natural History, Portland, Me. Natural History Club of West Newbury, West Newbury, Mass. Boston Society of Natural History, Boston, Mass. (Delegate) Boston Scientific Society, Boston, Mass. (Delegate) Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass. 8 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge, Mass. (Delegate) Newport Natural History Society, Newport, R.I. American Journal of Science, New Haven, Conn. (Delegate) Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, New Haven, Conn. (Delegate) New York State Museum, Albany, N.Y. Linnean Society of New York, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Botanical Garden, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) Torrey Botanical Club, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Entomological Society, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Microscopical Society, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Historical Society, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Zodlogical Society, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) American Museum of Natural History, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) New York Academy of Sciences, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) American Institute of the City of New York, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) Medico Legal Society of New York, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) United Swedish Societies of New York, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, New York, N.Y. (Delegate) Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences, New Brighton, N.Y. (Delegate) New York State Education Department, Science Division, Albany, N.Y. (Dele- gate) Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N.Y. (Delegate) Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, N.J. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. (Delegate) American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa. (Delegate) American Entomological Society, Philadelphia, Pa. (Delegate) Zodlogical Society of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. (Delegate) Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (Delegate) Natural History Society of Delaware, Wilmington, Del. Maryland Scientific Society, Baltimore, Md. (Delegate) National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. (Delegate) Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (Delegate) Biological Society of Washington, Washington, D.C. (Delegate) Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. (Delegate) Philosophical Society of Washington, Washington, D.C. (Delegate) Ohio Academy of Science, Gambier, O. (Delegate) Indiana Academy of Sciences, Bloomington, Ind. (Delegate) Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, Madison, Wis. St. Paul Academy of Science, St. Paul, Minn. Academy of Science of St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo. Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo. Colorado Scientific Society, Denver, Col. (Delegate) The audience then listened to the following address, ye: ae 7 amen e ‘SSaud GNVIdV'I “ALYOW HO HOV AHL LY SOW NNIT NI ALYIHL dO HOV AHL LV SOWNNIT ‘ueplrry “URIOg “A'N ASoqinop ‘usplRy “uR1Og "A'N Asaqinoy “T] WuvId TIAN LOK ‘IOG “dVOY “XA°N STIVNNY BICENTENARY OF LINNHZUS 9 LINNAUS AS A ZOOLOGIST. By J. A. Auten, Pu. D. Carolus Linneus, later known as Carl von Linné, was born at Raé- shult, in the province of Smaland, Sweden, May 13, O.S., 1707, and died at Hammerby, near Upsala, on Jan. 10, 1778. His grandfather was a farmer; his father, a clergyman. Young Linneus, the future naturalist, was intended by his parents for the ministry, and his early education was conducted with this end in view. At the age of ten he was sent to the Latin School at Wexi6, but after seven years at this school he was found to ‘be so deficient in his scholastic studies that his parents thought of apprenti- cing him to a shoemaker. While at Wexi6, much of his time was devoted to the study of plants and insects, an inclination apparently favored by his master, who was himself greatly interested in botany. Fortunately young Linneus was rescued from his threatened degradation by Dr. John Rothman, a physician of Wexi6, who recognized his superior abilities, and appreciated his interest in natural history. He took him into his own home, where for a year Linnzeus continued his botanical studies, aided by the advice and library of his patron. At the age of twenty he entered the University of Lund, where he soon found himself without means of support, through the death of his patron and friend, the kind-hearted physician of Wexié. Fortunately he soon won the friend- ship of Dr. Kilian Stobeus, the professor of botany and medicine, who made him a member of his family. Here he had access to books and to a small museum of natural history, and found much leisure for exploring the neighboring country and for collecting objects of natural history. At the end of a year he went to Upsala, where, under Rudbeck and Roberg, he advanced rapidly in medicine and botany. Here he won the friendship of the renowned Olaf Celsius, whom he later characterized as the best botanist in Sweden, and of Artedi, a fellow-student, who afterwards became the founder of ichthyology. During his whole course at Upsala, it is said that he did not hear a single public lecture on either anatomy, botany or chem- istry, but he and Artedi, in good-tempered rivalry, were devoting their ener- gies to natural history,— Linnzus to plants, birds and insects, and Artedi to amphibia and fishes. Linnzeus here also began the preparation of his epoch-making works on botany and of the first edition of his “Systema Nature,”’ published a few years later in Holland. In 1732, at the age of twenty-five years, he was commissioned by the Upsala Academy of Sciences to make a tour of exploration in Lapland in the 10 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES interest of natural history. He left Upsala on the 12th of May, and after an absence of five months returned to Upsala on the 10th of October. This remarkable journey of 4600 miles was made partly on horseback, partly by boat, and partly on foot; it extended northwestward across the Norwegian Alps to the coast of Norway beyond the Arctic Circle; the return journey was made by way of eastern Finland _ It was an undertaking of great hardship and much danger, being performed alone, aided only by local guides employed to conduct the way from one point to another. On his return a report of his journey was presented to the Academy, but it remained in manuscript until translated and published in English by Dr. James Edward Smith, the first president of the Linnzean Society of London, in 1811.1. The botanical results, however, were published separately by Linneus himself, in 1737. The following year was spent at Upsala, where he attempted to eke out his scanty means of support by giving lectures on botany, mineralogy and chemistry. This proved contrary to one of the statutes of the university, to the effect that no one should give public lectures who had not obtained his doctor’s degree, which statute was invoked against him by Rosen, the successor to Rudbeck in the professorship of medicine and anatomy, who was jealous of Linneus’s abilities and attainments. Deprived of this financial resource, he took some of his pupils on excursions into the neighbor- ing mountains, where he met the governor of the province of Dalecarlia, who sent him to explore and report on certain copper mines in which he was interested. While on this journey he gave lectures at Falun on mineralogy and assaying. Here he made the acquaintance of Dr. Morzus (a learned and wealthy physician of the district) and his two daughters, to one of whom he became betrothed; the father, however, insisted on deferring the marriage till Linnzeus had completed his professional studies and obtained his medical degree. For this purpose, in the spring of 1735, he journeyed to Lubeck and Hamburg, and later to Holland, where, in June, he received from the University of Harderwijk the degree of doctor of medicine. At Leyden he became acquainted with the leading men of science of that city, which soon led to his engagement by Dr. George Cliffort, a wealthy burgo- master of Amsterdam, to take charge, at a liberal salary, of his extensive 1 The herbaria, library (about 2500 volumes), manuscripts and ccrrespondence of Linnzus, were offered by his widow and daughters, ‘‘by the advice of friends,’ to Sir Joseph Banks, “‘for the sum of a thousand guineas.” Sir Joseph, not feeling inclined to the purchase, recom- mended it to the consideration of his friend, Dr. (later Sir) J. E. Smith, by whom these treas- ures were secured, and transferred to England (Turton, Life and Writings of Linneus, 1806, p. [39]), and later passed into the possession of the Linngwan Society of London, founded in 1788 through the efforts of Dr. Smith, who was its first president. (See JarpiINE’s Natural- ist’s Library, Vol. I, 1833, p. 58.) BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 11 museum and botanic garden. Later he was sent by him to England to secure rare plants for his garden, with a letter of introduction from the great Boerhaave to Sir Hans Sloane. He thus came in contact with the botanists of London, where, however, his reception was not always cordial. On his return to Holland he was offered the position of government physician to the Dutch colony in Surinam, which he prudently declined, and became an assistant to his friend Van Royen at the botanic garden in Leyden. After a brief visit to Paris he returned to Stockholm in September, 1738, where he determined to settle as a physician. Notwithstanding his fame abroad and his skill as a botanist, the pecuniary returns from his profession were at first small, but they gradually increased; and, obtaining some government patronage, his marriage to Miss Morzeus was celebrated on June 26, 1739. He remained only three years in Stockholm, during which period he helped to found the Royal Academy of Sciences of that city, and served as its first president. In 1741, under an order from the government, he made a journey through Oland and Gothland. In the same year he was called to the chair of botany at the University of Upsala, a position to which he had long aspired, and which he filled for thirty years, when impaired health compelled him to resign his official duties and to discontinue his literary labors. The University of Upsala, through the fame of Linnzeus, became widely renowned as a seat of learning, and attracted students from various parts of Europe. During these years of almost uninterrupted activity, most of Linnzus’s numerous botanical and other works were published, the material for which reached him in ever-increasing abundance, not only from distant parts of Europe, but from Siberia, China, India, Egypt, South Africa and North and South America. Academic honors were showered upon him by all the learned societies of Europe; a gold medal was struck in his honor by the nobles of Sweden; and in 1757 he was created by King Frederic a Knight of the Polar Star, and admitted to hereditary nobility. Foreign courts made overtures for his presence, and his own country neglected no opportunity to do him honor. His death in 1778, after six years of invalidism resulting from an attack of apoplexy, was recognized as a national calamity; the University of Upsala went into mourning, and the King ordered a medal to be struck in his memory. Although cramped by poverty during the earlier part of his career, pros- perity did not long withhold her smile. Not only were the nobles of his country his patrons, but he was an especial favorite of both King Frederic and his queen. Through various emoluments showered upon him, he was able, later in life, to purchase a large estate and to construct for himself a 12 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES museum, wherein he gathered the largest collection of botanical treasures that at that time had anywhere been brought together. He was happy in his domestic relations, and lived to see his son succeed to his chair at the University of Upsala. Although Linneeus’s publications relate mainly to botany and medicine, they cover the whole realm of natural history. His earliest contribution to science is generally considered to be his “ Florula Lapponica,” the first part of which appeared in the Transactions of the Swedish Academy in 1732.1 This was followed by the first edition of his “Systema Nature,” published in Leyden in 1735. The “ Fundamenta Botanica” followed in 1736, and was later enlarged and republished as the “ Philosophia Botanica,” in 1751. During the next ten years various other botanical publications appeared in rapid succession. His “ Fauna Suecica,” published in 1746, was his first special work relating to zodlogy. It is also notable as being the first work especially devoted to the entire fauna of any country. It was republished, with many additions, in 1761. Other botanical and several medical works followed during the next seven years, including his monumental ‘“ Species Plantarum,” published in 1753. In the same year also appeared the “‘ Mu- seum Tessianum,” consisting chiefly of descriptions of minerals and fossils, the latter mainly shells and corals, and in 1754 the “Museum Adolphi Friderici,” relating exclusively to exotic animals. This was a folio with thirty-three plates, the most extensive and most elaborately illustrated of all of Linneeus’s works. ‘Two important medical works appeared in 1760, and his third zodlogical work, the ‘‘ Museum Ludoviciz Ulrice,” in 1764, a thick octavo, to which was annexed the second part of the ‘‘ Museum Adolphi Friderici.” During these thirty years of marvelous scientific activity, Linnzeus also contributed many papers to the Transactions of the Upsala and Stockholm academies and to the ‘‘ Amoenitates Academici.” The latter, in ten octavo volumes, consist of dissertations or academical theses, mostly by his students, selected, edited and published by him, and thus may be regarded as of equal authority with his own writings. Seven of these volumes were published during his lifetime, and contain a number of his own minor papers. This brief outline of Linneus’s life, his opportunities, and the published results of his scientific labors, affords the basis for the consideration of Linneeus as a zoélogist. As has been shown, he was primarily a botanist; he was also a mineralogist, an entomologist and a conchologist, but only incidentally a vertebrate zodlogist. In this field his interest was less strong, his opportunities for research the most restricted. His zodlogical writings, 1 His Hortus Uplandicus is said to have appeared one year earlier. See List of the Works of Linnezus, in Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library, Vol. I, 1833, p. xvii, footnote. BICENTENARY OF LINNZAUS 13 exclusive of a few minor papers, are comprised in the “ Fauna Suecica,”’ the “Museum Adolphi Friderici,” the ‘‘ Museum Ludovicie Ulric” and the several editions of his ‘Systema Nature.” The first edition, appearing in 1735, was a folio of only 12 pages, consisting merely of a conspectus of his Systema in tabular form. The second edition, published in 1740, was an octavo of 40 pages, in which were added, for the animal kingdom, the characters of the groups. The sixth, published in 1748, was greatly en- larged, the zodlogical part alone consisting of 76 pages, illustrated with six plates, or one for each of his six classes of animals. ‘The tenth, published in 1758, was in two octavo volumes, of which the zodlogy formed the first volume, consisting of 824 pages. The twelfth, and the last edition revised by the author, was issued in three volumes, the first of which, containing the zodlogy and comprising 1427 pages, appeared in 1766. Thus in thirty-three years this work grew from a brochure of 12 pages to a work of 2400 pages. The first edition of the Systema was published when the author was only twenty-eight years old, during his sojourn in Holland. He had never previously been beyond the confines of southern Sweden, except on his journey to Lapland and Finland in 1732, and he had had access to no large collection of animals. ‘Thus his resources for such an important undertak- ing were extremely limited, being restricted to his own considerable first- hand knowledge of the fauna of Sweden, to the few specimens of exotic animals he had been able to see in Lund, Upsala and Stockholm, and to the scanty literature of the subject there available. When the second edition appeared, in 1740, he had spent less than three years and a half in foreign countries, mainly in Holland with single brief visits to London and Paris; but his interests on these occasions were botanical and not zodlogical. The sixth edition (the third revised by the author), published in 1748, was in effect a synopsis of the fauna of Sweden, filled in, as regards the fauna of the rest of the world, by compilations from his predecessors. Strange as it may seem, outside of the tropical genera Sima, Bradypus, Dasypus, Myrmecophaga and Manis, this edition enumerates only thirteen species of mammals not found in Sweden. Only 140 are recorded for his whole class Animalium quadrupedium, one-third of which are Scandinavian. This analysis could be extended to other classes with practically similar results. ‘The class Insecta, for example, includes only thirteen species that are not also recorded in the “Fauna Suecica,” showing how limited was his knowledge of the world’s fauna at 1748. The tenth edition (the fourth revised by the author), published in 1758, is the epoch-making work in the history of zodlogy, as in this the binomial system of nomenclature for the whole animal kingdom is introduced for the 14 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES first time. The work is also greatly enlarged, and the classification greatly improved, especially that of the mammals, which class is now for the first time aptly designated Mammalia. The ordinal term Primates is substituted for Anthropomorpha of the sixth and previous edition, the sloths (genus Bradypus) are removed from it, the genus Lemur is added as a new genus, and the bats are transferred to it from the Fere. A new order, Bruta, is made up of his former third order Agrize (now suppressed) and of such other extremely heterogeneous elements as the elephant, the manatee, sloths, ant-eaters and the scaly ant-eaters. The order Fere consists of six properly associated genera; the armadillos, insectivores and bats, formerly included in it, being removed elsewhere. His fourth order, Bestiz, is a new group, composed of the pigs, armadillos, opossums and insectivores. The fifth order, Glires, is a natural group, except for the inclusion of the genus Rhino- ceros, now most strangely placed with the squirrels and mice. His sixth order, Pecora, is retained as in the previous editions, and is also a natural group. The seventh, Bellue, is a new ordinal group, consisting of the genera Equus and Hippopotamus, transferred from the here disrupted order Jumenta of previous editions. The Cete, now removed by him from the fishes, form his eighth and last order. This reconstruction of the ordinal groups is a great improvement: five new genera are added, two old ones eliminated, and the number of species is increased from 140 to 185. In some of the other classes there are similar radical changes, but there is not time to refer to them. The twelfth, and the last edition revised by the author, published in 1766, shows many improvements over the tenth. It is greatly increased in bulk through the addition of many new genera and a large number of new species. The classification is also judiciously modified at many points. Taking again the class of mammals for illustration, the number of orders is reduced from eight to seven, through the,suppression of the grossly unnatural order Bestize and the transference of its genera to other associations, with, however, the retrograde change of placing the insectivores and the genus Didelphis among the Fere. The Glires is modified by the removal of the genus Rhinoceros to the order Bellue and the addition to it of Nectilio, a genus of bats. The order Bruta is the same incongruous association of elephants, manatees, sloths and ant-eaters as in the tenth edition. The orders of mammals as now left correspond in several instances very nearly with those of our modern systems, notably the Primates, Glires, Pecora and Cete. The Fere of the tenth edition corresponds to the modern Carnivora, but in the twelfth he made the mistake of putting back into it the marsupials and the insectivores. His order Belluz being essentially the modern suborder Perissodactyla, his order Bruta is the only grossly incongruous association of types. ‘ BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 15 The only previous classification of mammals with which Linnzeus’s need to be compared is Ray’s, published in 1693, whose system, taken as a whole, is far more artificial than Linnzeus’s. Naturally there are some + striking coincidences of grouping, and in the characters employed by the two authors. As to the latter, Ray so well covered the field that there was little left for Linnzus to add, since during the interval between Ray and Linnzeus not much was learned about the anatomy and relations of the ordinal groups of mammals. Doubtless Linneus was influenced, in his removal of the cetaceans from the fish to the mammal class, by the systems of his contemporaries, Klein (1751) and Brisson (1756), in which respect only are their systems better or less artificial than his. Inasmuch, however, as Brisson divided mammals into eighteen orders instead of seven, he escaped some of the grotesque combinations made by Linnzeus: on the other hand, he gave undue emphasis to relatively unimportant differences. Linnzus’s classification of birds 1s closely modeled upon that of Ray, and his departures from it are seldom improvements. His lack of knowledge of ornithology is strikingly apparent through his repeated association of very unlike species in the same genus, as where a penguin is combined with a tropic bird to form his genus Phaéthon, and another species of penguin with an albatross to form his genus Diomedea. In the tenth edition he recorded only about 550 species of birds; in the twelfth, this number was raised to nearly a thousand, mainly on the basis of Brisson’s great work, which appeared in 1760. The greater part were based on the writings of previous authors; probably less than one-fourth of them being known to him from specimens. His class Amphibia contained four orders, of which the fourth consisted of cartilaginous and other wholly unrelated fishes, and shows how slight was his acquaintance with the lower classes of vertebrates. His first order, Reptilia, includes such diverse animals as turtles, lizards, salamanders, frogs and toads. The snakes formed his second order, Serpentes. His arrangement of the fishes was originally based on that of Artedi, whose ‘“ Ichthyologia” Linneus published while sojourning in Holland, in 1738, after Artedi’s untimely death by accidental drowning. His class Insecta is nearly equivalent to the modern subphylum Arthro- poda, as it includes the Arachnida and the Crustacea. His class Vermes was the waste-basket of his system, including all the forms of animal life that were neither vertebrates nor insects, which he dis- tributed into five orders, some of them as heterogeneous in character as the class itself. ‘The second order, Mollusca, comprised all sorts of soft-bodied animals, mostly marine, as slugs, sea-anemones, ascidians, holothurians, cuttle-fishes, star-fishes, sea-urchins and jelly-fishes. The animals now com- monly known as Mollusca formed his third order, Testacea. 16 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES It is not, however, just to judge Linnzeus’s work by the standards of to-day. The above comparison of the zodlogical part of the ‘‘ Systema Nature” with our present knowledge of animals is not to be taken as a disparagement: we merely note the progress of zodlogy during the last century and a half of the world’s history. Linnzeus was a born systematist; his energy and industry were enormous; his isolation promoted independence and originality. He devised new classifications, and thoroughly systema- tized not only the knowledge of his predecessors, but the vast increment he himself added. He inspired his students with his own enthusiasm, taught them his own advanced methods, and influenced a goodly number of them to undertake natural history explorations in distant and zodlogically unknown parts of the world. In special lines of research he was far behind several of his contempo- raries, notably Brisson, in respect to both mammals and birds. But he nearly doubled the number of known forms of reptiles, amphibians and fishes, and increased many fold the number of species of Ccelenterates, on the basis of wholly new material gathered through his own efforts. Disgusted with the needlessly detailed accounts and repetitions that characterized the writings of most of his predecessors, he unfortunately adopted the extreme of condensation, thereby adding greatly to the diffi- culties of his successors in determining to just what forms the thousands of new names he introduced really belonged. Many of his species, based on the accounts given by previous authors, were also composite, often con- taining very diverse elements. But this detracts little from his credit. As one of his appreciative biographers has tersely put it, “He found biology a chaos; he left it a cosmos.” Linnzeus’s beneficent influence upon biology was hardly less as a nomen- clator than as ataxonomist. He not only invented a descriptive terminology for animals and plants, but devised a system of nomenclature at once simple and efficient, and which for a hundred and fifty years has been accepted without essential modification. Linneus divided the three kingdoms of nature into classes, the classes into orders, the orders into genera, the genera into species, under which latter he sometimes recognized varieties. Of these groups, as he understood them, he gave clear definitions, but they were in most cases much more comprehensive than the limits now assigned to groups of corresponding rank. His genera correspond in some cases to groups now termed orders, and frequently to the modern idea of family; in some cases they contained species now placed in separate orders. Prior to Linneeus, these groups had less definite significance, and were often designated by a phrase instead of a single word. Species were indicated only by a cumbersome diagnosis BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 17 intended to express their chief distinctive characters. For this, Linnzus substituted a single word, an innovation the merits of which were at once almost universally recognized. But Linnzeus reached this solution of a grave inconvenience somewhat slowly, and not till 1753 did he fully adopt the nomen triviale, when he introduced it into botany in his “ Species Plan- tarum,” which is taken by botanists as the point of departure for the bino- mial system. In the following year, 1754, he introduced it into zodlogy, using it throughout his “‘ Museum Adolphi Friderici’”’ for all the animals catalogued or described in this superb work; namely, 39 species of mammals, 23 of birds, 90 of reptiles and amphibians, 91 of fishes and 64 of invertebrates, or for an aggregate of 307 species of animals. Four years later, in the tenth or 1758 edition of his “Systema Nature,” he adopted it for the whole animal kingdom, which date is now generally taken as the beginning of the binomial system for zodlogy. The importance and utility of this simple innovation in a matter of nomenclature are beyond estimate, and if Linnzus had done nothing else for the advancement of biology, he would be entitled to a conspicuous niche in the temple of fame and to the gratitude of all sub- sequent workers in this field. He for the first time gave technical standing to the systematic names, both generic and specific, of all the plants and ani- mals known at the dates when he introduced the nomen triviale into the nomenclature of botany and zodélogy. It is of interest in this connection to note the number of species of animals known to Linneus at the date of publication of the last edition of the “ Sys- tema Nature,’”’—the number known to him personally, and the number recorded respectively from North America and from South America. Of mammals, the whole number of species recorded is 190, of which three- fourths are based on the descriptions of previous authors. Only 48 were American,— 12 from North America and 36 from South America. The 5 North American mammals known to Linneus from specimens were the raccoon, star-nosed mole, common mole, flying squirrel and chipmunk. The number of species at present known from North America is 600, ex- cluding subspecies. ‘The number for the world, including the extinct as well as the living, is about 10,000 as against less than 200 recorded by Linneus. Of birds, about 925 are recorded of the 15,000 known to-day. ‘The 200 known from America are divided about equally between North America and South America, only 50 of which were described from specimens. The amphibia and reptiles number collectively about 250, of which about one-third are American, 40 per cent of the latter being North American and 60 per cent South American. The North American include 3 sala- manders, the box-turtle, the six-lined lizard, the blue-tailed lizard and 14 18 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES snakes. ‘The greater part of the 20 North American species of reptiles and amphibians known to him personally were based on specimens transmitted by his former student, Dr. C. D. Garden, from the Carolinas, and on a few sent from Pennsylvania by Pehr Kalm, also one of his students. Thus the greater part of the snakes of the eastern United States became known to Linnzeus prior to 1766. About 500 species of fishes are recorded, of which 100 are American, divided about equally between North and South America. Forty of the nearly 60 North American species described are based on specimens sent from the Carolinas by Dr. Garden, the others mainly on specimens in the museum of King Frederic. There is not time to notice in detail the various classes of Coelenterates. A few words about insects will serve as a general illustration for this phylum. Linneeus recorded about 2400 species, the greater part of which he was the first to describe; about 300,000 are now recognized. Of the insects known to him, 65 per cent are recorded in the second (1761) edition of his ‘Fauna Sueccia,” and many of the remainder are European, so that his knowledge of exotic species was exceedingly restricted. Of Coleoptera he recorded about 800 species; the number now known is estimated at 12,000. Of Lepidoptera he recorded about 800; 7000 are now known from North America alone. Of Diptera he recorded 278 species, of which 200 were from Sweden; 12,000 are now known from North America. Linnzeus’s system of classification was based on a few external characters, and was recognized by himself as artificial and provisional. It was intended only as a stepping-stone to better things, when the structure and affinities of animals should become better known. ‘The statistics already given in- dicate how limited was his knowledge of the world’s fauna; his classifica- tion of animals shows how little he knew of their structure, and how often he was misled by superficial resemblances. Yet his “Systema Nature’’ was the working basis of all naturalists for the next half-century. Twelve editions were published during his lifetime, and it was later translated into several of the continental languages. ‘To such an extent was it regarded as final by many subsequent naturalists that, when his groups began to be changed and new genera interpolated, it was deemed by some of them little less than sacri- lege. When conyenience demanded subdivision of the larger genera, owing to the great number of new species that had become known since 1766, it 1 Turton, in his Life and Writings of Linné, says, ‘‘To this system may be justly applied the nervous observations of Dr. Johnson, in his delineation of the character of Shakespeare: ‘The stream of time, which is continually washing away the dissoluble fabrics of other systems, passes without injury by the adamant of Linné.’”’ — Wiiu1am TurtToN: A General System of Nature... by Sir Charles Linné, Vol. VII, 1806, p. [42]. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 19 was quite common to consider the new groups as sections, and to give them merely vernacular names, or, if their authors were bold enough to designate them by Latin names, they were commonly called subgenera. It was not till near the close of the eighteenth century that there arose a new class of naturalists, the anatomical school, led by the elder Geoffroy and G. Cuvier, who studied the internal structure of animals as well as their external parts. It was, however, many years before the new systems began to displace or greatly to modify the long-accepted and strongly intrenched Linnean methods of grouping animals. The great advance in biologic knowledge since the time of Linneeus can- not be easily measured; it can be suggested by noting the fact that compara- tive anatomy, embryology, histology, paleontology, evolutionism and many kindred lines of research, have nearly all had their origin or principal develop- ment within the last century, all converging for the solution of the genetic relationships of animals and the origin of life. Linneeus, in an oration deliv- ered in 1743,' held that each species of animal originated from a single pair, citing as incontrovertible proof the Mosaic account of the creation. It is indeed a long look back to the middle of the eighteenth century, when his labors marked a new era in the history of biology. In commemorating to-day the two hundredth anniversary of his birth, we honor ourselves by showing our esteem for the greatest naturalist of the eighteenth century. 1 In his oration De telluris habitabilis incremento, delivered and first published in 1743 and republished in 1744, and again in the second volume of the Amcenitates Academice, in 1751, he gives his reasons for believing ‘‘that at the beginning to the world there was created one single sexual pair of every species of living thing. “To the proofs of this proposition,’’ he continues, ‘‘I request those who are my auditors to lend a favorable ear and willing attention. ; ‘Our holy Faith instructs us to believe that the Divinity created a single pair of the human kind, one individual male, the other female. The sacred writing of Moses acquaint us that they were placed in the Garden of Eden, and that Adam there gave names to every species of animal, God causing them to appear before him. “By a sexual pair I mean one male and one female in every species where the individuals differ in sex.”” — J. F. Branp’s translation, in Select Dissertations from the Ameenitates Aca- demice, 1781, pp. 75, 76. 20 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The following address was prepared for the celebration, but was read only by title. It is inserted here on account of its close relations with the address of Dr. Allen. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 21 LINNASUS AS AN INTERMEDIARY BETWEEN ANCIENT AND MODERN ZOOLOGY; HIS VIEWS ON THE CLASS MAMMALIA. By W. K. Grecory, M. A. In connection with the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné, or Carolus Linneus, it may not be inappropriate to consider him in his capacity of bridging over the gap between ancient and medieval zoology on the one hand and modern zodlogy on the other, and further to glance at the principles and facts upon which he based his two great con- tributions to the broader knowledge of the class of which man is the domi- nating member. For this purpose the history of zodlogy may be divided, in a general way, into seven epochs: the Aristotelian, the Scholastic, the Renaissance, the Raian, the Linnzean, the Cuvierian, and the Darwinian. There are also two axioms which it will be well to bear in mind. The first is, that Linneeus became a point of departure in the history of modern biology, only because he was in turn the product of the intersection of many important historical series which ramify and intertwine indefinitely, and stretch back into the remote past of every aspect of life. ‘The second axiom is, that every new idea, or, for that matter, every new event, is the fertile hybrid resulting from the fortuitous crossing of several specifically distinct old ideas or events. THe ARISTOTELIAN Epocu. The first epoch under consideration is that of Aristotle, of the fourth century B.C., and it may be characterized as the initial analytical epoch. Aristotle’s theory of the genetic relationship of the chain of beings from polyp to man did not, of course, materially influence Linneus. The idea of evolution was not destined to come to its fruition through Aristotle, the schoolmen, or even in Linneeus or Cuvier. The true relation of Aristotle as a systematic zodlogist to Ray and Linneeus is exhibited in the following well-known citations from ‘“‘The Parts of Animals.” “Some animals are viviparous, some oviparous, some vermiparous. The vivipa- rous are such as man and the horse, and all those animals which have hair; and of the aquatic animals, the whale kind, as the dolphin and cartilaginous fishes [in refer- ence to the viviparity of certain sharks] (Book I, Chap. V). Of quadrupeds which have blood and are viviparous, some are (as to their extremities) many-cloven, as the hands and feet of man. For some are many-toed, as the lion, the dog, the panther; some are bifid, and have hoofs instead of nails, as the sheep, the goat, the elephant, 22 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES the hippopotamus; and some have undivided feet, as the solid-hoofed animals, the horse and ass. The swine kind share both characters [an allusion to the ‘mule footed’ swine, monstrosities in which the median digits are fused, and terminate in a solid composite hoof]”’ (Book II, Chap. V). Ray and later writers probably had this passage in mind when they used the descriptive terms ‘‘multifido,” “‘bifido,” “‘solidungula,” “ungulata,” “‘unguiculata,” fissipedes.’’ Here, also, attention is directed to the feet as exhibiting characteristic differences. In another passage Aristotle says,— ‘‘ Animals have also great differences in the teeth both when compared with each other and with man. For all quadrupeds which have blood and are viviparous have teeth. And in the first place some are ambidental' (having teeth in both jaws); and some are not so, wanting the front teeth in the upper jaw. Some have neither front teeth nor horns, as the camel; some have tusks,” as the boar; some have not. Some have serrated teeth,’ as the lion, the panther, the dog; some have the teeth unvaried,‘ as the horse and the ox; for the animals which vary their cutting teeth have all serrated teeth. No animal has both tusks and horns; nor has any animal with serrated teeth either of those weapons. The greater part have the front teeth cutting, and those within broad ” (Book I, Chap. II). This passage evidently directed the attention of later writers to the importance of the teeth as a means of distinguishing and hence of classi- fying mammals, and we shall see that Ray and, later, Linnzeus were quick to avail themselves of the suggestion. Aristotle was quite unconscious of the classification that has been ascribed to him, as Whewell® shows; but “Aristotle does show, as far as could be done at his time, a perception of the need of groups and of names of groups in the study of the animal kingdom, and thus may justly be held up as the great figure in the prelude to the formation of systems which took place in more advanced scientific times.” Whewell also quotes passages that show Aristotle’s recognition of the lack of generic names to denominate natural groups. Aristotle says that “of the class of viviparous quadrupeds there are many genera,° but these again are without names, except specific names, such as man, lion, stag, horse, dog and the like. Yet there is a genus of animals that have manes, as the horse, the ass, the oreus, the ginnus, the imnus and the animal which in Syria is called heminus (mule) . . . Where- fore,” he adds (that is, because we do not possess genera and generic names of this kind), ““we must take the species separately and study the nature of each.” ‘‘ These passages,” Whewell continues, “afford us sufficient ground 1 Audodovra. 2 XavArcSovra. 5 KapxapoSoyra. 4 Averwo\Xaxra. 5 Op. cit., III., p. 350. 6 Edn. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 23 jor placing Aristotle at the head of those naturalists to whom the first views of the necessity of a zodlogical system are due” (Op. cit., p. 352). THE ScHouastic Epocu. From the time of Aristotle and his classical successors until the rise of scholasticism in the eleventh century, Europe, as every one knows, was too much preoccupied with world-wide displacements and readjustments of peoples and of institutions to pay particular attention to natural science; and even the Scholastic Epoch in the history of philosophy and science was chiefly occupied with the further development and systematization of the great body of religious and metaphysical doctrines. So far as natural history is concerned, it is perhaps rather a further interregnum than an epoch, rather an era or lapse of uneventful time than a time of the slow ascension of some great illuminative idea. ‘The anthropocentric idea domi- nated in natural history as the geocentric idea dominated in astronomy; hence a knowledge of the real or supposed properties of animals and particularly of plants was chiefly cultivated in connection with alchemy, magic and materia medica. ‘The medieval imagination, full of mysticism, eager for the uncanny_and fantastic and teeming with images of ubiquitous devils, flourished on the marvelous tales of a “Sir John Maundeville,” and peopled the earth with the monsters which so long survived and ramped in the Terre Incognitz of world maps. In the schools, citations from authorities were accepted in lieu of proof, and the simple zodlogy of Aristotle and the scriptures was deeply covered by the accretions of learned exegesis. Scholasticism reached its prime as early as the thirteenth century, in the system of the illustrious St. Thomas Aquinas, the “‘princeps scholasticorum.” Afterward, while the renaissance movement was discovering new worlds in all directions, scholasticism in general (but with some brilliant exceptions) rapidly reached the “‘phylogerontic stage”’ of its evolution, and produced all sorts of bizarre specializations in terminology and in dialectics. It has been said of the scholastic philosophy that it “vigorously exercised the understanding without bringing it to any conclusions.” However this may be, it cannot be doubted that the very excesses of scholasticism stim- ulated the reactive return to experience, which gave rise incidentally to biological science. The schoolmen furthermore perpetuated and aroused interest in Aristotle’s analyses, and gave currency to many methods of analysis and description. Among these we may cite, first, the dichotomous method of division, which is a forerunner of modern classifications; second, the logical concepts of genus and species. Especially noteworthy was the expansion of classical Latin into a highly specialized language of philosophy and science. 24 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THE RENAISSANCE Epocu. Biological science, and especially zodlogy, did not respond fully to the impulse of the Renaissance movement until literature, politics, astronomy and geographical discovery had made the most signal advances. Hence in Aldrovandi (1522-1605) and Gesner (1516-65) the superstitions and myths of the middle ages still linger, while the systematic work of future genera- tions is initiated in the extensive illustrated catalogues and descriptions of plants and animals. On the philosophical side of zodlogy, the Englishman Wotton, in his “De Differentiis Animalium” (Paris, 1552), “‘rejected the legendary and fantastic accretions [of medieval zodlogy] and returned to Aristotle and the observation of nature” (Lankester'). One of the con- temporaries of Gesner and Wotton was the founder of anatomy, Andreas Vesalius (1514-64), who boldly broke with tradition, and declared that the source of knowledge of the human body should be, not Galen, but the human body itself. Near the end of this period, the botanist, Cesalpino (Czsalpinus) of Arezzo (1519-1778), a celebrated scholastic philosopher, published his volu- minous work “De Plantis” (1583). In this work, which was inspired by the new idea of direct observation, the confused arrangements of plants of the earlier herbalists were replaced by an orderly classification suggested by the brigades of an army, and founded upon the number, the position and the figure of the reproductive parts. He divided plants into ten great classes, which were again subdivided; to these assemblages he gave mono- mial names in substantive form. Linneus himself says of him, that, “though the first in attempting to form natural orders, he observed as many as the most successful later writers’? (Whewell, Op. cit., pp. 282, 283). A reason for this precocious development of a natural classification of plants may be sought in the very multiplicity of kinds and the large herbaria and horticultural gardens in existence, which necessitated some sort of orderly arrangement and which would assist the eager student to recognize related series. We note in contrast the delayed progress of the classification of the mammals due to the comparative fewness of known forms, the greater complexity of organization and the difficulties of observation. Tue Ratan Erocu, THE Dawn oF MopeEern ZooLocy. Among those who contributed the data for Linnzeus’s generalizations, no name is more important, at least in the history of vertebrate zodlogy, than 1 EB. Ray Lankester, The History and Scope of Zodlogy, in The Advancement of Science London, 1890, p. 293. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 25 that of Jolin Ray. Accordingly, the fourth epoch under consideration may be termed the Raian Epoch, and culminates with the publication in 1693 of Ray’s ‘Synopsis Methodica Animalium Quadrupedum et Serpentini Generis,” which is one of the great landmarks in the history of classification. Ray’s debt to the past is shown in the facts that his lucid tabular analyses of the common structural features of animals are arranged dichotomously; that in each division and subdivision a single adjective or adjectival phrase indicates the most important common feature of the animals in question, and that these terms are, as we have seen, in many cases borrowed from Aristotle. Ray, like Linnzeus, gave more attention to plants than to animals, and depended upon his colleague, Willughby, for much of the data, especially in the fishes. Like Linneeus also, Ray had a superb gift of order and a philosophical mind that made him a worthy countryman and contemporary of Sir Isaac Newton. In his tabular analysis, Ray distinctly foreshadows Linnzeus in the fol- lowing points: — : 1. The higher vertebrates are contrasted with the fishes as breathing by lungs instead of gills. 2. The whales are classed with the viviparous animals and expressly removed from the fishes, from which they were further distinguished by the horizontality of the tail-fin. This step, however, was felt to be so radical that Ray afterwards constructed a definition which included both whales and fishes. 3. As remarked by Gill, the terrestrial or quadruped mammals are bracketed with the aquatic as “‘Vivipara,” and contrasted with the “Ovi- para” or “Aves.” “The Vivipara are exactly co-extensive with Mammalia, but the word ‘ vivipara’ was used as an adjective and not asa noun.” + This distinction seems to have been an important one, when substance was so earefully distinguished from attribute. Ray emphasized the common attributes of all the terrestrial hairy quadrupeds, of the amphibious hairy animals such as the seals and manati, and of the purely aquatic and fish-like Cetaceans; but he does not seem to have insisted that all these animals agreed in essence and substance as well as in attribute, so that they should require a new substantive name such as Linneeus afterward applied to them. 4. The double ventricle is noted as characteristic of both Vivipara and Ovipara. 5. In order to associate the “manati’”’ and other amphibious mammals with their terrestrial congeners, the term “hairy animals” is employed as more comprehensive than quadrupeds. 1 The Story of a Word Mammal, in Popular Science Monthly, Yol. LXI. September, 1902, pp. 434-438. 26 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Ray further set the standard for Linnzus in his concise descriptions of European and foreign mammals, especially those described by travelers in America and in the East. Ray often used the term “‘species” merely as the equivalent of the middle English “‘spece,” which survives in our word spice,” and meant “‘kind:’’ it was also equivalent to the logical “species” (cf. the Greek «dos) of the schoolmen, and is exemplified in Ray and Wil- lughby’s ‘‘Historia Piscium” in such phrases as “‘clarias niloticus Beloni mustele fluviatilis species,” “bagre piscis barbati ac aculeati species.” But Ray also used the term “species” in quite a Linnean manner, as in the names Ovis laticauda, Ovis strepsiceros and Ovis domestica. In form, at least, this foreshadows the binomial system of nomenclature and the recognition of the species in general as a supposedly objective reality and the unit of classifi- cation. The form of Ray’s specific definitions seems, however, to imply that the term “species” in Ray’s mind was often more a “differentia,” or specific adjective modifying the generic concept than a fully developed substantive name, and Ray did not apparently realize the convenience of applying the binomial method of nomenclature universally. Even Linneeus at first intro- duced the specific, “‘trivial,” or common name, merely as a marginal index or symbol of the full specific phrase. Ray recognized the considerable variability of species, but believed also in their separate creation and fixity. He frequently adverts to the internal characters of animals; and his book shows, that even by his time a considerable number of observations on the soft parts of animals had already accumulated. THe Linna/an Epvocu. The work of Ray in botany and zodlogy fully prepared the way for Linnzeus, whose epoch may be characterized as the Legislative Epoch, be- cause his methods of description and classification, and especially his nomen- clature exerted such profound formative and regulative influence upon the work of his contemporaries and successors that he was called the “ lawgiver of natural history.” Linneus’s Broader Contributions to the Class Mammalia. One of the most enduring claims of Linnzeus upon the grateful memory of posterity arises from his felicitous coinage of the word ‘““mammalia” (animals with mamme or breasts after analogy with Latin words like ani- mal?) as a class name for the forms characterized by Ray as “ viviparous hairy animals.” hus not only the terrestrial hairy oviparous quadrupeds, 1 Theodore Gill, 1. c. BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 27 but also the aquatic Vivipara now called Cetaceans and Sirenians, were for the first time definitely included under a single class name. In attempting to appraise Linneus’s contributions to the broader knowl- edge of the class of mammals, we must bear in mind what Dr. J. A. Allen has well shown,! namely: that Linneus was primarily a botanist, that his interest in mammals was incidental, that his opportunities for studying them were very limited, that his first-hand knowledge of extra-European mammals was practically nil, and finally that several of his ordinal group- ings of mammals (e. g., rhinoceros with the rodents) now appear highly unnatural and even ludicrous. On the other hand, there are certain considerations which may prevent us from thinking any the less of his judgment and genius on that account. Although Linneus may have known very little about extra-European mammals, he had, nevertheless, a fairly good conception of the essential features of mammals as a class, as shown by his definition in the tenth edition of the “Systema Nature” (1758). Here in concise phrase he states that mammals have a heart with two auricles and two ventricles, with hot red blood; that the lungs breathe rhythmically; that the jaws are slung as in other vertebrates, but “covered,” 7. e., with flesh, as opposed to the “‘naked” jaws of birds; that the penis is intromittent; that the females are viviparous, and secrete and give milk; that the means of perception are the tongue, nose, eyes, ears and the sense of touch; that the integument is provided with hairs, which are sparse in tropical and still fewer in aquatic mammals; that the body is supported on four feet, save in the aquatic forms, in which the hind limbs are said to be coalesced into a tail (the only erroneous idea in the whole definition). e Many of these characters had previously been noticed by Ray in his description of the hairy quadrupeds. It is not impossible, too, that Lin- nzeus may have been assisted to the comprehension of the essential features of the mammals through his friendship with Bernard de Jussieu, who is said by Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire to have induced him to include the Cetaceans in the class Mammalia; and possibly he also owed something to the researches of Klein and Brisson. In spite of all this, Linnzeus’s own studies in medicine, in Holland, doubtless made him familiar with the anatomy of at least one mammal, man; and on his journeys through the north of Europe he must have observed many other mammals at close range. Thus was Linnzus prepared for the clear recognition and emphasis of another fact of far-reaching importance. It was evidently well known that the anatomy of the hairy quadrupeds was similar in plan, if not in detail, 1 See pp. 9 ff. 28 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES to that of man, and we find Descartes (for example, in his ‘‘ Discourse on Method” Part V., 1637) advising those who wished to understand his theory of the action of the lungs and circulatory system, ‘‘to take the trouble of getting dissected in their presence the heart of some large animal pos- sessed of lungs, for this 2s throughout sufficiently like the human” (ital. mihi). And it was further known that of all animals the monkeys are most nearly like man, both externally and internally. This was asserted by Aristotle and other classical authors, but was fully demonstrated in a carefully pre- pared and illustrated work* on the anatomy and appearance of animals from the Jardin du Roi, by a committee of savants of the French Academy, appointed by the Grand Monarch. This work and these important observations may or may not have come under the notice of Linnzeus on the occasion of his visit to Paris in 1788. At any rate, he did not hesitate to follow the logical consequences of these facts, namely, that in a strictly zodlogical classification, man would be grouped not only in the class Mammalia, but even in the same ordinal divi- sion with the monkeys. Accordingly, in the tenth edition of the Systema the earlier name Anthropomorphe is replaced by Primates, and the genera Homo, Simia, Lemur and Vespertilio, are grouped under that order. The Primates were thus regarded as the chiefs of the hierarchy of terrestrial beings, and consequently, as in nearly all subsequent schemes down to the Darwinian Epoch, head the classified legions of creatures. Linnzeus was too often at fault in surmising the generic and ordinal affinities of the species of the lower vertebrates; but this bold allocation of man to the order Primates surely bears the marks of genius, and led the way to the modern generaliza- tion that man is knit by ties of blood kinship to the Primates, and more remotely to the whole organic world. Iinneus’s Principles in his Classification of the Mammalia. The diagnostic definition given by Linneus of the order Primates may be cited because it rests upon the principles and theories which guided him in classification and which led to his most successful groupings, as well as to his serious blunders. This definition is as follows: — Inferior front teeth iv, parallel, laniariform [canine] teeth solitary [that is, in a single pair above and below]. Mammz: pectoral, one pair. The anterior extremities are hands. The arms are separated by clavicles, the gait usually on all fours (‘‘incessu tetrapodo volgo’’). They climb trees and pluck the fruits thereof. 1 Mémoires pour servir & histoire naturelle des animaux, &la Haye, 1715 (4to, 2 vols.), redigées par Perrault et Dodart. BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 29 This definition was clearly insufficient to exclude all extraneous genera from this really natural order; for (1) under Lemur Linnzus included, not only all the then known forms now recognized as the suborder Lemuroidea, but also the “Flying Lemur,” Galeopithecus, which properly either forms an order by itself with no near affinities with the Primates, or is at most a suborder of the Cheiroptera; (2) the definition also included “ Vespertilio,”’ i. e., the bats, excepting Noctilio, an order more nearly related to the Insecti- vores than to the Primates. Many of the characters selected by Linnzeus for his ordinal diagnoses were of the “adaptive” or superficial kind, which are now known to have been most easily modifiable by changes in the external or internal environ- ment. The reason for this mistake was, that Linneus regarded the mode of sustenance of a group as one of its most deep-seated attributes and most surely indicative of more or less hidden affinities with other groups. Lin- nus was constantly searching for natural groups, but he did not realize that the natural affinity of the members of the larger groups was due to descent from common ancestors, just as in the case of members of the same species. An example of his reliance upon sustenance is seen in his defini- tion, in the tenth edition of the Systema, of the order Fere, the Carnivora of later authors. Here “sustenance by rapine, upon carcasses ravenously snatched”’ is evidently felt to be connected with “front teeth in both jaws: superior vi, all acute,” with “‘laniariform teeth [canines] solitary,” with “claws on the feet acute.” One of his dicta in botany was, that a character of great systematic importance in one group may be very variable in another; consequently he did not mention “sustenance”’ under Bruta, but contented himself with the two characters ‘‘front teeth none either above or below” and “gait awkward (incessus ineptior).” As this order included the elephant, the manatee, the sloth, the great ant-eater and the scaly ant-eater, it has been justly cited as a grossly unnatural assemblage, and the grouping accounted for by Linnzeus’s ignorance of the animals composing it. Now it is possible that Linnzeus himself did not regard this assemblage as natural, but merely as a convenient artificial grouping. But I am more disposed to attribute its existence to his habit of searching for hidden affini- ties below the most obvious external differences, as when he placed the seals in the order Ferze, joined the bats with the Primates, the horse and the hippopotamus, the rhinoceros with the Rodents, and the pig with the Insecti- vores (in the order Bestiz). Linneus recognized that the ordinal classification of the mammals was a difficult problem, as is shown by the conspicuous changes (not always improvements in our eyes) and redistributions which he made between the 30 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES first and ‘‘tenth” editions of the Systema and further by the fact that Erx- leben, who revised and extended the Systema (1777), abandoned the ordi- nal divisions entirely and merely listed the genera serzatim. The difficulty of the problem is indicated by the fact that Cuvier, with far better material and more extensive knowledge, was constantly deceived by ‘‘adaptive” (or homoplastic) resemblances. Even Cope, who wrote much on homo- plastic and convergent evolution, was himself deceived by the similarities of structure in the marsupial “mole,” Notoryctes, and the Cape golden mole, Chrysochloris, an undoubted insectivore. The most “inexcusable” blunder of Linneus, that of placing the rhino- ceros with the Rodents under the order “Glires,” may have been due, not to carelessness, but to the fact that the Indian rhinoceros has a single pair of close-set cutting incisors in the upper jaw, which oppose the elongate incisor-like appressed canines of the lower jaw and thus show a superficial approach to the rodent dentition. If Linnzus had known that Hyraz, which Pallas described as a Rodent (“Cavia’’), had cheek-teeth like those of Rhinoceros, he doubtless might have felicitated himself upon his supposed astuteness. In brief, Linneeus, as fully shown by Whewell,* from his profound and wide botanical knowledge, was acquainted with many natural orders, and strove constantly to recognize others. He knew that a character of great diagnostic and fundamental value in one order may be of slight value in another; he knew that even in a natural order some of the diagnostic and fundamental characters might be absent in certain members otherwise clearly allied to a given series. He knew that a natural series is “natural” because of the totality of its characters, that the “genus makes the character,” and not vice versa, a hard doctrine to many of his contemporaries. When Linneus had arrived at a conception of any given natural order, he selected certain characters as diagnostic, but not necessarily universal, and constructed professedly artificial or only partly natural keys to his “natural” orders. When Linneus turned his attention to the classification of animals, we may believe that he followed the same principles. In this application of the principles gained in one subject to the data of another, we have a good example of the felicitous union of specifically distinct ideas to produce a line of ideas that are new and very fertile. The Relation of Linnzus to his Successors. Linnzeus inherited from Ray and from the scholastic system the dogma of the separate creation and objective reality of species, which became 1 Op. cit., pp. 319-325. ANNALS N.Y. Acap. Sct. VoL. XVIII Puate ITI. Courtesy N.Y. Botan. Garden. W. A. Murrill, Photo. Fic. I. HAMMARBY,; THE COUNTRY HOME OF LINNAUS NEAR UPSALA, SWEDEN. ‘> LINNAB “BOFANISEANEL ZOO OGISt ~BORNE= RASEIVEL SWEDEN MAC SS ATOT » = DIED: HAMMARBE nis SWEL EN _JANVARYAIO 775. rest = BX-THE:NEWEC OHA: : | ¢ -E5 5 =23:19048 _ Courtesy N.Y. Botan. Garden. Fic. 2. TABLET PLACED ON THE LINNASUS BRIDGE BY THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 31 developed and strengthened in his hands as a result of his observations. His dictum was species tot sunt diverse quot diverse forme ab initio sunt create. ‘The resemblances between members of a single species were hence held to be due to descent from an original pair, and the mutual infertility of different species to be the natural penalty of the effort to traverse the gaps established from the beginning. This view was somewhat modified in later editions of the Systema, in which Linneus held that “all the species of one genus constituted at first (that is at the Creation) one species, ab initio unam constituerint speciem; they were subsequently multiplied by hybrid generation that is by inter- crossing with other species.” ? The general relation of Linnzus to his successors may be summarized in a few words. ‘The sixth epoch in the history of zodlogy extends from the latter part of the eighteenth to the middle of the nineteenth century, and may be called the Anatomical Epoch, because, through the labors of Cuvier and his great English pupil and successor, Richard Owen, the taxonomic studies of the Linnean school were supplemented by the establishment and great development of the sciences of comparative anatomy and paleontol- ogy. In spite, however, of the improvement and expansion of classification, its bearing upon evolution was not generally perceived. Cuvier’s researches in these sciences further extended the dogma of the fixity of species; but Owen, through his broader knowledge, gradually gave up the idea and became an evolutionist, although not a sclectionist. The seventh epoch, the Darwinian, in which happily we are living, has seen the overthrow of the traditional doctrine of the fixity of species, and has initiated the re-examination of all morphological phenomena in the light of the doctrine of evolution. These morphological facts are reflected more and more in our evolving classifications, which are the outgrowth of the Linnean system, and which now aim to express, not only degrees of homo- logical resemblances and differences, but also (secondarily) degrees of genctic kinship. The great “lawgiver of natural history” is thus seen in his proper per- spective in a few at least of the series of historical antecedents and conse- quents which intersected in him, inheriting, as he did on the one hand, the language and general methods of the past and the doctrine of special creation; inheriting on the other hand the new spirit and contributions of Vesalius, Cesalpino, Ray and many others, and building upon we the foundations of modern botany and zodlogy. 1 Osborn, H. F. From the Greeks to Darwin, p. 129. 32 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES At the close of the reading of Dr. Allen’s address, recess was taken till two o'clock, p.m. During this time the Council entertained at luncheon at the Hermitage Hotel, near Bronx Park, the delegates of sister societies and invited guests. Afterward the special exhibits at the Botanical Museum were examined, and then was delivered the following address. LINNAUS AND AMERICAN BOTANY. By Per Axet Rypsere, Pu. D. Mr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: * I have been asked to make a short address to you on Linnzus and his relation to North American botany. That the selection fell on me was not because I was the most able one to deliver such an address, for there are THE TWIN-FLOWER, LINNAGA BOREALIS A plant especially beloved by Linnzus, and dedicated to him by Gronovius. many abler men present, but simply because I was born in the same country as Linneus. In fact, my grandfather came from the same province of Smiland and even from a parish adjoining that of Stembrohult, in which my illustrious countryman was born. In the early part of the seventeenth century there lived in Jonsboda, BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 33 Smaland, Sweden, a farmer named Ingemar Svenson. He had three children, two sons and one daughter, the grandmother of Linnzus. On the Jonsboda farm stood a very large linden-tree, so old and with so many traditions that it was regarded by the people as a holy tree. Any damage done to this tree, it was claimed, would surely bring misfortune upon the head of the perpetrator. When the two sons began to study for the ministry, it was natural that they should think of this tree in selecting a family name. They called themselves Tiliander; Tvlia is the Latin for the linden or bass- wood, and andros the Greek for man. It may not be amiss to state that at that time the common people of Sweden did not have any family names, and this is true to a certain extent even to-day. A man was known by his given name, the given name of his father with the word son appended, and the place where he lived. The farmer mentioned above was known as Ingemar Svenson from Jonsboda. His father’s name was Sven Carlson, and that of his grandfather, Carl Johnson. The names of his two sons would have been Carl and Sven Ingemarson, had they remained in the peasant class, instead of Carl and Sven Tiliander. The daughter married a farmer, Ingemar Bengtson; and her son’s name was Nils Ingemarson, until he entered the “gymnasium.” He also was born in Jonsboda, and, when selecting a name, he also naturally turned to the same old linden-tree as his maternal uncles had done. He called him- self Linneus. It is remarkable that two of his father’s maternal grand- uncles also bore another Latin form of the same name, viz., Lindelius. Some claim that even this name was derived from the same old linden-tree, but this is scarcely in accordance with the facts. More likely it traces its origin from the Linden Farm in Dannis Parish, where their ancestors lived. But what has this genealogy to do with Linneus’s relation to North American botany? Perhaps nothing directly, but indirectly a great deal; for the circumstances and surroundings under which a man is born and reared to a certain extent make the man. In his younger days, Sven Tiliander was the house-chaplain of Field-Marshal and Admiral-Viscount Henrik Horn, who was for many years Governor of Bremen and Verden, two cities with territory in Germany acquired by Sweder through the Thirty-years War. During his stay in Germany, Tiliander learned to know and love botany and horticulture, and established around Viscount Horn’s residence in Bremen a garden which was remarkable for that period. When both returned to Sweden, Tiliander brought with him the choicest plants from this garden and planted them around the parsonage of Pjetteryd Parish, of which he had been appointed rector. Here at Pjetieryd, Nils Linn2us spent most of his youth, studying in company with his uncle’s sons. Later, both as curate at Rashult and as rector at Stenbrohult, he 34 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES surrounded the parsonages with gardens in which he grew many rare and interesting plants. Inthe midst of these, Carl Linnzeus, the famous botanist, was born and reared. Later, while a student at the university, he spent a summer vacation at home in 1732, and made a list of the plants in his father’s garden. ‘This list is still to be seen in the Academy of Science at Stockholm. Although defective, the first four classes being unrepresented, it enumerates 224 species. Of these, many were at that time very rare in cultivation. Professor Theodore Fries in his biography of Linnzeus enumer- ates 36 of the rarest of these. Among them we notice six American plants, viz., Rhus Toxicodendron, the poison oak, Mirabilis Jalapa, four-o-clock, Asclepias syriaca, milkweed, Phytolacca decandra, pokeweed, Antennaria ‘now Anaphalis) margaritacea, pearly everlasting, and Solanum tuberosum, the potato. It may be remarked that the cultivation of potatoes was introduced into Sweden about twenty years later. We see from this that Linnzus had learned to know some American plants even in his early childhood. Carl Linneus was born the 13th of May, O.S., 1707, at Rashult, an annex to the parish of Stenbrohult. His father was the curate there; but two years later, at the death of his father-in-law, Samuel Broderson, he became rector and moved to Stenbrohult. In the fall of 1714, Carl Lin- neeus entered the school of Wexid, and graduated from the “gymnasium” in 1727. His parents, especially his mother, wanted him to study for the ministry; but he had no love for theology, nor for metaphysics, nor the classics. He learned Latin tolerably, however, because that language helped him to study the natural sciences. He decided to study medicine, and entered with that view the University of Lund, which was nearest his home, but remained there only one year, learning that there were better facilities at Upsala. At the latter place he soon became acquainted with Professors Rudbeck and Celsius, two of the most prominent scientists of that time, and was allowed to use their libraries. The former, who had many duties to perform, soon asked Linnzus to give for him the public lectures in botany. The income from these gave Linnzus means to sup- port himself, and linked him closer to his favorite study. He became acquainted with practically all the plants of the gardens and fields of the whole region around Upsala, and learned all the scientific names given in the books at his disposal. The latter was not an easy matter when we take into consideration the form of scientific names at that period. For example, the most approved name of the common blue-grass that adorns our lawns was, “Gramen pratense paniculatum majus, latiore folio, Poa Theophrasti.’”’ Other names of the same grass were, “‘Gramen vulgo cognitum,” “Gramen pratense BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 35 majus vulgatus,”’ and “Gramen alterum et vulgare.” In the first publication by Linneus, it appears as “Poa spiculis ovatis compressis muticis.” I think that Linneus and his contemporaries had much more cause than we to exclaim, ‘‘Those horrible Latin names!” ‘To us the same plant is known as Poa pratensis L., the name adopted by Linneus in his “Species Plantarum.” The lectures given by Linnzus for Professor Rudbeck became very popular. This was especially the case after his return from his Lapland jeurney. Some persons, especially Dr. Nils Rosen, became jealous of his success, and induced the university faculty to pass a resolution by which no one who had not taken the corresponding degree was permitted to give university lectures. Linneeus had not yet received his doctor's degree, and hence was debarred. As Holland was offering at that time excellent facilities both in medicine and in botany, and as living expenses were lower there than elsewhere, Linnzeus decided to visit that country and take his examinations there. He received his doctor’s diploma at Harderwijk, and afterwards went to Leyden, where he became acquainted with three of the greatest botanists of the time, Boerhaave, Burmann and Gronovius. George Cliffort, the wealthy burgomaster of Amsterdam and president of the East India Company, was a great lover of plants, and had a splendid botanical garden at Hartecamp as well as a rich library and herbarium. On the recommendation of Boerhaave, Linneus became Cliffort’s physician, and curator of his collections and garden. Here he lived in luxury, beloved as a SOD. Cliffort furnished Linnzeus with means to publish five of his first books, “Systema Nature,” “Fundamenta Botanica,” “Bibliotheca Botanica,” “Genera Plantarum” and “Flora Lapponica,” the manuscript of which he had brought with him from Sweden. In the first of these, Linnzus presents his system of classification. He divides Nature into three kingdoms,— the mineral, vegetable and animal. In the vegetable kingdom he brings out an altogether new classification, based upon the sexual organs of plants. He divides the kingdom into 24 classes, the first 23 containing the phan- erogams, and the last the cryptogams. In the first 11 classes are included plants which have from 1 to 12 free and practically equal stamens; in the 12th and the 18th, plants with many stamens; in the 14th and 15th, plants with 4 and 6 stamens respectively, of which 2 are decidedly shorter. In the 16th, 17th and 18th classes the stamens are united by their filaments, in the 19th they are united by their anthers, and in the 20th they are adnate to the pistil. In the 21st and 22d the flowers are unisexual, i.e., the stamens and pistils are in different flowers (on the same individual in the 21st and on different individuals in the 22d); and the plants of the 23d class have both 36 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES unisexual and bisexual flowers. The classes were divided into orders. In the first 13 classes the orders were determined by the number of the pistils; in the 14th and 15th, by the fruit; and in the 16th to 18thand 20th to 23d, by the number and distinctness or union of the stamens. The classi- fication of the 19th class is too complex to enter into here. The 24th class was divided into four orders: Filices, Musci, Algee and Fungi. This system of classification is purely artificial. Linneeus himself re- garded it only as temporary, and expected that it would soon be supplanted by a more rational one, based on natural relationship. The Linnean system served its purpose, however. It became a means by which it was possible to tabulate every known genus of plants. Before this time there had been no systems at all, or such crude ones as we find even to-day in some popular flower-books, where the plants are classified by the color of their flowers. If the natural systems of DeCandolle, Bentham and Hooker, and Engler and Prantl, are too complicated for popular books, why not go back to the simple system of Linnzeus? It would at least give a good insight into the structure of the flower instead of the mere color. In his “Genera Plantarum,” Linneus applied this system to all known genera of plants, and gave each of them a concise and plain description. Cliffort had many American plants in his garden, but he sent Linneus to England to visit Sir Hans Sloane, Professor Dillenius and Philip Miller, in order to secure American plants grown by them. Both Sloane and Dillenius treated Linnzeus at first with coolness, because he “‘confounded botany.” On his farewell visit to Dillenius, Linnzus politely asked him what he meant by “confounding botany.”’ Dillenius took from the library the first few pages of Linnzeus’s own “Genera Plantarum,” and showed him where there was written at numerous places “NB.” Dillenius stated that all the genera so marked were wrongly described. The first example he pointed out, if I am not mistaken, was Canna, placed by Linnzeus in his first class, which contains plants with but one stamen. Botanists before this time had described it as having three stamens. ‘To settle the dispute they went out into the garden, and the living plant showed that Linnzeus was correct. Dillenius then retained Linnzeus for several days, and found that the older botanists in most cases were at fault and the young Swede correct. From being an opponent, he became a friend, of Linnzeus and let him have all the plants he wanted. After his return to Holland, Linnzeus continued his work in Cliffort’s garden with renewed zeal, and completed his “Hortus Cliffortianus,” a large folio, in which are enumerated and described all the plants found in Cliffort’s collections, together with synonyms and citations of nearly all botanical works then in existence. In preparing this work he became BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 37 thoroughly acquainted with almost all the literature referring to American botany, such as Morison’s ‘‘ Plantarum Historia,” Plukenett’s ‘Almagestrum Botanicum” and “Phytographia,” Petiver’s ‘‘Gazophylacium,’” Sloane’s “Jamaica,” Plumier’s “Plantarum Americanarum Genera,” “Plantarum Americanarum Fasciculus Primus” and ‘‘Filicetum Americanum,”’ Catesby’s “Historia Naturalis,’ and, later, Cornuti’s ‘‘Canadensium Plantarum Historia.” After completing the ‘Hortus Cliffortianus,’ Linneeus returned to Leyden, where he spent some time helping Gronovius with the editing of his “‘Flora Virginica,”’ based on a large collection of plants collected by Clayton. Here again he came in contact with American plants. Linneeus then returned to Sweden and became a practicing physician. He was soon appointed professor of medicine at Upsala, but by common agreement he exchanged chairs with Rosen, who held the professorship of botany. He now began work upon the most important book of his life, his “Species Plantarum.” In this he tried to include a short description of every known species of plant, together with the most important synonyms and citations. In this book the Linnean binomial system of nomenclature was used for the first ime. Linnzeus was not the first to give plants names, nor was he the first to name genera. Many Latin plant-names had come down from antiquity, while others had been proposed by his predecessors. Men like Tournefort and Micheli had in some cases clearer ideas of genera than Linneeus himself. Neither was Linneeus the first one to use binomials. In Cornuti’s work on Canadian plants, for example, we find almost as many binomials as polynomials; but it is doubtful if Linneeus had seen Cornuti’s book when he first wrote his “Species Plantarum.’ He does not cite it in the first edition, but does so in the second. Linnzeus was, however, the first one to use binomials systematically and consistently. Before his time, botanists had recognized genera, and applied to them Latin nouns as names. In order to designate specics, they added to these nouns adjective descriptive phrases. These consisted sometimes of a single adjective, as in Quercus alba, the white oak, but more often of a long string of adjectives and adjective modifiers, as in the case of the blue-grass mentioned above. The specific name had hitherto been merely a description modifying the generic name; from this time it became really a name, although a single adjective in form. An illustration of the pre-Linneean form of plant-names might be had if, instead of ‘Grace Darling,” one should say, “Mr. Darling’s beautiful, slender, graceful, blue-eyed girl with long golden curls and rosy cheeks.” “Grace” is just as descriptive of the girl as this whole string of adjectives. It may be that “Grace” is not always applicable to the person to whom the name is applied; but this is also often the case with many specific plant- 38 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES names. Asclepias syriaca and Rumex Brittanica are American plants, and Rubus deliciosus is one of the least delicious of the raspberry tribe. This invention and strict application of binomial names could not but cause a revolution in botany. Since the appearance of “Species Plantarum” in 1753, it has been possible to pigeon-hole not only genera, but also species, of plants. Before this useful book was printed, Linneus had become better ac- quainted with North American plants, and in another way. Baron Bjelke, the vice-president of the Court of Appeals of Finland, had proposed to the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm to send an able man to Iceland and Siberia, countries partly in the same latitude as Sweden, “to make observations, and such collections of seeds and plants as would improve the Swedish husbandry, gardening, manufactures, arts and sciences.” Dr. Linnzeus suggested North America instead, and recommended one of his pupils, Professor Pehr Kalm of Abo, for the proposed expedition. Kalm spent two years in North America, traveling through Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York and Canada, and making large collections of seeds and plants, which were preserved as living or dried specimens, or as alcoholic material. During his stay at Raccoon, N.J., he discovered our mountain- laurel. The Swedes of Raccoon called it spoon-tree, because the Indians made spoons from its hard wood. Kalm adds in his journal, about this tree, “The English call this tree a laurel, because its leaves resemble those of the Laurocerasus. Linneus, conformably to the peculiar friend- ship and goodness which he has honored me with, has pleased to call this tree Kalmia foliis ovalis, corymbis terminalibus, or Kalmia latijolia.” Here Linnzeus himself gave an illustration of both the pre-Linnzan and the post- Linnean nomenclature. Kalm became acquainted with several of the naturalists of this country, C. Colden and his daughter Jane, Bartram and Clayton, and through Kalm a correspondence was established between them and Linneus. Linnaeus also corresponded with John Ellis, who resided in the West Indies, and Dr. Gardiner, who botanized in Carolina and Florida. Later he bought a set of plants collected by Patrick Browne in Jamaica, and received a part of the collections made by Jacquin in the West Indies. When the second edition of the “Species Plantarum” appeared, in 1762, Linnzeus knew and had described nearly 1000 plants indigenous to the Unitéd States and Canada. Besides these, he described about 1000 more, natives of the West Indies, Mexico and Central America, and 400 or 500 South American plants. His knowledge of American plants was small compared with what he knew of plants of the Old World. “Codex Lin- ngeanus,’’ which enumerates all plants named by Linnzus, contains not fewer than 8551 species. BICENTENARY Of LINNAZUS 39 Linneus died Jan. 10, 1778, honored and esteemed by all. Some of his work will doubtless live as long as botany is studied by man. We see from the preceding account that we may consider Linnzeus one of our American botanists. Even the little plant which Gronovius dedicated to the Father of Botany, the twin-flower of our woods, with its exquisite perfume and its dainty pink flowers, belongs to a genus essentially North American. ‘The genus Linnea contains four forms, all closely related. One of these, the original Linnea borealis, is confined to the mountain regions of northern and central Europe. Linnzeus discovered it on his Lapland journey, and it was then considered a very rare plant. Now it seems to be more widely distributed than it was at the time of Linnzeus. Perhaps it is of American origin, and has become modified since it transplanted itself on the other side of the ocean. The other three forms are North Amcrican. Linnea americana Forbes, which has usually been confounded with its European cousin, is common in the woods from Labrador to Alaska, and extends in the Rocky Mountains as far south as New Mexico. L. longiflora (Torr.) Howell, is found in the mountains from northern California to Alaska. ‘The fourth form is, as far as I know, undescribed and unnamed. It is with great pleasure that I here propose the following name and descrip- tion for this species. Linnea serpyllifolia sp. nov. A delicate plant with long creeping stems, 1—4 dm. long, sparingly hirsute; petioles 2-3 mm. long, ciliate; blades broadly oval or round-ovate, 5-8 mm. long, minutely crenulate, obtuse, sparingly hirsute, more or less coriaceous and shining, slightly paler beneath; peduncles 3-5 cm. long, sparingly pubescent and more or less glandular above, 2-flowered; bracts 2-3 mm. long, linear or lance-linear, obtuse; pedicels 5-8 mm. long, glandular- pubescent; hypanthium subglobose, in flower slightly over 1 mm. long, glandular-puberulent, purplish; calyx-lobes 2—2.5 mm. long, linear-subulate; corolla pink, open-funnelform with a very short tube, decidedly oblique, about 6 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. This species differs from L. borealis and L. americana in the very narrow and almost glabrous calyx-lobes. In this respect, it agrees with L. longi- flora; but it is distinguished from that species by the differently shaped corolla and by the leaves, which are broadest at or below the middle, instead of above it. It differs from all three in the smaller size of the flower and of the leaves, and in the indistinct toothing of the latter. Alaska: Cape Nome, 1900, F'. E. Blaisdell (Type in herb. N.Y. Bot. Gard.); Kotzebue Sound, Arnott. 40 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Apparently the same plant has also been collected on the Island of Sachalin by F. Schmidt, but his specimens lack flowers. After Dr. Rydberg’s address, Professor H. H. Rusby gave an exhibition of selected lantern slides of flowers of North American plants known to Linneus, and then Dr. W. A. Murrill led the party southward from the Museum building, through the Garden, to the Linnzus Bridge, pointing out on the way the following characteristic American trees known to Linneeus. Tulip-tree White ash White elm Sweet-gum Sugarberry Red oak Red maple Flowering dogwood White oak Red cedar Sassafras Hemlock Sweet birch Buttonwood Chestnut-oak White pine Butternut American linden At the Linneus Bridge over the Bronx River, on Pelham Parkway, Professor N. L. Britton, President of the New York Academy of Sciences, unveiled the bronze tablet commemorative of Linnzus which had been placed there by the Academy with the consent of the Department of Parks of the city of New York, and made the following address. ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY. N. L. Brirron, Pa. D. Director-in-chiej, New York Botanical Garden. The recognition of the work of famous men is one of the happiest duties of mankind. It stimulates our endeavors and encourages us to make efforts which we would probably not make without their examples before us. To-day we do homage to a distinguished man of science, and the una- nimity with which the scientific societies and institutions of the city of New York join in this tribute is in itself evidence of the value which 1s placed upon his contributions to natural history. Science has made great progress during the two centuries which have elapsed since the birth of Linnzus. Theories have in large part given place to ascertained facts, or have been replaced by other theories based on more accurate knowledge of natural objects and of natural phenomena. The contributions of science to the welfare, comfort and happiness of mankind, have made present human life widely different from that of two Annas N.Y. Acap. Sct. Vou. “XVIII, Puars IV. Courtesy N.Y. Botan. Garden. THE LINNAUS BRIDGE AND TABLET. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 41 hundred years ago; and this amelioration of our condition, and the more general diffusion of knowledge, have been accompanied by a vast improve- ment in morality. The ceremonies of to-day are worthy of the great naturalist whose birth they commemorate. Societies and institutions all over the world join with us in honoring him, and are represented here by delegates, or have trans- mitted documents expressing their appreciation of his life and labors. ‘The public natural science institutions of New York have come to take leading parts in the subjects they teach and illustrate. Public and private philan- thropy have developed them with a rapidity almost phenomenal, for they are all yet in their infancy and on a scale commensurate with the dignity of the metropolis of America. The cordial co-operation of a municipality with public-spirited citizens to build and maintain such institutions for the welfare of the people and of science, finds here in New York its maximum evolution, which has as yet, however, by no means reached its complete development or its maximum usefulness. What will be said of their posi- tion and importance when after fifty years the New York Historical Society opens the tablet which we now place upon this bridge? And what discov- eries will science have made for the benefit of the human race during this next fifty years? The selection of this bridge, recently constructed by the Park Depart- ment, as a permanent memorial of Linnzus, is most appropriate. It is situated just outside the New York Zodlogical Park, with the New York Botanical Garden a short distance to the north, being thus between the two institutions which teach the subjects on which the fame of Linneeus chiefly rests. The suggestion that it be known hereafter as the Linnean Bridge came from the Director of the American Museum of Natural History. On behalf of the New York Academy of Sciences I now unveil this tablet, and present it to the city of New York, there having been placed in it copies of to-day’s program and other documents befitting the occa- sion. After Wennerberg’s song, rendered by the American Union of Swedish Singers, “Hear us, Svea,” Hon. Joseph I. Berry, Commissioner of Parks of the Borough of the Bronx, in a few fitting words accepted the tablet on behalf of the city of New York, and then delivered the key of the box within the tablet to the New York Historical Society, for preservation till May 23, 1957. These ceremonies were followed by the singing, by the chorus, of Lindblad’s “Battle Hymn,” and then the audience listened to the following two addresses. 42 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE AMERICAN SCENIC AND HISTORIC PRESERVATION SOCIETY. GrorGE F. Kunz, Pu. D. Linnzeus was a great scientist, and the conquests of science have done more to advance the world than wars, which science may yet render im- possible. It was thirty years of scientific research in Germany that gave us artificial indigo. It was pure scientific research that led Moissan, Cowles and Acheson to discover independently an abrasive substance of a hardness between the diamond and the sapphire; and then Moissan by scientific deduction worked out the genesis of the hardest and most fearless of gems, which, though obtained only in the form of powder, was still the diamond. Within the past quarter of a century we have seen air, oxygen and hydrogen liquefied, giving us temperatures absolutely unknown in nature before, and also the electric furnace, giving an extreme heat such as has perhaps never existed, unless it be on the surface of the sun. . Jade, the Chinese stone, has been known in China for more than a thousand years. Some believe that it was known to a prehistoric race the existence of which was almost unknown to the Chinese, and whose only records extant are found as we find the evidences left of the mound-builders, who passed away before the advent of the white man in North America. It was not until 1866 that Damour, a scientist, separated jade into two distinct minerals, nephrite and jadeite; and one of those into two varieties, jadeite and chloromelanite — facts unknown to the Chinese, though they apparently knew and understood every tiny fragment they had ever seen of this mineral. It was the scientist who took three red stones belonging to the King of Burmah or to the Emperor of China, and proved to him that one was a ruby, one was a spinel, and the third a tourmaline, and not all rubies, as they had been regarded for a century or more previously. Moses was the first great systematizer, and his original assemblage of the people in tens, hundreds and thousands, is carried out in the military systems of to-day, and is again reflected in our own and in the monetary systems of many of the European nations, and more especially in that indis- pensable and scientific international system of weights and measures, the metric system. It was Alexander who conquered the eastern world, bring- ing back with him much refinement, and possibly also the valuable and industrious silkworm; and it was he also who discovered that the carrying powers of his camels were doubled if he employed a gold medium of exchange instead of silver. Czesar, in his attempt to conquer the world, did much BICENTENARY OF LINNAZUS 43 toward the dissemination of education and civilization, from which Rome greatly benefited. Napoleon upturned and readjusted the treasuries of a number of king- doms, duchies, cloisters and churches in Europe; and, even though his régime was attended by frightful loss of life, marked and permanent improve- ment has followed it. But it was La Sage, a scientist, who compiled a great work for Napoleon, from which he learned what noble families had lived in all times, and what campaigns had been fought by the various conquerors; and it was a thorough study of La Sage’s work that had much to do with giving Napoleon an idea as to what worlds others had conquered, and what parts of this world were left for him to subdue. It may not be generally known that it was one of our New York scientists, Dr. Melvil Dewey, who introduced the card catalogue system of catalo- guing books, which led to the present system of keeping books by the loose- leaf system. It would be easy to mention many who have materially assisted in the advancement and organization of the multifarious affairs of mankind; but the other and lower creations of nature outnumbered mankind many thou- sand times, and the co-ordination of scientific nomenclature covering this vast domain is due to the great Carl von Linné. Until his time, an animal was known as a deer in English, a Hirsh in German, a cerf in French, and by fifty other names in as many different languages. By applying two or three words as a name to every creature that flies in the heavens above, that dwells in the earth beneath or in the waters under the earth, he made it possible for the scientist, whether at the Cape of Good Hope, in Greenland, in New York, or in the Sandwich Islands, to know not only just what living form was referred to, but also to understand immediately to just what genus, class, species or variety, this living organism belongs. The Linnean system has also greatly aided scientific classification in natural history, which, in connection with medicine, has given us the con- necting link in the science of biology and bacteriology. The Linnean system compares with the natural history of to-day as alchemy does with chemistry, as astrology and fortune-telling with astronomy and medicine of the present time. It is strange that, as well-planned and admirable and successful as the Linnean system is when applied to the nomenclature of animate objects, it was absolutely rejected by the then mineralogists and chemists, as the chemical equivalents and the structure are frequently better expressed by a single term than they would be by a binominal system. Had a Linnean system existed when Adam and Eve were in the Garden of Eden, there would be no dispute to-day as to whether the ‘‘apple” which 44 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES caused their expulsion from the Garden was the identical kind of apple that has caused so many boys to be driven from gardens and orchards wherein they trespass to-day, or whether it was a pomegranate, an orange, a lemon, or some other fruit of which we have no knowledge. If Noah had known a Linnean system when he took his animals into the ark, and had so named them, how helpful that would be to us to-day! There would not be the doubt in the minds of the few who still maintain that evidences of the flood are to be found in fossil remains, since these would belong to those animals that were destroyed at the time of the great flood. We have recorded a history of the past, to-day we have heard much of Linneeus and his time: let us speak now of the present. For a quarter of a century it has been our pleasure to know one of the most ardent disciples of Linneeus that has lived in our land; and had it not been for his untiring zeal, his keen judgment, his constant application, it is a question whether we would be assembled to-day to dedicate this bridge to the memory of Linneus. We remember twenty-five years ago when he first appeared before the Academy of Sciences, and it is almost that long ago that he first suggested a botanical garden. The Botanical Garden undoubtedly influenced the Zoélogical Park, and each successive scientific institution has strengthened the others, so that, as science stands united to-day, New York is perhaps and will long remain one of the leading scientific cities in the country, if not the foremost; and no one more than our esteemed President of the New York Academy of Sciences, and Director of the Botanical Garden, Dr. N. L. Britton, has assisted in the unification and the advancement of our greatest Academy of Sciences. Dr. Britton was the pioneer with the Botanical Garden. Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn, another disciple of Linneus, was the pioneer in the Zodlogical Park, which has been so ably conducted and carried on through that indefatigable worker, Dr. W. T. Hornaday, who brought to his task a world-wide experience of animals, their habitats and their characters. ‘Therefore it seems eminently fitting that this bridge should form a connecting link between these two Siamese Twins, as it were, of botany and zodélogy in the United States. It is science that gives us this well-ordered Bronx Botanical Garden, which, beautiful as it is, is a living botanical exposition, made possible through the organization of Linnzeus, the energy, industry and intelligence of a Britton, the generosity of the founders and its trustees and the encour- agement of our great city of New York. Although historic sites and buildings may be marked with tablets or with monuments of stones, yet it was Nero who removed the Greek inscription, and placed his own, over the architrave of the Parthenon. In 1881 we were surprised to see some stone-cutters removing from within the laurel wreaths BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 45 on the arches of the bridge across the River Seine the raised letter N placed there by Napoleon III, and a few days later to see them incise the letters R. F. (République Francaise) where the N had formerly been. The value of preserving historic sites or commemorating historic events by indestructible means, such as medals or engraving in stone or metal, has always served as a great benefit to those who were to follow. A simple tablet on the summit of the Jura Mountains tells one when, where and how the great Napoleon crossed those mountains. A tablet in Russia relates that Napoleon entered Russia at this point with seven hundred and twenty thousand men, and less than a year later returned with an army of only a hundred and twenty thousand, having lost six hundred thousand. The use of metal and baked tiles for the perpetuation of portraits and historic events forms one of the most feasible and enduring means. It is due to the coins and the medals that have been struck since about the seventh century B.C. that we have an almost unbroken line, for the past twenty-four centuries, of portraits and history; and to Assyrian baked tablets, that we have some four thousand years of history recorded. There should be a most stringent law, a national law, rigidly enforced, for the punishment of any vandal who destroys, either wantonly or for the purpose of loot, any monument, as, for instance, the André Monument on the banks of the Hudson and the tablet marking the Slocum disaster. It is the honor and pleasure of the American Scenic and Historic Preser- vation Society to take part in this historic event, and it is its official function to describe accurately the event in its Annual Report edited by our able Secretary, Edward Hagaman Hall, and published by order of the Legislature of this State. So the record of this event will appear in series with that of the dedication of Stony Point as a park; the re-dedication of the André Monument; the preservation of the Palisades; the McGowan’s Pass tablet; more recently the acceptance of the gift of three miles of one of the most beautiful ravines on the continent, containing three fine waterfalls, presented to our State by the Honorable William Pryor Letchworth, for which the Society is to act as a Trustee; and the State’s acquisition of Watkins Glen. 46 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED SWEDISH SOCIETIES OF NEW YORK. Emit F. JoHNSON. I do not intend to encroach upon your time by attempting to make a long speech, but I consider it my duty as president of the United Swedish Societies to express to you, Mr. President, and to the members of the New York Academy of Sciences, our gratitude for the opportunity you have given us to take part in honoring the memory of our distinguished country- man Linneus, whom we are used to call the “Flower King of the North.” To be sure, our participation in this celebration is limited to the assistance given by our singing societies and to the presence of a goodly number of our people in the park. ‘The Swedish minister to Washington, Mr. Lagercrantz, is also with us, and I take this opportunity to convey to you, Your Excellency, our appreciation of the interest you have shown by coming to New York to-day. Our consul and vice-consul are also with us. I saw a statement in a paper a few days ago to the effect that Swedes in New York have presented this beautiful bridge to the city. I only wish that such were the case; but unfortunately we are only about fifty thousand strong in this neighborhood. Such a gift might well be possible out West, where, as you know, most of the Swedish immigrants settle, but not here. Indeed, there are parts of the West and Northwest, where for miles upon miles you will find Swedish settlements almost exclusively, and all in pros- perous condition. In Chicago the Swedes have even erected a statue to the memory of Linnzus, a duplicate of one erected in Stockholm just twenty years ago to-day. I remember the date well, because I took part in the celebration, being a student in Stockholm at the time. It is a great satisfaction to us Swedes, that Linneeus, whose memory is to-day honored all over the globe, was a man of peace. Every one has heard of our Gustavus Adolphus and Charles XII, not to mention the old vikings; but our great scientific men —such as Linneus, Berzelius, Scheele, Celsius, Edlund, Rudbeck and others — are known only toa select few. Even John Ericsson the great engineer, whose statue has been erected in Battery Park by the city of New York, is remembered and honored only on account of his ship of war, the “Monitor.’’ The fact that he invented the fire-engine, the propeller, the solar engine, the hot-air engine and other wonderful machinery, is well-nigh forgotten, though we have in the city to-day about fifteen thousand pumping engines run with heated air on Ericsson’s prin- ciples, and the solar engine is being used more and more in California. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 47 His work was work of peace of the very highest character, and to be com- mended as such. There is one part of Linneus’s life-work which may not have been referred to to-day, and that is his work as an archeologist. While pursuing his studies in botany and zodlogy, Linneus naturally traveled a great deal around the country; in doing this, he made careful notes of the mounds, runestones and other marks left by the ancient inhabitants, which marks are very abundant all over Sweden. In fact, his writings on this subject have formed a basis for the very interesting archeology of Sweden. Personally, I have derived much more pleasure from this part of Linneeus’s writings than I have from the others, although once upon a time I did know the Latin names of a few hundred plants. Once more I thank you, Mr. President, in behalf of the Swedes of New York, and I will close by proposing a cheer for the memory of Linneeus, and will ask the singers to assist me with a gen- uine Swedish hurrah. At the close of the exercises at the Bridge, many people, in spite of the lateness of the hour, walked through the New York Zodlogical Park to note American animals known to Linneus. The party was under the guidance of Director Hornaday and Messrs. Ditmars, Beebe and Blair. In the evening the literary exercises of the day were continued at the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Eastern Parkway, Brooklyn. After brief opening remarks by Mr. F. A. Lucas, Director of the Museum, the following address was read. A SKETCH OF THE LIFE OF CARL VON LINNE. By Epwarp L. Morris. There is something of human interest in the personal side of any one’s life, if we but know an avenue of approach. Such avenues are closed to most of us for most lives. ‘The public careers of great men are matters of recorded or current history. The professional activities and writing of men of science are open to those interested along similar lines; but often there is little opportunity to know the personal and characteristic things which are the real foundation and basis of success among men. Our presiding officer has elsewhere said, “In some ways the career of Linnus reminds one of a good old-fashioned fairy story in which the hero continually is being provided for. ‘Time after time, Linnzus was taken up 48 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES by some man of wealth who practically supported him and gave him oppor- tunities for study and research. “ither genius was rarer in those days than now, or else it received more substantial recognition.” In 1706, Nils Linnzeus, a Swedish pastor, and his bride Christina, began their home life in his parish in Rashult in Smaland in southern Sweden. About their cottage he had planted a garden of flowers according to a taste developed while living with an uncle. In this garden the young bride took special delight, only to grieve sorely at the effects of the heavy winter frosts, but reacting to the hope and anticipation of the awakening of spring. Here were more than four hundred species of exotic plants. For such a latitude and for such a period of the world’s history, this was a most unusual col- lection. In the midst of the spring advent of the fowers, in May, 1707, there was born a son in the home of the parish leader. He was baptized “Carl.” To-day we celebrate, in honor and praise, the birth of Carl Linneus. The following year, the family moved to Stenbrohult, to which were also removed most of the plants from the garden at Rashult. As soon as the boy Carl could walk, he daily visited the new garden with his father, where he was the more attracted to the flowers because in his babyhood the parents had often attracted his attention by many bright blossoms. A little later he had a bed for his own flowers, which he chose from the main garden. Later still, he was given a plot for his own garden beside his father’s. At four years of age, after a visit to a country fair, he so persisted in asking questions that he practically knew all his father could tell him,— the Swedish names and the uses of the native plants. Typically, his mother delighted in the boy’s absorption in the flowers (she was fond of them too), besides, this often kept the boy occupied for hours,— an important item in the daily program of the young housekeeping mother. Boylike, oftener than not Carl forgot the answers to his questions. His father noticed this and called the habit mischievous, and refused to answer further questions till the boy promised to remember what was told him. This parental training became of the highest value to the future Linnzeus. Many of the relatives of Nils Linnzeus were ordained to the service of the church. It was in the wife’s heart to have their son be the same. But he was averse to all reading not related to natural history or more particu- larly to botany. His chief activity was to wander over the fields and through the woods, bring home every new species he found, plant some, and dry and preserve others. With these he brought in several weeds, which caused no end of trouble to his father, as they spread to the beds of BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 49 exotic plants. He became so proficient in his knowledge of the local plants that the neighbors all called him ‘the little Botanicus.” The story goes, that one day his mother found that he had even appro- priated her much-treasured Bible in which to press some new-found flowers, and she began gently rating him for this. “Dear child,” she said, “you must not put herbs and flowers in my beautiful book. It would be quite a sin to spoil the Holy Bible.” “Pray forgive me, mother! But these are the most beautiful flowers I have ever seen, so I thought I would preserve them best of all, for I have heard both you and father say that the Bible is the Book of Life; and surely, if I put the flowers between its leaves, they will retain their color, the Bible keeping them alive forever.” “Child, when we call the Bible the Book of Life, we mean by that, not the life we see before us, but the spiritual growth of our souls, for every thought we think is a flower culled in the garden of our soul. There, as on earth, grow many various plants, some of wondrous beauty, and others stained with sin. But every time we humbly read in the Sacred Writ, a seed is sown in our heart, which some day will bloom, and bear holy fruit.” “How beautifully you talk, mother! ”’ “Well, you must diligently read your Bible, and in your heart will grow the seed of goodness and humility; but I fear’ — “What do you fear, mother?” “T fear you love the fair flowers of the earth too much to care for the seeds that were watered with tears in the Garden of Gethsemane.” “O mother! no, I won’t forget my Bible. But when I see a flower I think this way, ‘Why does God make the cold, damp earth grow such lovely creatures with such beautiful colors? Why, if not to make us happy with the sight?’ And then I almost fancy the flowers saying with their petal lips, “Look at us, and think how kind and good is God.’ O mother! every flower must have been a thought by God.”’ “Why, how you speak, child! Well, yes, you are right: it must be so.” When Carl was ten years old, after an unfortunate experience with a private tutor, he was sent to Wexi6, the capital of the diocese, to the grammar and higher grades. But here he failed because there was no teacher to lead and inspire him, but only those to drive. The boy mentally refused to be driven. Shortly he was put again under a tutor somewhat better than the former one; but in every subject except Nature he was considered a dunce. In eight years his father, with sorrow in his heart, became convinced that Carl never would make a preacher. His mother, realizing this also, rued the love she had felt for the flowers and the interest on his part which she sadly had fostered, and with pique declared to her second son, Samuel, that he never should devote himself to so useless and wasteful a study as flowers. 50 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES In the words of another, “In this great distress, Pastor Linnzeus called upon a friend Dr. Rothman, a physician of Wexié who also taught physiol- ogy and botany in the school. His verdict, however, was, ‘Well, a preacher Carl certainly never will be, but he might become a famous physician; and’ that profession will feed a man as well as the church. Your son is far advanced in natural history, and, without gainsaying, the foremost scholar in botany. Jf you will permit, I will take him into my house: he shall eat at my table gratis, and I will myself read with him during the year that remains before he can proceed to a university.’ It need not be told how gladly father and son accepted this generous and well-timed offer.” Carl now removed to Dr. Rothman; and this learned gentleman with great discernment made it clear to his protégé of what great advantage, and how indispensable, were Latin and Greek for the study of medicine, botany and natural history. The dead languages now became endowed with a living new interest, and instead of Justinius and Cicero, he studied with enthusiasm Pliny’s ‘“‘ Natural History,” performing thus a double study at the same time. Dr. Rothman grew daily more and more attached to his pupil, who made amazing progress, and whose transcendent genius became more and more evident. He found great delight in guiding the young naturalist in his studies, but soon found, with little surprise and no envy, that his pupil far outstripped himself, for Linnzeus could acquire no more from him. Linnzeus must enter the university, and nothing remained but to get the certificate from the Wexi6 school. It was framed in very quaint and signifi- cant words; and it is curious that the trope of a tree, carried all through, should have been applied to the future of the professor of botany. It read as follows: “The youths in schools may be likened unto young saplings in a plantation, where it sometimes happens, although seldom, that young trees, despite the great care bestowed on them, will not improve by being en- grafted, but continue like wild untrained stems, and when they are finally removed ard transplanted, they change their wild nature, and become beautiful trees that bear excellent fruit. In which this respect, and no other, this youth is now promoted to the University, where, perhaps, he may come to a clime that will favor his further development.” With this reeommen- dation Carl Linnzeus went to Lund, the southern university of Sweden, in 1727. Here Linnzus boarded and lodged at the house of one Strobzeus, who lectured in the university on natural history, geology, and botany. He was a man of acknowledged great learning in these sciences, and possessed a large private collection of stones, shell, birds and dried herbs. At this house also lived a German student of medicine, Koulas, eight years the senior of BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 51 Linneus, who had the use of Strobzeus’s library, and who took upon himself secretly to lend his young friend what books he required in botany. ‘The old mother of the learned host had observed that a light burned in the small hours of the night in Linnzus’s room, and, fearing fire, told her son, who quietly one night went up to Linnzus’s room to surprise the negligent fellow, but was himself surprised to find the student in the dead of night busily comparing the varying opinions of the greatest botanists of his time. This surprise won the admiration of the teacher and his affection, and he at once gave Linnzus the use of his library freely, and the keys to his collections, and, like Rothman, took the liveliest interest in the gigantic strides of progress. In 1728, Linnzeus changed to the University of Upsala to study under the renowned professors Roberg and Rudbeck. Here Linnzus suffered much from poverty, often having barely enough food to sustain life. At length, under dire necessity, he was about to start for home to his father, when he made a last visit to the garden of the university. Just then there was a rare exotic plant in bloom. Linnzeus picked the flower, and was sharply reprimanded by a voice behind him. He explained that it was for a me- mento of the place, which he was now obliged to leave permanently. This aroused the interest and question of the dean, as it proved, — Celsius, senior. A result of this incident was, that Celsius saved Linnzeus to science then and there by taking him to his own house, giving him new and large opportunities at the university, tiding over the time of distress, and procuring for him opportunities as private tutor to some of the students below him. Here Linneus brought out his little thesis developing his sexual system of grouping plants. From now on, Linnzus had a constant chain of promo- tions, spiced, disagreeably now and then, by jealousies wrought against him, but consisting of the delights of extensive, dangerous and economic travels, new positions of teaching and lecturing at home and abroad, and finally the full chair of botany at the University of Upsala. His greatest and ultimate joy was in the knowledge that his system of plant relationships became, before his death, the commonly accepted system of the civilized world. To his credit be it recorded again, that his system is the foundation of all modern concepts of the sexual evolution and differentiation, and consequent relationships, of all known plants and animals, and especially of their nomen- clature. His personal and professional interest were so broad as to include special studies in insects and birds and in general zodlogy, as time allowed diver- gence from his life-work in botany. His writings covered the living things of the Old and New Worlds, and comprised some seventy or more titles. His personality was of the kind which inspired every pupil coming under 52 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES him to branch out for himself in some line of natural history. His students became scattered throughout the world. Up to the last, and as much as his failing health would allow, Linnzeus kept up a lively and progressive interest in his science. Finally, tired of life, and forgetful of all honors which had been so keen a delight to him, he passed beyond peacefully on the 10th of January, 1778. His works and his name live forever. At the conclusion of Dr. Morris’s address a musical selection was rendered by the Glee Club of the United Swedish Societies, after which the following address was delivered. LINNAUS AND AMERICAN NATURAL HISTORY. By Freperic A. Lucas. I presume that the question first in the minds of many present. is, Why have we met this evening? why should we celebrate the two hundredth birthday of Linnzeus? In a general way, Linneeus may be said to have systematized the study of natural history, and arranged its known facts in an orderly manner; but his special claim to our gratitude is the invention or perfection of what is called the ‘binomial system” of nomenclature, that is, the use of the double name for each species of plant or animal. This may seem a small matter. In fact, those who ask Why doesn’t every animal have a common name? might think they had reason to feel anything but grateful; but it was really one of the greatest advances made in natural history. For in science it is not enough to accumulate facts, they must be set in order, or classified, so as to be available. In fact, Huxley termed science “classified knowledge.” Before the day of Linnzus, animals were mainly known by their descriptions or their vernacular name. The lion, for instance, would be called the “great tan-colored cat with a mane;” and, in order to indicate what species were related, it would be necessary to specify them each and all. As the rising tide of commerce of the eighteenth century brought to Europe scores of animals previously unknown, the number of recognized species increased so rapidly that it promised to be a difficult matter to keep track of them. It was at thistime that Linneeus devised the plan of apply- ing to each animal a general or generic name which should indicate the immediate group to which the animal belonged, and a special or specific BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 53 name to apply to that particular kind of animal alone. And so binomial nomenclature was born. It has been claimed that Linneus was not the first to use the binomial system, but, if not, he was certainly the first to employ it consistently and to frame rules relating to such use. Linneus wrote in Latin not as a matter of affectation, but because Latin was the common language of culture and science, and to this day many naturalists still write descriptions of new species in Latin, or preface their accounts with a brief diagnosis in that language. Had he written in Swedish, his native tongue, his audience would have been a small one, probably limited to his native land; as it was, his works were understood by all the natu- ralists of the day. Hence his scientific names which were Latin names are, like a gold coin, current the world over, while the so-called “popular name”’ is restricted in its use, and circulates only in the country where it is coined. But Linnzeus did much more than devise a scheme of nomenclature: he systematically defined each and every group of plants and animals with which he dealt, giving their chief characters in a few brief words; and the small groups, or genera, he combined in large divisions termed “orders.” It matters not that the genera of Linnzeus have since been divided and sub- divided many times, the underlying principle of assigning certain definite characters to each animal remains the same. Linneus was a born classifier. He was not happy until he had duly set in order the facts and objects that came under his notice; and while he did not, it is truce, carry this to the extent of the eccentric Rafinesque, who made several genera and species of thunder and lightning, he did propose a system of classification for diseases wherein they were duly assigned to their respec- tive families and genera. To many the term “‘classification” is repellant. It seems to signify some- thing with which the ordinary man has nothing to do, when really it is some- thing with which every one is, or should be, concerned; for classification is simply arranging things in their proper places, and putting things of a kind together. And the man who puts his cuffs in one place, his collars in another, and arranges his shoes in a row on the top shelf of a closet, is a classifier. The naturalist is confronted by the same problem as a general,— that of grouping or arranging the various plants or animals so that he may know where each one is to be found, or where to assign any new form that may come to light. For an army is not merely a large number of armed men, it is an orderly assemblage of men so classed and grouped that they can be handled by one man. And the classification of the animal kingdom, for example, is very similar to that of an army, and to the same end,— that any one may put into its proper place each of the thousands of units with which he has to do. 54 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES And Linneeus marshaled plants and animals as a general marshals his troops. And just as an army is composed of thousands of individuals, dis- tinguished as officers and privates, formed into companies, regiments, brigades and divisions, so the thousands of species composing the animal kingdom are grouped into genera, families, orders, classes and phyla. In doing this, Linnzus instituted many minor reforms; for example, his char- acters were given in a definite order, and following the diagnosis was the synonymy, or list of names under which the animal had been described, and works in which it had been published. He was the first to strip natural history of its verbiage, and express himself in clear and concise language, and, had he lived to-day, I doubt not he would have been an advocate of spelling reform. And yet, after all, this scheme of nomenclature is but a part of the ser- vice Linneeus rendered to natural history. It is not merely that his genius grasped the fact that nature was order, and that he devised methods for expressing this order; his zeal in the pursuit of knowledge gave a stimulus and purpose to the study of natural history that it had never felt before. In a way, his influence may be said to have been much like that of Agassiz in the United States, “He imbued [his pupils] with his own intense acquisitive- ness, reared them in an atmosphere of enthusiasm, trained them to close and accurate observation, and then despatched them to various parts of the globe.”’ It was not so much what he knew himself as the enthusiasm he inspired in others, that made him a power felt throughout the world. It must ever be borne in mind that nomenclature, or the naming of plants and animals, is not the end of natural history, but only a means to an end,— a fact that many of our younger naturalists are prone to overlook. Too many of them seem to think that the great aim of the naturalist is to write ‘‘new species” after as many names as possible, when, to my mind at least, the making of new species is the most trivial work of the naturalist. It is important work, but only a step on the pathway of knowledge. The real problems are, Why do these species exist? what forces have brought them into existence? and what are their relations with one another? The man who heard an overture for the first time, after listening a while turned to his friend with the query, When are they going to stop tuning up, and commence to play? So you may wonder why I chose for the title of this address ‘‘Linneus and American Natural History.” The truth is that Linnezus is so intimately connected with all natural history, that American natural history forms but a small part of the whole. And yet Linnzeus was intimately concerned with the development of American natural history by his acquaintance with those men of science who were gathering and making known the fauna and flora of this continent; and as plants and animals were / BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 5) brought to Europe, most of them found their way to Linnzus, and many were definitely named by him for the first time. ‘The twelfth edition of the famous “Systema Nature” describes 210 mammals, 78 of which are Ameri- can (including under that term North and South America); 790 birds are noted, of which 260 are American; and 88 of the 124 reptiles are also American. We think of Audubon, Baird, Coues and Ridgway as the great American ornithologists, and they are great; but a glance at the check-list of the American Ornithologists’ Union shows how prominent a part was played by Linneus. The list of 1889 gives 729 species and subspecies. No less than 202 of these were named by Linnzeus; while Audubon, the father of American ornithology, named but 33. Twenty-five bear the sign-manual of Coues, and 104 of Ridgway. We must, it is true, remember that a considerable number of the birds named by Linnzeus are species common to Europe and North America, but, on the other hand, it must also be borne in mind that many named by Ridgway are what are called subspecies, which were not recognized in the day of Linneus. In the time of Linneeus there were few naturalists in the United States, but those were active; and that they approved of his methods is shown by a letter of Collin to Linnzeus, in which he says, ‘Your system I can tell you obtains much in America. Mr. Clayton and Dr. Colden at Albany are complete professors, as is Dr. Mitchell at Urbana, Va.” If this seems a pitifully small number to us, it must be remembered that in those days naturalists were few in number, and natural objects studied but little; and twelve years later there were in all England but seven botanists who were fol- lowers of the Linnzean methods. ‘Those were the good times when one man knew the plants and animals of the whole globe. Now a naturalist may devote his entire time to the study of one small group, and the names of other plants and animals are often as unfamiliar to him as they are to the average man. It is interesting, almost amusing, to see how little an idea Linneeus and his contemporaries had of the number of the animals in the world, for their most liberal estimates were very far from the facts. And this lack of knowl- edge Linneeus realized when he wrote at the end of his “Systema Nature,” “Ea qua scimus sunt pars minima eorum que ignoramus.” 'Thus Ray in 1693, a short time before Linnzeus began his career, estimated that there were about twenty thousand animals, including insects, in the whole world; and this was a very liberal estimate, for he actually described less than four thousand. Now, Ray was what would be termed to-day a “lumper,” and divided all living things into four great orders, — insects, fishes, birds and beasts, 56 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES the last including reptiles. ‘The number of beasts he stated to be a hundred and fifty, adding his belief that ‘not many that are of any considerable big- ness in the known regions of the world have escaped the cognizance of the curious.” ‘The birds he considered might reach as many as five hundred. Contrast this with the more than twelve thousand species so far described. The number of insects he considered might possibly reach twenty thousand species, a long way from Sharp and Walsingham’s estimate of two millions, or Riley’s of ten millions. Nowadays this estimate of Ray provokes a smile, and yet we can find an example of much greater complacency shown by one of our noted scientific men of much more recent date; for Dr. Coues about 1880 thought that few mammals remained to be discovered in North America. How badly he was mistaken is shown by Dr. Allen’s review in 1894, showing that the number of recognized species had more than doubled in ten years, rising from 181 in 1880 to 369 in 1890; and since then many more have been described, not merely small creatures that to the ordinary observers are alike, but large animals like bears and mountain-sheep. It well illustrates the activity displayed by naturalists of that day to say that by 1758 the number of known mammals and reptiles had increased to 334 and of birds to 790; the figures in the one case being an advance of a hundred per cent over those of Ray, and in the other of fifty per cent. How thoroughly the world is being ransacked for new animals, and how actively naturalists are engaged in their description, may be gathered from the following figures. Up to 1830, species to the number of 71,598 had been described, by 1881 the number had risen to 211,553, and by 1896 to 366,000; more than 150,000 species having been described in fifteen years. And the vast and ever-growing host of living things — the beasts of the ficld, the birds of the air, the fishes that are in the water about the earth, to say nothing of the myriad species of the plant world — are each and all named in accordance with the method devised by Linneus two centuries ago. Linneus builded better than he knew, and his work has stood the test of time; and the methods he devised for classifying and naming animals are those in use now. His details may have been faulty, and the groups he considered as genera may have been divided and sub- divided, but his plan stands. Scores of animals known to Linnzeus have been swept out of existence, and thousands that he never knew have been discovered; but the stimulus given by him to the study of nature remains unchecked, and to-day in many countries the members of learned societies have assembled, as we have gathered here, to do honor to the great Swedish naturalist. Sweden, indeed, chanced to be the birthplace of this great man, but genius is not fettered by time and space, belonging rather to all time and to the whole world. BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 57 At the conclusion of Mr. Lucas’s address the Glee Club sang a second selection, and then the evening exercises ended with an exhibition, by means of stereopticon views, of plants and animals known to Linneus, in charge of Dr. A. J. Grout and Mr. Lucas. In the Borough of Manhattan the day was rounded out at the New York Aquarium, Battery Park, where the New York Zodlogical Society gave a reception to the Academy and the guests of the occasion. ‘This function likewise commemorated the centennial anniversary of the erection of the building and gave the first view of the collections by night. A fea- ture of the reception was the exhibition of forms of marine life known to Linneeus. k * * * * * OK An important and highly interesting feature of the Linneus celebration lay in the following documents contributed by sister societies in many parts of the world, and letters written by several of the Honorary Members of the New York Academy. Each is reproduced here in the language in which it was sent in. Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien, Stockholm. It is with great pleasure that the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences has received in these days, from all parts of the world, the most gratifying testi- monies of the great admiration and esteem in which our first president, Carl von Linné, is held by all those who love and study nature. Your invi- tation has also been accepted with great gratitude: it was, however, received so late that it was impossible to take any measures for participating in your celebration in such a way as would have been desirable to us. You have expressed your wishes that we should contribute an official document appre- ciative of the work of Linné. There is, however, no opportunity now to prepare such a document, and we must thus confine ourselves to a short statement elucidating our opinion. There were many great naturalists before Linné, if we count from Aris- toteles to Ray and Willughby. There was certainly a great amount of knowledge, also, concerning animals and plants; but there was no system, no scientific names or terms. The facts that were known in natural history before Linné were thus heaped without order, or with very little order, like a pile of bricks and stones at a building-place. Linné was the great architect who made the plan for the erecting of the building, —the system; and he furnished at the same time the mortar — the nomenclature — for cementing 58 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES together the stones and bricks. It may be admitted that more practical and more beautiful buildings have been constructed since that time in the scien- tific world; but he was and he remains the great master, who, with bril- liant genius and admirable skill, first taught us how to put in order and systematically arrange the material, and thus make a true science of natu- ral history. This has also been universally admitted; and the renowned British naturalist Pennant writes about this part of Linné’s work, ‘“‘He hath in all his classes given philosophy a new language; hath invented apt names, and taught the world a brevity, yet a fullness, of description unknown to past ages.” Many persons not familiar with Linné’s work have believed that Linné contented himself with describing the exterior of the objects in nature, and then named them. Nothing can be more erroneous; that is proved by the program or the “Methodus” which Linné published even in the first edition of “Systema Nature.’ This ‘‘Methodus” is in its thirty-eight short paragraphs the fullest and richest program which any student of natural history has ever published. Referring to this we may affirm that no branch whatever of biological study was neglected or underrated by Linné. He grasped fully the importance of the study of anatomy, and he advised his scholars to dissect animals and also to make a frequent use of the magnify- ing glass. His ardent love of living nature made him an excellent biologist in the restricted sense of that word. Eyen if his greatest works were of a systematic and descriptive nature, it becomes evident to any one who has only a superficial knowledge of what Linné has written, that his genius extended with unbounded flight to cover much wider areas of philosophical speculation. Although he did not see it in the light of the theory of evolution,— it was indeed far too early for that,— the general struggle for existence, as well as the idea of sexual selection, was well known to him. And many other problems of modern times did he touch. Let us only recall the fact that to the pious and pure mind of this great naturalist there was no objection to place homo sapiens as the first link in the continuous chain of organisms. His works may shine with everlasting brightness through all ages, as long as mankind devotes itself to the study of nature. His name is @re perennius, but this Academy of Sciences and the whole people of Sweden feel deeply and are gratefully touched by the honor which now is bestowed upon our great compatriot, when his name is given to a monumental bridge connecting the Botanical Garden and the Zodlogical Park in New York. K. A. H. MOrner. Cur. Aurrvitiius, Secretary. BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 59 Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakademien, Upsala. The Royal Society of Sciences at Upsala has had the honor and the pleasure of receiving your letter, informing them of the impressive manner in which the memory of their great countryman, Carl von Linné, will be celebrated in the metropolis of the United States. To every Swede, and especially to our Society, whose honor it is to count Linné as the greatest ornament of its ranks, it is highly gratifying to see that the memory of the man whom all the world recognizes as princeps botant- corum, is also beyond the Atlantic held so sacred that the two hundredth anniversary of his birth will be celebrated there with the same love and reverence as in his own country. And we fully appreciate the delicate courtesy which has led you to immortalize his name among you by dedicat- ing to him the beautiful bridge which unites your Botanical Garden with the Zoélogical Park. The necessity of answering your honored letter without delay renders it impossible for the Royal Society of Sciences to enter more fully on the epoch- making significance of the great Linné’s life and work. Nor do we consider it necessary for us to do so, least of all in relation to your renowned Academy, which takes the lead in the grand scientific evolution of America. Do we not both realize that Linné’s great genius has laid the foundations on which botanical science goes on building this very day? We both realize the unceasing debt of gratitude which both hemispheres owe to his immortal name. And so on both sides of the Atlantic we celebrate with deep-felt enthusiasm the two hundredth anniversary of his birth. We offer you our best wishes on the memorable day, and congratulate you on your successful work in the immense field of learning. J. A. Exaan, Archbishop of Sweden, President. N. C. Dunér, Honorary Secretary. Professor Hans Reusch, Kristiania, Norway. (Honorary Member of the Academy.) In my working-room at the Geological Survey of Norway for many years I have had only one portrait hanging, — that of Linneus. 1 regard him as the household spirit of every good naturalist. 60 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Geological Commission of Finland. On behalf of the Geological Commission of Finland, we desire first of all to express our high appreciation of the honor rendered us in inviting the Commission to take part in the celebration, by the New York Academy, of the two hundredth anniversary of Carl von Linné. We are proud to think that we have some right to reckon this great memory among our own, because Finland in Linné’s time was united to Sweden; and a large number of us Finlanders are still, by language and descent, connected with that land. Among his disciples were also several of our countrymen; and the interest which ever since that period has existed here for the study of botany, and also of zodlogy, we regard as a direct inheritance from Linné’s time. Not only naturalists ex professo have taken part in the investigation of the flora and fauna of our country, but also physicians, clergymen, government officials and the general public, who have, ever since Linné’s days, constantly and with zealous eagerness lent their aid to the augmentation of our store of knowledge in things pertaining to natural science. By his travels, among the first which were undertaken for a purely scientific purpose, Linné has also given an example to the numerous explorers who since his time have gone out from northern lands — among those born in Finland we may mention Laxman the explorer of Siberia, Castrén the linguist, and Baron A. E. Nordenskiéld, the geologist, and discoverer of the Northeast passage — and to all those who, after Linné’s time, have united the courage and energy of the pioneer with scientific thoroughness. We geologists remember in especial that Linné — who had very correct ideas of the geological sequence among the silurian rocks of Sweden and the importance of fossils, and whose conception of the geological importance of the deluge was for his time unusually free from bias — can be reckoned among the early pioneers of geology and as a predecessor of the great natu- ralists who somewhat later, in Scotland and Saxony, laid the foundation- stones of scientific geology. He had a notion of the immense length of geological time, and expressed opinions which contained the germ of the actualistic doctrine that afterwards proved so fruitful for our science. It has been the mission of the Anglo-Saxon nations to work out this doctrine and to build up on this basis the science of geology. When in our days we Northerners see without jealousy the hegemony in natural science pass overto the great nations which have continents for their field of re- search, we still remember with pride that it was at one time held by the little nation to which Linné belonged, and see in the festival with which BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS 61 your honored society celebrates the two hundredth anniversary of his birth a recognition that all scientific exploration which is carried on in an unpreju- diced spirit of order and truth is a work in the spirit of Linné. Remembering the bond which thus connects your great nation with the small countries of northern Europe, we wish especially to recall to you one of Linné’s disciples, the explorer Pehr Kalm, professor of botany at the University of Abo in Finland. He was very highly esteemed by his great teacher. In Linné’s list of the naturalists of his time, in which each one was distinguished with a certain rank, Linné himself was general, and Kalm had the rank of major. Commissioned by the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Kalm, as is well known, traveled far into North America, and afterwards published an uncommonly accurate and minute account of his observations, which was translated into several languages. He penetrated into what was then considered the Far West, to the Lake of Ontario; and it was through his letters to Benjamin Franklin, in which Kalm with his usual minuteness described the Falls of Niagara, that this great wonder of nature first became more generally known. What a lapse of time has passed since that visit of the disciple of Linné to North America!—a time measured more properly by the wonderful development of civilization than by the number of years that have gone by. Over this vast continent, where then were forests and prairies, the abodes of the wild Indian, has the white man now built his homes, and it is strewn with schools in which the children learn to designate the plants and animals with the names given them by Linné. Everywhere there are universities in which the study of natural science is carried on with the aid of means and appliances which Linné never could have dreamed of. Where Kalm, at the mouth of the Hudson River, found a town which he says was then _ “about half as big again as Gothenburg in Sweden,” lies now one of the greatest cities of the world; and in this city the two hundredth anniversary of Linné is now celebrated in a way that shows that his memory is as much honored there as in his fatherland. What a proof of his greatness, what a guaranty that he will forever be regarded as one of the master-minds of mankind! J. J. SEDERHOLM. BenJ. FROSTERUS. Senaat der Rijks-Universiteit te Leiden. The Leiden University Senate has the honor to present its congratula- tions to the New York Academy of Sciences on the occasion of the commem- 62 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES oration festivities celebrating the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné. The whole scientific world unites in grateful veneration of an admirable scholar, whose reputation is least of all lost in the land where he spent three of the most fruitful years of his life. Our Senate ex- presses its feelings of cordial sympathy with the way in which the New York Academy of Sciences intends to celebrate the anniversary of his birth by the erection of an architectural monument symbolizing the work of a man - whose genius embraced the two realms of living nature. For the Senate W. Noxen, Rector Magnificus. H. P. Wrisman, Secretary. Professor A. A. W. Hubrecht, University of Utrecht. (Honorary Member of the Academy.) The great Swede whose birth — now two hundred years ago — will be commemorated all over the world on May 23, passed many years of his life in Holland. It is thus natural that-many local reminiscences are connected with his name in different parts of this country. If we allow our thoughts to go back for more than a century and a half, we can imagine Linnzus roaming about on his botanical excursions over those same fields between *s Graveland and Hilversum where Hugo de Vrics lately encountered an emigrant from the United States (Ginothera lamarckiana) that was to be- come a starting-point for new and important speculations about the species problem. The foundations for an answer to that problem were laid in a quite mas- terly manner by Linneus. In the latter half of the nineteenth century we have, however, been accustomed, after reading Darwin’s works, to consider the problem as non-existing; species, apparently, being in slow and imper- ceptible continuity. | Hugo de Vries has again limited species between the occurrence of two mutations, each species thus being a real entity in time and in space. This does not prevent de Vries from being at the same time one of the stanchest disciples of Darwin, in whose steps he is treading. Linneus’s species differ from de Vries’s in that they are the primary network between the meshes of which de Vries has spun out the lacework of the mutation theory. The new generations thus attempt to continue Linneeus’s and Darwin’s work, and unite in paying homage to the memory of the founder of the “Systema Nature.” BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 63 L’Académie de Médecine de Paris. L’ Académie de Médecine de Paris est heureuse de répondre & l’ invitation qu'elle a recue de l’Académie des Sciences de New-York, 4 l’occasion du deuxiéme centenaire de la naissance de Linné. Elle s’associe cordialement aux hommages rendus 4 la mémoire de l’illustre naturaliste par les corps savants de la grande cité américaine. Tout a été dit sur l’ceuvre de Linné et sur la révolution qu’il a opérée dans les sciences naturelles. Au milieu de la confusion et de lobscurité qui régnaient avant lui, il a su, le premier, dégager et rendre fécondes les idées générales éparses dans les écrits de ses devanciers; partout il a porté Vordre, la clarté et des réformes heureuses. Observateur incomparable, 4 l’amour de la vérité, il joignait une imagi- nation vive, un esprit fertile et sagace, l’expression verbale pittoresque et le sentiment profond des choses de la nature. Ses écrits occupent depuis longtemps la premiére place dans l’estime des savants, et ]’on se demande, en voyant leur prodigieuse étendue, ce qui doit le plus étonner, du nombre de ces ouvrages ou de l’importance de chacun d’eux. Mais, de tous les titres de Linné A la reconnaissance de la postérité, le plus beau est sans contredit celui de fondateur de cette langue scientifique nouvelle, la nomenclature binaire, qui constitue le plus grand progrés accompli dans les sciences naturelles au dix-huitiéme siécle. A la prolixité confuse des descriptions antérieures, il substituait un langage net et précis, en introduisant l’usage de désigner les étres par un nom de genre, qui les unit, et par un nom d’espéce, qui les distingue. La nomenclature linnéenne s'est étendue & toutes les branches de l’histoire naturelle; elle en a prodi- gieusement facilité l'étude en fournissant une langue commune aux savants de tous les pays. Le systéme de classification établi par Linné n’a pas moins contribué aux progrés de la botanique pendant prés d’un siécle. Dans ce cadre artificiel, les plantes nouvelles se rangeaient aisément d’aprés un petit nombre de caractéres empruntés 4 la fleur et judicieusement choisis. Dés lors Pétude des végétaux devint accessible 4 la multitude, les recherches scienti- fiques se multipliérent dans toutes les parties du globe avec une activité considérable. Toutefois, esprit philosophique du grand naturaliste ne pouvait manquer de saisir toute importance d’une méthode plus parfaite, et, s’il ne lui a pas été donné de la réaliser lui-méme, on peut dire du moins qu’il en a été le plus ardent promoteur et que nul, plus que lui, n’a contribué 4 l’avénement de la grande réforme opérée plus tard par Laurent de Jussieu. 64 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Professeur de médecine, Linné s’est efforcé de diriger l'étude de la botanique vers les applications 4l’art de guérir. I] aeu le mérite de formuler nettement le principe qui devait servir de guide 4 la recherche des propriétés médicamenteuses des plantes, principe fondé sur les analogies des caractéres botaniques et des caractéres chimiques des végétaux. $i les sueccesseurs de Linné ont parfois exagéré la portée de la théorie, elle n’en a pas moins ouvert une voie féconde aux recherches ultérieures. L’ancienne Société Royale de Médecine de Paris, dont notre Compagnie a recueilli ’héritage, a compté jadis l’illustre professeur d’Upsal au nombre de ses Associés étrangers. L’Académie de Médecine de Paris est done particuliérement qualifiée pour célébrer avec vous |’anniversaire du grand naturaliste suédois. Elle remercie Académie des Sciences de New-York de l’avoir conviée 4 cette commémoration, qui lui permet d’exprimer ses sentiments d’admiration et de reconnaissance pour le savant dont l’ceuvre géniale a projeté sur le monde une si vive et si puissante lumiére que |’éclat n’en est pas encore affaibli. ARMAND GavrtIER, Le Président. Jaccoup, Le Secrétaire perpétuell. Université de Lyon. Le Conseil de |’Université de Lyon est heureux de s’associer moralement au deuxiéme centenaire de la naissance de |’illustre naturaliste Suédois Charles Linné. II addresse 4 cette occasion |’>hommage de son admiration profonde pour le créateur de la premiére classification scientifique des régnes animal et végétal; pour |’inventeur de la nomenclature binominale qui a introduit une si lumineuse clarté dans le chaos jusque 14 obscur de la nomen- clature biologique; pour |’immortel auteur du “ Systema Nature” qui est le premier inventaire universel des richesses du monde animé. Il envoie en méme temps 4 l’Académie des Sciences de New-York l’expression de sa gratitude la plus cordiale pour l’aimable pensée qu’elle a eue d’associer 1’Université de Lyon & cette féte de la Science internationale. T. Jounin, Le Recteur, Président du Conseil de V Unwersité. Société des Amis des Sciences Naturelles de Rouen. La Société des Amis des Sciences naturelles de Rouen (France) a |’hon- neur d’exprimer 4 | ’illustre Académie des Sciences de New York sa vive BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 65 satisfaction de savoir qu’un pont de cette admirable ville sera dédié a Vimmortel Linné, dont les travaux géniaux constituent la base de la taxi- noiie, et dont le nom sera perpétué 4 jamais par les innombrables espéces animales et végétales qu’il a décrites. La Société des Amis des Sciences naturelles de Rouen prie |’illustre Académie des Sciences de New York d’agréer |’hommage de sa respectueuse admiration, joint 4 |’assurance de ses meilleurs sentiments de confraternité. HeEnrRI GADEAU DE KERVILLE, President. Societé d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse. ELOGE DE LINNE, APPRECIATIVE DE SON CGUVRE. “Tibi suaveo dedala tellus Summittit flores.”” — Lucrrcr, De Natura Rerum. C’est 4 vous, divin naturaliste, que l’univers entier présente en ce jour ses plus belles fleurs. Nous saluerons tout d’abord le savant qui d’un trait de son puissant génie, saisit la structure intime des végétal. Lui aussi a eu la gloire d’ouvrir un des sanctuaires de la nature et de s’initier le premier A quelques-uns de ses secrets. “Effringere ut arcta Nature primus poetarum claustra cupiret.’”? — Lucricer. Avant Linné le végétal d’était qu’un vulgaire objet d’admiration, |’ élément & la fois réjouissant et décoratif du paysage. Mais le génie du botaniste que nous fétons eut y lire tout un monde nouveau, et de la comparaison de ce monde avec celui des animaux sut brillamment degager la nation de hie- rarchie entre les deux régnes, entre le végétal et l’animal. Alors se dessina en quelque sorte le premier anneau, la trame primordiale qui devait bient6t amener |’esprit de homme 4 se représenter une chaine compléte des étres. Reconnaissons donc en Linné un ancétre de Darwin. Mais le régne végétal s’est en quelque sorte animé sous le regard de ce scrutateur amoureux de la nature. Qu’est ce en effet pour Linné que cette riante parure que nous nous plaisons & appeler corolle de la fleur? Tout simplement le lit nuptial des organes sexuels, ceux qui reproduiront l’espéce. Et que seront, examinés attentivement, chacun de ces derniers organes, tant male que femelle, sinon un renduirent, une ébauche un ‘“‘caneoas”’ de celui de animal, comme a fait si bien ressortir le physiologiste Bichat ? C’est cette découverte qui constitue le trait original et saillant entre tous, le trait de génie, répétons le, de l’ceuvre de Linné. Derriére ’homme de génie nous devons admirer le philosophe. 66 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Aussit6t que Linné eut eue bien présente dans son esprit la continuité de la chaine, disons mieux de l’échelle des étres vivants avec leur lois genérales communes aux deux régnes & la fois, il eut aussi toutes desporées d’une facon trés reguliére les bases d’une classification des végétaux. -Il les répartit en vingt quatre categories, basées toutes sur les rapports des organes miles et des organes femelles dans une méme fleur ou dans des fleurs séparées, les organes sont respectivement appelés les “maris et les femmes” par Linné. Signalons 4 titre de curiosité: La classe xiw, Didynamie.— Deux puissances quatre maris dont deux plus grands et deux plus petits. La classe xa1, Monacie.— Une seule maison: les maris habitent avec les femmes dans des lits différents (dans la méme maison). La classe xavi, Diacie.— Les maris habitent des domiciles et des lits divers. | La classe xxi, Polygamie.— Plusieurs noces: les maris habitent dans des lits distincts avec des épouses légitimes et des concubines. La classe xxiv, Cryptogamie.— Noces cachées, les noces sont celebrées clandestinement. Cette théorie, toute géniale qu’elle était, n’était pas cependant destinée a subsister. Elle n’en demeurere pas moins comme le plus beau monument de Page dor de la botanique. Aussi le chemin était frayé dans le domaine végétal: la notion de la classification allait devenir un chapitre important des études philosophiques, et, grace 4 une plus compléte connaissance de la nature, la philosophie elle méme allait prendre un nouvel essor, agrandir, transforme son domaine, descendre des hauteurs métaphysiques 4 des données plus positives. Et cela jusques au jour ot le progrés incessant des sciences naturelles viendrait introduire une nouvelle idée géniale, grace 4 laquelle les deux régnes auraient des tendances & la confondu en un seul: par voie de progrés nous avons nommé cette évolution dont Linné avait jeté les premiers fondaments. Comme il était loin, quand il écrivait la Philosophia Botanica de pouvoir entrevoir seulement la grandeur future de I’édifice dont il jetait las assises! Quelle est enfin l’epithéte qui convient 4 Linné au milieu de ce que l’on pourrait appeler le “‘choeur des botanistes ?” Un savant Suisse, Rueper, s’est pli & caracteriser chacun des grands historiens du régne végétal. I! nous représente le trés subtil Adanson. Le trés ingénieux Bernard de Jussieu, les éminents Robert Brown et De Candolle, quant 4 Linné, il a sa place suréminente, c’est le divin Linné, divers Linnzeus! Le divin Linné! nous lui maintiendrons ce sublime titre, puisque ce fut un des priviléges surhumains pour ainsi dire, doué des lumiéres tout 4 fait superieurs, qui sert ouvrir une des portes d’un sanc- tuaire de la nature, introduisent aussi 4 sa suite dans ce domaine reputé BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 67 inaccessible jusques 4 lui toute une legion d’éminents travailleurs destinés a eu explorer les recours et & continuer son ceuvre! Le divin Linné! n’avait-il pas en effet comme profondément gravée dans tout son étre lempreinte de cette Divinité qu’il ne perdit jamais de vue? ne considerait il pas Pceuvre qu’il avait accompli dans la science comme le plus bel hommage qu’il fut capable de lui rendre quelques unes de ses pages redisent plusieurs fois le nom du Créateur de tous les étres. Comme nous regrettons de n’avoir pu retrouver cette priére, si sublime dans sa brevité, dans laquelle il exprime 4 l’auteur de la nature sa reconnaissance eternelle pour la joie qu’il ressent de l’ceuvre qu’il lui a permis d’accompli! Bornons nous 4 mentionner les invocations qui terminent un de ses chapitres: — “O Jehovah, quam ampla sunt opera tua! Quam ea omnia in sapientia fecisti! Quam plena est terra possessione tua!” Ce sont les propres accents de David, au psaume 103, mais sur un ton plus renforcé. Saluons en terminant l’heureuse patrie de Linné, la Suede. La race des génies, si brillamment inaugurée par le botaniste dont nous fetons aujourd’ hui Vanniversaire deux fois séculaire de la naissance, cette race disons nous, ne parait pas volontaire s’épuiseren Scandinavie. Qu’il nous suffire de nommer un contemporain, le celébre chimiste Arrhénius, qui semble lui aussi, par sa belle théorie des ions, avoir révolutionné a la fois le monde chimique et le monde électrique, preparant ainsi une nouvelle voie aux découvertes indus- irielles de Vavenir. L’ceuvre de Linné était dans le régne végétal. Arrhé- nius a roula la tente dans un troisiéme régne, celui dont toute vie est exclué; les secrets qu’il croit en ot arrachés 4 la nature sont d’un ordre encore plus intime et plus mystérieux que ceux que lui avaient derobés le grand botaniste.__ Comme consequence des travaux de ces deux grands hommes, la science peut dire aujourd’hui avec plus de raison que le hero de Lucréce: Il y a plus bien de mystérieuse dans la nature: nous avons triomphe de toutes les barriéres, et nous avons conquis la notion du degré de puissance qu’a été delimité & chaque étre et de la borne qu’il ne peut dépasser. “Unde refert nobis victor quid ponit oreri, Quid nequeat, finita potestas denique eusque Quanam ut ratione atque alte terminus hcerens.”’ Lucrice, De Natura Rerum. H. pe Lasrte, Bibliothécaire. 68 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Professor Charles Barrois, University of Lille. (Honorary Member of the Academy.) C’est un trés doux sentiment pour les savants de la vieille Europe de vivre un jour en pleine communion d’idées avec les savants de la jeune Amérique, pour jeter le souvenir d’un maitre commun, d’un bienfaiteur de la science. L/histoire, les nations, l’homme ont bien évolué depuis le jour de Linné; le respect dQ a son nom demeure, et s’en va grandissant. Puisse son exemple faire des émules nombreux dans votre grand pays, qui de nos jours rend de si éminents services 4 la cause de la science. Kaiserliche Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle A.S. Der New York Academy of Sciences entbietet die Kaiserliche Leopol- dinisch-Carolinische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher zu der Feier des 200-Geburtstages von Kari von Linné& einen Gruss, da sie sich eines weiss mit derselben in dem Bestreben den grossen schwedischen Natur- forscher zu ehren. War doch unsere Akademie die erste wissenschaftliche Korperschaft, welche bereits 1736 den jungen Linneus in ihre Mitte aufnahm und ihm den glanzyollen Beinamen eines Dioskorides Se- cundus beilegte. Wohl auf keine anderen Geistesheroen kann das stolze Wort: Deus creavit, Linneus disposuit auch nur annihernd angewendeét werden. So unscheinbar die Linneus borealis ist, umso grésser steht Linné als Naturforscher da. Aber nicht nur als Botaniker und Zoologe erwarb der Jubilar unsterblichen Ruhm, auch in der Medizin leistete er fiir die damalige Zeit in der Materia Medica wie der Didtetik Hervorragendes und war wohl derjenige, welcher in Schweden fiir die pathologische Ana- tomie als bahnbrechend anzusehen ist, da er die Leichensektionen daselbst einbiirgerte. Der New York Academy of Sciences gestatten wir uns anbei den Abdruck eines Aufsatzes zu iiberreichen, welcher zu Ehren von Karl von Linné in der Leopoldina soeben erschien. A. WANGERIN, Président. Rotu, Bibhiothekar. BICENTENARY OF LINNAZUS 69 Geh. Rat Professor Dr. H. Rosenbusch, University, Heidelberg. (Honorary Member of the Academy.) . . . Leider ist es mir bei der Fiille von Arbeit, die vor mir liegt, nicht méglich, Ihrem Wiinsche [for a document to be read at the Bicentenary] zu entsprechen, aber Sie diirfen iiberzeugt sein, dass meine Gedanken und Wiinsche am 23 Mai bei Ihnen in New York sein werden. Mége Ihr Fest den schénsten Verlauf nehmen und ein freundlicher Stern iiber der schénen Briicke walten, die den Namen eines der bedeutsamsten Begriinder der Naturwissenschaften tragen soll. Thre Nation gibt der ganzen Welt ein nachahmungswiirdiges Beispiel, indem sie ein stolzes Werk der modernen Technik nach einem Forscher benennt, dessen ganzes Leben dem hichsten menschlichen Gute, der Wissenschaft, geweiht war. Regia Societas Scientiarum Bohemica, Prague. The Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences in Prague, fully appreciating the importance of celebrating the two hundredth anniversary of Carl von Linné’s birth by the New York Academy of Sciences, is glad to join the sister institutions in honoring this great naturalist, whose efforts in the first splendid achievements and developments of biology are of perpetual value. When, in the beginning of modern times, in the multitude of known and newly discovered organic forms, there was a complete chaos to be feared instead of an exact distinction of them, it was the genius of Linné which arranged the masses of raw material into the scientific edifice of a strictly logical system. Linné’s epochal “Systema Nature’”’ laid the foundation for all future systematics of animals and plants. Introducing the descriptive method and terminology, establishing a clear definition of each species in its genus, order and class, Linné gained a firm basis for an exact deduction of organic forms. It was Linné who at the same time united the analytical and synthetical tendencies of his predecessors into an efficient discipline. Linné’s method has facilitated the knowledge of the flora and fauna of whole territories, and we have to thank this method that also in Bohemia very early efforts for a systematical analysis of the organic world have been brought to full efficiency. The Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences, the oldest center of scientifie 70 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES efforts in Austria, has from the very beginning of her existence founded her work on Linné’s teaching, and has in progress of time, with the increasing numbers of successful scientists amongst her members, continually contrib- uted to the systematical knowledge of organic life in Bohemia. We need only point out the old classical systematicians of zodlogy and botany, — M. E. Bloch, Von Stein, K. P. Presl, Lad. Celakovsky, and others who enriched the publications of the Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences in the spirit of Linné. And the researches of modern times, so important for the study of organic life in the enormous mass of its zodlogical and botanical forms, though they are far advanced in their ideas and methods, still must always gratefully remember the invaluable deserts of the great Linné for the foundation and development of biology. For the Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences: K. Vrpa, President. Dr. V. E. Mourex, General Secretary. ¥. Vespovsxy, Secretary of the Class jor Mathematical and Natural Sciences. La Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve, Suisse. La Société de Physique et d’ Histoire naturelle de Genéve s’associe de grand cceur 4 la manifestation que font les Sociétés Américaines pour célébrer le bi-centenaire de Linné. Genéve, plus que toute autre, s’y associe avec joie: ses naturalistes tels que les Vaucher, les de Candolle, les de Saussure ont toujours hautement apprécié l’ceuvre du grand Suédois, et leurs descendants ne peuvent que suivre leurs traces et applaudir & tout ce qui pourra perpétuer la mémoire de ce savant. Notre Société adresse donc des voeux chaleureux pour le succés de la manifestation américaine, qui sera digne de celui qui a laissé une trace si profonde dans les sciences naturelles. A. Bron, Président. Specula Vaticana, Rome. The Specula Vaticana heartily joins in your celebration of the two hun- dredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné. The astronomers of the Specula recognize a close relation between their BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS Fs own realm and that of the distinguished Swedish naturalist, in that stars and flowers are called the “ eyes of the heavens” and the “‘eyes of the field,” which, with the eyes of the child, are numbered among the most precious gifts of the Creator. We rejoice with you that Linné has unfolded to us the beauties and riches of the eyes of the field, which, no less than those of the heavens, show forth the glory of God. JouNn G. Hacen, S.J., Director. Reale Osservatorio di Palermo, Italia. Poiché in occeasione del secondo centanario della nascita di Carlo Linneo, che cotesta Accademia celebrera il 23 corrente, la 5. V. Illma mi ha gentil- mente invitato a contribuire un documento ufficiale apprerzante l’opera del Naturalista Svedese, io, non avendo una competenza sufficiente per dire cosa degna di un cosi eminente Scienrato in una ricorrenza cosi solenne, mi sono rivolto per aiuto al mio illustre collega Prof. A. Borzi, direttore del R. Giardino Botanico e Coloniale di Palermo, il quale mi ha risposto con la lettera che qui Le hascrivo. “E’tanto difficile dire qualche cosa di nuovo su Carlo Linneo che io mi trovo imbarazzato a rispondere alla sua domanda. Da quasi due secoli tutte la vita di questo sommo Naturalista é stata indagata in ogni pid minuta particolarita, tutte le sue opere studiate con tanta profondita di dottrina, che io non saprei che cosa dire. Certamente di Linneo si pué affermare che nessun botanico o naturalista raggiunse a cosi alta fama come Lui: non y’é persona mediocremente colta che non rammenti il nome di Carlo Linneo, mentre di tanti e tanti altri insigni naturalisti il ricordo non ha vareato cosi vasti confini. Il pid grande merito di Linneo, secondo me, non consiste rolamente nello avere riformato e piantato su basi incrollabili la sistematica vegetale, ma sopra tutto quello di aver tracciato le linee fondamentali della Botanica Scientifica moderna divinandone meraviglio- samente i concetti. Basta leggere il piccolo libro intitolato “ Philesophia botanica”’ per convincersene. “Forse potra far piarere all’ Accademia de New York il comunicarle un documento inedito curiosissimo che interessa la storia del nostro Istituto Botanico a proposito di Carlo Linneo. Quando nel 1792 si fondd lOrto Botanico di Palermo fu eretta una statua in onore del sommo botanico svedese. Lo scultore fu Vitale Zuccio, che la modelld in istucco il doppio del naturale. Questa statua fu copiata da un ritratto di Linneo, dal Linneo stesso giudicato il pid somigliante e dovuto al pittore Roslins. Il Zuccio, 72 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES scultore palermitano, non ebbe la occasione di vedere questa pittura, ma semplicemente una incisione eseguita dall’ artista Bervic nel 1779. Im- portante pero é il fatto che la prima statua eretta in onore di Linneo fu la nostra, mentre il primo ricordo marmoreo (un merzo busto) dell’ insigne botanico, che si conosca, e quello che eresse il giardino delle piante di Parigi il 1790. La patria di Linnco ebbe al 1820 la prima statua dell’ immortale suo figlio.” Io mi un pregio di mandare a Lei una fotografta della statua di Linneo di cui ha partato il Prof. Borzi. F. Anceuitti, D7zretiore. Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales de Madrid. La Real Academia de Ciencias exactas, fisicas y naturales de Madrid estima como honrosa distincién el convite, que esa ilustre Academia le dirige, para contribuir 4 la celebracion del segundo centenario del nacimiento de Carlos Linneo. Gustosfsima se asocia 4 las solemnidades con que se festeje la veneranda memoria del naturalista, que, antes y mejor que otro alguno, supo imprimir érden, método y sistema al estudio y conocimiento de los seres naturales, dotdndo 4 la ciencia de una nomenclatura y de una nocién de las especies, base de todas las descripciones y agrupaciones de los seres vivos, posterior- mente aceptadas. Espafia se complace tanto més vivamente en la exaltacién de la obra del sapientisimo maestro sueco, cuanto que por intermedio de un discipulo suyo estuvo con él en constante comunicacién mientras vivid. Fenga pues, la Academia de Ciencias de Nueva York por presente en espfritu 4 la Real Academia de Ciencias exactas, fisicas y naturales de Madrid, en todos los actos, con que el 23 de Mayo glorifique 4 Linneo. Jost EcHrecaray, El Presidente. FrANcIScO DE P. ARRILLAGA, El Secretar. Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, Falmouth, England. To the members of the New York Academy of Sciences and assembled guests, on the occasion of the celebration of the bi-centenary of the birth of Carl Von Linné, the members of the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society (England) send greetings. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 73 As the parent of all societies calling themselves by the name Polytechnic, and having from its birth, in 1832, consistently adhered to the purpose of its founders, viz., — the encouragement of science, as well as the fine and industrial arts,— the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society offers its congratu- lations to its fellow-workers in the domain of science in the great city of New York, on the practical and comprehensive character of the commemorative exercises which their enterprise and wisdom have projected for the interesting occasion falling on May 23 next. It trusts nothing will occur to prevent each function from realization in a manner befitting the memory of so great a benefactor to natural science, and fully sustaining the prestige of one of the foremost of the learned societies in America. While leaving it to societies of wider renown to express the world’s indebtedness and gratitude to Carl von Linné, who has been truly styled “the father of modern systematic natural history,’ and who was the founder of the now universally adopted binominal system of scientific nomenclature, the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society cannot, on this historic occasion, refrain from recording its own appreciation of the work accomplished by one who, though a distinguished son of Sweden, belongs, by virtue of his brilliant achievements, to every land and people. The careful and far-reaching character of the investigations of Carl von Linné probably stand without parallel in the annals of science. Sur- rounded in early life by conditions which would have deterred most men, genius and a whole-hearted enthusiasm for the pursuit of knowledge in a direction where he was destined subsequently to hold a position which, after the lapse of two hundred years, 1s still unique, his clear insight, added to his almost incomparable faculty for dealing with vast accumulations of material, enabled him, after years of constant devotion to his self-imposed task, to evolve cosmos out of chaos. The foundation which he laid for the determination of genera and species was the soundest that science had been invited to adopt, and on it succeeding generations have reared a noble structure. What the New York Academy of Sciences has been able to accomplish, what the Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society has done for the encourage- ment of the many branches of natural science, what is being done by kin- dred societies all the world over, has been made possible through the new era which was ushered in by the publication of the numerous erudite works from the pen of him to whom all nations are now paying homage. To-day we think of the student whose indomitable courage enabled him to triumph over difficulties of the most trying kind, and to fill his appointed niche in human affairs; of the man whose life was so devout that his first sight of an English furze-bush, arrayed in all its golden splendor, was to 74 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES i him fitting occasion for expressing gratitude to God; of the distinguished scientist on whom the world’s greatest prizes had been freely showered, selecting one of the most unobtrusive of plants to perpetuate his own name. After two hundred years, Carl von Linné enters into full possession of his own well-earned estate, an estate fixed deep and indelibly in the heart and affections of every student of nature. Joun D. Enys, President. KE. W. Newton, Secretary. The Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester, England. The Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society willingly joins with the New York Academy of Sciences in its commemoration of the two hun- dredth anniversary of the birth of the illustrious Linneeus. His profound insight into the affinities and disresemblances of organized beings; his vivid differentiation of natural groups; his pithy, crisp charac- terization of orders, genera and species; and his binomial principle of nomen- clature, — all exercised a profoundly stimulating influence upon the progress of biological science. Nor must the personal merits of the man pass unrecognized. His acknowl- edgment of the work of his predecessors, his self-sacrificmg labors, the en- thusiasm with which he inspired his students, and his remarkable humility — so fittingly commemorated in the Linnea borealis — are qualities which provoke the admiration of naturalists, alike in the hemisphere in which he worked and in the hemisphere in which this commemoration is being held. _ Haroxp B. Drxon, President. ( Francis JONES, | Honorary FREDERICK WILLIAM GAMBLE, | Secretaries. Professor James Geikie, University of Edinburgh. (Honorary Member of the Academy.) I deem it a high honor to be invited to place a little stone on the ever- increasing cairn raised by lovers of science all the world over in memory | of Carl von Linné. ‘The distinguished Swedish naturalist has made a name for himself that can never die. Admirable as an exact observer and care- ful collator of evidence, and no Jess admirable as a generalizer, he is an ensample to every sincere student of nature. Before this bright genius BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 75 appeared, the study of natural science was in a more or less chaotic state. Doubtless much knowledge of living things had been acquired before his time, but hitherto that knowledge had not been systematized. It was reserved for Linné not only greatly to increase the stores of learning, but to indicate how it was possible to group and classify the multitudinous forms of life so as to show that all formed part of one grand harmonious whole. One can hardly exaggerate his influence upon the study of the natural sciences. His was one of those creative, fertile minds from which all who made his acquaintance, either personally or through his writings, were bound to catch inspiration. He must have had a most engaging personality, and was undoubtedly filled with enthusiasm. How otherwise could he have drawn annually to Upsala some fifteen hundred pupils from all parts of Europe? His “Systema Nature,’ ‘Genera Plantarum,” “Critica Bo- tanica,”’ and other famous works, are unquestionably notable landmarks in the history of natural science. Science and their influence we can to some extent estimate; but who can estimate the profound influence he must have exerted on the many thousand pupils who listened to his prelections, and who carried his enthusiasm with them into every civilized country! Hon- ored and admired in his own day, Carl von Linné will ever continue to be recognized as one of the foremost men of all time. The Royal Society of Canada. The President and Fellows of the Royal Society of Canada beg to offer their cordial thanks to the New York Academy of Sciences for its kind invitation to participate in the exercises commemorative of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné, and express their regret that they are unable to send a delegate to personally represent their Society on this most interesting occasion. The Royal Society of Canada, which has just closed its Twenty-fifth Annual Meeting, shares with the New York Academy of Sciences and with kindred associations all over the world, in its high appreciation of the eminent services rendered to the natural sciences by the transcendent ability, judg- ment and foresight so remarkably displayed by the distinguished Swedish naturalist of the eighteenth century. To him is due in no small measure the modern system of scientific nomenclature, and by him were laid the foundations of the classification of animals and plants upon which biologists in all departments have since built their structures of scientific knowledge. It is therefore in the highest degree fitting that the name of so great a man as Linné, the precursor of a long line of eminent philosophers, should be 76 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES honored in America in the manner that is now proposed, and that the beauti- ful bridge connecting the Botanical Gardens and the Zodélogical Park in New York should by its name perpetually remind the passer-by of the great- ness that may be achieved by intellectual and scientific attainments. In an age that may be considered sordid in many of its occupations and aspira- tions, such a reminder is of great value, and may lead many to think of the man, and endeavor, in however humble a manner, to tread in his footsteps. All honor to the name of Carl von Linné! May the torch which he kindled with the flame of natural science, which has illuminated the path of numberless followers during two hundred years, never be extinguished! May we all strive by our diligent work, by our enthusiasm, by our lofty aims and high hopes, to keep it alive and pass it on, ever growing more and more brilliant, to those who shall come after us! Wn. Saunpers, President. The Entomological Society of Ontario. The President and Officers of the Entomological Society of Ontario are pleased to have an opportunity of adding a few words, to the many which will be read at the commemorative exercises which are to be held on the 23d instant, in appreciation of the magnificent work which was done for the whole world of science by Carl von Linné, the founder of systematic natural history. It is, however, with deep regret that we find it impossible to send a delegate to take part personally in this celebration. By entomologists and botanists especially, the name of Linné must always be held in reverence and respect, for to him is in large measure due the placing of these branches of natural history on a stable and permanent foundation. He was indeed the father of systematic biology; and the mem- bers of our Society feel that too much honor can never be bestowed upon the memory of so great a man. It is therefore a cause of much gratification that a lasting monument in the shape of a beautiful bridge crossing the Bronx River has been erected, which will be a constant reminder to all visiting the Botanical Garden and Zodlogical Park of the work which was done by this master mind. JAMES FLETCHER, President. CHarLes J. S. Betoune, Secretary. ~- BICENTENARY OF LINNZUS We Sociedad Cientifica ‘‘Antonio Alzate,’’ Mexico, D.F. By request of the Sociedad Cientifica “Antonio Alzate” of the City of Mexico, I have the honor to represent that distinguished Society as its delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences on the occasion of the exercises commemorative of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnzus. The Society Antonio Alzate, which represents the scientific thought of the Republic of Mexico, is composed of men of high attainments, many of whom, through the important official publications of the Society and through other media, have made rich contributions to the sciences of botany, zodlogy, chemistry, astronomy and other branches of learning. These enlightened men are in full sympathy with the most advanced men of science in the United States. The members of this important Society are fully imbued with the Lin- nean spirit, and are animated by the same desire to emulate the great example of the master that inspires their New York brethren. By the instructions of the Society Antonio Alzate I bring the friendly greetings and hearty sympathy of its members to the New York Academy of Sciences as it celebrates this interesting and notable anniversary. GrorcEe T. STEVENS, Delegate. The Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Harvard University. The Museum of Comparative Zoélogy in Harvard University accepts - with pleasure the invitation of the Academy to participate in the exercises commemorative of Linnzeus, and it has requested Mr. William Brewster, a member of its staff, to represent it upon that occasion. Linneeus embraced the whole department of natural history in its widest sense. His conspicuous contributions to botany have much obscured the fact that every field of nature was investigated by him with productive results. Throughout the entire range of inorganic and organic nature he passed with steady step, introducing methods of study and systems of terminology which brought order out of confusion. Recognizing the indebtedness which all natural science owes to Linneeus, our Museum joius in the tributes which at this time the whole world is pay- ing to his name. CuHarLes W. Entot, President. ALEXANDER Agassiz, Secretary. 78 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Boston Society of Natural History. The Boston Society of Natural History, through its official representa- tive, Mr. Jozn AsapH ALLEN, sends its greetings and congratulations to the New York Academy of Sciences, and desires to share in the celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of CARL von LINNE. Upon the basis of the scientific achievements of the great Swedish naturalist, all subsequent work in botany and zoélogy has been built up. To his labors and to the system introduced by him, we owe the possibility of recording, and thereby mastering, the immense and bewildering flora and fauna of the world. Our debt to him can hardly be overestimated: there- fore the Boston Society of Natural History is glad to add its tribute of admi- ration and gratitude, and begs to thank the Academy for the opportunity of participating in the present noteworthy celebration. CHARLES SEDGWICK Minot, President. The Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. The Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences gratefully accepts the invitation of the New York Academy of Sciences to participate in the commemorative exercises to be held on the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnzeus. The Academy appreciates the lasting influence which his work in botany and zoélogy has exercised on the development of these sciences throughout the whole world. Through his profound studies he was enabled to bring order out of the chaotic writings of his predecessors, to establish the science of taxonomy on a firm and satisfactory basis, and to prepare the way for a natural and logical classification of plants and animals. The Academy has the honor to appoint Professor ALEXANDER W. Evans as its authorized representative. A. E. VERRILL, President. GrorcE F. Earon, Secretary. The American Journal of Science. The editorial staff of the ‘American Journal of Science’’ — whose birth in 1818 was contemporaneous with the beginnings of natural science in this country, and which for nearly a century has kept pace with the growth of BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 79 science, and ever striven to support and stimulate it — desires to express to you its profound appreciation of the debt we all owe to the great Swedish naturalist whose birth in 1707 you commemorate. If science is classified knowledge, the highest credit belongs to him who brings scientific facts and observations into a rational system: in this work Linneus stands pre-eminent. To his keen mind it was given not only to bring order among the genera and species of plants and animals, not only to build up a lasting system of nomenclature, but also to develop in these directions, as in the broader relations, a profound basis of classification which has had a lasting influence upon science in all its branches. Epwarp S. Dana, Editor-in-chiej. The Torrey Botanical Club, New York City. A clearly-stated conspectus of contents and an index so arranged that one may consult the contents with a minimum of labor are two crowning features of any volume. ‘They reveal a systematic as well as a constructive intelli- gence on the part of the author, and mark the boundaries between chaos and clearness. It is with this feeling that botanists look back to Linnzus, not so much for the originality of his research as for his gift of order, by means of which the unclassified botanical observations of two centuries were reduced to a system. It matters not that this system perished almost in a generation; it served a purpose in its own day, and made progress possible to those who had previously been wandering over a boundless sea with neither stars nor sun to guide them. Linneus is remembered, not because of his research, but because of his arrangement of existing knowledge in a usable form. In spite of his blunders (for he was not free from them), in spite of his arbitrary substitutions of his own work for the clearer work of others, in spite of the fact that he emphasized system at the expense of the broader principles of comparison, and withal contributed to the fixing, for five generations, the dogma of constancy of specific characters,— botanists will always regard Linnzus as one of the truly great. He was the ‘father of botany,’’ not even its elder brother. He was not the author of binomial nomenclature, for that originated before Linnzus was born; he was the first who was able to look at the existing knowledge of plant life with some degree of perspective, and he reduced that knowledge to a system, that botany might later become a science. Lucien M. UnNpERWoopD, Committee. 80 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES New York Entomological Society. IN MEMORY OF CAROLUS LINNZUS, 1707-1778. The name of Linneus, the illustrious naturalist who first pointed out the real utility of some system by which the great kingdoms of nature could be systematically arranged, is known to the whole civilized world. Linnzus was not only a naturalist of most accurate observation, but of a philosophical mind, and upon this depended in a great degree the unpar- alleled influence which he exercised upon the progress of every branch of natural history. If we consider the difficulties which beset his early scientific career, the limited number of collections of animals and plants at his command, we must admit that the merit which his contemporaries awarded him was very justly earned. Among the important services which he rendered to science was the creation of a natural system of classification and the introduction of a more precise nomenclature, which in the main is followed to-day. While quite young he received his first inspiration for natural history in his father’s garden, which was planted with many rare shrubs and flowers. Those sparks which were kindled in the early part of his life at last burst into such a flame of intensity, that the marks are indelibly left upon the sciences. Entomology owes much to the work of this great man. In his “Systema Nature” (tenth edition), he divided the insects into seven orders, as follows: Coleoptera, Hemiptera, Lepidoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera and Aptera. The modern orders Forficulidae and Orthoptera were placed with the Coleoptera; the order Thysanoptera, with the Hemiptera. The order Neuroptera included the modern orders Ephemerida, Plecoptera, Isoptera, Corrodentia, Platyptera, Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera and Odonata. The order Aptera contained all the insects without wings or elytra, except the females of Mutillide, including also those arthropods which form to-day the classes of Arachnida and Myriapoda. Each order contained a small number of genera which were not arranged into families. Of the many insects described by him, about three hundred species occur in the United States, most of which were originally described from Europe, and some from South America. Of the different orders repre- sented, Linnzeus described seven species of Neuroptera, four species of Odonata, twelve species of Orthoptera, twenty-seven species of Hemiptera, BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 81 a hundred species of Coleoptera, fifty species of Diptera, twenty-eight species of Hymenoptera and sixty-six species of Lepidoptera. The New York Entomological Society appreciates this opportunity of paying tribute to the memory of the man through whose wonderful far-sight and scientific attainment we are better able to understand the great system of nature. C. W. Lene, President. H. G. Barner, Secretary. INSECTS DESCRIBED BY LINNAXUS WHICH ARE KNOWN TO OCCUR IN NORTH AMERICA? Hymenoptera. Rhodites rose Rhyssa persuasoria Chalcis minuta Pteromalus puparum Formica fusca me, TurS Lasius niger Odontomachus hzematodes Tetramorium cespitum Monomorium pharaonis Sphzrophthalma occidentalis Pompilus tropicus Chalybion ceruleum Sphex ichneumonea Danais plexippus Heliconius charitonius Agraulis vanille Vanessa antiopa Pyrameis atalanta Victorina steneles Anartia jatrophe Ageronia feronia Diadema misippus Calephelis csenius Leptalis melite Catapsilia eubule x philea Sphex pennsylvanica Oxybelus uniglumis Monobia quadridens Polistes canadensis 5 carolinus annularis Vespa crabro “maculata rufa vulgaris Coeelinxyz quadridentata Bombus carolinus i hortorum Apis mellifera “e iz9 “ Lepidoptere. Cosmosoma auge Utetheisa ornatrix Phragmatobia fuliginosa Euplexia lucipara Dyptergia scabriuscula Pyriphila pyramidoides s tragopoginis Perodroma oculta Scoliopterix libatrix Plusia culta Ophiderus materna Erebus odora Euproctis chrysorrhea 1Contributed by the New York Entomological Society. 82 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Papilio ajax i philenor polydamus mackaon troilus turnus elaucus Pamphila comma Aillopus tantalus ie ixion Triptogon lugubris Choerocampa tersa Argeus labruscee Pachylia ficus Pholus vitis Pseudosphinx tetrio Dilophonota ello Phlegothontius carolina Sphinx pinastri Samia cecropia Cicindela carolina i virginia Elaphrus riparius Blethisa multipunctata Loricera czerulescens Bembidium ustulatum i 4-maculatum Casnonia pennsylvanica Eretes sticticus Dytiscus marginalis Hydrobius fuscipes Spheridium scarabeeoides Cercyon melanocephalum a unipunctatum Silpha americana “ opaca Staphylinus erythropterus Tachyporus chrysomelinus Conosoma littoreum Hippodamia, 13-punctata Coccinella trifasciata if sanguinea Adalia bipunctata Harmonia 14—guttata Chilocorus cacti Bombyx mori Hydria undulata Eustroma papulata Rheumaptera hastata 3 tristata Philobia notata Eramis defoliaria Anagoga pulveraria Zeuzera pyrina Sesia culiciformis “ tipuliformis Diaphamia hyalinata Pyrausta octomaculata Pyralis farinalis Crambus puscuellus Calleria mellonella Ophomia sociella Orneodes hexadactyla Olethreutes hartmanniana Carpopapsa pomonella Coleoptera. Ptinus fur Ernobius mollis Sitodrepa panicea Phanzeus carnifex Aphodius fossor me erraticus fimetarius granarius Trox scaber Polyphylla occidentalis Pelidnota punctata Dynastes tityus Cotinis nitida Euphoria inda Mallodon melanopus Prionus imbricornis Hylotrupes bajulus Achryson surinamum Tragidion coquus Leptura sexmaculata Lagochirus araneiformis Crioceris asparagi ef 12-punctatus Adoxus obscurus “< vitis tas ce BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS Hyperaspidius trimaculatus Silvanus surinamensis Typhcea fumata Dermestes lardarius Attagenus pellio Anthrenus scrophulariz 2 muszorum Hister bimaculatus Carpophilus hemipterus Epurea estiva Nitidula bipustulata pi ©‘rufipes Omosita colon Latridius minutus Tenebriodes mauritanica Peltis ferruginea Cyphon padi Alaus oculatus Corymbites tesselatus se cruciatus Ellychnia corrusca Photinus pyralis Buprestis aurulenta Lamphrohiza splendida Necrobiaviolacea Pachycoris fabricii Euthyrhynchus floridanus Mormidea ypsilon Euschistus ictericus Nezara vividula Edessa arabs Leptoglossus phyllopus 5 balteatus Ligyrocoris sylvestris Emblethis arenarius Largus succinctus Dysdercus andre Leptopterna dolobrata Lygus pratensis Trichocera regelationis Xiphura atrata Chironomus pedellus " plumosus Prasocuris Phellandrii Chrysomela philadelphica Gastroidea polygoni Lina lapponica Gonioctena pallida Phyllodecta vulgatissima Trirhabda tomentossa Crepidodera rufipes = Helxines os Modeeri Bruchus pisorum «chinensis Blaps mortisaga Unis ceramboides Tenebrio molitor Nacerdes melanura Brachyderus incanus Otiorhynchus ovatus Elleschus bipunctatus Cionus scrophulariz Cryptorhynchus lapathi Rhinoncus pericarpius Brenthus anchorago Rhynchophorus palmarum Calandra oryze Hemiptera. Capsus ater Monalocoris filicis Halticus apterus Acanthia lectularia Coriscus ferus Arilus cristatus Heza acantharis Zelus longipes Reduvius personatus Salda littoralis “¢ saltatoria Corixa striata Lygus pabulinus Diptera. Eristalis tenax Syritta pipiens Gastrophilus hemorrhoidalis oe nasalis 83 84 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Orthocladius barbicornis Cricotopus tremulus Tanypus monilis Culex pipiens Scatapse notata Simulius reptans Hermetia iJlucens Sargus cuprarius Microchrysa polita Tabanus mexicanus Anthrax moris Bombylius major Scenoppinus fenestralis Laphira gilva Erax eestuans Leucozona lucorum Lasiophthicus pyrastri Syrphus ribesii Spherophoria seripta Sericomyia lappona Doliosyrphus nemorum Forficula auricularia Labia minor Blatta germanica Stylopyga orientalis Periplaneta americana Pycnoscelus surinamensis Trithemis umbrata Tramea carolina Clothilla pulsatoria Cecilius pedicularis Chauliodes pectinicornis Limnophilus rhombicus os griseus (éstrus oris (Edemagena tarandri Melanophora roralis Cynomyia mortuorum Calliphora vomitaria Lucilia xeesor Pyrellia cadaverina Musca domestica Stomoxys calcitrans Hamalomyia canicularis Anthomyia pluvialis cr radicum Scatophaga stercoraria Tetanocera umbrarum Scaptera nibrans Themira patris Piophila casei Scyphella flava Hippobosca equina Ornithomyia avicularia Melaphagus ovinus Orthoptera. Stagmomatis carolina Achurum brevicornis Dissosteira carolina Cyrtophyllus perspicillatus Conocephalus triops Gryllus domesticus Odonata. Libellula quadrimaculata 7@schna juncea Corredontia. Psocus sexpunctatus Platyptera. Corydalus cornutus Trichoptera. Leptocerus niger BICENTENARY OF LINNAZUS 85 The Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences. It has been said by Taine that “every book and every man may be reviewed in five pages, and those five pages in five lines.”” On this occasion, however, we are not asked to review the life or the books of the man in whose honor we are assembled, but to testify as briefly as may be to our appreciation of his work and what this work has meant to his posterity. Such a task is different from that which the reviewer is ordinarily called upon to perform; and to do it justice in words, within a reviewer’s recognized limitations, would be impossible in connection with the name of Linneus. Fortunately, however, words are not necessary, and indeed are superfluous, where this appreciation is so clearly demonstrated in the fact that we accept the prin- ciples which he formulated, and pursue the methods which were his, in all of our scientific activities. By merely recognizing and calling attention to this fact, we show our respect for the man and what he has wrought far better than by even the most earnest and sincere attempt to express our sentiments in words. Consciously or unconsciously the influence of Linnzus is felt by all modern scientific workers. System, or rather the ability to systematize, is the key to progress in all lines of human endeavor; and science in particular owes its present commanding position to those who have recognized and applied the principles of Linnzus in their work, and who have accepted and applied his rules for the nomenclature of natural objects. Linnzeus was pre-eminently a systematist, and it was this habit of mind, more than anything else, which raised him above his contemporaries in science. Without his masterly ability to co-ordinate and arrange his work in logical sequence and coherent groupings, his great powers of observation would have lacked completeness. This ability was the special characteristic which enabled him to revolutionize the scientific work of his age and to influence so profoundly all that has followed. To Linnzus may well be applied the words of Bourget: ‘‘In life every- thing is unique, and nothing happens more than once.” ArtHur Ho.tick, Delegaie. New York State Museum. Linné’s contributions to systematic biology are brilliantly exemplified by one of his species of fossil brachiopods, the Anomites reticularis. No organism which ever appeared in the long history of the earth has had a 8&6 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES career so noteworthy for the stability of its specific characters. It made its début in the Midsilurian era, and thence onward it survived through the long ages of the Devonian and into the Carboniferous, without at any time departing from the specific type. Anomites reticularis stands as the ideal of conservatism, the very shib- -boleth of heredity, Nature’s ultimate expression of stability in the organic world. Its life was the longest that ever fell to the lot of organic species; its period beheld the rise and fall of many another race; an endless processiun of creations saluted it and passed on, as we to-day, after two hundred years, salute the great Swede, and pass on to join the multitude. JoHN M. Cuiarkeg, Director. The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. The Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, in expressing its thanks to your honorable Society, and its appreciation of its privilege in being permitted by your courteous invitation to share in your celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné, desires to add its tribute of praise to the memory of that great reformer in the work of natural science. The world must ever be grateful to Linnzeus for the wonderful knowledge, born of close and accurate observation, and for the clear vision and admirable judgment which enabled him to index the book of Nature, to substitute order for confusion, and, by the judicious simplicity of the laws laid down by him in his methods of classification, to convert, what before his time had been chaotic, into the orderly ways that characterize the modern systematic study of botany and biology. To him and to his work we turn as the starting-point for these scientific studies which since his day have been so nobly developed by those who have been his successors. Though his system may have been superseded by the philosophical conclusion of other famous workers in botanical science during the past two centuries, the revolution which he wrought in that great department of nature study, the lucidity and simplicity of the reforms in method which he first proposed, have crowned him as one of the greatest leaders known to the annals of science, and as such we honor and revere his memory. We ask you to accept our felicitations on this interesting occasion. T. Guitrorp Smita, President. Cartos E. Cummines, Secretary. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 87 The American Philosophical Society. The American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge sends cordial greetings to the New York Academy of Sciences on the occasion of the celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carolus Linneeus. Out of the mechanical and inorganic systems of ancient and medieval times this great Swedish naturalist constructed an organized system, which, assisted by the binomial nomenclature, established order and system in the natural sciences. This system has guided clearly the mind of man in the classification of natural objects, and has made the name of its author immortal. In the year 1770 The American Philosophical Society, in recognition of the valuable services Carolus Linnzeus rendered to science, elected him to its membership, and now, a hundred and thirty-seven years later, this Society takes pleasure in uniting with the New York Academy of Sciences in doing honor to his memory. Signed and sealed on behalf of The American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge. Epae@ar F. Smita, President. J. Minis Hays, Secretary. The National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. I am directed by President Ina REeMSEN of the National Academy of Sciences to convey the greetings and congratulations of the National Acad- emy on this occasion of the celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnzus. I desire to present a brief appreciation of Linneeus from the standpoint of comparative anatomy and classification of the mammalia. The period of Linnzus was that of his active scientific life, between 1730 and 1795. Linneus did not introduce the term “Mammalia” until the tenth edition of the “Systema” (1758). In following the suggestions of Ray, Bernard de Jussieu, and, it is also claimed, of Blumenbach, he sepa- rated the hairy quadrupeds, the manatees and whales, as a single class, noting among the distinctive characters the position of the mamme and the hairy covering. His education as a physician qualified him to define the class through the internal anatomical characters,— the heart, the lungs, the sense organs,— as well as through external characters. In arranging 88 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES the mammals he sought for natural groupings, and endeavored to find the hidden bonds of structural affinity as indicated by comparative anatomy, although he did not recognize that the real basis of affinity is to be found in kinship of evolution from similar ancestral forms. His scientific independence and genius were indicated especially by his inclusion of man with the apes and monkeys in the order Primates. It was a mark of genius that Linneeus felt the force of the anatomical likeness of man to his lower relatives and that he had the courage to definitely ally him with them from a strictly zodlogical view-point. This is the very starting- point of all modern philosophy, that man is linked by ties of blood kinship to the whole organic world. That Linnzeus’s system is based in part on adaptive resemblances or analogies, rather than on structural affinities or homologies, is not surprising, because it is only recently that naturalists have been able to distinguish analogies from homologies. Henry Farrrretp Osporn, Delegate. The Smithsonian Institution of Washington, D.C. The Smithsonian Institution, uniting with the New York Academy of Sciences in its appreciation of Carl von Linné, cordially accepts its invitation to participate in exercises commemorative of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of the great Swedish naturalist. The Smithsonian Institution, in response to the invitation to take part in the Academy’s celebration of the bicentenary by an appreciative record of the work of von Linné, needs only to recall the great impulse which he gave to natural science by his industry and methods, and the facility for expression of facts by his binomial system of nomenclature. But the philosophic generalization which was recorded in the name of Mammalia may be espe- cially recalled as the greatest morphological triumph of the Linnean era. Cuas. D. Watcort, Secretary. The Biological Society of Washington, Washington, D.C. The Biological Society of Washington acknowledges with pleasure the invitation of the New York Academy of Sciences to take part in its cele- bration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Carl von Linné, and is glad to unite in paying fitting tribute to the memory of the man who is justly regarded as the father of the biological sciences. BICENTENARY OF LINNAUS 89 It is, in fact, scarcely possible to overestimate the influence his work and personality had in shaping the future of botany and zodlogy; and coming generations of biologists will continue to rejoice, as we now do, that he laid the foundations of their science so deep and so broad. The vocabulary of superlatives to praise his genius has long since been exhausted; but we who daily and hourly profit by the laws he enunciated may well pause in our work to exult because, two hundred years ago, Sweden gave to the world a light that will continue to shed luster upon her name so long as the biological sciences exist. LEONHARD STEJNEGER, President. Witrrep H. Oscoop, Secretary. The Indiana Academy of Sciences, Indianapolis, Ind. The criterion by which a man’s greatness is judged is his work. If this gains recognition from his contemporaries, he is successful; if his name lives to be honored by succeeding generations, his career has been more than successful, he has achieved fame; but, if he leaves behind him some piece of work or the record of some discovery from which his successors reckon time, his is a distinction which comes to few men, and to which none dare aspire. Such is the record of Linneus. He was a recognized leader among his contemporaries; his co-ordination of the chaos which then existed in the natural sciences gave him fame; and the successful application of the bino- mial system of nomenclature to animals and plants made his works the point from which the taxonomist measures time. Nor is the homage the expression of the whim of a group of hero-worshipers. To-day the system of Linnzeus is discarded by taxonomists, and much of his work is forgotten; but as long as systematic botany and zodlogy have their devotees among men of science, so long will his name be remembered and his fame endure as the one who first brought the binomial system of nomenclature into gencral use. Guy West Wi1son, for the Academy. The Colorado Scientific Society, Denver, Colo. The Colorado Scientific Society, the oldest and largest scientific associa- tion of the Rocky Mountain region, sends greeting to its elder sister in the metropolis of America, and extends congratulations on the successful com- pletion of the memorial in honor of the world’s greatest botanist. How great must be the power of the savant whose influence can extend over 90 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCE such great gulfs of space and time as those which separate the sage of Upsala from the naturalists of the Rocky Mountains, the lands of the midnight sun from the dome of the North American Continent, the dawn of the eighteenth from that of the twentieth century! In common with the rest of the scientific world, we are greatly indebted to him who initiated the modern system of a concise and descriptive nomen- clature, to him who found “biology a chaos, and left it a cosmos,” and to him who made it possible for finite minds to grasp the thoughts of the Infinite in the world of life. Colorado is especially indebted to Linnzeus from the fact that, owing to the general similarity of our Alpine flora to the plants of the Scandinavian Alps, a large portion of our mountain plants was originally described by the father of botany, and so well classified and described, that the notoriety- seeking, hair-splitting species-makers do not venture to meddle with the work of the master hand. We are proud of the fact that on the snowy summits of our higher peaks grows in abundance the tiny pink-tipped flower which the innate modesty of the true savant led him to select from all the wealth of the floral world to perpetuate his name in coming generations. G. L. Cannon, President. ——_ a ae a PUBLICATIONS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Lycreum or Natura History, 1818-1876] The publications of the Academy consists of two series, viz. : _ (1) ‘The Annals (Octavo series), established in 1823, contain the scien- tific contributions and reports of researches, together with the records of meetings and similar matter. A volume of the Annals will in general coincide with the calendar year and will be distributed in parts. The price of the current issues is one dollar per part or three dollars per volume. Authors’ reprints are issued as soon as the separate papers are printed, the dates appearing above the title of each paper. (2) The Memoirs (quarto series), established in 1895, are ened at irregular intervals. It is intended that each volume shall be devoted to monographs relating to some particular department of Science. Volume 1 is devoted to Astronomical Memoirs, Volume II, to Zodlogical Memoirs, etc. ‘The price is one dollar per part, as issued. All publications will be sent free to Fellows and Active Members. The Annals will be sent to Honorary and Corresponding Members desiring them. Publication of the Transactions of the Academy was discontinued with the issue of Volume XVI, 1898, and merged in the Annals. Subscriptions and inquiries concernizig current and back numbers of _any of the publications of the Academy should be addressed to _ Tue Liprarian, New York Academy of Sciences, care of American Museum of Natural History, New York City. “w PART I. rd CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII, tenary of the Birth of Carolus The Bi ; : Linneus ANNALS OF } THE NEW YORK EDITOR Edmund Otis Hovey NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1908 PART II NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. OrFIcers, 1908. President — CHARLES F. Cox, Grand Central Station. Recording Secretary — E. O. Hovey, American Museum. Corresponding Secretary — H. E. Crampton, Barnard College. Treasurer — EMERSON McMi tin, 40 Wall Street. Librarian — Ratpx W. Tower, American Museum. Editor — Epmunp Ot1s Hovey, American Museum. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Chairman — A. W. Grapav, Columbia University. Secretary — C. P. Berxey, Columbia University. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. . Chairman — Frank M. Cuapman, American Museum. Secretary — Roy W. Miner, American Museum. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Chairman — ApotF Meyer, Ward’s Island. Secretary —R.S. Woopworts, Columbia University. Sessions of 1908. The Academy will meet on Monday evenings at 8:15 o’clock from Octo +: ber to May, inclusive, in the American Museum of Natural History, 77th Street and Central Park, West. ‘ a | fAnnats N.Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XVIII, No. 2, Part I, pp. 91-127. January, 1908.] NEW SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY NOCTUID FOR 1907. PART II.! By Joun B. Smita, Sc.D. No branch of zoélogy has profited more by the explorations and collec- tions made during the past decade than entomology. Not only have new species been found in localities collected over for the first time, but, as the result of more thorough investigation of the fauna of older regions, we have learned that mere resemblance to species of other faunal regions does not mean necessarily specific identity. With more abundant material, our conception of the limits of species became more accurate, and definition became possible. In the Canadian northwest a quite distinct noctuid fauna is becoming gradually known, and in the southwestern portion of our own territory the canyons are yielding not only specific but also generic types heretofore unknown. For some time past, material has accumulated gradually in my collection which could not be referred satisfactorily to known or described species, — sometimes in single examples only, sometimes in small series, — and this has increased gradually to such an extent as to demand a general clearing-up, although descriptive work of this kind is perhaps the least attractive to the true student. Viridemas nov. gen. Head retracted, small; front with an upright, blade-like corneous process, which reaches to the end of the short, rough vestiture, and does not modify the general impression of a flat head. Palpi very short and weak, not extending beyond the edge of the front. Tongue weak, not functional. Eyes large, round, naked, not fringed with lashes. Antenne of normal length; those of the male with the segments marked and the projecting angles set with short bristle-tufts, those of the female simple. Thorax short, quadrate; collar round, flat; patagia well marked, 1 Part I of the descriptive papers for 1907 is in the Transactions of the American Entomo- logical Society, Vol. XX XIII, pp. 125-143, where twenty-nine species are described. In the present paper forty-seven species are characterized and four new generic terms are proposed. Aw The types are in most instances in the author’s collection at Rutgers College, New Bruns- “pick: a few of them are at the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. 91 -o-] LiIBRATI NEW VOR POT A {;4°2 92 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES a little uplifted; vestiture scaly with an admixture of flattened hair, forming, pos- teriorly, a large mass, which is scarcely a definite tuft. Legs short, middle and hind pairs sub-equal in length; tibiz# unarmed, not spinulate, in the male clothed with a mass of rough scales and hair. Abdomen stout, well exceeding the second- aries; in the female, stout, sub-equal and sub-cylindrical, obtusely terminated, with a prominent little tuft on the third dorsal segment. Primaries trigonate, rather broad; apex well marked; outer margin arquate, oblique; hind angle rounded; venation normal; accessory cell present, giving rise to 7, 8 + 9 and 10 from its end. Secondaries proportionate, with vein 5 obsclescent. Viridemas galena nov. sp. Ground-color ashen gray, powdery. Front with an admixture of brown scales. Collar with an obscure median line and an admixture of bluish-green scales. Patagia with disk clothed with green scales, and with a blackish sub-marginal line. Pos- terior scale-mass bronze-brown. Abdomen dark gray, the posterior margins nar- rowly light gray. Primaries with all the usual maculation traceable, but obscured __ by the powdering of dark scales. Basal space green-powdered, and on this the short, single, black basal line is fairly defined. T.a. line black, single, upright, a little irregular. T.p. line single, black, slender, discontinuous, a little lunulate, well exserted over the cell and almost as much incurved below, followed in the sub-median interspace by a conspicuous greenish-white blotch, which is the most obvious feature in the maculation. There is a broken, black median line, which extends along the inner margin of the reniform, and below it to the margin. S.t. line whitish, diffuse, powdery, discontinuous, partly defined inwardly by black scales, which give the line a Jagged appearance. A series of black terminal lunules is followed by a pale line at base of fringes. Claviform a broad, black-ringed loop, extending about one-third across the cell and as broad as long. Orbicular large, round, gray, ringed by black scales, a little darker centered. Reniform large, gray, not defined above or below. Secondaries gray, with a dark, lunate terminal line. Beneath, gray, powdery, with a broad, diffuse exterior line and a lunate discal spot, which tends to become obscure on the primaries. Expands 1.16-1.32 in. = 29-33 mm. Habitat: Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, VII, 30; Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, VII. Two males and one female, in fair condition. ‘The males are purchased specimens from my own collection, the female is from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute. A perfect, fresh specimen will show undoubtedly a considerably greater admixture of green, and, on the other hand, in old specimens the green tends to become dull and to mingle with the gray base so as to become inconspicuous except under a lens. Meleneta nov. gen. Eyes hairy, without overhanging lashes. Head moderate or rather small, applied very closely to the thorax; front very flat, quadrate, clothed with short, SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDE 93 divergent, hairy vestiture. Palpi very short, straight, extending scarcely beyond the frontal margin; second joint with long hair below; third joint as long as second; cylindrical, truncate. Tongue functional, well developed. Antenne of male thick- ened, the joints marked by impressed rings, without vestiture of any kind. Thorax quadrate, rather small; collar round, not produced; patagia well defined; vestiture coarse hair, not forming obvious tufts. Legs rather short; tibie clothed with dense, long, coarse hair, not armed or spinulated Abdomen with long tufts of fine hair laterally at base, and with small, indefinite dorsal tuftings. Primaries trigonate; costa arched; apex marked; outer margin arquate, decidedly oblique; hind angle obtusely rounded: veins 7 to 10 out of the end of the elongate accessory cell; 7 and 10 from the lower and upper angle respectively; 8 and 9 on a stalk from the middle, between the two. Secondaries with vein 5 as strong as the others, out of the cross- vein not far removed from 4. This is a genus related to Raphia, with similar wing and body structure; differing in the antenne, character of vestiture, and absence of the charac- teristic tuftings. Only males are at hand, unfortunately, and the above characterization is drawn from that sex alone. Meleneta antennata nov. sp. Deep bluish gray, the markings black or blackish. Head with vertex black; collar black-tipped; edges of patagia and dorsum black-edged. Antenne deep chrome-yellow. Primaries with the normal marking well defined. Basal line black, geminate, included space gray, and with a gray patch just outside. T-.a. line gemi- nate, outer portion most obvious, almost upright, accompanied by a paler gray shade. ‘T.p. line less definitely marked, geminate, the inner portion reduced to. scattered black scales, the outer portion more continuous, but diffuse and irregularly defined, with an even outcurve over the cell and almost straight below. Median shade blackish, diffuse, darkening the space between the ordinary spots. S.t. line very irregular, pale, preceded by a black shading, which is best marked on the costa and below vein 2. There is a narrow, black terminal line, and the fringes are con- colorous. There is no obvious claviform, but there is a little jog in the t.a. line where it should be, and beyond is a rusty brown patch that extends to the median shade. Orbicular small, round, with a distinct black ring and an equally distinct black central dot. Reniform rather large, oblique, narrow, centrally a little con- stricted, narrowly black-ringed, gray with a white central line. Secondaries white, with a blackish terminal line which extends from the apex halfway to the inner angle. Beneath, primaries blackish, costal and outer margin with white powder- ings; secondaries white, costal margin with black powderings, a blackish terminal line from apex halfway to the inner angle. Expands 1.25-1.40 in. = 31-35 mm. Habitat: Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, VI, 30; Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, VIII. Two males, in good condition; one of them a purchased specimen, the collector unknown; the other from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute, 94 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES taken by Mr. Carl Scheffer. The species is quite characteristic, and I am sure that I have seen it in another collection. Acronycta othello noy. sp. Ground-color whitish ash-gray with sooty black shades and markings. Head, vertex black except at sides. Collar mostly black or sooty. Disk of thorax and margins of patagia black or sooty. Abdomen smoky gray above, whitish below; basal tuftings black or sooty; edges of segments narrowly white. Primaries with a broad basal space rather evenly washed with thin blackish over a bluish-gray base. T.a. line geminate, black, moderately outcurved and oblique, and with outcurves in the interspaces. T.p. line geminate, black; outer line most distinct, denticulate, with well-marked outward teeth on the veins: as a whole, well curved over cell and deeply drawnin below. There is no obviouss.t. line. The outer part of the median space above median vein is filled with blackish, and below this vein the entire space is sooty black, but not contrasting orintense. The outer part of the wing is gray, the veins blackish-lined, and a sooty black streak from t.p. line to hind angle just below vein 2. The fringes are cut with sooty brown on the interspaces. Orbicular a small black circle which may be obscured by a shading from the t.a. line. Reni- form moderate or small, lunate, incomplete, obscured by the median shade. Second- aries in the male white, in the female washed with smoky gray. Beneath, whitish, powdery, the primaries darker (darker in the female than in the male); secondaries with a small, blackish discal spot. Legs smoky, annulate, with white at the joints. Expands 1.75 in. = 44 mm. Habitat: San Diego, Cal., Sept. 15. One male and one female, in good condition; from Mr. Frank A. Merrick. The species is allied to perdzta, but is obviously distinct by the absence of basal streaks and by the soft gray and black shadings. Acronycta lepetita noy. sp. Ground-color pale bluish gray with an olivaceous shading. Palpi black at sides, a black dot at base of antennz. Primaries with black basal streak extending to the t.a. line; a slight spur inferiorly at about the middle, a longer narrow branch on the upper edge, which reaches the t.a. line. A slender black streak crosses the t.p. line in the sub-median interspace, and extends to the outer margin. The basal line is indicated by an olivaceous costal spot. T.a. line geminate, olivaceous gray, very oblique, so as to reach the inner margin almost at middle. T.p. line geminate, — outer line black, included space whiter than ground, somewhat squarely exserted over the cell and only moderately incurved below. S.t. space beyond the t.p. line is more olivaceous shaded, and this is best marked on the costa and over the black streak above anal angle. A series of terminal black points on the veins. Median shade obvious on costa, oblique over the reniform, which it darkens, and then lost. Orbicular oval, oblique, concolorous, narrowly outlined by black scales. It may or may not touch the reniform; but, when it does, the junction forms an obvious, curved black mark. Reniform large, broadly lunate, somewhat irregular, a little SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDA 95 dusky, incompletely outlined by blackish scales. Secondaries smoky, paler at base, the fringes whitish. Beneath, whitish, the primaries smoky on disk; both wings with discal marks and more or less obvious extra-median lines. Expands 1.05-1.10 in. = 26-28 mm. Hathitat: Esper Ranch, Brownsville, Tex. One male and one female, in good condition; from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. The species is allied to vinnula and paupercula, but is smaller than either and much more delicately marked. Comparatively, also, the primaries of the new species are shorter and broader. Noctua larga nov. sp. Head and collar bright rusty brown, the head darker in shade. Thorax brown with a more or less marked rusty tinge. Primaries gray-brown with a reddish tinge, varying in the specimens. All the lines single, punctiform. Basal line marked only on costa and in the cell. T-.a. line with black venular spots and a scattering of black scales that marks the line across the costal region. T.p. line even, marked by distinct black dots on the veins, in course parallel to the outer margin. S.t. line wanting. A series of black, inter-spatial terminal dots. Claviform vaguely indicated by scattered black scales. Orbicular indicated by a few black scales, or altogether wanting. Reniform marked by a black dot and a variable number of black scales; not complete, or even so outlined as to make out a definite form, in any case. Secondaries pale at base, outwardly dusky, darker throughout in the female. Beneath, primaries smoky, secondaries whitish, both darker in the female. Expands 1.80-2.10 in. = 45-52 mm. Habitat: Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, August; Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, June 16. Three males and one female, in good condition; from the Museum of the. Brooklyn Institute. The specimens were taken by Mr. Carl Scheffer, who says they were commonly found under shelter, much as our clandestina are sometimes found in large numbers. There are other rubbed examples in the Museum collection; but all seem to be very much alike. The large size and simple markings, allied to those of clandestina, distinguish the species. Rhizagrotis acclivis Morr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N.Y., XI, 93, Agrotis, 1875; reclivis Dyar, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., XV, 106, Rhizagrotis, 1907. Mr. Morrison’s specimen came from New York and the type is in the Tepper Collection. About the same time, Dr. Harvey described Agrotis opaca, from ‘Texas, and in 1890 I recorded my belief that the two gentlemen had named the same species. I had, then and later, examples from Texas, 96 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Arizona and Colorado, and, as the type of maculation and structure was unusual for the eastern fauna, I questioned whether the locality of the specimen in the Tepper Collection might not be erroneous. An examination of Dr. Harvey’s type in the British Museum confirmed my belief; and in my Catalogue of 1903 (Bull. 44, U.S. Nat. Mus., 79) I cited the two names as referring to the same species, and gave the New York locality with an “(?).” Until 1907 I did not see another eastern example, though I had a number from southwestern localities. In a miscellaneous lot received from Dr. Dyar for determination, there was an example which I named acchvis, and to which I appended the note quoted by Dr. Dyar: “The first authentic specimen I have seen from this region. It indicates that the New York locality which I questioned in my Catalogue may have been correct, or it may indicate two very similar species which I have not had material enough to discriminate.” Dr. Dyar did have material to discriminate, and he gives the differences between the eastern and the southwestern forms; but in giving a name he re-describes the eastern form that served Morrison as a type, and therefore creates a synonym merely. JI assume that Dr. Dyar is correct in determining that there are two species, though I have not been able to verify that point; but, if this is so, it simply means that Dr. Harvey’s name must be restored to the list and that the southwestern specimens now labeled acclivis Morr. in collections must be re-labeled opaca Harvey. Euxoa cocklei nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries dull brown, varying from chocolate to smoky, and more or less irrorated with black. Collar with a more or less marked black median line. Disk of thorax and patagia with a sparse admixture of yellow scales. Prima- ries with all the maculation traceable, and usually well written. Basal line geminate, black, included space yellowish. T.a. line geminate, included space yellow, the edgings black; upright to median vein outcurved in the space below and outwardly bent below vein 1. T.p. line geminate, inner portion lunulate, not well marked, outer portion hardly distinct; the included space yellowish, variably marked and not always continuous; in course moderately outcurved over the cell and then par- allel with outer margin. S.t. line a little irregular, broken, yellowish, sometimes reduced to scattered yellow scales. A series of dusky terminal lunules, which are rarely distinct. There is a tendency to a darkening below the median vein, between the basal and t.a. line, and in one example there is a distinct black line. Claviform moderate, black-bordered. Orbicular round or oval, moderate in size, with a nar- row black edging within which is a ring of whitish scales. Reniform moderate in size, kidney-shaped, edged with black scales, then with an inner (more or less incomplete) border of yellowish; the spot sometimes darker inferiorly. Secondaries smoky yellowish, almost uniform, with an obscure dusky lunule. Beneath, dull SMITH, NEW NOCTUID 97 smoky; secondaries more yellowish and powdery; all wings with an outer shade band and discal mark, less evident on primaries. Expands 1.15-1.35 in. = 29-34 mm. Habitat: Kaslo, B.C., July 27. Two males and five females; from Dr. James Fletcher, collected by Mr. J. W. Cockle, after whom the species is named. All the examples are in good condition and no two are alike. The two males are smaller than all the females, although the larger of the two is almost as large as the smallest female. So the males are also darker and less distinctly marked, the orna- mentation in one case, indeed, being scarcely traceable. In all the females all the markings are at least traceable, and in one case every feature is complete, and, in addition, the s.t. space is a little paler than the rest of the wing. ‘The type of maculation is similar to znsulsa, but there is no darkening of the cell and the wings are also too powdery. ‘There are no strong positive characters, and in Hampson’s Tables it falls between submolesta and pro- cellaris, neither of them American species. Euxoa criddlei nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries mahogany-brown; the head and thorax darker, without markings; primaries with all the transverse maculation lost, except the s.t. line, which is traceable by a line of pale scales edging the darker, more blackish ter- minal space. No trace of claviform. Orbicular faintly indicated by a blackish powdering. Reniform faintly outlined by scattered pale scales inferiorly filled with blackish. Secondaries dull yellowish becoming smoky at outer margin, with a dark discal lunule. Beneath, smoky, powdery; primaries darker; all wings with a dis- callunule. Abdomen dull smoky. Expands 1.40-1.50 in. = 35-37 mm. Habitat: Aweme, Manitoba, Aug. 24, 25, Sept. 4. One male and two females, in good condition; from Dr. James Fletcher, collected by Mr. Criddle, after whom the species is named. This is a very simply marked form, and in fact, at first sight there appear to be no markings at all, so feebly are they indicated. In wing form the species is like pastora- lis, with which it will be most naturally associated in the list. In Hampson’s Tables the species would fall in next to stigmatilis Sm., to which the new species has but a slight resemblance. Euxoa quinta nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries dull ashen gray, the entire surface with uniformly placed brown irrorations, which are quite conspicuous under the glass, and give a soft shading to the insect. Transverse maculation, except s.t. line, brown or black- 98 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ish, broken, more or less lost. S.t. line pale, rather conspicuously relieved by a smoky preceding shade. Basal line marked by a geminate spot on costa and some- times by a dot on median vein. T.a. line geminate, outer line best marked, evenly oblique, with small outcurves in the interspaces; always broken. T.p. line gemi- nate, only a little bent over the reniform, parallel to outer margin; outer line a series of venular points; inner tending to become diffuse. A broad, diffuse, obscure median smoky shade. S.t. line irregular, complete or nearly so, emphasized by white scales. A series of small black terminal dots and a narrow line at base of fringes. Orbicular moderate, round or oval, incompletely marked by whitish scales. Reniform moderate, kidney-shaped, outlined by a vague yellowish ring, inferiorly black-filled. Secondaries smoky fuscous, more yellowish at base, with a dark discal lunule and pale fringes. Abdomen pale ashen gray. Beneath, primaries smoky with a powdery pale-gray border, an extra-median line marked on costa, and an obscure discal spot; secondaries pale gray, powdery, with a conspicuous black dis- cal line and an incomplete extra-median band, beyond which the marginal area is blackish. Expands 1.35-1.42 in. = 34-36 mm. Habitat: High River, Alberta (Mr. Thomas Baird); Kaslo, B.C., June 1, 30, July 7, 10 (Mr. J. W. Cockle). Three males and two females, all in good condition; received from Dr. James Fletcher. The examples are all very much alike, a slight difference in the amount of dark filling in the reniform and in the completeness of the transyerse lines being all the variation noted. ‘The species belongs with the bostoniensis series, but differs from all those previously known to me, in the dark secondaries of both sexes. It recalls scandens at first sight, but is much darker than that species throughout. Euxoa capota nov. sp. Head dark brown in front, vertex reddish gray, a black line dividing the two. Collar reddish at base, tip velvety black; a white line between the two. Disk of thorax reddish gray. Primaries brown; median space very dark purplish brown, almost black; costal region to t.p. line whitish; the ordinary spots of the brown ground-color. A black basal shade margins the costal pale area inferiorly. T.a. line geminate, black, obsolete on costa, very distinct below it and with an inward curve at the middle of its course. T.p. line geminate, black, the outer line less distinct, almost straight from the costa to end of cell and then with a very small incurve. S.t. line pale, only a little irregular, chiefly defined by the slightly darker terminal area against the s.t. space, which is the lightest part of the wing. Clavi- form narrowly outlined in black, incomplete, concolorous. Space between the ordinary spots black-filled. Orbicular, U-shaped, open to the costal pale area. Reniform large, incompletely outlined by dark and pale scales, lunate rather than kidney-shaped. Secondaries smoky brown, with a small, darker discal lunule. Beneath, reddish gray, powdery, with a common outer line and a discal lunule on all wings. Expands 1.15-1.30 in. = 29-32 mm. SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDA 99 Habitat: Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, July and August. Eight examples, mostly in good condition, all very much alike and all females. The reference to Huzoa is in the sense in which that genus is used by Hampson. The frontal structure in this species is as in Chorizaqrotvs, but the body is not depressed. As there are no males, the antennal struc- ture of that sex cannot be used as a guide, and the generic reference must be provisional. ‘The species is altogether unlike any other form known to me from our fauna, and the peculiar course of the median lines should serve as a means of recognition. Ufeus electra nov. sp. Ground-color dull chocolate-brown. Head and thorax with dark hair inter- mingled. Primaries so densely set with long black hair as to give the whole a blackish appearance. A black basal streak in the sub-median interspace extends almost to the middle of the wing. Another streak extends, with little interruption, through the cell and beyond it to the outer margin. T.a. line lost. T.p. line outwardly bent from costa, obscure, blackish, with small outward extensions on the veins. A series of black inter-spatial marks at base of fringes, becoming longer toward the apex. Secondaries dull yellowish, smoky, with an overlay of black hair; a distinct discal lunule and a well-marked extra-median shade line. Beneath, reddish gray, powdery, darker at the margins on primaries; secondaries with an obvious extra-median line and a distinct discal lunule. Expands 1.55-1.65 in. = 39-41 mm, Habitat: Oregon. Two female examples, without date or name of sender. Evidently they are electric-light captures, and more or less defective; but their differ- ence from the allied forms is obvious. The species is nearest to plicatus in type of maculation, and it is quite probable that in some specimens, traces of the discal spots will occur. Ufeus hulstii nov. sp. Ground-color rather light red-brown. Head and thorax without markings. Primaries with fine black hair, the veins a little darker. T.a. line distinct, single, blackish, outwardly oblique, with three distinct outward angulations,— one on the sub-costa, one below the median and the other on vein 1. T.p. line single, black, followed by a slightly paler shade, evenly and moderately outcurved, with short outward spurs on the veins. A series of small black terminal dots. Fringes cut with yellowish. Secondaries silky gray with a reddish tinge. Beneath, very pale pinkish gray, immaculate. Expands 1.38-1.42 in. = 34-35 mm. Habitat: Black Hills, Wyo.; Stockton, Utah, July 22. Two male examples. One of them is from the Hulst Collection, with- 100 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES out abdomen, but else in good condition; the other is from Mr. Thomas Spalding and in good shape. ‘This differs from the other described species, all of which are represented in my collection by the distinct and rather even red-brown, and the well-marked median lines. It is perhaps nearest to satyricus in type of maculation, but differs obviously in color, in the absence of all trace of ordinary spots, and in the immaculate under side. Mamestra leomegra nov. sp. Ground-color blue-gray shaded with smoky, powdered and ornamented with black. Head with a black line across front. Collar with a black line across middle, dividing the smoky lower from the ashen upper portion. Thorax mottled with blue-gray, smoky, white and black, forming no distinct markings. Primaries with all the maculation obvious, but so obscured and motiled that scarcely any of it is clear-cut and distinct; the narrow yellowish s.t. line with the prominent black preceding shades forming the most conspicuous feature of the wing. Basal line geminate, black, broken, the whitish included space broad and most obvious; a pair of curved black marks just below the median vein. T.a. line geminate, black- ish, oblique, outcurved in the interspaces; included space broad, pale. T.p. line geminate, lunulate, a little irregular, broadly exserted over the cell and a little incurved below; included space narrower and not so pale as in t.a. line. There is an obscure, diffuse, smoky median shade, which darkens the outer part of the median space. S.t. line forms a small W on veins 3 and 4, where the preceding black shad- ing is less conspicuous than it is above and below. A series of conspicuous black terminal lunules. Claviform small, concolorous, black-margined. Orbicular, of good size, broadly and irregularly ovate, oblique, black-margined, a little lighter than the ground, with a smoky center. Reniform large, lunate, black-edged, out- wardly with a margin of white scales within the black, center smoky, inclosing a curved gray streak, Secondaries blackish, the outer margin narrowly gray. Be- neath, gray, powdery; both wings with a conspicuous black discal mark and a more or less evident extra-median line. The primaries have a narrow whitish outer border, and in the female this is obvious on the secondaries as well. Expands 1.90-2.00 in. = 47-50 mm. Habitat: Grand Lake, N.F., Aug. 28. Three males and one female, of which only one female is in really good condition. ‘The specimens were caught at light by Mr. Owen Bryant, packed dry in cotton, and sent me through Mr. C. W. Johnson of the Boston Society of Natural History. The species is obviously related to imbrijera, but is larger and darker throughout, and distinctly more blue-gray in color. The W of the s.t. line, while small, is distinct. The antenne of the male have the joints only a little marked, with little tufts of fine bristles and longer single cilie. ‘The tuftings appear to be as in imbrifera, but less developed. SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDE 101 Mamestra pallicauda nov. sp. Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen gray, the dorsal tuft at base brown. Primaries red-brown tending to gray, with black powderings and transverse lines. Basal line geminate, black, distinct; included space with pale scales; outcurved in the interspaces, reaching to the sub-median vein. T.a. line geminate, black, inner portion tending to become lost; outcurved in the interspaces, a little out- curved as a whole; below vein 1 the included space is white. T.p. line single, black, irregular, incurved in the interspaces, scarcely clears the reniform; a white lunule follows that part below the sub-median vein. The median space is very narrow; and the median shade, which is blackish, runs close to the inner border of the reni- form across cell, and then close to the t.p. line below it. S.t. line irregular, marked partly by blackish shadings and spots, and partly by the darker terminal space. A black terminal line broken by whitish points on the veins, the veins themselves more or less black-marked. Three white points in costa between t.p. and s.t. lines. Orbicular obscure, traceable as an indefinite paler brown blotch. Reniform small, oblique, incompletely outlined, a series of three white dots along the outer edge and a fourth at the lower inner angle. Secondaries smoky, the veins darker, fringes tipped with white. Beneath, smoky gray, powdery, with a smoky extra-median shade and a small dark discal lunule. Tip of abdomen of female obtuse, with a mass of white fluffy hair arranged so as to form a compact mass. Expands 1.24 in. = 31 mm. Habitat: Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, July; Huachuca Moun- tains, Arizona, July 12. Two female examples, one of them, belonging to the Brooklyn Institute, in perfect condition; the other, from my own collection, somewhat rubbed. This is altogether unlike any other species known to me, and eventually must be removed from Mamestra, to which I have referred it tentatively in the absence of a male. It belongs to Hadena as limited by Hampson, and has only a basal tuft on the dorsum of the abdomen; but it agrees with none of the species that he places in that genus. The cylindrical, squarely trun- cate abdomen, with its dense tuft of white fluffy hair, is characteristic, and may indicate some unusual character in the male as well. Miodera nov. gen. Eyes moderate in size, round, hairy. Front protuberant, roughened, obtuse, without processes or plates. Tongue fully developed. Palpi small, oblique, not reaching to the middle of the front. Antenne of male lengthily bipectinated, the branches decreasing in length toward the tip, the last few joints merely serrate. Thorax quadrate, heavily clothed with scaly vestiture, forming an obscure anterior and somewhat more obvious posterior tuft; patagia well marked. Vestiture of under side dense, somewhat hairy, loose. Legs short and not especially stout, though the heavy vestiture makes them appear so; anterior tibize and tarsi without i 102 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES special armature; the terminal claws, however, unusually long. Abdomen with a loose tuft at base, otherwise dorsum untufted. Primaries short, broad, trigonate, the apices well marked. Differs from Mamestra chiefly in the very stout body, lengthily pectinated antenne and protuberant roughened front. I cannot identify it with any of the genera of Hampson’s monographic work. Miodera stigmata nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries deep dark brown. Head with a scant admixture of gray and black scales. Collar with a blackish transverse line. Thoracic disk with an admixture of gray scales, varying in the examples; patagia with a black sub-margin. Primaries with smoky and blackish shadings variably mixed with gray, and with a sprinkling of yellow scales that gives a richness of color to the wings. Basal line black, geminate, interrupted on the sub-costa. A short black basal dash that just reaches the t.a. line. T.a, line geminate, black, the included space some- times lightened by yellow scales, in course outwardly oblique, with three moderate outcurves. T.p. line geminate, black, abruptly bent out below costa, then almost parallel with ovter margin; the inner line lunulate and usually, at least, traceable across the wing, the outer more even and usually lost below the cell. S.t. line more or less yellow, variably defined by darker preceding or following shadings, with a well-defined W on veins 3 and 4. A lunate black terminal line followed by yellow venular points at the base of the long interlined fringes. Claviform a small but con- spicuous black loop. Orbicular round or nearly so, moderate in size, concolorous, ringed with yellow scales. Reniform large, upright, a little constricted at middle and expanded below, inferiorly black-filled, the upper half paler, and edged with yellow scales. Between the spots the cell is darker or even blackish. Secondaries smoky yellowish, with a discal lunule, a somewhat waved extra-median line and a, distinct blackish terminal line. Beneath, gray, powdery, with a narrow, distinct extra-median black shade line crossing both wings. All wings with a discal spot and a lunate marginal line. Abdomen like secondaries in color. Expands 1.04-1.14 in. = 26-28 mm. Habitat: Witch Creek, Cal., Jan. 12—Feb. 3. Ten males, in good or fair condition. This is a well-marked and rather pretty species somewhat resembling Mamestra ectypa, and it does not appear to vary to any considerable extent. Teniocampa macona nov. sp. Ground-color of head, thorax and primaries, creamy to luteous gray. Head and thorax without maculation. Primaries more or less powdered with black atoms, and veins tend to become pale. Basal line geminate, broken, usually marked by black spots on costa and median vein. T.a. line outwardly oblique, even, of the ground-color or paler, marked on both sides by black scales so as to define the entire line in the best case, but so irregularly in others that it may become entirely lost SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDZ 103 beyond the costal area. T.p. line concolorous or a little paler, almost parallel with outer margin, preceded by black scales or lunules, so variable that the line may be either completely defined, or almost lost. A black median shade extends obliquely from costa across the reniform, forms an angle at its lower margin, and extends obliquely inward to the middle of the inner margin. This shade is usually distinct, and when it is obscure the median lines are best defined. S.t. line concolorous or a little paler, a little inregular, defined by a preceding black powdering, which may extend across the wing or may be confined to the costal region. A series of black terminal dots in the interspaces. Orbicular concolorous, usually lost, sometimes defined by a slightly paler ring, then large, ovate, joining the reniform inferiorly. Reniform large, oblique, broadly oval, pale-ringed, always darker and usually con- trasting, filled with black powdering. Secondaries whitish with a reddish tinge, a small dark discal spot, a punctiform, obscure extra-median line, and a series of dark terminal lunules. Beneath, with a reddish tinge, coarsely black powdered; primaries with blackish orbicular and reniform and a broken exterior line; secondaries with dark discal spot and punctiform extra-median line. Expands 1.36-1.50 in. = 34-37 mm. Fiabitat: Witch Creek, Cal., Jan. 30, Feb. 1-14. Two males and two females, varying greatly, as indicated in the descrip- tion. At first sight the species suggests flaviannula; but the male antenne are not pectinated. They are bristle-tufted, and therefore the species belongs with alia. Sir George Hampson refers these species to Monima Hbn. Teniocampa bostura noy. sp. Head, thorax and primaries dull luteous brown with smoky powderings, which give the insect a sordid appearance. Primaries with all the markings present, but not relieved or distinct. Basal line geminate, blackish, complete, included space of the ground-color. T.a. line geminate, outwardly oblique, with small outcurves in the interspaces, outer portion well marked, included space of the ground-color. T.p. line with a moderate outcurve over cell and an almost even incurve below it, the inner portion obscurely lunulate, the outer punctiform. A very obscure median shade through the outer portion of the median space. S.t. line yellowish, narrow, only a little irregular, preceded by a continuous blackish shade, which darkens the outer half of the s.t. space. A continuous, slightly waved yellow line at the base of the fringes. Orbicular not traceable in the specimen. Reniform large, oblique, a little constricted, blackish-filled, obscurely outlined by yellowish scales. Secondaries dull whitish at base darkening to a smoky outer margin, the fringes more yellowish. Beneath, reddish gray, powdery. All wings with a distinct extra-median line and a small discal spot. Expands 1.30 in. = 32 mm. Habitat: Kaslo, B.C. One male, in good condition; from Dr. James Fletcher. The species is allied to rufula and indra, but is more sordid and powdery in appearance than either, while the course of the lines is quite different. The thoracic ae 104 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES vestiture is thicker and the patagia are much better defined than in the allied forms. It is Dr. Fletcher’s No. 168. Teniocampa fringata nov. sp. Rusty red-brown darkening to brown-gray. Lower part of front and palpi crimson. Antenne bright red with a white dot at base. Collar and thorax tending to become hoary through gray-tipped hair. Primaries tending to an overlay or powdering of bluish-gray scales, and with a vague irrorate appearance, the macula- tion never conspicuous and sometimes scarcely traceable. Basal line geminate, gray-filled, rarely evident. T. a. line geminate, a little darker than the ground, some- times with gray filling, a very little oblique, and slightly outcurved in the interspaces. S.t. line brown, geminate, evenly outcurved over the cell and a little incurved below; included space concolorous; followed on each vein by a short blackish line which is interrupted by a pale dot, so that there is the appearance of a double dotted line, which is easily mistaken for the t.p. line. S.t. line pale, obscure, a little irregular, defined by a slightly darker preceding narrow shade line. A vague median shade line is traceable below the reniform, parallel to the t.p. line. Claviform barely trace- able in one example. Orbicular dusky, oblique, elliptical, with narrow yellowish outline, obvious in most specimens. Reniform large, upright, a little constricted, dusky, narrowly ringed with yellow, obvious in all specimens. Secondaries smoky fuscous with carmine fringes. Beneath, gray with a crimson tinge, powcery. Both wings with a discal spot and outer line, which are best marked on secondaries, but always at least traceable on primaries. The tarsi tend to become narrowly white- ringed. Expands 1.24-1.34 in. = 31-33 mm. Habitat: Monterey County, California, March; Santa Cruz Mountains, California. Five males and two females, all save one in good condition. ‘This is an ally of preses and saleppa, and yet more closely of transparens. It is refer- able to the Perigrapha of Hampson, and has the ridged crest of the species that stand as Stretchia in our Catalogue. Except in the ground-color, there is very little variation among the specimens at hand. Stretchia erythrolita Grt. Until recently this species has been represented in my collection by a single male example labeled by Mr. Grote, and agreeing well with his description and type. In 1906 I received two examples from Pasadena, taken in March and April, which indicated quite a range of variation, but which nevertheless were very similar to the typical form. Recently I re- ceived from San Diego County a series of upwards of thirty examples, taken in early February, no two of which were alike, the extremes being so far apart that probably I should have considered them distinct, had I received SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDE 105 single specimens only of each. In color they vary all the way from uniform mouse-gray to uniform smoky black, with scarcely a trace of maculation. The s.t. line is most frequently present and the tendency is to a pale terminal space, the extreme of this type being a glossy black primary with a contrast- ing gray terminal space. Then the black breaks up at base and the wing becomes mottled in every possible intermediate form. In the pale examples, the reniform tends to become relieved, especially in the males, and in the extremes this is ringed with yellow, and filled with dark brown. ‘The orbic- ular is rarely present, but may be as conspicuous as the reniform, though in only one case is it as well defined. I have no information as to the habits of the insect; but it is quite obvious that it may at times be much more common than the number of specimens in collections indicates. Himella rectiflava nov. sp. Of the usual powdery luteous ground-color, the markings obscure, except for the conspicuous yellow s.t. line and the scarcely less defined dusky median shade line. Head and thorax with scattered black powderings only. Primaries, basal line trace:.ble by the pale included shade and the slightly more dense powderings at its borders. T.a. line geminate, smoky, included space not paler, with a very regular and even outcurve from costa to inner margin. T.p. line geminate, tending to become punctiform, the veins blackish beyond the line and so interrupted as to give the appearance of geminate dark points; outwardly bent over cell, with the angle on vein 7, below which the line runs evenly oblique to the inner margin. Me- dian shade distinct, blackish, a little diffuse, outwardly bent from costa to bottom of reniform, then evenly oblique to the inner margin. S.t. line conspicuous, yellowish, preceded by a distinct, even, continuous, narrow brown shade, the following terminal space darker than the rest of wing. A yellowish crenulated terminal line, from the points of which pale lines extend across the fringes. No obvious claviform. Orbicular round, with narrow smoky ring, of ground-color, but not powdery. Reni- form upright, oblong with rounded corners, concolorous, defined by a narrow dusky line within which there is a paler ring. Secondaries fuscous, paler at base, fringes more luteous. Beneath, reddish gray, powdery. Both wings with an extra-median line; secondaries also with a discal spot. Expands 1.10 in. = 27 mm. Habitat: Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, July 30. One male specimen, in good condition as to wings, somewhat defective as to antennze, etc. The specimen was received in paper in a purchased lot, and the collector is unknown. It belongs to Eriopyga of the Hampson Catalogue, in the series in which the males have ciliated antenne and no other conspicuous secondary sexual characters. 106 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Orthodes keela nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries red-brown; head with a paler, more yellowish shad- ing. Secondaries and abdomen smoky. Primaries with all the normal markings traceable, but none of them distinct or well written. Basal line geminate, smoky, obscure, included space with a few yellowish scales. T.a. line geminate, smoky, obliquely outcurved, with small outcurves in the interspaces, some pale scales in the included space over the costal region, the line tending to become obscure below the middle. T.p. line geminate, blackish, only a little bent over cell, then almost evenly parallel with outer margin; inner portion more or less lunulate; outer, punctiform below costal region. An outwardly curved smoky median shade. S.t. line marked by scattered yellow scales and by a continuous, narrow, blackish preceding shade, only a little irregular in course. A broken, yellowish terminal line. Orbicular small, obscurely outlined by yellowish scattered scales. Reniform small, narrow, oblique, a little constricted, outlined and partly filled by yellow scales, with a black- ish superior dot and a dark inferior filling. Secondaries uniformly smoky with a bronze luster, the fringes more yellowish. Beneath, primaries with disk smoky, lustrous, the margins yellowish with reddish powderings; secondaries yellowish with reddish powderings, with a smoky broken outer band and a smoky discal lunule. Expands 1.07-1.15 in. = 27-29 mm. Habitat: Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, August. One male and one female, in good condition; from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. The male is the smaller of the two, more deeply colored and less distinctly marked. ‘The species is an ally of vecors, and ranges next to it in Hampson’s Catalogue, under Eriopyga. It is narrower winged, however, much more uniformly tinted, with more even median lines and a different s.t. line. In wing-form it is nearer to mora Strek., which is darker lustrous, and has the maculation reduced to a small gray reniform. Faronta nov. gen. Kyes hairy, large, round, globose, not overhung by long cilia. Tongue fully developed. Front roughened, slightly protuberant, without processes or excisions. Palpi straight; terminal joint very short, poorly developed, not projecting much beyond front; the second joint with short vestiture. Antenne in maie, ciliated; in female, simple. Thorax convex, rounded; vestiture hairy, forming no tufts, rather smoothly laid. Legs moderate in length, strong, without spines or other unusual armature on tibie or tarsi; tibiz in the male more thickly clothed with hair, but forming no obvious tufts. Abdomen smoothly clothed, without tufts or fringes of any kind, stout, extending well beyond the hind angle of secondaries. Primaries elongate, narrow, sub-lanceolate, the apex not acutely drawn out, margin gently rounded, venation normal. Secondaries proportionate. Differs from Leucania in the stout convex thorax and long stout abdomen, as well as the narrow elongate wings. From Neleucania it differs in the SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDZ 107 more robust build throughout, in the more closely appressed vestiture and the rounded margin and apex of primaries. From Meliana it differs in the stouter form, less pointed wings, and comparatively simple antennz of the male. The roughened front may not be peculiar, in the absence of plates or processes. Faronta aleada nov. sp. Head, thorax and abdomen uniform creamy white or grayish tending to yellow- ish, the head usually most intense in color. Primaries with the disk a faint leaden gray, costa and internal margin creamy white, median vein pale, and dividing into pale rays on veins 3 and 4. In the apical region the veins are a little dark marked. No lines or dark spots on the wing. Secondaries white in both sexes. Beneath, white; primaries with a tinge of yellow, which is better marked at the margins. Expands 1.30-1.42 in. = 32-35 mm. Halitat: Brazos, Tex. One male and three females, all in good condition; from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. The species is entirely unlike any other of our leucaniids, and agrees with nothing described by Hampson from the adjoining faunal region. The tendency is for the leaden gray disk to become rubbed so as to give a uniform creamy appearance. Anaria Ochs. The species of this genus are not well represented usually in American collections, and my own material has been for two years or more eked out by a collection loaned me by Mr. Philip Laurent of Philadelphia. This was mostly purchased from Staudinger, and contained a fair series of the circum-polar species, including those listed as common to the American and European faunas. Sir George Hampson’s revision of the species drops out several of our listed names, and adds others, so that I found it desirable to rearrange my material, and did so with very interesting results. Three series are recognized: — I. Antenne of male strongly serrate and fasciculate; fore wings very narrow. II. Antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate. II. Antenne of male ciliated. The first of these series contains only a single species, and is not repre- sented in our fauna. The series in which the male antenne are minutely serrate and fascicu- late, or bristle-tufied, is divided as follows: — 108 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Hind wings white. Primaries with s.t. line angled inward in discal fold . . staudingert Primaries with s.t. line not so angled. Primaries with prominent series of dentate black marks before s:t.line =. . ... -. 2 \. “nicharigoms Primaries without such inaeke ibetore Sod. hing . . gquadrilunata Hind wings yellowish . . . . 2 ae 3 oe) erierrenetE Hind wings uniformly suffused 7a fereoics Primaries with the stigmata not filled with blue-gray . etacta Primaries with the stigmata filled with blue-gray . . membrosa Staudingeri has not appeared heretofore in our Catalogue; but I found, on comparing the figure and descriptions carefully, that I had two males, one from Labrador and one from “British Columbia,” which were apparently the same, and which agreed with the characters given for the species. Of quadrilunata I have a pair from Colorado, which are properly de- termined. An example from Laggan may indicate a new form. Of richardsoni I supposed I had a long series; but I found, to my sur- prise, that only one nice pair from Labrador answered all the requirements of Hampson’s definition. My Greenland examples received through Staudinger did not answer at all. The White Mountain examples, which stand under richardsoni in our collections, had the s.t. line of staudingeri; and the long suite of specimens from Newfoundland represented yet another form. They are distinctly yellow-winged, but will not do for leucocycla at all. The species marked schenherri in my collection, and to which name leucocycla has been cited heretofore as a synonym, was neither one nor the other. Using the same characters used by Hampson, in a somewhat different form, I differentiate the species now before me as follows: — S.t. line of primaries angulate and dentate. Secondaries white or nearly so. Ordinary spots of primaries white-marked, median line white-shaded. . . . . . staudingert No white on primaries, all the pale Se ee Oray aia Sr AP eek (athe: 2 hampa Secondaries decidedly vlloer Ground-color blue-gray, terminal space contrastingly blue- Stay 1) eS ence nae St eel flanda S.t. line of primaries even, or ee cients Secondaries white, primaries contrastingly black and white marked. SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDZ 109 T.a. line oblique, outcurved in the interspaces. . . richardsoni T.a. line angulated on the median vein, then rigidly oblique to immer margin. 4 4). 1.) = | lanaiginose Secondaries pale yellowish, primaries smoky brown, not contrasting. S.t. lie distinct, with preceding dusky shades or spots squara S.t. line partly obliterate, preceding shades on costa CII hase SS SNARE ati arta eam CAM AN amma de( 771i aes Peaa Etacta and membrosa are left out of consideration here. Hampa and flanda are allies of staudingeri, but are larger and darker. Flanda has decidedly yellow secondaries, and that is its chief superficial difference from hampa. I might have deemed it racial or varietal, were it not accompanied by a decided difference in the eyes; those of flanda being distinctly larger, and decidedly more rounded. Squara is based on Greenland examples of schanherri, from which it differs by the distinctly yellowish secondaries and the totally different type of transverse lines. I am, of course, assuming that all the names cited by Hampson to richardsoni are really identical with the form to which he has applied that name. The third series, in which the male antenne are ciliated only, is separated by Hampson as follows: — Hind wings bright yellow. Fore wings with the ground-color deep red . . . . myrtilli Fore wings with the ground-color blackish. . Fore wings with the reniform white-filled . . . . — cordigera Fore wings with reniform not white-filled. . . . mimule Hind wings yellowish, tinged with brown . . . . . impingens Hind wings uniform brown . . . Ag he phea Hind wings white, more or less pitied eae swith fuscous. Fore wings broad, triangular. Reniform without whitish annuli. . . . . . .' melanopa Reniiorm: with whitish annuli’:)) 2. 6. s mimula Fore wings narrow, elongate. Hore wines paleolive-gray. -)\0.0 5) 3/3) GS mausr GEM WIM ES GUSCOUS! Yat ride) sla) 5. pueda Vek eles zemblica Myrtilli Linn. is in our collections as acadiensis Beth., and is listed from Canada northward. It occurs also in the mountains of Colorado, and I have never been sure that there was only a single species represented. I have compared the Colorado examples recently with German specimens, 110 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES and am by no means certain that the two are identical. ‘The resemblance is very close, however, and my material is not sufficient to induce me to dispute the union. Cordigera Thumb. is a very sharply-marked species, and I have in my collection examples from Colorado, Labrador and Germany, which are practically alike. Mimuli Behr. is a Californian species unknown to Hampson, and not represented in my collection. ‘The type has been destroyed in the San Francisco fire. Impingens Wlk. — with curita Morr., nivaria Grt. and perpura Morr. as synonyms — is a purely American species, which differs quite markedly from the preceding species in general habitus, and comes nearer to Scoto- gramma in wing-form. I have it from Colorado only; but it is also recorded from British Columbia. Phea Hampson is a new species to our fauna, and quite a close ally, in appearance, to the preceding. It comes from Victoria Land, Cambridge Bay, and is not represented in my collection. Melanopa Thunb., re-described by Packard as nigrolunaia, is another sharply-defined form which is very widely distributed. It occurs in the United States from -Mount Washington northward, and extends along the Rocky Mountain chains into New Mexico. My examples are from Col- orado and Labrador, without very much difference between them. Mimula Grt. is from New Mexico, and the type is in the Snow Collection. Professor Snow was good enough to send it to me for examination nearly fifteen years ago, and since that time I have not seen another example, so far as I know. Laerta Smith was not known to Hampson when he wrote, and differs from melanopa in the more sordid fuscous color throughout and by the much reduced whitish area of secondaries. From mzmula it differs in the ordinary spots, the reniform not being ringed with pale scales. This really resembles A. kelloggi Hy. Edw. very much; but Hampson places that species in Sympistes with naked, reniform eyes, while in laerta they are distinctly hairy. Mausi Hampson is from E. Turkestan, and the only species in the series that is not American or circum-polar. Zemblica Hampson is from Nova Zembla, and is a narrow-winged ally of maust. While not really American, it is not unlikely that the species will be found in Alaska, and so should be looked for. The other species referred to this genus I have commented upon in the N.Y. Ent. Soc. Jour., 1907, Vol. XV, p. 151, and have there stated the disposition made of them. I still have in my collection a few examples that do not fit into any of the SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDAE 111 described species; but they are not sufficiently well marked, nor in sufficient number, to warrant me in describing them at present. Anarta hampa nov. sp. Ground-color dull smoky fuscous with black and gray maculation. Patagia with sub-marginal black line and gray disk, dorsum posteriorly mottled with gray. Basal line black, outwardly shaded with gray, with two moderate angulations. T.a. line black preceded by a gray shading, a little oblique outwardly, irregularly out- curved. T-.p. line denticulate, black followed by a narrow gray shading, moderately outcurved and only a little incurved in its course. S.t. line gray or yellowish, marked by the evenly dark s.t. space, drawn in on veins 2 and 5, outcurved between and on each side. A series of black terminal lunules. The fringes dusky, cut with yellowish. A vague median shade in the paler examples. Claviform small, but distinctly outlined. Orbicular small, round or oval, more or less gray-marked. Reniform small, narrow, upright, with narrow pale ring, a little constricted centrally. Secondaries very pale straw-color, almost white, smoky at base and along inner margin, with a distinct discal mark, a narrow, almost crenulated outer line, and a broad blackish outer margin; fringes white. Beneath, whitish, more or less shaded with blackish, with a black discal spot, an extra-median blackish line, and a blackish outer margin on all wings. Primaries with fringes checkered, black and white; secondaries with fringes white. Expands 1.10-1.20 in. = 28-30 mm. Habitat: White Mountains, New Hampshire. Two males and one female, all in good condition. One of the males came originally from Mrs. Slosson; the others have no indication of their source, and none have a date label. Mossy yellow scales are in the median space in cell and sub-median interspace, and along the line of the s.t. line, beyond it. Anarta flanda nov. sp. Head and thorax gray to blackish, mixed with black scales; collar gray-tipped; patagia with black sub-marginal line, disk posteriorly black-spotted. Abdomen smoky, with a yellowish tinge in the male. Primaries gray marked with black, and sometimes so much black-powdered that only the lines and terminal space are of the gray base. Basal line geminate, black, included space gray, with two distinct out- ward angulations in its short course. T.a. line geminate, black, included space gray, outwardly oblique and very irregular. T.p. line lunulate, black, denticulate on the veins, the accompanying gray shade narrow, moderately outcurved over the cell, and then almost parallel with outer margin. S.t. line irregularly and variably dentate, sharply defined by the contrast between the black or blackish s.t. space and the gray terminal area. A series of small black terminal lunules between which. the long dark fringes are cut with yellowish. In lighter examples a distinct median shade line extends from costa outwardly between the ordinary spots, and then, from an obtuse angle, inwardly oblique to the inner margin. Orbicular round or oval, 112 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES small or moderate in size, usually gray. Reniform, moderate, upright, centrally constricted, usually obscure, rarely paler in part. In the median space there is usually a more or less obvious powdering of mossy yellow scales at the outer portion of the cell and in the sub-median interspace. Secondaries dull yellow, smoky at base and along inner margin, in the female with a dark discal lunule, a narrow blackish extra-median line and a broad blackish outer border; fringes yellow; be- neath, yellow. Primaries paler, outer border blackish with a black discal spot. Secondaries with a black discal spot, an incomplete extra-median line and a narrow blackish border. Expands 1.00-1.16 in. = 25-29 mm. Habitat: Newfoundland (Mr. Owen Bryant). Over fifty exampks, taken at light, and sent unpinned in layers of cotton. There are few antenne, and legs are at a premium; but many of the speci- mens are otherwise in good condition, and the series is excellent to determine the constancy of the type. ‘They range from almost ash-gray with black transverse lines to almost black with gray lines, the terminal space being always contrasting, and relieving the irregular s.t. line. The secondaries tend to become suffused, and examples of both sexes are almost uniformly washed with black. The mossy yellowish shading is a decidedly variable quantity. Anarta squara nov. sp. Head, thorax and abdomen blackish, the vestiture of head and thorax more yellowish, somewhat intermixed with white. Primaries dull smoky brown, more or less gray, and black-powdered. Basal line distinct, single, black, rather diffuse. T.a. line black, single, diffuse, almost upright to vein 1, and then outwardly bent to inner margin. The space between basal and t.a. line may be gray-powdered. T-p. line more or less lunulate, evenly outcurved over cell and scarcely drawn in below it, accompanied outwardly by paler lunules and a more or less traceable defining-line. S.t. line even, pale, preceded by blackish or dark spots or shadings. A series of black or dark terminal lunules. The dark fringes narrowly pale cut. Orbicular large, irregular, oblique, incomplete, concolorous, or paler. Reniform large, upright, centrally constricted, incomplete, more or less marked with pale. Secondaries dull yellowish, smoky along inner margin, with a broad blackish outer marginal band and a blackish discal lunule. Beneath, all wings whitish to a broad black marginal band, and all with a distinct black discal spot. Expands 1.30-1.38 in. = 32-34 mm. Habitat: Greenland. Two males and one female. The female is more uniform in color, and has no white shadings. One male is much like this, but the median space is darker, the lines are better marked, and the paler shadings are more obvi- ous. ‘The other male has the basal and terminal spaces and the ordinary spots mottled with gray in which mossy yellow scales are intermixed. A somewhat defective female from Colorado may be referable here. SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDE 113 Luperina innota nov. sp. Ground-color a reddish rusty luteous. Head and thorax concolorous, somewhat deeper in reddish than primaries. Primaries with median space more reddish and darker than basal and extra-median areas. Basal line barely indicated on costa. T.a. line single, brown, barely relieved, outcurved in the sub-median interspace. T.p. line single, brown, barely relieved, with little outward points on the veins, evenly outcurved over the cell and almost evenly oblique below it. S.t. line marked near costa by a brown shade in the s.t. space, thence lost, or barely marked by a slightly darker preceding shade. Claviform long, narrow, extending nearly to t.p. line, but so slightly relieved in outline as to be readily overlooked. Orbicular round, moderate in size, a little paler, else not defined. Reniform moderate, broadly lunate, a little paler than its surroundings. Secondaries pale, transparent yellowish with a smoky tinge. Beneath, yellowish; secondaries paler, primaries tinged with smoky in the male. Expands 1.36-1.45 in. = 34-36 mm. Habitat: Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, July 8; Arangie, Idaho. One male and one female in good condition, and two poor males, which are probably the same; from Colorado localities. ‘The type of maculation is not unlike that of passer; but the faded, rusty, washed-out appearance is more like the orthosiids of the cztxma type. A male example is in the British Museum, and I owe acknowledgments to Sir George F. Hampson for comparing it with the Museum material. Hadena (Luperina) birnata nov. sp. Head and thorax dark purplish brown, vertex of head and tip of collar with yellowish hair admixed. Primaries light brown; the upper half to t.p. line, a quadrate patch in s.t. space on costa, and terminal space (save apex), dark brown with a blackish shade or powdering. Basal line obscurely marked as a pale spot on costa. T.a. line vaguely traceable by a paler shade across the dark portion of wing, altogether lost below that. T.p. line obvious throughout its course, but hardly well defined: on the costa it is obviously geminate, and makes a rather abrupt even bend over the cell, well defined by the difference between the dark median and pale s.t. space; below vein 2 the difference between the spaces is slight, and the line is defined by a narrow line of darker brown scales. S.t. line marked chiefly by the contrast between s.t. and terminal spaces, the darker shades extending inward opposite the cell and in the sub-median interspaces. A series of small black terminal lunules. Fringes cut with yellowish. Claviform absent, or barely marked by a few black seales. Orbicular obscure, vaguely black-edged, irregular, of moderate size. Reniform moderate in size, broadly lunate, discolored, lighter than the rest of the wing, not completely outlined nor well defined, inferiorly, and at the branching at the end of the median, marked with black scales. Secondaries even dull yellowish or smoky. Beneath, yellowish gray, powdery; disk of primaries darker; secondaries, costal area and a discal spot darker. Expands 1.12-1.32 in. = 28-33 mm. 114 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Habitat: Newfoundland. Three male examples, one of them almost perfect, a second fair, and a third more or less oily, yet with maculation in good condition. This is a close ally of L. passer Gn., and I thought, at first, a small, local race; but in the long series of passer in my collection, covering from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and the Rocky Mountain region into the mountains of Canada and Manitoba, there are certain features that occur always, in spite of differ- ences in size, and variations in color and markings. In the almost total absence of claviform, in the form, marking and outline of reniform, and in the course of the s.t. line, the new species differs most markedly from passer, as well as in the smaller size. A defective example from St. John, N.B., will probably prove referable here. It might be added that I have an example of true passer from Grand Lake, N.F., as small as birnata, but quite characteristic in other respects. Xylophasia illustra nov. sp. Ground-color sooty black, dull. Head and thorax concolorous. Primaries with all except the s.t. line lost. The latter is marked by white scales, but is broken and fragmentary: so far as it shows, it is irregular, indicating a small W-mark, and partly preceded by velvety black scales forming an irregular, vague preceding shade. A yellowish line at the base of the fringes, emphasized by larger dots at the ends of the veins. The reniform is vaguely indicated by paler scales. Abdomen dusty gray, the dorsal tuftings well marked. Secondaries yellowish gray with a darker line at the base of the paler fringes. Beneath, smoky gray; primaries darker with terminal space paler; secondaries paler, more powdery, with a moderate discal spot. Expands 1.52 in. = 28 mm. Habitat: High River, Alberta. A single good male, taken by Mr. Thomas Baird and sent me by Dr. Fletcher. ‘The species resembles sputatria and plutonia in the dark color; but this color is dull, not glossy, and the secondaries have no trace of yellow or brown. Xylophasia miniota nov. sp. Ground-color dull, smoky fuscous without strong contrasts of any kind. Front of head and collar, inferiorly, more yellowish; front with a black transverse line; collar with a black line dividing the lower pale from the upper darker portion; disk of thorax mottled with black scales. Primaries dull with black powdering, all the maculation present, but not contrasting. A short black streak at base, reaching to the basal line, which is geminate, blackish, included space a little paler. T.a. line geminate, blackish, included space concolorous, outwardly oblique, with a little irregular outcurve. T.p. line geminate, the inner portion black, more or less Iunu- late and irregular, the outer obscure, brown, even, partly lost: as a whole, some- SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDH 115 what irregularly outcurved over cell and decidedly incurved below it. S.t. line narrow whitish, irregular, with a distinct W, preceded by sagittate black marks and shades which tend to become lost, and sometimes outwardly emphasized by black scales. A series of black terminal lunules, beyond which the fringes are cut with. yellow. Claviform short, broad, outlined by blackish scales, concolorous. Orbicular of good size, irregularly oval, oblique, incompletely outlined, not so powdery, and sometimes a little paler. Reniform large, broad kidney-shaped, out- lined in black, outwardly relieved by a pale blotch which has somewhat the ° appearance of a small reniform stuck in the upper outer corner of a very large one. Secondaries pale dirty yellowish, outwardly smoky, with a more or less obvious outer line and discal spot, darker in the female. Beneath, smoky, powdery; sec- ondaries paler; all wings with a more or less well-marked extra-median line and a small dusky discal spot. Expands 1.36-1.62 in. = 34-41 mm. Habitat: Manitoba; Miniota, May 5, 11, 22; Cartwright, May 24. Three males and six females, mostly in fair condition, are under exami- nation, two of them belonging to Mr. Heath, the others received through H. H. Brehme. The species is in some respects intermediate between versuta and runata, and is characterized principally by having no very strong characters. ‘There is quite a variation in the distinctness of the sagittate marks preceding the s.t. line, one example from Cartwright having the entire series fully defined, while in other examples they are almost entirely absent. Hadena ferida nov. sp. Ground-color dull rusty brown with black powderings. Head with a dusky frontal line. Collar with two narrow blackish lines. Thoracic disk and patagia more or less marked with dark brown or black scales. Primaries with all the normal maculation present, but not constrasting, and more or less obscured by black powder- ings. Basal line geminate, black, broken, angulated. T.a. line geminate, black, the inner part less marked, outwardly oblique, somewhat curved, with an obtuse angle just below the middle. T.p. line geminate, inner portion somewhat lunulate, outer more even and less distinct, followed by a series of pale venular points; out- wardly bent over cell, then oblique, nearly parallel to the outer margin, except for an incurve in the sub-median interspace. S.t. line yellowish, broken, almost punc- tiform in some examples, a distinct though broken W on veins 3 and 4. A series of black terminal lunules, between which the fringes are cut with yellow. There is a somewhat obscure, diffuse median shade, which is more obvious on the costa and again below the claviform, where the entire median space is somewhat darkened. Claviform pointed, large, extending across the median space, the lower margin form- ing an obvious black bar, the upper margin less conspicuous and sometimes incom- plete. Orbicular very large, oblique, irregularly ovate, incompletely outlined by black scales, a little paler than ground, with a dusky central dot, spot or line. Reniform large, irregular, the upper and lower margins extending beyond the cell, and not defined, more or less marked with yellowish scales, and tending to central lines. Secondaries smoky, paler at base, with a dark terminal line at the base of 116 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES the yellowish fringes. Beneath, gray to smoky, powdery, with a more or less marked extra-median line and discal spot on all wings. Expands 1.32-1.52 in. = 33-38 mm. Habitat: Newfoundland. Four female examples, in good to fair condition except for legs and antenne. ‘The thoracic crests are well marked, the anterior divided cen- trally; abdominal tufts distinct, those on 3d and 4th segments even con- spicuous. The species has no very close allies in our lists, but is perhaps nearest to miniota, with which, nevertheless, it can hardly be closely com- pared. Hadena susquesa nov. sp. Head a dull rusty luteous. Collar luteous gray inferiorly, leaden or ash-gray at tip. Thorax with gray and black mottlings and lines over a rusty luteous base; the disk of patagia luteous. Primaries rather bright reddish luteous, with rusty brown markings and ash-gray shadings. Median lines obscure. T.a. line traceable chiefly by the difference in shade between the luteous basal space and more gray- shaded median space, also by dusky venular marks which are not connected. T-p. line indicated on costa, lost over the cell, but traceable again below vein 4, and there parallel with outer margin. There is no obvious s.t. line. A series of inter-spatial blackish terminal lunules tend to unite into a shaded line below vein 4. A narrow yellow line at base of fringes, which are narrowly cut with yellow beyond the veins. There is a rusty brown streak at base below the median vein. Claviform large, con- colorous, outlined in rusty brown, extending almost across the median space: beyond it the interspace is yellowish to the outer margin. Orbicular round or nearly so, brown-ringed, then with a yellow annulus, gray-centered. Reniform large, upright, a little constricted, gray-filled, rather obscurely outlined in brown and yellow, a conspicuous yellowish shade beyond it toward apex. The veins tend to become blackish marked; and, beyond the t.p. line, veins 3 and 4 are whitish-bordered to the outer margin, giving them a white-rayed appearance. Secondaries dull smoky brown with a darker discal spot and a blackish line at base of the white-tipped fringes. Beneath, yellow-gray, more or less mottled and powdery, with variably distinct outer line and discal spot. Expands 1.20 in. = 30 mm. Habitat: Claremont, Cal. (Carl Baker); San Diego, Cal. (Frank Merrick). Two male examples, in good condition, neither with date of capture. The example from Mr. Baker has been in my collection a long time awaiting a mate; the example from Mr. Merrick is just received, and, while it is not exactly a mate, it is at least a duplicate that shows the species to be a good one, and not discolored, as I had suspected. ‘The peculiar reddish luteous ground, the gray shading, and the tendency to a strigate type of maculation, give the species a superficial resemblance to Morrisonia, and more especially to mucens; but it is really allied to Hadena fumosa, and has the excision below the apex of the secondaries well marked. _———— = SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDZ pW Orthosia dusca nov. sp. Has the general appearance of euroa, but is smaller, darker, with more diffuse maculation and with shorter, broader primaries. I have a series of ten eastern euroa ranging in locality from New York to Kittery Point, Me., and a series of over forty specimens from various points in Manitoba and British Columbia, and the latter are uniformly different in the points just mentioned. In the females the difference is much more marked, as a rule, than in the males; for in the female euroa the primaries are usually distinctly rectangular or even a little pointed at tip, the median shade is distinct and well defined, and all the maculation is neatly written: in dusca, on the other hand, the primaries are quite as stumpy in the female as in the male, the median shade is diffuse, often indistinct, and usually all the markings are obscure and mottled. Expands 1.-1.12 in. = 25-28 mm. Habitat: Cartwright, Miniota and Winnipeg, Manitoba, August and September; Kaslo, B.C. Cucullia phila nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries bluish gray. Head with two obscure blackish transverse lines. Thorax with disk brownish, the patagia obscurely sub-margined with brown or blackish. Primaries tending to brownish along the costal region, a distinct rusty shade in the cell where the ordinary spots are vaguely indicated. A distinct white, diffuse blotch in the sub-median interspace before the curved black mark representing the t.p. line. T.a. line traceable, single, slender, black, with long outward teeth, that in the sub-median interspace reaching almost to the middle of the wing. T.p. line vaguely indicated, except in the sub-median inter- space, where it forms a black incurve, and over vein 1, where it is bent outwardly and is accompanied by a white band. An obscure black basal streak into the s.m. tooth of t.a. line. An oblique black streak extends from the curve of the t.p. line to the margin just below vein 2. The veins are black-marked, and beyond them the brown fringes are cut with gray. There is a narrow, black, broken terminal line. Secondaries white to the middle, then darkening gradually to a deep smoky brown outer border, the fringes white. Beneath, primaries glossy smoky brown; secondaries as above, but the dusky outer border is narrower. Abdomen grayish white, the dorsal tuftings brown. Expands 1.50-1.60 in. = 37-40 mm. Habitat: Philadelphia, Pa.; Maryland. Two males and two females. The two males and one female are from Mr. Frederick Weigand of Philadelphia, and are bred specimens. The Maryland example is old, and has been left unnamed for years, because I had no record of its source, and I doubted a new eastern species so rare that only one example should occur in collections. It is more sordid in appear- ance than the bred examples, and has a brownish shading throughout the primaries, which obscures the white blotch in the median space. 118 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The species is allied to speyerz, but is smaller and darker throughout, with comparatively broader primaries. The larva, an inflated specimen of which is sent by Mr. Weigand, has the head black, clypeal sutures and an inferior lateral spot yellow; a broad orange dorsal line bordered by a broad black band which cuts into and vertically divides a yellow lateral line; a broad orange sub-lateral line inferiorly edged by a broken black line. Feet yellow, black-ringed at base. Ventral surface yellow, marked with a broken black line toward the sides. The margins of the first thoracic segment are yellow above, and the posterior margin of the dorsal hump on segment 12 is also yellow. The larvee were taken in fall, “feeding on the perennial or New England Aster,” in Fairmount Park. Adults emerged the spring following, date not quoted. Copicucullia mala nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries whitish gray. Head with front mixed with brown- ish; collar with obscure brownish transverse lines. Thorax with brown scales inter- mingled, but no definite maculation. Primaries with transverse maculation lost, and ordinary spots not traceable. T.a. line marked by an oblique costal brown streak. On the inner margin is a black streak, which extends from near base to about the middle of the wing. A narrow black line extends from base, through sub- median interspace, to middle, where it dilates, and forms a streak which is dislocated at half its course, and reaches the outer margin below vein 2. Veins blackish-marked; costal region a little darker; an obscure dusky shade extends inwardly from outer margin below apex toward the middle of inner margin; but it is interrupted before the sub-medial black streak, and practically lost in the ground-color. Secondaries smoky, a little paler at base, the fringes white. Beneath, very pale whitish gray; the primaries a little darker. Expands 1.30 in. = 32 mm. Habitat: Witch Creek, Cal., Aug. 12. A single male, in fair condition. This resembles eulepis Grt., but is smaller. ‘The t.p. line is completely lost, and there is no black marking below vein 4 on the outer margin. ‘There are other, minor differences; but those named above are most obvious. Plagiomimicus dollii nov. sp. Ground-color a luteous yellow overlaid and shaded by pale chocolate-brown, the lines luteous golden brown, and a golden brown tinge also reflected from the primaries. Head and thorax uniform brown; abdomen paler, more yellowish. Primaries with t.a., median and t.p. lines single, sub-parallel, each with a strong outward acute angle. In the t.a. line this angle is near the middle; in the median line it is on vein 5, opposite the lower angle of the cell; in the t.p. line it is above vein 6; and at the point of angulation an oblique dusky shade continues to the apex aga — aoe eee ES EO a: SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDA 119 seeming at first a continuation of the line. The s.t. line is marked by this oblique shade near costa, but below only by the difference between the luteous terminal area (which is the palest portion of the wing) and the slightly darker, very narrow s.t. space. A golden brown, continuous, even, terminal line at the base of the yellow- ish brown fringes. The ordinary spots are large, concolorous. Orbicular round or nearly so, inconspicuously ringed with darker brown. Reniform broad, a little constricted, incompletely defined in brown. Secondaries yellow with a golden luster, smoky toward base within a dusky extra-median line. A faint dusky lunule and a distinct brown line at base of fringes. Beneath, golden yellowish, with a dusky median shade line on both wings. Expands 1.12-1.35 in. = 28-34 mm. Habitat: Palmerly, Cochise County, Arizona, August. Two male and two female examples, all in good condition; from the collection of the Brooklyn Institute. I cannot identify this with any of the described species from Central America, and it is quite different from those of our own species thus far described. The frontal protuberance is umbilicate, the depression roughened. Schinia espea nov. sp. Head and thorax creamy with a reddish tinge; abdomen whitish. Primaries very pale creamy with a greenish tint, the shading olivaceous. Basal area whitish to the t.a. line, which is very oblique inwardly and a little arquate, extending from beyond basal third of costa to within basal third of inner margin. The line is out- wardly shaded with olivaceous, which is darkest and broadest inferiorly, so as to slightly obscure the entire median space, the costal area being lightest, and fading out to the t.p. line. T.p. line from costa just within apex inwardly oblique, evenly bi-sinuate, to the outer third of inner margin. S.t. space very narrow, especially on costal margin, olivaceous, marking, by its contrast with the pale terminal space, an even but not at all defined s.t. line just about parallel to the outer margin. Fringes olivaceous. Secondaries white, sub-transparent, with a moderate blackish outer border. Beneath, white; primaries with smoky clouds over the costal area and s.t. space. Expands .96 in. = 24 mm. Habitat: Miaco, Florida, September. One rather poor female out of a purchased lot, collector unknown. The species is an ally of biwndulata on the characters used by Hampson; but the course of the median lines is utterly unlike that of any other species known to me. Pseudacontia cansa nov. sp. Head and thorax a mottling of white and glossy gray scales, more white on the head than on thorax, and more white in the male than in the female. Abdomen gray, segments narrowly white-ringed. Primaries smooth glossy gray, the median 120 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES lines forming broad, rather even white bands in the female, becoming more diffuse inwardly in the male. S.t. line whitish, very irregular, tending to become lost medi- ally, a little emphasized by brown preceding scales in some specimens; a patch of golden brown scales at the apex. A series of black terminal dots, fringes obscurely cut with pale. Orbicular a small black dot. Reniform a small black crescent at the inner edge of the white band forming the t.p. line. Secondaries smoky gray with a diffuse whitish median band, more distinct in the male, in which a dusky lu- nate discal mark is more or less obvious. Beneath, primaries smoky at base, becom- ing paler outwardly until they are white before a distinct broad, defined blackish s.t. band, beyond which the wing is again pale. There is a small black discal lunule. Secondaries whitish, with a narrow extra-basal dark band, a broader, blackish sub- terminal band, and a black discal lunate mark. Expands .94-.98 in. = 23.5-24.5 mm. Habitat: Hamilton County, Kansas, 3500 feet (Professor F. H. Snow). One male and two females, in fair condition. I have been inclined to regard these as forms of crustarta Morr.; but the receipt of quite a series of the Jatter shows them to be distinct. The vestiture is smoother through- out, and, while the maculation is almost the same, there is none of the bright coloring or sharp contrast of the older species. The armature of the fore tibia is also somewhat different, forming distinct outer and inner claws, instead of a long inner claw with a marked outer angle of the flat corneous tip. Pseudacontia louisa nov. sp. Head and thorax rich yellow-brown mottled with creamy white and black scales; abdomen yellowish. Primaries creamy yellowish white marked and mottled with brown and black. Basal space brown-powdered, so that the pale ground is only just discernible; the basal line geminate, blackish, included space of the ground- color. T.a. line a broad band of the basal creamy tint, the anterior margin formed by the limits of the dusky base, the posterior a black scale line edging the brown median space; the line irregular, with a larger outcurve between veins 1 and 2, and a sharp inward tooth on vein1l. The median space is narrow, brown-powdered, with the round black reniform (which is annulate with yellow) forming a conspicuous feature, the outer margin formed by an edging of black scales, of which the small lunate orbicular forms part and the irregular inner part of the t.p. line forms the remainder. Beyond this the wing is creamy to the brown terminal space, the s.t. space appearing bluish from the dark band of under side, the edges of which are a little marked by brown scales on the upper surface. S.t. line not defined, the termi- nal space narrow, and irregularly brown-powdered. A series of distinct black ter- minal lunules at the base of the long, brown, pale interlined fringes. Secondaries blackish, with a broad yellowish white median band in which is a large blackish discal lunate mark. Beneath, primaries mottled, blackish and yellow; a distinct, extra-median, broad outer band forming the most conspicuous feature. Second- aries pale yellowish, with a large blackish discal mark and a narrow, broken, irregular sub-terminal blackish band. A broken dark terminal line on all wings. Expands 1.10 in. = 27 mm. SMITH, NEW NOCTUID 121 Habitat: Sabine Parish, La. (G. Coverdale). A single male has been in my collection a long time awaiting a mate, and is now described because there seems no present hope of more material from the same region. It was a papered example, and the body is trans- versely flattened out of all shape; but the primaries are perfect and the maculation is clean and well defined. It is larger than crustaria with a similar type of maculation; but in this the pale ground predominates, and the dusky s.t. space and more or less well-defined s.t. line are eliminated altogether. The anterior legs are wanting in the type, and the generic reference is therefore made upon the basis of the general resemblance to erustaria. Annaphila miona nov. sp. Head and thorax bronze-brown with black and metallic-blue scales intermingled, forming no obvious ornamentation. Abdomen deep orange with narrow black dorsum, the edges of the segments narrowly orange. Primaries brown, mottled with black and metallic blue scales, the latter most obvious beyond the reniform and along the upper course of the s.t. line. Basal line traceable by black scales. T.a. line geminate, black, more or less broken, included space a little paler than ground, outwardly oblique and with a distinct outward tooth in the sub-median interspace. Median line black, quite obvious, outwardly oblique and a little outcurved. T.p. line, consisting of a very even brown band, very regularly bent over the cell, and an inner, broken, very irregular blackish line forming the outer border of the median space, and this is inwardly toothed on vein 2. The outer part of the wing is black at apex, shading to brown at anal angle; and through the black portion the s.t. line is very irregularly marked out by brilliant blue scales: below the middle the line becomes more evensand pale. Fringes brown with a black interline, beyond which they are checkered with black. Orbicular not obvious in the specimens. Reniform large, irregularly lunate, pale brown, ringed with white, with a whitish patch above it to costa, and outwardly three lobe-like extensions of the t.p. line filled with blue scales. Secondaries deep orange with a broad, even, black margin and a very faint basal line of blackish scales. No discal spot. Beneath, orange; primaries with a broad outer border, narrowing toward the angle, interrupted by a series of orange spots, and a broad median band from inner margin to center, where it breaks, and sends spurs toward costa and outer margin; secondaries with a broad black outer band in which a series of orange spots is traceable. Expands .80 in. = 20 mm. Habitat: Plumas County, California, June. Two females, in good condition save for lack of antenne. At first sight the orange of secondaries seems unbroken, except for the broad, solid, black outer band, and this forms a characteristic of the species. The faint blackish basal line becomes obvious enough when attention is drawn to it; but there is no black shading at the extreme base of the wing. 122 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Annaphila variegata nov. sp. Head and thorax bronzed brown mottled with blue and white scales, the latter tending to form a white tip to the collar. Abdomen orange, dorsum blackish, the segments narrowly orange-ringed. Primaries with basal area grayish brown to t.a. line; the median space, except reniform, darker, more or less blue-powdered; reni- form, and obliquely below to the inner angle, white or very pale orange-yellowish merging outwardly into a dusky terminal and apical shade in which a black-edged s.t. line is prominent to the middle: the line itself consists of scattered white scales forming a white mark on costa, and beyond it are blue scales. Basal line dark chocolate-brown. ‘T.a. line geminate, black or blackish, forming a sharp outward tooth in the sub-median interspace, and almost or quite meeting an inward tooth of the median shade; black scales connecting the two when they do not actually meet. Median shade line black, very irregular, keeping close to the t.p. line so far as that is defined below the reniform. T-.p. line discontinuous, brown, and partly defined by the s.t. space from costa over cell, broken opposite the lower angle of the reni- form, where a loop-like extension of the dark median space forms the lower angle of that spot, then black, with an inward angle on vein 2. Orbicular very obscure, round, concolorous, traceable by an outline of black scales. Reniform a large white or faintly orange blotch, inwardly and inferiorly defined, upwardly extending to costa, and outwardly merging into the s.t. space. There is a series of black termi- nal spots which tends to become sagittate above the pale area. There is a pale line at the base of the long fringes, which are brown with a black interline, and out- wardly checkered gray and brown. Secondaries orange-yellow, varying in depth; the males paler, with a broad black outer band having an irregular inner margin, a more or less continuous narrow sub-basal band, and a black spot on the inner margin above the anal angle. Beneath, orange; primaries with a broad outwardly oblique black band, a black sub-marginal band which is broad from costa to the middle, where it touches the inner margin and is then very narrow and linear, and a black outer border, which is separated from the black fringes by a very narrow orange line; secondaries with a broken black inner line, a fragmentary median line indicated by two spots near inner and one on costal margin, a very irregular outer band more or less connected with the narrow black outer margin. Expands .88-.95 in. = 22-24 mm. Habitat: Placer County, California, 2500 feet. Five males and five females, in good condition and all very much alike. The males are uniformly a little smaller and less intensely colored, with the inner black band on secondaries more generally broken. ‘There is no black discal spot on secondaries, and the maculation of the primaries is more like the yellow-winged forms than any other of the orange-winged species, except miona. Erastria puncticosta nov. sp. Ground-color very pale ashen with a smoky gray powdering and overlay. Head and collar dark chocolate-brown, but varying toward the ground. Primaries with large brown costal spots at the inception of the basal, t.a. and t.p. lines, and beyond SMITH, NEW NOCTUID 123 the latter a series of alternate brown and pale marks to the apex. The basal line does not extend much below the costal spot. T.a. line single, narrow, broken, irregular, inwardly oblique. T.p. line single, broken, very irregular, outwardly bent over cell, and partly obsolete at that point. S.t. line pale, very irregular, preceded by a dusky shading, which may be emphasized by still darker, more sagit- tate spots. A series of black terminal lunules, beyond which the fringes are cut with pale. There is no obvious orbicular. Reniform a narrow black line or lunule, which may or may not be margined outwardly with whitish. Secondaries uniformly smoky brown. Beneath, smoky, varying in tint; the primaries always darker, with the white costal dots of upper side reproduced; the secondaries more whitish, tending to a dusky outer margin. Expands .60-.66 in. = 15-16.5 mm, Habitat: New Brighton, Pa., July 22—Aug. 11. Nine examples, all males and mostly in good condition. The species at first sight resembles the deltoid species of Megachyta by the prominent brown costal spots. There is little variation in the examples before me, except in the amount of the dusky overlay. In the best examples this extends from just beyond the base to the outer margin, becoming gradually more intense, so that the pale s.t. line stands out clearly in contrast; in the poorest examples the dusky tint remains over the terminal area only, and the s.t. line loses in relative distinctness. 'The abdomen is smoothly scaled, with a small dorsal scale-tuft at base in the better specimens. Beneath, the legs are dusky and the tarsi narrowly pale-ringed. The species seems to be not uncommon at New Brighton, but I have none at present from other sources. Erastria humerata nov. sp. Head and collar chocolate-brown; thorax and ground-color of primaries gray with an overlay of yellowish pale brown scales. Primaries with median space filled by a blackish-brown shading and a sub-quadrate patch of the same color on costa in s.t. space. Basal line brown, extending to median vein, and from it, to base of wing, is a dark chocolate-brown spot, which looks like the extension of the collar. T.a. line dark brown, irregular, a little inwardly oblique, outwardly diffuse, preceded by a whitish line or shade. T.p. line blackish, broken, irregular, abruptly and squarely exserted over the cell. This outward exsertion of the paler ground occurs beyond the linear black reniform, so that at first sight the t.p. line seems to cross the wing with only a slight outward curve. Outwardly the t.p. line is bordered by pale scales. S.t. line pale, very irregular, forming a broad inward angle opposite the cell, and an almost equal outward angle between veins 3 and 4. As a whole, the 8.t. space is a little smoky, darkening to the large brown costal patch. Terminal space usually paler and a little more brown than the rest of the wing. A series of distinct black terminal lunules, beyond which the dusky fringes are cut with yellow- ish. Orbicular wanting. Reniform black, linear, upright. A series of three white dots on costa between t.p. and s.t. lines. Secondaries uniform smoky. Beneath, 124 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES smoky; primaries darker, with the costal dots of upper side intensified and a larger one at inception of t.p. line; secondaries paler, with a large discal spot. Expands .58 -.64 in. = 14.5-16 mm. Habitat: New Brighton, Pa., July 11-31. Eight examples, in good to fair condition, all males; from Mr. H. D. Merrick. As in puncticosta, the antenne have the joints distinctly marked and feebly serrate, with obvious cilize but no distinct tufts. There is also a small scale-tuft at the base of the abdomen, which is rubbed in most speci- mens. ‘There is little or no variation except such as is due to the condition of the specimens, producing more or less contrast between the median and the outwardly adjoining areas. Erastria immuna nov. sp. Deep purplish brown or blackish over a pale base, the maculation black. Where- ever the purplish overlay has been marred, the whitish base becomes more or less evident. Primaries with basal line black, obvious on costa, and emphasized by whitish scales outwardly. ‘T.a. line black, single, velvety, a little outcurved in the interspaces, and on the whole a little inwardly oblique. Median shade black, nearly upright, a little diffuse, and beyond it the wing tends to a little mottling. T.p. line black, single, more or less lunulate, irregularly outcurved over the cell and inwardly bent below it, emphasized by a few pale scales. S.t. line irregular, broken, pale, chiefly marked by a black preceding shade which is sharply defined on the line, but becomes diffuse inwardly. A series of black terminal lunules which may be emphasized by pale scales. A series of four white costal dots before apex. Fringes cut with pale opposite the cell. Orbicular wanting in the specimens. Reniform a creamy white lunule. Secondaries even, smoky gray. Abdomen smoky gray with a conspicuous black basal tuft on dorsum. Beneath, gray, powdery; primaries darker, with a paler terminal space; secondaries more whitish, with a small discal spot and a tendency to an exterior line. Expands .80 in. = 20 mm. Habitat: New Brighton, Pa., July 21, 28. Two males, in fair condition; from Mr. H. D. Merrick. The species is similar to muscosula in size and wing-form, but is much darker throughout, and darker than any of the other species known to me. Of the two examples before me, the one taken July 21 is almost uniformly purplish black with the pale reniform and the small whitish costal dots conspicuous; the speci- men taken on the 28th has the outer half of the wing distinctly pale-flecked, and this seems to be due to the removal of some of the surface scales. The species is therefore apt to be apparently variable, the more so as the black markings are composed of somewhat elevated scales. SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDA 125 Thalpochares fractilinea nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries pale, creamy yellowish, the latter washed and shaded with luteous. Basal line wanting, or marked only by black dots on costa and sub-costa. T.a. line a series of black dots which are sometimes connected by a brownish line, in course a little inwardly oblique. T.p. line black, broken, squarely exserted over the cell, followed by a more or less obvious pale shading. S.t. line pale, very even, outwardly diffuse, preceded by a darker shading in which there may be some black scales. A series of distinct black terminal lunules and a pale line at base of fringes. A somewhat obscure median shade darkens the outer portion of median space. Orbicular wanting. Reniform a small black, somewhat lunate mark. A series of four pale costal spots from t.p. to s.t. line. Secondaries uni- formly smoky. Beneath, primaries dusky, with the costal spots of upper surface obscurely reproduced; secondaries paler, without obvious maculation. Expands .48-.52 in. = 12-13 mm. Habitat: New Brighton, Pa., June 12, July 29, Aug. 3, 9, 12, 14, 26. Five males, one female, and two specimens in which the sex is indeter- minable, owing to their defective condition; from Mr. H. D. Merrick. The species is narrower-winged and has longer palpi than the other American forms referred to this genus, and this may not be the best place forit. The primaries lack the accessory cell in the two specimens examined, and this de- termined the generic reference. - Homopyralis bigallis nov. sp. Of the usual red-brown overlying a dull luteous, which becomes apparent when the specimen is flown? Maculation black. More or less black powdering, which usually darkens the basal space and may obscure the outer half of median space of primaries. Head and thorax marked with black and purplish intermingled scales. Primaries with t.a. line black, geminate, outcurved below median vein, inner part of line not distinct from dusky basal space. T.p. line geminate, inner portion lunu- late, more or less broken, rather squarely exserted over cell; outer portion incom- plete, in part reduced to a series of pale venular dots. A pair of waved black shade lines through the outer portion of median space. S.t. line pale, irregular, variably defined, preceded by a quadrate blackish patch on costal area. A series of black marginal followed by smaller, yellow terminal dots. Orbicular a small, round, solid black spot. Reniform a large, solid black quadrate or oblong spot. Secondaries with the maculation of primaries continued across the disk, but as a whole nearer to the base than on primaries. There is a tendency to a purplish shading through the outer part of the wings. Beneath, smoky luteous; both wings with a curved extra-median line, a crenulated terminal line, a more diffuse sub-basal line, and an obscure discal lunule. Expands 1.15-1.40 in. = 29-35 mm. Habitat: Hot Springs, New Mexico, 7000 ft., September; Yavapai County, Arizona, Aug. 8; Huachuca Mountains, Arizona, July 30; Palmerly, Arizona, without date. 126 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Four males and two females, in fair condition. ‘The markings are more clearly defined and the lines are better separated than in the allied species. Superficially the larger size will at once make it recognizable. Epizeuxis intensalis nov. sp. Head, thorax and primaries deep, rich, lustrous smoky brown; on the head and thorax uniform, on the primaries overlying a pale, glossy luteous which appears through in places, and gives the wing a mottled appearance. T-.a. line upright, with three equal outward teeth or angles only a little darker than the ground, and usually best marked by the preceding pale shade, which is variably complete and always diffuse. T.p. line sharply denticulate, with long outward teeth on all veins, only a little outcurved over cell and incurved below, best marked by the well-defined pale line which follows the obscure darker line. S.t. line very irregular, forming three main outward lobes and three long inward angles, the first outward lobe begin- ning at costa and extending to the inward tooth opposite middle of cell; the second lobe begins at the latter point, and extends to the inward angulations on veins 1 and 2; the third outward lobe is only partial, and extends to the inner margin. The terminal space is always paler than the rest of the wing, often mottled, and some- times contrastingly so. There is no obvious median shade. A distinct black termi- nal line, narrowly interrupted on the veins. Fringes smoky, narrowly cut with yellow. Orbicular a small round dot of the yellow ground-color. Reniform moder- ate in size, somewhat lunate, consisting of a dark crescent set in a larger spot of the pale ground-color. Secondaries whitish, with a yellowish or smoky suffusion, darker outwardly. There is a dusky median line followed by a pale shading, a pale sub-marginal line, and a distinct brown terminal line. Beneath, yellow, very sharply marked with a common black median line, a much fainter and variably evident s.t. line, and obscure discal spots. Expands 1.10-1.40 in. = 28-37 mm. Habitat: Yavapai County, Arizona, July and August (Hutson); South- ern Arizona, June 15-80 (Poling); Southern California (Poling). Six males and one female, in fair or good condition. This species resembles cobeta Barnes at first sight, but differs from all others in the genus by the distinctly annulate reniform, the contrasting terminal space, and the sharply-marked under side. The secondaries also are paler than in any other of the allied forms, so that we have a fairly well-defined species in an aggregation of decidedly variable forms. Epizeuxis partitalis nov. sp. Head and thorax glossy brown with a smoky tinge, abdomen somewhat paler. Primaries glossy brown; basal area a broad diffuse median shade, and all beyond the t.p. line smoky blackish. T.a. line nearly upright, with three moderate out- curves in the interspaces. Tp. line blackish, well-defined, denticulate, followed by a less distinct paler line, moderately outcurved and drawn in only a little in the SMITH, NEW NOCTUIDE 127, submedian interspace. S.t. line pale, irregular, incomplete. A black, somewhat lunate terminal line. Fringes pale brown, obscurely cut with darker brown. Orbi- cular not marked in the specimens before me. Reniform a small, upright dark bar preceded by a paler shading. Secondaries smoky, darker outwardly, alinost whitish at base. There is a blackish median, a whitish sub-terminal, and a blackish terminal line; the fringes pale dull yellowish. Beneath, powdery yellowish basally, smoky or blackish beyond the middle; all wings with a small discal spot; primaries with diffuse median shade, with obvious t.p. and pale s.t. line; secondaries reproducing more clearly the maculation of upper surface. Expands 1.24-1.32 in. = 31-33 mm. Habitat: Yavapai County, Arizona, July 24 (Hutson). One male and one female. Differs from the allied species in the paler median space crossed by an obvious median shade. The secondaries are as dark as in lubricalis; and as a whole it is very markedly distinct from mtensalis, which was collected in the same locality. [Annats N.Y. Acap. Sct., Vol. XVIII, No. 3, Part II, pp. 129-146. 4 April, 1908.] ON DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION THROUGH RECASTING OF ANALYSES.! By Auexis A. JuLien, Pu. D. INTRODUCTION. The recognition of the aggregate character of rock constitution, even in varieties of aphanitic texture, has led the analyst in recent years to rearrange the determined chemical components of a rock in the form and propor- tion of its existing mineral constituents. ‘The now well-known advantages of this practice, in the bearing of its results on the true character and probable origin of a rock, are bringing about a complete revolution in petrographical science. ‘The day of the representation of the material of a rock by a mere report of its chemical analysis has now passed. The early mineralogists were accustomed frequently to transpose analyses of a mineral substance into the proximate mineral constituents known at that time, such as calcareous minerals and ores into various carbonates and oxides. With the silicate minerals however the increasing list of known minerals soon became burdened with an indefinite series of hypothetical compounds, proposed by Rammelsberg, ‘I'schermak, Knop and their suc- cessors. ‘The difficulty and uncertainty attending the use of these, in interpretation of chemical analyses, have perhaps served to discourage the continuance of the ancient method; so that at present the discussion of the chemical composition of a mineral generally ceases with presentation of its analysis, accompanied by oxygen ratios and a formula. A chemical analysis alone, particularly of a complex compound, such as a silicate, rarely conveys — even to the eye of an expert mineralogist— much more than a vague guess or estimate of the distinctive character of the combination. A glance, for example, over an analysis of a chlorite, sepa- rately presented, would hardly enable him to assign it with any certainty to the page-full of selected but widely varying analyses of penninite or to those of clinochlore or to those of prochlorite comprised in every treatise 1 Presented to the Academy at the meeting on 6 January, 1908. 129 130 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES on mineralogy, now seriously offered to us in illustration of the fixed theo- retical composition of each of those minerals. Nor is the certainty increased in very many cases by deduction of the actual ratios existing between the components included in the chemical analysis of a supposedly pure mineral. A chemical formula merely marks a possible relationship and may be but a blind and even misleading guide. The extraction of a formula is not confined to an independent mineral and is not a certificate of homogeneity. Whatever the figures of an analysis obtained from a pinch of soil or clay or from a fragment of brick, it would go hard with any analyst if he could not devise therefrom some skeleton of a formula. Yet these spectral shapes hover over all the early history of mineral analysis, and their existence is often brought forward as the chief, generally as the sufficient evidence to justify promulgation of new mineral names or supposed new reactions in mineral genesis. It is obvious that the initial process in the calculation of a formula, 7. e., division of the percentage of each component by its molecular weight, is one that tends to reduction of the comparative proportion of the minor components, and thus to minimize and conceal the lack of homogeneity in a substance subjected to analysis. An investigation of mineral material therefore which ends with the presentation of the bulk analysis, even with an annexed calculation of oxygen or molecular ratios and formula of the crude aggregate, is surely incomplete. CONSTITUTION OF CRYSTALLIZED MINERALS. The prevailing method of the analytical chemist, just discussed, seems to have been founded upon two exaggerated views concerning the constitu- tion of crystallized minerals: 1. The assumption of their practical homogeneity and purity, an error which has crowded the literature of the science with hordes of discordant analyses and a series of poorly described and uncertain species. The revelations of the microscope, particularly by means of polarized light, have long since established that a mineral, however well crystallized, often even when limpid and free from visible enclosures, may be but an aggregate, with one constituent in predominance in selected specimens, enveloping a number of others. In the same association or vein, particu- larly in vicinity of the matrix or vein-wall, phases of intermixture with increasing amounts of the minor constituents commonly pass into less perfectly crystallized forms of the first predominant unit, and often into earthy or massive aggregates in which one or another of the associates rises JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 131 into greater or prevailing proportion. Familiar examples of these transi- tions are found in the endless variations of intermixture of quartz, even within its crystals, with hyalite, iron-oxides, rutile, chlorite, ete.; the inter- inclosure, intergrowth and inter-twinning of the feldspars in aggregates of the most complex constitution, and the similar mutual envelopments of the metallic sulphides. The possibility of even “ideal purity” of a mineral has been based largely on results of examination of material selected for chemical analysis. The precautions usually taken to insure freedom from impurities are proba- bly shown fairly in those long ago described by Doelter.1. The fragments were first examined by the naked eye and then undera hand lens. A thin section was prepared and inspected. Splinters and cleavage-plates in different directions were then spread on a glass slide and examined by transmitted light under a low magnifying power of the microscope. By these means, it was believed, the visible purity of the material was insured, or, if impurities could still be detected but not removed, they were identified and allowance made for their amount in the reduction of the analytical figures. In the light of present knowledge all these precautions appear insufficient to insure purity. From the subtle revelations of existing intergrowths now obtained through polarized light — the absolute concealment of all foreign inclosures within subtranslucent and opaque specimens — and, in every case, the escape of microscopic inclosures from observation, whatever their abundance, whose minute dimensions fall below the resolving power of the microscopic lens — thé natural conclusion follows that the most effective detection of inclosures must be sought through study of the relationships of the chemical components of the mineral. 2. The usual mode of application of purely hypothetical compounds in rearrangement of components. Without questioning the propriety of their consideration in reconstruction of an analysis, little seems to be gained toward real explanation of lacking relationships, by excessive resort to imagined compounds, like Mg Fe,’”” S10, Fe, Fe,” Si, O,,, and others, in pyroxene, which have never been dis- covered in nature, in isomorphous interlocking with others, like CaMg Si,O,, whose co-existence as actual minerals is proved by optical behavior. In such cases, a conviction of the extent of dissemination of existing minerals as inclosures will lead rather to more persistent search for the latter, and, I think, more satisfactory solution of difficult problems constantly presented in recasting analyses. An analysis then is not the end, but it is only a step toward the discovery of the existing mineral constitution. As the chemical composition of an 1 Min. u. petr. Mitth., I, 49, 67, 373. 1878. 132 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES established mineral species is fixed, the possible object of analysis of a specimen identified by other means may be two-fold: determination of any replacements of components in the chief mineral; and demonstration of the constitution of other minerals which may be intermixed in the aggregate. The latter may be of great importance in elucidation of genetic history and relationships of the chief mineral. Several methods have already been devised and applied toward quanti- tative determination of the elements of such intergrowths or aggregates: such as the graphic methods for measurement of their respective areas in a microscopic field, by means of drawing or photography; that of separation of the elements in a crushed aggregate by suspension in a dense liquid; that of separation of ferruginous minerals from a pulverized aggregate by means of an electromagnet; that of separate chemical analysis of the por- tions of an aggregate soluble and insoluble in an acid; and that of com- parison of the simplified bulk analysis with a series of hypothetical chemical compounds. ‘The first two methods are inapplicable to aggregates whose granulation is microscopic; the next two are limited and imperfect, through dependence upon a single character, and the last is subject to the errors usual to excessive reliance upon hypothesis rather than upon data of obser- vation. A more simple and effective method, in many cases, is that shown in the practice of the early mineralogists. Within every chemical analysis of a mineral substance lies the Key to its constitution. For its completion a re-arrangement or recasting is needed to determine the existing minerals as combinations of stated components. ‘This can be carried out where the data are fairly complete, sometimes with great ease, and the results tend toward solution of long mooted problems and elucidation of the character of admittedly doubtful mineral species. Modern examples of a return to this earlier practice have been offered in late studies of certain varieties of pyrites, feldspars, spodumene and, more recently, jade. Recast Analyses of Minerals. A few simple illustrations, taken from a series of calculations now at hand, will suffice to show the ease of the long-neglected method and the value of its results. In connection with each analysis, as published, my estimate of the approximate mineral constitution is appended. In con- formity to the description of the mineral, the alumina has been assumed, in these particular examples, as the basis for calculation of the amount either of a chlorite or of an aluminum hydrosilicate, using the theoretical composition which may correspond to the accepted formula of each mineral. JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 133 The following is presented as a good example, on the one hand, of the deceptive appearance which may be assumed by a chemical analysis, and, on the other, of the corrective evidence supplied by optical examination of the same specimen. ‘‘Marmolitic antigorite.”’ From New Idria, California. Pale apple-green. Analysis by G. F. Becker, who states: ‘‘In pure serpentine 40.42 per cent. of magnesia cor- responds to 41.52 per cent. of silica. It appears therefore that this mineral is in fact a serpentine comparatively free from impurities. When reduced to the proper thinness it was found that the material was far from homo- geneous. A portion as seen under the microscope appeared absolutely colorless by transmitted light, while the remainder was of yellowish and brownish tints, in spots almost opaque, although by reflected light this posi- tion retained the pale apple-green color of the hand specimen. ...clouded by the presence of extremely microcrystalline particles”’ (Mon. U. 8. Geol. Surv., XIII, 1888, 110). Ferrous | Nickel Hypothetical Silica | Alumina] oxide oxide | Magnesia | Water Totals constituents SSS ESS SSS SS SS 41.54% | 2.48% 1.37% 0.04% 40.42% | 14.18% | 100.03% Antigorite 31.49 31.20 9.31 71.70 Deweylite 5.86 5.20 3.51 14.57 Prochlorite 3.04 | 2.48 1.37 4.02 1.35 12.59 Connarite 0.03 0.04 0.01 0.08 Hyalite 1.09 | 1.09 ‘* Antigorite.”’ From Antigorio, Piedmont. Analysis by Kenngott. is : Ferrous ( Hypothetical Silica Alumina oxide Magnesia Water Totals constituents SS SS 41.20% 2.90% 6.53% 36.71% 12.52% 99.86 Antigorite 31.73 31.74 9.46 72.93 Deweylite 2.48 2.20 1.49 6.17 Prochlorite 3.95 2.90 6.53 2.17 1.57 17.72 Hyalite 3.04 3.04 134 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES This is but one of a long series of determined mixtures of crystalline antigorite with the minerals above stated and with others in the widest variation. ‘They appear to me to afford no ground for the hypothesis of definite isomorphous mixtures of two minerals, antigorite and amesite, from one extreme of a regular series to the other, as claimed by Tschermak, but to indicate the irregular mixtures of several minerals in commonly associated development. ‘‘ Deweylite.” An unusual variety of the mineral from the United States, whose high content of silica has never been explained. G.= 2,096. Analysis by Thomson. fe, P Ferrous . Hypothetical Silica Alumina oxide Magnesia Water Totals constituents Se | SS SS a 50.70% 3.55% 1.70% 23.65% 20.60% 100.20 Deweylite 28 .55 1.70 23 .65 lyfsilal 71.01 Halloysite 4.18 3.55 1.88 9.61 Hyalite 17.97 1.61 | 19.58 ‘‘ Bowenite.”’ From Cumberland, Rhode Island. The reported formula: 2(MgO. CaO),. SiO, + 3H,O (Dana). Analysis by Bowen. : ; Ferric A : eeeathetied Silica |Alumina| oxide Lime Magnesia | Water Totals constituents 44.69% | 0.56% 1.75% 4.25% 34.63% 13.42% 99.30 Diopside (residual) 9.18 4.25 3.05 16.48 Antigorite 20.51 20 .52 6.12 47.15 Deweylite 10.84 9.63 6.51 26.98 Limonite 1.60 0.26 1.86 Chalcedony 2.78 2.78 2 Penninite 1.388 | 0.56 | 0.15 1.43 0.53 4.05 JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 135 ‘¢ Thermophyllite.”’ From Hopansuo, Finland. Average of three analyses by Arppe, Hermann and Northcote, with the formulas: (RO. 3R,0,) 2SiO, + 2HO and (MgO. HO) + MgO. SiO,. Alu- } Ferric | Ferrous Po- eeypettetical Silica | mina | oxide | oxide |Magnesia| tassa | Soda | Water | Totals constituents 41.93%| 4.04% | 0.66%] 1.40% | 37.29% |1.06%|1.54% | 11.62% | 99.54% Phlogopite 11.79| 4.04 | 0.66 SeSa 06) | 15451) 2.772) | S066 (residual) Antigorite 29 .82 1.40 | 28.44 8.90 | 68.56 Hyalite 0.32 0.32 ‘‘ Celadonite.”’ An apple-green mineral, insoluble in acids, from Scotland. Average of four analyses by Heddle. It is stated: “Comp. — A silicate of iron, magnesium and potassium, formula doubtful” (Dana). Ferric | Ferrous Po- Pypothetical Silica |Alumina | oxide | oxide Lime |Magnesia} tassa | Water} Totals constituents 54.84%| 3.52% |12.64%| 4.90% |0.89%]| 6.65% |7.00%|9.62%| 100.06 Biotite 26.91} 3.52 | 12.12} 4.90 | 0.89] 6.65 | 7.00| 2.77 | 64.76 Limonite 0.52 0.09} 0.62 Hyalite 27 .93 6.76 | 34.69 ‘“‘ Houghite.”’ From Rossie, New York. Analysis by S. W. Johnson. “A hydrotal- cite derived from the alteration of spinel” (Dana). This was originally considered to consist essentially of variable mixtures of 3H,O. Al,O, and MgO. H,O (Kenngott). 136 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Carbonic |Water (by Silica |Alumina] Magnesia |Insoluble acid difference)| Totals Hypothetical constituents ——_— a 3.02% | 19.74% | 36.29% 8.277% 8.46% 24.22% | 100.00% Spinel (residual) 8.27 8.27 Spinel (dissolved) 10.84 4.22 15.06 Hydrotalcite 8.90 | 20.77 23 .32 52.99 Magnesite ee 8.46 16.15 Antigorite 3.02 3.02 0.90 6.94 Periclase 0.59 0.59 CONSTITUTION OF MICRO-AGGREGATES. Those substances in particular which are apparently amorphous seem to have led to the greatest misapprehension and error, which may now be removed by similar treatment of their analyses. In the absence of outward crystalline form they present two alternatives: they may be considered as possibly either truly colloidal and optically isotropic, like obsidian; or as microcrystalline but mostly homogeneous aggregates. In either case the so-called “impurities” must be present. In the micro-aggregates, even though one mineral may predominate, it is always safe to presume that admixture with other minerals does occur in varying but notable proportions. In this respect it matters nothing whether an aggregate be macroscopic, with constituents visible to the naked eye, or microscopic or even ultra- microscopic; the limitations of our vision or optical instruments have no bearing in any way on the settlement of homogeneity and of the question of intermixture. It is true that in descriptions of minerals many micro-agegregates have been cautiously assigned to subsidiary lists or groups, under such headings as “Chloritic minerals more or less imperfectly defined,” “ Magnesian silicates allied to serpentine but of somewhat doubtful character,’ and “Appendix to hydrous silicates.” Yet the same pages are crowded with the names of impure aggregates, figuring as minerals, mainly because amor- phous and somewhat uniform in color and other characters, particularly if this conclusion has been buttressed by construction of chemical ratios or formulas from the analyses. Micro-aggregates are likely to comprise a larger number and proportion of chemical components and of their combinations than those found in crystals. ‘The proposed solution of their constitution does not consist merely of a calculation of the possible mineral combinations of a certain number a JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 137 of chemical components; that process might be almost endless. It is restricted to a careful discrimination of the probable proximate compounds, z. e., simpler existing minerals, consistent with the physical and optical characteristics possessed by the micro-aggregate. Furthermore, when the associations of this aggregate and the probable conditions attending its formation are known, the identification of the constituent minerals may be facilitated by restriction to the class of minerals developed in certain vein or gangue formations or in a particular metamorphic zone: for example, the constituents of the “diabantite” mixture to the series of minerals de- veloped in the belt of weathering and there only. In a study of the hydrous silicates, almost completed, to which this paper is a partial introduction, I have prepared a tabulated list to indicate the possible mineral combinations which may logically be sought for in micro-aggregates of this particular class. ‘Taking for present examples in illustration of these views the micro-aggregates of magnesian hydrosilicates of the belt of weathering or decay — one of the groups of amorphous mix- tures of the most difficult resolution — the following are some of the chief indices for detection of the combinations in which the more common com- ponents may occur. Silica in three forms: a) colloidal and soluble, in combination with a large proportion of water, e. g., disilicic monohydrate, H,Si,O;, containing 13.05 per cent. of water, or trisilicic dihydrate, H,Si,O,, containing 16.67 per cent. of water; 6) hyalite or opal, containing 2 to 13 per cent. of water and insoluble, and (c) this, passing through various intermixtures, as semi- opal, chalcedony, ete., into anhydrous and insoluble crystalline quartz. Alumina: a) where silica is scanty, as one of the two aluminum hydrates (bauxite, gibbsite); b) with silica abundant, as a residual remnant of an aluminous mineral (pyroxene, mica, feldspar, etc.) or as one of eight alu- minum hydrosilicates (allophane, halloysite, talcosite, etc., but perhaps not kaolinite); ¢) in presence of alkaline and earthy bases, as a newly formed chlorite or zeolite (a restricted list, prochlorite, stilbite, natrolite, etc.). Ferrie oxide: a) with silica scanty, as anhydrous oxide (hematite, but never magnetite), or as one of the four ferric hydrates (limonite, limnite, turgite, géthite); 5) with silica abundant, as one of the three ferric hydro- silicates (hisingerite, chloropal, anthosiderite), or as an aluminum-ferric hydrosilicate (?). Ferrous oxide: a) commonly in replacement of magnesia, sometimes as siderite or other carbonate; 5) with silica abundant, as one of the two ferrous hydrosilicates (ekmanite, chloropheite of Forchhammer); or (ec) as the aluminum-ferrous hydrosilicate (aphrosiderite). Manganese oxide: a) as manganous oxide (manganosite), sesquioxide 138 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES (manganite) or dioxide (pyrolusite); 5) as hydrate (pyrochroite) and car- bonate (in wad, rhodochrosite, etc.); ¢) with silica abundant, as manganese hydrosilicate (bementite). Lime: a) as a residual remnant of one of the calcareous silicates (augite, diopside, tremolite, anorthite, etc.); b) as carbonate (calcite) or calcium- magnesium carbonate (dolomite, ankerite); c) with silica abundant, as one of the newly formed calcium hydrosilicates (gyrolite, okenite, xonotlite), or as aluminum-calcium hydrosilicate, (sloanite ?). Magnesia: a) with silica scanty, as oxide (periclase), hydrate (brucite), ferro-magnesium hydrate (pyroaurite), aluminum-magnesium hydrate (hydrotalcite), magnesium carbonate (magnesite, breunerite, mesitite) or hydrocarbonate (hydromagnesite, hydrogiobertite, etc.); 0) with silica abundant, as one of two of the magnesium hydrosilicates (deweylite, sepiolite) or as aluminum-magnesium hydrosilicate (pyrosclerite). Alkalies: with alumina and ferrous oxide (as a chlorite); with lime, as a hydrosilicate (certain zeolites). It should here be noted that in a study of micro-aggregates of a different origin, e. g., from development within a lower zone of metamorphism, a quite different series of constituent minerals would need to be considered. The preparation of any such series, in the present incomplete knowledge of the conditions of origin of mineral species, would require careful investiga- tion of associations, relationships and all other evidence at hand. One conclusion from such study will be remarked in the series above given: that many minerals, the occurrence of which in distinct and crystallized specimens has been set down by the mineralogist as uncommon or even very rare (e. g., brucite, periclase, deweylite, gyrolite, anthosiderite, etc.), may yet be shown to occur abundantly, in dissemination through rock formations and mineral aggregates in obscure or entirely invisible forms. In calculation of mineral constitution from the analyses of such micro- aggregates, the chemical formulas of the constituent minerals, so far as they have been determined with certainty, may be accepted and used as absolute, and as far preferable in most cases to any actual analysis of a mineral, on account of the universal intermixture of impurities in the latter, even in the best crystallized and apparently purest specimen. The facts show, in my opinion,that all mineral substances have a definite composition and character, that none are intermediate or transitional, that even from decay or other mode of dissociation of a complex mineral com- pound only independent minerals of simpler but exact composition are derived. If this be true, we shall have little need of resort here to hypo- thetical chemical compounds but may perhaps rely entirely on determined formulas for all calculations of mineral constitution. JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 139 It has been already intimated that one result of loose and vague mis- apprehension of the essential and non-essential chemical components of a crystallized mineral, or of the predominant mineral in a micro-aggregate, appears to have been that the limitations in the laws of replacement in the composition of a mineral have not always been clearly recognized; inclo- sures have been mistaken for replacements. For example, in the two basic magnesium hydrosilicates, deweylite and antigorite, magnesia may be replaced by ferrous oxide, by manganous oxide, and probably by lime, but never by metallic oxides. Recast Analyses of Micro-aggregates. A few examples of micro-aggregates, taken from my notes on minerals of the magnesian hydrosilicate group, are presented below. They have been selected to illustrate a variety of mineral constituents, identified in these mixtures by this simple method, in contrast with the chemical formulas on which the present acceptance of these mixtures as possible or certainly independent minerals has been largely founded. Fibrous ‘‘diabantachronnyn.”’ From Grifenwart, Voigtland. Analysis by Liebe, with the formula — RO. SiO, + Mg(OH),. mak , Ferrous t Hypothetical Silica Alumina oxide Magnesia Water Totals constituents ESTAS PANO tu) 31.56 % 12.08 % 21.61% 22.44% 11.78% 99.47 Prochlorite 16.43 12.08 16.86 9.38 6.56 61.31 Chrysotile 15.13 4.75 10.39 4.51 34.78 Nemalite 2.38 0.71 3.29 Periclase 0.29 0.29 Tn this calculation the alumina content is taken as the basis for estimating the chlorite (or very likely a mixture of chlorites); the remainder of silica for that of chrysotile, distinguished by Liebe under the microscope; the remainder of the water for that of the fibrous magnesium hydrate, which, as has been pointed out in a previous paper,’ has not been hitherto dis- criminated from chrysotile in optical mineralogy. 1Annals N, Y. Acad. Sci., XVI, 410-411. 1906. 140 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The following is an example of a mere mixture of apparent complexity of composition, but of comparative ease in determination of mineral con- stitution. JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 141 Lo + 68° 8 0a 9c oO 08" ceo e3'P G80 | OF T OF FI | LVE 09°29 | o°2 TZ'OOT |%Ea'st| %SE0 s[eqoy I9JOM ploe duoqieg 92°0 %9'0 | %80'0 poe o1mnydjng 800 eplupAque ooydsoyg F< '0 Wts'O Bpos 820 eBSsvjog 63°0 8T0 ors 666 61° oe SI cl 8I YFL OT! %8T'0 |% 628s UOl4VIe A a a0) 810 cro €8'P OTT | 0 FLG cs OT NG O€ 8ST %8Z'0 |969'9T!| %86'0 | %18'0 |%08'81| %Es'F pee eleceeese 3 ® | ke | o Z B ae = 5B ®5 5 g = 4. a a ® @ RuIuIN[y ple otueqEL BOIS owes ayy oyyedy uunsd Ax aqyOTBO JOYIO-941}BUId FT O}TUOSUIOY}-O.10T aqyt[Aomoq aIOTYIOIT hoc) cub else cen) jeoryoy od AF ‘be 2 + KO “1g %(*q) “yy epnuts0y poonpop oy} YM ‘TYeyng Aq siskyvuy ‘pyeA\ JosduMYT, Woy , OUSSOTOp,, WOOId YSTpOV[_ 142 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES “Diabantite.” From Farmington Hills, Connecticut. Mean of two analyses by G. W. Hawes; “A unisilicate of the pyrosclerite group, with the formula, (2k, + 4 Al) Si, + 3 H.” Dana states that the figures “correspond to the formula R,, (R.)2 Sig Og + 9 aq., which is near to that of pyrosclerite,”’ and also: “Comp.— H,, (Fe, Mg),. Al, Si, O,; or 12 (Fe, Mg)O.2A1,0,. 9 Si O,. 9 H,O.” In my calculation of the mineral constitution I have applied to pyroxene, perhaps unwisely, the actual analysis of that mineral by Hawes from an outcrop of diabase in the same region. It is apparent that “ diabantite”’ is not identical with “diabantachronnyn,” nor is it at all likely that any two specimens of either mixture are ever identical. a e ® He} uN os = 6 8 o S } £ 5 3 ac 8 i te leet roar OS SHAN Bee. te Ba) bone 1 ea ts} ce! = in Pa = & = mes at OU Ue DOG TEA NN SA I lisse ah hea a pS 33.46%|10.96%| 2.56% |24.72%| 0.39% | 0.92% |16.52%| 0.29% | 9.96% | 99.78 Pyroxene 3.49 | 0.24 0.72 | 0.389; 0.92! 0.65| 0.29} 0.08} 6.78 (residual) Enstatite 6.27 4.18 10.45 (residual) Prochlorite | 14.63 | 10.72 14.96 8.32 5.82 | 54.45 Ekmanite 5.69 9.04 1.60 | 16.33 Deweylite 3.38 3.01 2.03 | 8.42 Limonite 2.56 0.43 | 2.99 Periclase 0.36 0.36 “Jollyte.” From Bodenmais, Bavaria. Analysis by von Kobell. Formula: (4 R? + 3 Aly Si + 4H; it “resembles a hisingerite in which the iron is replaced by alumina” (Dana). JULIEN, DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION 143 4 r Ferrous p Hypothetical Silica Alumina oxide Magnesia Water Totals constituents Ses) | — 35.55% 27.77% 16.67% 6.66 % 13.18% 99.83 Chloritoid 14.09 23.77 16 .67 4.17 58.70 Deweylite 7.50 6.66 4.49 18.65 Allophane 2.34 4.00 3.51 9.85 Colloid silica 11.62 1.01 | 12.63 ‘‘Saponite.”’ From Kinneli, wARD PHELPS, Jr. Astor, JOHN JACOB *AMEND, BERNARD G. AVERY, SAMUEL P., Jr. ANDERSON, A. A. Bailey, James M. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1907 377 Banos, Francis S. Barhydt, Mrs. P. H. Barnes, Miss Cora F. BARRON, GEORGE D. *BASKERVILLE, Prof. C. M. Baueu, Miss M. L. Baxter, M.., Jr. BEAL, Wriiuiam R. BEAN, Henry WILLARD BrEaArD, DanIEL C. *Beck, Fanning C. T. BECKHARD, MARTIN *BEEBE, C. WILLIAM Beers, M. H. BEER, A. BERKEY, C. P. Berry, Epwarp W. Betts, SAMUEL R. *BIcKMORE, A. S., Ph.D. Biren, JULIUS *BiGELow, Prof. M. A. BicELow, WILLIAM S. Bryur, Mosrs Billings, Elizabeth Bruuincs, FREDERICK BIRDSALL, Mrs. W. R. BrirKHABN, R. C. BisHop, H. R. BisHop, S. H. *BiakE, J. A., M.D. Biank, M. I. *Bliss, Prof. Charles B. *Boas, Prof. FRaANz BorttcEer, Henry W. Boyp, JAMES *BrRIsTou, Prof. C. L. BrisTou, JNo. I. D. 2b LON, PROF...N..L, *BROWN, HON. ADDISON Brown, Epwin H. *BROWNELL, SILAs B. Bruce, MatTitDA *Bumpus, Prof. H. C. Burr, WINTHROP *Burr, WILLIAM H. Busou, WENDELL T. *Byrnes, Miss EstHer F. *CALKINS, Prof. Gary N. *CAMPBELL, WILLIAM, Ph.D. CANFIELD, R. A. CasE, CHARLES L. “CASH Y. COME: *CASWELL, JOHN H. *Cattell, Prof. J. McK. CHAMBERLAIN, Rev. L. T. CHAMPOLLION, ANDREW *CHANDLER, Prof. C. F. CHAPIN, CHESTER W. Cuapin, H. D. *CHAPMAN, FRANK M. *CHEESMAN, T. M., M.D. CLARKSON, BANYER CLINE, Miss May Coun, J. M. *COLLINGWOOD, FRANCIS Coturns, Miss Anna E. Collord, George W. Conpit, WiLu1aM L. Constant, S. Victor Cooper, G. R. Cornine, C. R. Cow es, Davip S. *Cox, CHARLES F. *CRAMPTON, Prof. Henry E. Crane, Zenas CRAWFORD, JOSEPH Cross, GEorGE D. Cuiern, Guy W. *DAVENPORT, Prof. C. B. Davigs, J. CLARENCE Daviss, WILLIAM G. Davis, CHARLES H. 378 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES *Day, WILLIAM S. *DEAN, Prof. BASHFORD Dr Coppet, E. J. De Forest, Ropert W. DEGENER, R. Delafield, Maturin L., Jr. DELANO, WARREN, Jr. De Mirna, Louis J. Demorest, WILLIAM C. De Puy, Henry F. DEVEREUX, WALTER B. DeEvork, FREDERICK W. DEWIrT, WILLIAM G. Dickerson, Epwarp N. DIEFENTHALER, C. E. Dimock, GEORGE E. Drx, Rev. Moreay, 8. T. D. Dopge, Rev. D. Stuart, D.D. *Dopce, Prof. RicHarp E. Dodge, Miss Grace Donerty, Henry L. DonaLp, JAMEs M. *DoreEmus, Prof. CHas. A. Douglas, James Dovaetass, ALFRED Draper, Mrs. M. A. P. Drummonp, Isaac W., M.D. -Dupiry, PVH Php: *DunHAM, E. K., M.D. Dunn, GANO Dunscombe, George E. Dv Pont, H. A. DuRAND, JoHN S. *DUTCHER, WILLIAM Dwicart, J., Jr., M.D. Dwyer, THoMaS EICKEMEYER, CARL *Elliott, Prof. A. H. EMANUEL, JOHN H., Jr. Emmet, C. TEMPLE Eno, J. C. Eno, WILLIAM PHELPS EnricuH, Mrs. J. 8. EscoBar, FRANCISCO EstTaBrook, A. F. Evans, SAMUEL M., M.D. *EYERMAN, JOHN FAIRCHILD, CHARLES S. Fatuon, G. W. R. Fargo, JAMEs C. FARMER, ALEXANDER S. *FARRAND, Prof. LivinGsTon Frercuson, Mrs. FARQUHAR Fercuson, H. B., M.D. FIELD, C. DEPEYSTER FreLp, WILLIAM B. OsGoop *FINLEY, JOHN H. *FISHBERG, Maurice, M.D. *FLEXNER, Simon, M.D. For) Ca. Foor, JAMEs D. Forp, JAMES B. Forpyce, J. A. ForsTEeR, WILLIAM Foxwortuy, Dr. F. W. FREUND, EmMIL FRISSELL, A. S. GapbE, WILLIAM F. GALLATIN, FREDERICK Gipson, R. W. *GiES, Prof. WILLIAM J. GoRDON, CLARENCE E. GOULD, EDWIN GOULD, GEORGE J. GOULD, MISS HELEN M. *GRABAU, Prof. A. W. *GRATACAP, Louis P. GREEFE, Ernest F. *GREGORY, W. K. Griaes, G. Griscom, C. A. GUGGENHEIM, W. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1907 von Hacen, Hueco. HaauE, JAMEs D. Haus, WILLIAM HAMMOND, JAMEs B. Harriman, E. H. Haupt, Louis, M.D. HAVEMEYER, WILLIAM F. Heinze, ARTHUR P. HELLER, Max *HERING, Prof. D. W. ~HERRMAN, MRS. ESTHER *HERTER, C. A., M.D. Hess, SELMAR HEWLetTT, WALTER J. Hiaernson, J. J. *HILL, Rosert T. HINcHMAN, Mrs. C. S. HirscH, CHARLES S. *Hitcucock, Miss F. R. M. HopEenpyt, ANTON G. Hor, RoBErtT HorrMan, Mrs. E. A. *HoLuick, ARTHUR, Ph.D. Host, L. J. R. Holt, Henry Hopkins, George B. Hoppin, W. W. *HORNADAY, WILLIAM T. *Hovey, E. 0., Ph.D. *Howe, Prof. Henry M. *Howe, M. A., Ph.D. Hubbard, Thomas H. Hupparp, WALTER C. HucuHEs, CHARLES E. Hutsuizer, J. E. Hunt, JosepH H., M.D. Huntington, Archer M. Husracr, FRANK Huy er, Joun S. Hyde, B. Talbot B Hype, E. Francis Hyde, Frederic E., M.D. Hyper, Henry St. J. Iles, George *IRVING, Prof. Joun DB Irvinc, WALTER von Isakovics, ALOIS * JACOBI, ABRAM, M.D. *JacoBy, Prof. HaRoLn JAMES, D. WILLIS Jarvie, James N. JENNINGS, R. E. Jesup, Morris K. JONES, Dwiaut A. *JULIEN A. A., Ph.D. Kann, O. H. *Kemp, Prof. James F. KENNEDY, J. S. Kenyon, W. H. Keppler, Rudolph Kessler, George A. Kiar, A. JULIEN *Knapp, Herman, M.D. KoHLMAN, C. eKONZ, GHz, MeA.; Ph.D: DE LAGERBERG, J. *Lamb, Osborn R. LAMBERT, ADRIAN S. Lanepon, Woopsury G. LANGELOTH, J. *LANGMANN, Gustav, M.D. LAWRENCE, A. E. LAWRENCE, JOHN B. Lawton, James M. Leao, F. Garcra P., M.D. *LEpoOuUX, A. R., Ph.D. *LEE, Prof. FREDERICK S. LEFFERTS, MARSHALL C Lets, J. W. *LEVISON, W. G. Levy, EMANUEL LICHTENSTEIN, PAuL 379 380 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES *LINVILLE, H. R., Ph.D. Loeb, James *LoEB, Prof. Morris, Ph.D. LounsBERRY, R. P. Low, Hon. Seth, LL.D. *Lucas, Frep. A. *LuQUER, Prof. Lea Mcl. *Lusk, Prof. GRAHAM LuTTGEN, WALTHER Lyon, RALPH McCook, Col. J. J. McDonatp, JoHN E. McKim, Rev. Hastettr *McMillin, Emerson *MacDovucGat., Prof. R. Mack, Jacos W. Macy, Miss M. S. Macy, V. Everitt MaceEr, Ropert F. Mann, W. D. MarsieE, MANTON Marcou, Joun B. Martine, ALFRED Marshall, Louis Marston, E. S. Martin, Bradley *MarTIN, Prof. D. S. *MarTIN, T. C. Martin, W. M. *Matthew, W. D., Ph.D. MaxwELL, Francis T. MEAD, WALTER H. Mercs, Titus B. MELLEN, C. S. *MeE ttTzer, S. J., M.D. Merriam, H. F. *Merrity, F. J. H., Ph.D. Merz, Herman A. *Mryer, Apotr, M.D. Meyer, T. C. MirBurn, J. C. Minter, Grorce N., M.D. *MINER, Roy Waxpo MitcHe.i, ARTHUR M. MitcHet.t, Epwarp Morewoop, GrorcE B. Morgan, J. PIeERPONT *MorGAN, THos. H. Morris, Lewis R. Mortimer, W. G., M.D. Myers, JosepH G. Nimick, Mrs. A. K. Nunn, R. J. Oakes, Francis J. O’Brien, J. M. Opric, ADOLPH Ocus, A. S. OETTINGER, P. J., M.D. *Qgilvie, Miss Ida H., Ph.D. Olcott, E. E. OtcoTt, Mrs. E. E. OLmMsTED, Mrs. C. T. *Qsborn, Prof. Henry F. Osporn, WILLIAM C. Owen, Miss Juliette A. OweEns, W. W. Pappock, EuGENne H. Paine, A. G, Jr. Painter, H. McM., M.D. Parish, Henry *PARKER, Prof. H. C. ParRSELL, Henry V. A. Parsons, Mrs. Epwin *PARSONS, JOHN E. Patton, John PEALE, REMBRANDT PEARSALL, F. W. PEDERSEN, F. M. *PELLEW, Prof. C. E. PENNINGTON, WILLIAM Perkins, William H. PERRY, CHARLES J. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1907 *PETERSON, F., M.D. *PETRUNKEWITSCH, A. PETTIGREW, Davin L. +PRISTER, J. C. Puipps, HENRY PHOENIX, LLoyD PICKHARDT, CARL Prerce, HENRY CLaAy *PINCHOT, GIFFORD _*PiTKin, Lucius, Ph.D. PLANTEN, J.-R. Poacensure, H. F. *Poor, Prof. CHARLES L. Poor, Henry W. Porter, EUGENE H. Post, ABRAM S. =Post, C. A: *PosT, GEORGE B. eERINCE, Prot. J. D. ProcTER, WILLIAM Proctor, GEorGE H. *PRUDDEN, Prof. T. M., M.D. *PoPIN, Prof. M. I. Pyne, M. Taylor QUACKENBOS, Prof. J. D. QUINTARD, EDWARD REILxy, F. James RIcHARDSON, FREDERICK A. *RICKETTS, Prof. P. DE P. RIEDERER, Lupwice RIKER, SAMUEL Ritey, R. Hupson Rogs, Hon. J. HAMPDEN RopBEerT, SAMUEL Roperts, C. H. Rocers, ALLEN Morritu Rocers, E. L. Rocers, H. H. Rowe, S. H. Rowland, Thomas Fitch *Russy, Prof. H. H. Russ, EpwarD SAMI Ce he: Schermerhorn, F. A. ScuiFF, J. Schott, Charles M., Jr. Scott, G. S. SEABURY, GEORGE J. SENFF, CHARLES H. SHaw, Mrs. J. C. SHEPARD, C. SIDNEY *SHERWOOD, GEORGE H. SHILAND, ANDREW, Jr. SHULTz, CHARLES S. *SICKLES, Ivin, M.D. SreBERG, W. H. J. SLOAN, BENSON B. SMILLIE, CHARLES F. SmiTH, Exxiott C. *SMITH, Ernest E., M.D. *SmMITH, Prof. JoHn B. SmitH, W. WHEELER SNOOK, SAMUEL B. Snow, E. G. *STARR, Prof. M. ALLEN Stetson, F. L. STEVENS, C. A. *STEVENS, GEORGE T., M.D *Stevenson, Prof. John J. STOKES, JAMES STONE, Mason A. *STRATFORD, Prof. WILLIAM Straus, Istpor *STRONG, Prof. CHas. A. Sturais, ELIZABETH *STUYVESANT, RUTHERFORD Taceart, Rusu *Tatlock, John, Jr. TAYLOR, GEORGE TayLor, WILLIAM H. Terry, James, Taw, BENJAMIN 3si 382 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THompson, Mrs. F. F. THompson, LEwis S. *THompSON, Prof. W. G. THompson, WALTER *THORNDIKE, Prof. E. L. THORNE, SAMUEL +orrry, J. C., Ph.D: *ToweER, R. W., Ph. D. * TOWNSEND, CHARLES H. Tows, C. D: *TROTTER, ALFRED W. * TROWBRIDGE, Prof. C. C. TUCKERMAN, ALFRED, Ph.D. Uimann, E. S. Van BEUREN, FRED. T. Van Slyck, George W. Van Wyck, Robert A. VoRATKA, EpwarD J. VREDENBURGH, Wm. H. Wainwnicat, J. W., M.D. *WALLER, Prof. ELwyn Watiin, Ivan E. Warsore, F. N. Warsura, Pau M., Warp, ARTEMAS WarD, JOHN GILBERT *WASHINGTON, H. S., Ph.D. WATERBURY, J. I. Weir, John WELLINGTON, A. H. WHEELER, H. L. *WHEELER, Prof. W. M. *WHITE, HORACE White, LEonarD D. *WHITFIELD, Prof. R. P. WIckE, WILLIAM Wieern, F. H., M.D. WiuraMs, R. H. WILis, CHARLES T. *WILSON, Prof. E. B. Witson, Henry R. Witson, J. H. Witson, Miss M. B. *WISSLER, CLARK, Ph.D. Wotrr, A. R. Woop, Mrs. Cyntuia A. *WooDBRIDGE, Prof. F. J. I. *WOoOoDHULL, Prof. JoHn F. *WooDWARD, Prof. R. S. *WoopwortH, Prof. R. S. Yparra, A. M. F., M.D. YEAMAN, GEORGE, H. YOUNGLOVE, JoHN, M.D. ZABRISKIE, GEORGE ASSOCIATE MEMBERS Brown, T. C. GorRDON, CLARENCE Dustin, L. J. Harper, Roitanp M., Ph.D. HuntTER, GEORGE W. JAMES, F. WILTON JONES, A. L. Ke tuicott, W. E. Monracue, W. P. Nortuup, DwicHt OsBurRN, R. C. Reap, TF. STEVENSON, A. E. VAN SICLEN, MatTHEW RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1907 NON-RESIDENT MEMBERS BucHNER, Epwarp F. Kenpic, Amos B. BuRNETT, DouGiass *LiLoyp, Prof. F. E. Davis, Wiiuiam H. *Mayer, Dr. A. G. ENGLISH, GEORGE L. ~PRATT) Dr) ds El Finuay, Prof. G. I. *RrEs, Prof. H. FRANKLAND, FREDERICK W. Reuter, L. H. HoFrMan, S. V. *SuUMNER, Dr. F. B. *VAN INGEN, Prof. G. 383 HOA , Ut | ue | es 6) be ara) 4 } f ; i RRMA?) cs SSMU ig ile rd, (iy ryt Wd £ iv tral, 3 Ral. ii iy} i wy aad Bi | i a d J + | . i > > PUBLICATIONS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Lyceum or Natura History, 1818-1876] The publications of the Academy consist of two series, viz.: q (1) The Annals (octavo series), established in 1823, contain the scien- _ tific contributions and reports of researches, together with the records of meetings and similar matter. A volume of the Annals will in general coincide with the calendar year and will be distributed in parts. The price of the current issues is one dollar per part or three dollars per volume. Author’s reprints are issued as soon as the separate papers are printed, the dates appearing above the title of each paper. (2) The Memoirs (quarto series), established in 1895, are issued at irregular intervals. It is intended that each volume shall be devoted to monographs relating to some particular department of Science. Volume i + Tis devoted to Astronomical Memoirs, Volume IJ, to Zodlogical Memoirs, etc. The price is one dollar per part, as issued. All publications will be sent free to Fellows and Active Members. The Annals will be sent to Honorary and Corresponding Members desiring them. Publication of the Transactions of the Academy was discontinued with the issue of Volume XVI, 1898, and merged in the Annals. Subscriptions and inquiries concerning current and back numbers of any of the publications of the Academy should be addressed to THe LIBRARIAN, New York Academy of Sciences, ‘care of American Museum of Natural History, New York City. Hovey, Edmund Otis. The Biccataitiey of the Birth of Carel ms ; Linneus. ; \ h \ 4 2 ‘ . Smith, John B. New Species and Genera of the tin tivo Noctuidz for 1907 Meith EEDZ \ dameh acehettios of Analyses .. : Hovey, E.0. The Chester, New York, Mastodon . Tower, Ralph W. Production of Sound in the Drumfishes, Sea-Robin and the Toad-fish : ‘ i : House, Homer Doliver. ‘The North American Sued of Genus Ipomeea . hale Wheeler, W.M. Records af Niveau 1906 HEINE Hovey, Edmund Otis. Records of Meetings, 1907. VOL. XVIII PART III ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES EDITOR Edmund Otis Hovey NEW YORK PUBLISHED BY THE ACADEMY 1909 THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Founded, 1817. OrFicers, 1909. President — CHARLES F. Cox, Grand Central Station. V ice-Presidents — J. J. STEVENSON, F. M. CHAPMAN, D. W. Herinec, Maurice FISHBERG. Recording Secretary — EpmMunpD Otis Hovey, American Museum. Corresponding Secretary — HERMON C. Bumpus, American Museum. Treasurer — EMERSON McMi urn, 40 Wall St. Librarian — Rawtpex W. Tower, American Museum. Editor —Epmunp Ot1s Hovey, American Museum. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Chairman — J. J. StEvENsoN, New York University. Secretary — C. P. BerKEy, Columbia University. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. Chairman — Frank M. CHapmMan, American Museum. Secretary — Louis Hussaxor, American Museum. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Chairman — D. W. Herinea, New York University. Secretary — W1LL1AM CAMPBELL, Columbia University. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. Chairman — Mavric& FIsHBERG, 1337 Madison Ave. Secretary — R. S. WoopwortxH, Columbia University. Sessions of 1909. The Academy meets on Monday evenings at 8:15 o’clock from October to May, inclusive, at the American Museum of Natural History, 77th Street and Central Park, West. [Annas N.Y. Acap. Sct., Vo, XVIII, No. 9, Part III, pp. 385-424. 29 August, 1908.] AN INVESTIGATION OF THE FIGURE OF THE SUN AND OF POSSIBLE VARIATIONS IN ITS SIZE AND SHAPE. By CHARLES LANE Poor. CONTENTS. Part I. Historica. HitmduchoryNOtG | \s'ien kaso les. vos. te: ee bee ines. ee bee ha ust ah oat OG Weridiang OOSCRVALIONS ala) TGneed eae Cade, ae, occ yhiea etre PA Ln ley te OO. Wonelincemaay sie Vets | Tera) Gist aaah a lg eel OG TERA aN CT ANNE POA ay bolt tay a ee ene Ee Mean BLA rai tc}? SO CCHIMILEREIAIE Ute Mena TE NRG Occult ones ww nme Mie Cake ee Ga Soma S Gd enlifgkerv 205): SGN yaa MN Ge RY Ltn, sh TOD Discussion of Meridian Observations: BBs) WR PREN AN 0 er ia) ALS SENN. (a a Soe Aviwers' 2) 5. UVES Ea chet. Wk My RE ee eee yale Lhe Le 1a mts SCS Newcomb and Holden 1) Gah | OM Meee ee Re ee IN mn Ces Vert Dien ery cd * Caisse, PAUIWOTSE MMPI Dihpel tf Rohe ON ce eekly ah Thad pail rer aoa Wen | eee meaty OUR Heliometer Measures . . . BNA 23d oer Measures made in Ghunection! with Geet of Venus. Sed te ccAleeee BOO Observations of schurand Ambronn sy. 2) 0s) eee ae ooO Part II. PHoroGrapHic MEASURES. PIECE EA ATES ets ou et ald. UR iis Meeanaly otec | healer nie ens Northfield Plates . . Shari eAa a OU Nee Pies aad erlang Yerkes Plates, The hate heliometer Bt esky PaO FOUN beans BRM A ale | os 8 0N0/ Part III. Discuss1on oF OBSERVATIONS AND Beene The Figure ofthe Sun . . Foe ah ee eae A New Tabulation of the Genuan Heliemeces Measures Le CoB St Re) ae ALTON Ol, ELCSULGS| drat Pig tune Gah abs Meath sci RUNG ic bee 6 cele ae MnnRSRe Conclusions . . Peres Men oamr nt nemiinn waa | p sin C n=P-E. If, now, we write a=cos pt b=sin pt the equation of condition becomes finally ax+by+z=n. The yearly values of the quantity P.-E. are taken from. the results of Auwers and Ambronn as given in the previous tables. The values of the coéfficients a and b can be readily computed for each year from the corre- sponding value of ». The resulting equations of condition are given in the following table: Table XIII. Date. | OBSERVER. | ae db. n. US Octover. 24s (5. «ay ) Auewers —0.7 —0.7 —0”.06 me accn sts) se is te Aaweérs —0.5 —0.8 +0”.10 USgopdamuary.. 8 ee 2) hy. Sail Aurwers —0:1 —1.0 +0".21 1880, June Epon ateie we \iet eed oc aihy CAUVers +0.1 +1.0 +0”.10 PsetnOctober = .\ho- . = . |.) Auwers —0.5 +0.8 = Oval Tye de ioe ee ed eo Aer —0.8 +0.6 +0”.05 SSS MUUMeI MEO UC eve eb ay | Aniwers —1.0 0 —O0".15 HSSo January | 5... « . »| Auwers —0.6 —0.8 O17 TOO vere ee ey te aos )) Ambroan +0.7 +0.7 +0” .12 HOS aya) ef) 2. <|)) Amibronn +0.2 +1.0 +0”.08 1so2;Jamary. 2. = . . « «| Ambronn —0.3 +0.9 0”.00 MSOs Ubyar ep tts ) Gh a ea), 2) Ambronn —0.8 +0.6 —0’ 06 TSOA SUN le Oa! ys fo: ser) Ammbronnm —1.0 +0.1 +0”.02 POONER oo fol sits, vin: eat) Ambronn —0:9 —0.4 +0”.04 PSobwemiyeere ee ke) et Se Am bronn: —0.5 —0.9 —0”.03 ESOT NOUR RE A (es kk fe a +o |) Abronn 0 —1.0 —0”.01 ESUey > 2 jk. |.) ee 1 gAmbronn +0.5 —0.8 +0”.09 NGO mote sh ce). jo be ys. eAmmbronn +0.9 —0.4 +0".01 OO Ny ete! sy. os ayerd jon ef vat) Ss | Ambronn +1.0 +0.1 +0”.02 OO MEEVEE eo). AS) ae oe Ve cea .e. |) eA brenn +0.8 +0.7 +0”.06 MOO UY ee cs 3) 6 oy ee || Abronn +0.3 +1.0 —0”.06 Three least square solutions were made, the first including the Auwers series 1873-85; the second, the Ambronn series, 1890-1902, and the third, 418 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES the entire series of heliometer measures from 1873 to 1902. ‘The results of these three solutions are shown below: SERIES. i: y. Z. TIS EAC A PaO eT AIOE GON REDO ROS AMAR cE lS. te 1a +07.015 +0”.156 110 112 oa a a NHS RAD MING UROR CDN eC ua ba) +0”.001 +0”.019 15s = 1PM DONA NSP Sein 8 HDI DY No sd 2 fe +0” .006 +0”.029 The probable error for x in the whole series is + 0”.021. Thus the value of x as found from the equations is slightly more than twice its probable error. Moreover, in each series the three quantities come out with the same sign and approximately of the same relative values. Reducing the results to monomials, we have finally for the three determinations P.-E.=+0".256 cos (ut-4°)+0”.156 series of 1873-85. = +0”.032 cos (ut-2°)+07.019 series of 1890-02. =+0”.049 cos (ut-6°)+0”.029 series of 1873-02. These results were obtained by assuming a harmonic variation having a period of 11.13 years. They show that the phases of such a variation co- incide to within one-fifth of a year with the phases of the sun-spot fluctua- tions; that, at times corresponding to minimum of sun-spottedness, the polar diameter is relatively larger; that, at times of maximun sun-spotted- ness, the equatorial diameter is relatively larger. The amplitude of the variation is extremely small, but its reality would seem to be established. The present investigation at least renders the existence of such periodic fluctuations in the shape of the sun more probable than their non-existence. SEARCH FoR SHORT-TERM PeERIopIC Variations. — If the equator of the sun were of permanent elliptic shape, then we should have a periodic variation in the observed differences between the polar and equatorial diameters, and the period of this variation would be equal to the sun’s synodic rotation. While it is extremely improbable that any such perma- nent deformation exists, yet semi-permanent deformations may readily occur. The sun-spots are local phenomena; and when large spots exist on one portion of the surface, the equator may be deformed in such regions, and such deformation may persist during many rotations of the sun. Unfortunately for investigating the question of the existence or non- existence of fluctuations in the measured shape of the sun, corresponding to possible deformations of the equator, the sun’s synodic rotation is not a well defined constant. Different portions of the surface rotate in different periods. According to the latest spectroscopic researches, the equatorial regions rotate in 24.46 days, and regions in latitude 80°, in 30.56 days. POOR, THE FIGURE OF THE SUN 419 The corresponding synodic periods are 26.92 and 33.35 days respectively. Sun-spot observations give 27.25 days for the synodic period. This un- certainty in the period prevents us from using the method of equations of condition, similar to that used in investigating the fluctuations corresponding in period to the sun-spot cycle. But Newcomb* has lately developed a method, which he calls the ‘method of time-correlation,’ by which the fluctuations in any measured quantity can be investigated and the existence of or tendency towards periodic variations detected. ‘This method may be briefly outlined as follows. Suppose we have a series of values of a measured quantity for equi- distant intervals of time, t,, 26, ob, ete: and let CRSA EL (1 UY WPA Sa ioe ee ey be the departures of these values from the general mean. Now multiply each one of these residuals in turn by the first residual, a), so that we have the products EET NC ers nti ec ek en a Re Ne JEL: ere If these residuals be purely periodic, having for a period some multiple of t greater than 2, then these products will fall into a rhythmical series. The first product and the product corresponding to the end of the period will both be positive; the intermediate products, positive or negative. If we form a similar series of products by multiplying the second and each suc- ceeding one by the second residual, then these products will again fall into a similar rhythmical series. Continuing the process we should have the following: Andy 2 BA (EIAW NDNA OS YS he 2124 a2, PO ROE DELON AM NVR DRA GSR OS PC HON INGE Te aOR: GROG og ST Le | | | | Sums [a a,] [a,a,] [aa] [aa4] If, now, the period in which the residuals repeat be 4t, then the first and fifth products will in every series be positive, and therefore the sums of these products, [a,a,] and [a,a,J, will be positive. The intermediate 1 A Search for Fluctuations in the Sun’s Thermal Radiation through their Influence on Terrestrial Temperature (American Phil. Society, N. S., Vol. XXI, Part V). 420 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES sums will be positive or negative and the whole series of sums will form a rhythmical curve. Even if the purely accidental errors of the observations be so large as to mask completely the periodic character of the residuals, yet the effects of these errors will be largely eliminated in forming the products and taking the sums, and the final sums wil! form a rhythmical curve. Instead of using these sums directly, Newcomb finds the ratio of each sum to the first, [a, ay], and calls these successive ratios X,, X,, Xs, etc., so that we [a,a i] ~ [aaa] al where 1 = 1, 2, 3, etc. Now if the observations be periodic, or if there be a tendency toward a rhythmical deviation whose period is approximately a multiple of t, then such period or tendency will be shown by an increasing value of x at the time corresponding most nearly to the completion of the period. If there be no tendency toward any period between 2t and nt, then the series of x’s should converge toward zero. This method was used in an investigation of the observations of the difference between the polar and equatorial diameters of the sun as made by Schur and Ambronn during the years 1892-1902. As has been noted, the general mean of all of Schur’s observations made during the period was + 0”.018, while that of Ambronn was only + 07.002. In the case of Schur, therefore, the residuals found by subtracting this mean (+ 0”.02) from each observation were used instead of the observations themselves. In the case of Ambronn, the mean being so nearly zero, the observations were used directly. The whole series of observations was then divided into consecutive periods of seven days, and the mean residual for each period found. In all there were 654 such seven-day periods, out of which number seventy-one periods only contained observations by both observers. In eighteen periods, Schur had two or more observations, and in six periods Ambronn had two observations. The series is disconnected; there are many periods in which no observa- tions were made, and these periods are scattered irregularly throughout the series. The longest period in which consecutive observations were made was begun in May, 1899, when observations were made in eleven successive seven-day periods. In the entire series there are found only nine cases in which observations were made on six or more consecutive seven-day periods and which therefore could be used in the present investigation. In addition to these nine, two other sets were utilized, in one of which POOR, THE FIGURE OF THE SUN 421 observations were made on thirty-nine weeks with but three or four breaks of single weeks; in the other set, observations were made on nineteen weeks with but three breaks. To illustrate the method by which the periodicity was investigated, the tabulation for the longest series of consecutive observations is given in full. The first column gives the date of beginning of each of the seven-day periods into which the observations were divided. The second column gives the mean residual for the period as taken from Appendix IV of Ambronn’s work. In the first period there were two observations by Schur and one by Ambronn; and the mean of the three, after subtracting + 0”.02 from each of Schur’s, is —0”’.11. The remaining columns in the table give the successive products formed by multiplying a, into the successive resid- uals. ‘The products of the first ay (— 0.11) by itself and the following five residuals are found in the first horizontal line. Table XIV. DATE. | 20 | ao0a0 | aoa | Apa | aoag | aga4 | aoa5 1899, May, 29 | —0.11 | +0.0121 | +0.0209 | —0.0011 | +0.0066 | +. 0.0088 | —0.0341 1899, June, 5|—0.19} +0.0361 | —0.0019 | +0.0114) +0.0152 | —0.0589| 0.0000 1899, June, 12| +0.01 | +0.0001 | —0.0006 | —0.0008 | +0.0031} 0.0000] +0.0003 1899, June, 19 | —0.06 | +0.0036 | +0.0048 | —0.0186} 0.0000 | —0.0018 | +0.0012 1899, June, 26 | —0.08 | +0.0064 | —0.0248| 0.0000 | —0.0024 | +0.0016 | —0.0328 1899, July, 3] +0.31} +0.0961| 0.0000} +0.0093 | —0.0062 | +0.1271 | +0.0465 1899, July, 10; 0.00; 0.0000; 0.0000) 0.0000} 0.0000; 0.0000 1899, July, 17| +0.03 | +0.0009 | —0.0006 | +0.0123 |} +0.0045 1899, July, 24 | —0.02| +0.0004 | —0.0082 | —0.0030 1899, July, 31} +0.41) +0.1681 | +0.0615 1899, Aug. 7) +0.15| +0.0225 Sums +0.3463 +0.0511 +0.0095 +0.0208 +0.0768 —0.0189 X; +0.1476 +0.0274 +0.0601 +0.2218 —0.0546 1 Each column of the table is summed up and the bottom line gives the ceefficients of correlation x,, found by dividing the footings of the last five columns by the sum of the ay a,'s. The values of x thus found are distinctly periodic. There is a marked increase in the third and fourth values, and this indicates a tendency towards a period of approximately twenty-eight days. ‘The series, however, is too short for any definite conclusion, and considered by itself this series would have but little weight in testing the actuality of this apparent periodicity. 422 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The ten other series of observations were each tabulated and investigated for periodicity in the same manner. It does not seem necessary, however, to give the individual residuals and products in detail. But the following table gives the footing for each column of products in the different series, and shows the date of beginning and the number of seven-day periods in each. Table XV. DATE. | ¥o. Apap | aoa | apde | aoa3 | aga4 | aoas 1891, Feb. 16 7 | +0.3262} +0.0812| +.0.0602| + 0.0887 | —0.0040 | —0.0174 1892, March 7 6 | +0.1255| +0.0347 | +0.0132| +0.0097 | —0.0343 | —0.0248 1895, April 29 6 | +0.0563 | +0.0114 | —0.0181 | —0.0079 | —0.0026 | —0.0105 1896, April 27 6 | +0.7938 | +0.0390 | +0.1749| +0.2698 | —0.0908 | +0.0040 1897, April 19} 10 | +0.3557 | —0.0352 | —0.0393 | —0.0547 | +0.0293 | —0.1033 1897, April 19] 37* | +1.5752 | —0.2549 | —0.2903 | —0.0217 | +0.2213 | —0.1859 1899, Jan. 23 9 | +0.3446| +0.1257 | +0.1269 | —0.0255 | —0.0275 | —0.0801 1899, May 29} 11 | +0.3463] +0.0511] +0.0095| +0.0208 | +0.0768 | —0.0189 1900, Feb. 5] 19* | +0.2688] +0.0063 | —0.1188 | +0.0543 | +0.1251 | —0.0138 1900, April 16 8 | +0.0335} +0.0133 | +0.0062} +0.0067 | +0.0035 | +0.0078 1901, April 15 8 | +0.1022 | —0.0026 | +0.0038 | —0.0444 | —0.0019 | —0.0062 Sums +4.3281 +0.0700 —0.0718 +0.2958 +0.2949 —0.4491 X; +0.0162 —0.0166 +0.0683 +0.0681 —0.1038 1 The series of x’s are again distinctly periodic, and indicate a tendency towards a twenty-eight-day period. ‘This tendency is not only shown by the final series of x’s, but it is also shown by nearly every one of the indi- vidual sets of footings as given in the above table. In six cases the increase is marked in the a, a,’th column; in two cases, in the a, a,;d column; and in one case, in the a,a;th column. Two series only show no tendency towards periodicity, and of these one is a short series of six weeks only, beginning March 7, 1892. The other series, which shows no periodicity, is the rela- tively long one beginning Jan. 23, 1899, and extending over nine weeks. On the whole, however, the tendency towards a recurrence at the end of approximately twenty-eight days is quite marked. Continuing the products for the two long series up to ay as, we have for the series of products: * Broken series. we POOR, THE FIGURE OF THE SUN 423 Table XVI. meee Go. | Fee 5 | SuMs. | =; Apo AU SAG Ra +1.5752 +0.2688 +1.8440 Apa; LAA ea a aN ROB oe TDB— Kiet 2) +0.0063 —0.2486 —0.1348 Apa, PRN RNYICSWAN ty Wy ipeN —0.2903 —0.1188 —0.4091 —().2219 Ayas URONIC veba he NA een WINN emceQ PDLg) +0.0543 + 0.0326 +0.0174 Aya, OES a aa +0.2213 +0.1251 +0.3464 +0.1878 Anas OTE EARN NER NORA RROAM Mieaec OB ate te —0.0138 —0.1997 —0.1083 Ande UNHEATED ater ta 8B —0.5121 —0.0470 —0.5591 —0.3032 AA, WSR UCL aH CTS rains Ct +0.0105 +0.0732 +0.0837 +0.0454 BE ON a omeaaa! oN) eo ona Is aeoleos7 /\N)\/4-0Ra0n _'The x’s pass through two complete cycles in fifty-six days, thus again show- ing the tendency of the observations to group themselves in periods of twenty- eight days. The present investigation would appear to show, therefore, that, at the time of these observations, the measured differences between the equatorial and polar diameters of the sun had a decided tendency to fluctuate in a period of approximately twenty-eight days. ‘This would indicate that the sun’s equator was deformed; whether this deformation was permanent or transitory, the observations afford no means of deciding. Part IV. Conc usions. The general results of the present investigation may be summed up in the following: — 1. The exact shape of the sun is not known. The generally accepted idea that the sun is a sphere is at least open to question. Practically every series of measures heretofore made show departures from a spherical form; but these departures are extremely minute, the difference between the different radii of the sun being probably not more than 0”.25. 2. A study of all the available heliometer measures shows a fluctuation in the shape of the sun corresponding in period with the sun-spot cycle. The amplitude of this fluctuation is small, being probably not over 07.10. This variation is shown by the great mass of heliometer measures made by the German observers in connection with the transits of Venus in 1874 and 1882, and by the superb series of observations made by Schur and Ambronn at Gottingen in 1890-1902. SS 424 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 3. In addition to this long-period variation, the observations of Schur and Ambronn would seem to indicate a fluctuation in the measured value of P—E. having a period of about twenty-eight days. The observations are so scattered that they do not permit of a thorough determination of the reality of this fluctuation and of the exact length of its period. If real, this fluctuation can be accounted for by a permanent or semi-permanent deformation of the sun’s equator. 4. Questions as to the exact shape of the sun, and as to possible varia- tions in its size and shape, can only be set at rest by a long series of homo- geneous observations. ‘The data at present available are not sufficient for this purpose. Observations should be made on eyery clear day, and the series should be extended over at least one solar cycle. 5. A photographic heliometer would probably furnish the best results. With such an instrument, the moments of good “seeing” can be utilized and a number of plates taken within a short time. These plates can later be measured and reduced by the ordinary staff of a computing bureau. CoutuMBIA UNIVERSITY, March, 1908. [Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., Vol. XVIII, No. 10, Part III, pp. 425-429. 16 December, 1908.] OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF LONG ISLAND, N. Y. By W. O. Crossy. (Read before the Academy 5 October, 1908.) The crystalline rocks (chiefly granitic and gneissic) outcropping in Astoria and Long Island City are the foundation or true bed-rock of Long Island geology. ‘Their origin need not be considered here; for the geological history of Long Island begins with the development on this crystalline bed- rock of the Cretaceous peneplain, with its heavy load of sediments. ‘The Cretaceous was a period of slow subsidence, the land sinking beneath the sea slowly enough to permit its almost perfect planation by marine erosion. In other words, this peneplain has a dual origin, — subaérial and marine; true peneplanation obtaining above sea level, and still more approximate planation below sea level. This seaward plain, in further contrast with the landward peneplain, was covered by the Cretaceous sediments by which it is still, in large part, protected. It is clearly indicated, where recently un- covered, in the straight crest line of the Palisades. The progressive subsidence was favorable to the progressive landward overlap of the Cretaceous sediments, by virtue of which only the later divi- sions are exposed to observation, the true lower Cretaceous being confined to the continental shelf, beyond the existing shore line. The conditions were undoubtedly favorable, also, to the extensive subaérial decay of the crystal- line rocks, thus furnishing in abundance the variegated clays and musco- vitic or fluffy sands so characteristic of the Raritan formation. Marine planation was clearly favorable, too, to the elimination from the mechanical detritus of all decomposable materials, leaving a residuum of clean quartz sand and gravel, thus accounting for the Lloyd Sand and other highly quartzose members of the formation. ‘The increasing remoteness and degradation of the land finally made possible the deposition of the clay 1 Published by permission of the Chief Engineer of the Board of Water Supply, City of New York. 425 426 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES marls and greensand marls of the upper Cretaceous; and it is probable, as others have suggested, that the deposition was continuous without important break through Eocene time. The original inland extension of this mantle of conformable sediments is clearly indicated by the southeastward deflec- tion of the Connecticut River at Middletown and of the Housatonic River in approximately the same latitude. Entering at these points upon the newly-formed coastal plain, the rivers, released from the control of the bed-rock structure, naturally took the most direct course seaward; and subsequently, through the erosion of the Cretaceous mantle, found them- selves superimposed upon the bed-rock in the obliquely transgressive and unsympathetic relation which we now observe. The Hudson, on the contrary, has felt throughout its history the efficient control of the conti- nental re-entrant into which it debouches. The continental elevation which finally terminated the Cretaceous- Eocene deposition was probably at least equal to the present relief of the Cretaceous peneplain; and it may have been much more than this. It made possible the rapid erosion of the uplifted sediments and, probably, the trenching of the underlying peneplain. From this time, apparently, dates the wide and deep transverse valley which divides the Cretaceous beds in the western part of Long Island and which Veatch has called the valley of Sound River. In this valley was deposited, probably by stream action, the so-called Jameco Gravel, containing a high percentage of granitic detritus, which Veatch has regarded as the product of early Pleistocene glaciation. The granite pebbles, although now in an advanced state of decay, are well rounded or water-worn, showing that they must have been firm and undecomposed at the time of their deposition. ‘The composition of this gravel suggests that the post-Eocene elevation may have been suffi- cient to induce glaciation. But, whether of glacial or non-glacial origin, this dark gravel, which blends upward with clays of probable Tertiary age, should be referred to the Tertiary series and not to the Pleistocene. During the deposition of the Jameco Gravel, the land subsided to a position of comparative stability at the Tertiary base-level and the develop- ment of the Tertiary or Piedmont peneplain, under the joint agency of subaérial and marine erosion, began. The fluvial portions of the Tertiary base level, developed, for the most part, on comparatively weak rocks, have gained general recognition as the broad valley floors of the Hudson, Con- necticut and other rivers. But in New England, at least, the marine con- tribution to this base-level, developed chiefly on relatively resistant crystalline rocks, has usually failed of differentiation from the older and far more continuous and complete Cretaceous peneplain. Profiles normal to the coast show, nevertheless, a more or less distinct terrace, and show, further, CROSBY, GEOLOGY OF LONG ISLAND 427 that this far exceeds in extent and continuity the portions of the Tertiary base-level developed by fluvial erosion. In eastern Massachusetts, where, apparently, the exposure to the Atlantic surges was, as now, unrestricted, the Tertiary base-level has a broad and singularly perfect development; but on the coasts of Rhode Island and Connecticut, protected in Tertiary times, as now, by a cordon of islands and reefs, it is rather less distinct and continuous, though by no means wanting. The planation of the uplifted and tilted Cretaceous sediments by the Tertiary sea progressed rapidly, developing the well-known unconformity at the base of the Miocene and furnishing, doubtless, the major part of the heavy bed of clay overlying the Jameco Gravel, which I have elsewhere correlated with the Chesapeake division of the Miocene and which Veatch has correlated with the Sankaty Head deposits of probable early Pleistocene age. ‘This clay is predominantly dark and carbonaceous and abundantly characterized by lignite and segregations of iron sulphide,— characters which seem to forbid its correlation with the Pleistocene, and especially with the fossiliferous quartz sands of Sankaty Head. Certainly the fact that it passes downward into gravel containing decomposed granitic pebbles does not demand such correlation. When, finally, the Tertiary sea had transgressed over the Cretaceous series and reached the crystalline bed-rock, marine erosion was able, by virtue of the excessively slow subsidence, to accomplish its perfect work, reducing the surface to a plane and the detritus to a residuum of indestruc- tible quartz, which we now know as the “Yellow Gravel’’ and correlate chiefly, at least, with the Pliocene (Lafayette). The composition of the Yellow Gravel is vastly significant, especially in its genetic relation to the pleneplain; and comparison with the Jameco Gravel should prove fatal to the suggestion of an ultimate glacial origin. Its volume is also impressive and, in view of the limited extent of the Tertiary peneplain, suggests deriva- tion, in part, from the similar gravels of the Cretaceous series. As a result of the progressive subsidence during the deposition of the several ‘Tertiary terranes, we find that in their areal relations the Jameco Gravel is very re- stricted; the Chesapeake Clay is less restricted, and the Yellow Gravel is virtually unrestricted. Contrary to the views of several of the later workers in this field, I hold that the Pleistocene glacial history of Long Island is relatively simple. ‘The known facts appear to be satisfactorily accounted for by a single ice invasion; and correlation with the complex Pleistocene stages of the Mississippi Valley is certainly not demanded. That the Pleistocene glacial period was, for this region, preceded and ushered in by a long-continued continental uplift is generally conceded, and 428 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES we have positive proof in the submerged canyon of the Hudson of an eleva- tion of approximately three thousand feet, or, according to Spencer, of nine thousand feet or more. From this elevation date the trenching of the Ter- tiary peneplain and its connecting base-leveled valleys and the main features of the modern coastwise topography, including the cuesta of Long Island and the inner lowland of Long Island Sound. It appears most probable, as first suggested by Upham, that the Pleisto- cene ice-sheet originated in this latitude by accumulation, with the sub- sequent development by movement and ablation of a bold, aggressive, moraine-building front. ‘The now drowned inner lowland of Long Island Sound is undoubtedly still floored by Cretaceous clays and sands. Across this floor, except at the narrow east and west ends, as shown by Merrill, the ground moraine was not dragged; and the erratics from the Connecti- cut shore must have been transported englacially, as also suggested by Merrill. The building of the moraines is due to the deformation by the thrust, and in part also by the vertical pressure, or dead weight, of the ice of the plastic Cretaceous clays and sands and the overburden of ‘Tertiary gravel, and the incorporation in the latter, by the joint agency of the defor- mation and glacial streams, of the erratic detritus set free by the ablation of the ice. The transverse valleys and deep bays of the north shore of Long Island are probably in part pre-glacial,— original features of the cuesta and inner lowland. But in part, also, they must be attributed to the erosive action of the advancing ice, and to the occupation of pre-determined de- pressions by lobes of stagnant ice during the glacial retreat, while the bor- dering areas were being overspread by washed or modified drift, chiefly sand and gravel. In this connection it is interesting to note the close agreement in trend of these valleys with the glacial movement. During the advance, as well as during the retreat, of the ice-sheet, con- ditions favored the formation of glacial lakes; and the outflowing glacial streams were, doubtless, building both delta and outwash plains of sand and grayel (earlier Manhasset gravels), derived chiefly from the deformed beds of Pliocene Yellow Gravel and Cretaceous sand. ‘These plains were, in turn, deformed by the continued advance of the ice and buried beneath the moraines. Thus deposits essentially contemporaneous with the moraines have come to be regarded as belonging to a distinctly earlier stage of the Pleistocene; and, apparently, sufficient account has not been taken of the disturbing and complicating agency of the ice acting in conjunction with the glacial waters,— fluvial and lacustral. The recession of the ice margin, first from the outer, and later from the inner, moraine inaugurated anew general glacial-lake conditions along the CROSBY, GEOLOGY OF LONG ISLAND 429 north shore. ‘The transverse valleys and bays were occupied by lobes of ice after the uncovering of the intervening peninsulas,— chiefly irregular ridges of Cretaceous and Tertiary sediments and the earlier Manhasset gravels. Bordering the ice-lobes and overspreading the ridges was deposited a second series of deltas and outwash plains (later Manhasset gravels). Both the earlier and the later Manhasset gravels merge outward with the moraines and the outwash plains, and, through these, are chronologically as well as stratigraphically continuous, the chief structural contrast being the general absence in the later Manhasset gravels of deformation due to glacial thrust. The Manhasset was, in general, never continuous across the bays and harbors, toward which it still presents in part normal ice-contact slopes, and we are thus relieved of the necessity of attributing these wide and deep valleys to the erosive action in post-glacial time of the wholly insignificant tributary streams. As noted by Woodworth and others, the bowlder bed conformably dividing the Manhasset Gravel on the west side of Hempstead Harbor is probably best explained as iceberg drift; and to the same agency, apparently, may well be referred, in general, the larger erratics scattered through and over the gravel. ‘The so-called veneer of till over the undisturbed or later Manhasset Gravel, north of the moraine, seems to demand no other explana- tion. It is not a continuous body of drift, but it consists chiefly of widely scattering granitic bowlders devoid of clayey matrix, and is clearly recog- nizable in none of the numerous borings penetrating the Manhasset Gravel. In part, no doubt, it is till (ground moraine) which has not been com- pletely covered by the modified drift (Manhasset Gravel). The later Manhasset Gravel is in general entirely undisturbed and no where shows deformation that would not be readily accounted for by a relatively slight movement of the ice during its deposition. In short, proof that the later Manhasset is older than the moraines or was ever over-run by the ice-sheet, is wanting; and hence it may fairly be regarded as the last chapter in the glacial history of Long Island. The only important later contributions to the geology of the island are the post-glacial beach, dune and marsh deposits. It is especially noteworthy that there is no evidence of marine deposition during the Pleistocene or between the Yellow Gravel (Lafayette) and the modern shore. {Annats N. Y. Acap. Scr., Vou. XVIII, No. 11, Part III, pp. 431-451. Author’s separates published 10 February, 1909.] CHARLES DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY.! By CuHar.ues F. Cox. Proressor Hueco DE Vrigs, in his American lectures on “Species and Varieties, Their Origin by Mutation,” claims that his work is “in full accord with the principles laid down by Darwin,” ” and boldly asserts that Darwin recognized both ‘‘mutation” and individual variation, or “ fluctua- tion,’ * as steps towards what Professor Cope aptly called “the origin of the fittest.” I think many persons unfamiliar with Darwin’s writings must have been much surprised on reading Professor de Vries’s statement, for it has been a common belief in the scientific world for many years that the establishment of the mutation theory would be fatal to Darwinism, or would at least take from it its most original and essential features. ‘The perpetua- tion of this impression has been due, very largely, to Mr. Alfred R. Wallace and certain of his followers, who have steadfastly refused to admit the possi- bility of the evolution of species and varieties by any form of saltation and have insisted more uncompromisingly than did Mr. Darwin himself upon the exclusive efficiency of selection exercised upon small, recurring individ- ual fluctuations. In fact, many of Mr. Wallace’s views have out-Darwined Darwin and yet Darwin, somewhat unreasonably, has been held responsible for them. Accordingly, Darwin has been charged with a radicalism which he never professed and champions of a supposed Darwinism have felt called upon to do battle against theories which he never distinctly repudiated or which he might even have accepted if he had known of them. ‘Thus, Pro- fessor E. B. Poulton, in his recently published “Essays on Evolution,” attacks with great severity, under the name of “‘Batesonians,” believers in the validity of mutation as a factor in the process of evolution, although, as he admits, ‘‘mutation was of course well known to Darwin.” * Now, 1 Presidential address. Read at the annual meeting of the New York Academy of Sciences, 21 December, 1908. 2 Preface by the author, p. ix. 3 Second edition, p. 7. 4“ Essays on Evolution,” 1908, p. xviii. 431 432 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES I think we are justified in saying that if mutation was “known” to Darwin it must have been, and still is, a veritable fact; and if evolution is a uni- versal law of nature it can not, in that case, exclude mutation. We, there- fore, who believe in general evolution are compelled to decide for ourselves whether mutation has taken place and is now occurring; and we who are really Darwinians — that is to say, we who believe that Darwin set forth correctly the essential steps in the evolutionary process — are interested in knowing whether he actually recognized the fact of ‘discontinuous varia- tion” or mutation, and, if so, how he fitted it into, or reconciled it with his system. The essential factors in organic evolution, from the Darwinian point of view, are: (1) Variation, (2) inheritance, (3) over-reproduction, (4) com- petition, (5) adaptation and (6) selection and survival. The general expla- nation of these factors is as follows: 1. All organisms vary continually and in every part of their structures — that is to say, no two individuals are exactly alike in any particular. 2. Nevertheless, characters anatomical, physiological and psychological are in general transmitted to descendants; in other words, progeny essentially resemble their parents. 3. More animals and plants are brought into the world than can possibly find means of subsistence. 4. There results competition for what subsistence there is, or, as it is otherwise called, a struggle for life. 5. Since out of all the variations that occur in the constitutions or characters of organisms some must happen to be in directions to give their possessors an advantage, or advantages, in procuring the means of existence, as compared with other individuals of the same class, some of the new-born animals and plants are best adapted to their surroundings or “conditions of life.” 6. These best-adapted forms (“the fittest”) will win in the struggle for life and are figuratively said to be selected; the unfit will in the end be exterminated. The result is the origination (evolution) of new classes of organisms out of the old ones and their substitution for the earlier classes or groups. Not one of these factors was originally discovered by Darwin, but he first discerned their interrelations and bound them together by a consistent and convincing philosophy. He, for example, was not the earliest observer of progressive change in the organization and external characters of animals and plants, but no one before him had had the insight to perceive that this changeability was the manifestation of a force great enough to burst the artificial limits placed about the groups called species and varieties and to COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 433 enable them to transform themselves into other groups better adapted to the changing environment. Before Darwin’s time every one of course had ocular demonstration of the fact that there were differences between indi- viduals and that descendants were not in every respect like their ancestors. There was universal belief, however, that these variations never extended beyond certain narrow boundaries built round species like inviolable walls. Curiously enough, Darwin, who first broke down these boundaries, took these same individual variations as the principal foundations of his selection theory. He assumed — for he admitted that it could not be proved for any particular case — that these small differences, which ordinarily fluctuate about a certain average for each species or variety, are at times accumulated to such a degree as to carry all the members of the group forward to a new center of oscillation so as to constitute in effect a new group. It was not at first his idea that a single individual, or a small number of individuals, might occasionally develop evolutionary force enough to overleap suddenly the imaginary limit and become the nucleus of a new colony beyond; that is the substance of the mutation theory; and, while I think it can be shown that Darwin more or less clearly recognized the possibility of the occasional origin of permanent races by this method of saltation, there can be no doubt that he entertained a strong bias in favor of the evolution of species generally by slow and minute steps. As far as cultivated plants and domesticated animals were concerned, Darwin was willing to grant the widest range of variation and the most abrupt changes, but as to animals and plants in a state of nature he was more sparing of his admissions that great and sudden departures from speci- fic types might occur. This tenure of the two points of view was due to his belief that domesticated animals and plants were more variable than feral forms, because of the direct influence of man upon their surroundings and habits of life. Inasmuch as his theory of the origin of species through natural selection is founded on analogy between the deliberate operations of breeders in choosing the most desirable individuals of their flocks and gardens, and the inevitable sifting out of feral forms through their competi- tion with one another in the struggle for existence, it is difficult to see why Mr. Darwin hesitated about carrying the comparison to its logical conclu- sion in the admission that what we now call mutations, but what he referred to as “spontaneous variations,” “ sports,” ‘‘monstrosities,” etc., stand upon substantially the same basis in nature as in cultivation. According to the present-day views of scientific students of animal and plant breeding, I understand, there is no good evidence that cultivated plants and animals are more subject to wide and abrupt variations than are those living under natural conditions. On this point Professor de Vries remarks that “it is > 66 434 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES not proved, nor even probable, that cultivated plants are intrinsically more variable than their wild prototypes.”’? As to distinct mutations, we must remember that plants and animals preserved and nurtured by man are constantly under the eyes of many thousands of pecuniarily interested ob- servers, while those in a state of nature are closely studied by but a handful of scientific investigators. We must also remember that it is only within a few years that a small fraction of these men of science have been led to look for cases of mutation, while all gardeners, farmers and breeders have had the inducement of financial profit to watch for marked variations among their stock and to preserve such variations if desirable. The naturalists specially interested in evolutionary questions are exceedingly few in number, but their field of research is immensely extended and varied. ‘The number of those who have raised animals and plants for gain, however, has always been large, though the number of forms which they have been called upon to consider have been relatively few. The two fields have consequently had exceedingly different degrees of scrutiny. But since de Vries and others opened up the subject an astonishing number of clearly proven cases of mutation has been discovered in very various classes of organisms, just as numerous paleontological evidences of evolution have been brought to light as a consequence of Darwin’s turning men’s minds in that direction. As I have already intimated, Mr. Darwin undoubtedly dealt with num- erous cases of mutation among domesticated animals and plants, and they gave him little or no intellectual disquietude. In his work on ‘Animals and Plants Under Domestication,” he gives a long catalogue of “spontane- ous variations” or “‘sports,”’ many of which he freely acknowledges were the starting points of new and constant races; and there is good reason to believe that some of them occurred before the animals and plants which underwent the sudden changes had been actually brought under domestica- tion and cultivation; in fact that the mutations themselves suggested to men the directions in which their breeding operations should be conducted. For example, take the case of the tumbler pigeon; Mr. Darwin remarks concern- ing this that “no one would ever have thought of teaching, or probably could have taught, the tumbler pigeon to tumble,’” but it seems to me obvious that no one would ever have thought of accumulating slight varia- tions in the direction of tumbling. It is much more reasonable to suppose that the birds which were artificially selected as the progenitors of the present race of tumbler pigeons actually tumbled — that is to say, they were mutants. As to the origin of domestic races through modifications so abrupt as to 1** Species and Varieties, their Origin by Mutation,’”’ 2d ed., 1906, p. 66. 2“ Origin of Species,’ 6th ed., 1882, p. 210. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 435 have been thought by Darwin entirely independent of selection, he gave it as his judgment, as late as 1875, that “Tt is certain that the Ancon and Mauchamp breeds of sheep, and almost certain that the Niata cattle, turnspit and pug-dogs, jumper and frizzled fowls, short-faced tumbler pigeons, hook-billed ducks, &c., suddenly appeared in nearly the same state as we now see them. So it has been with many cultivated plants.” ' Now, considering, as I said a moment ago, that Mr. Darwin’s theory of the origin of species by means of natural selection has for its main foundation- stones facts derived from observation of the effects of man’s selection among domesticated animals and plants (without which, indeed, he admitted that he had no actual proof of the operation of natural selection), it is difficult to realize the state of mind which led Mr. Darwin to add to the sentence just quoted the following caution: “The frequency of these cases is likely to lead to the false belief that natural species have often originated in the same abrupt manner. But we have no evidence of the appearance, or at least of the continued procreation under nature, of abrupt modifications of structure; and various general reasons could be assigned against such belief.” I am not aware that Mr. Darwin ever presented definite and convincing reasons for the sharp demarkation here attempted, and, indeed, I can not see how the state of knowledge in his time could have justified his doing so, for, as I have already stated, mutations had not been much looked for among feral plants and animals. In fact, by absolutely excluding from his theory the idea that mutation could occur under nature, Mr. Darwin, by the force of his great authority and influence, would have prevented a care- ful weighing of the pros and cons, if the human mind had at that time been prepared to weigh them. It is practically only since the Darwinian hypoth- eses have themselves been subjected to prolonged scrutiny, and since de Vries and a few others entered upon detailed experimental examination of this particular subject, within the last twenty years, that the matter can be said to have received anything like scientific treatment. But, after all, Darwin was not wholly prejudiced against a belief in the occurrence of mutations in nature, for he several times expressed the opinion that the establishment of such a fact would in some ways be an advantage to the evolution theory. For instance, in a letter of August, 1860, to W. H. Harvey, he says: “ About sudden jumps: I have no objection to them — they would aid me in some cases. All I can say is that I went into the subject and found no evidence to make me believe in jumps; and a good deal pointing in the other direction.” ? 1‘*Animals and Plants Under Domestication,’ 2d ed., 1875, Vol. II, pp. 409-10. 2** More Letters,”’ Vol. I, p. 166. See also, ‘‘ Life and Letters,’’ 1886, Vol. II, p. 333. 436 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ This of course refers to discontinuous variations in organisms under natural conditions, for he had certainly found evidence to make him believe in similar variations among domesticated animals and plants. I think Mr. Darwin never specified the directions in which a belief in mutation would be a help to him, but, from casual remarks made in various places, I fancy he had in mind the way in which it would ease him over that difficult subject, the imperfection of the geological record, and would reconcile him with the physicists and cosmogonists, who were not disposed to allow him the lapse of past time he required for the evolution of species by the accumulation of successive minute or “‘insensible” individual variations. But I will not discuss these points now. What I wish to dwell upon at the moment is that Darwin recognized and accepted the fact of mutation among animals and plants under domestication, although it is worth while to repeat the statement that some of his cases probably happened in a state of nature, since they occurred at the very beginning of, and were the points of origina- tion for, man’s selective operations. As Mr. Darwin himself says: ‘‘Man can hardly select, or only with much difficulty, any deviation of structure excepting such as is externally visible,’ + which means, as I take it, that nature usually presents some quite manifest variation before artificial selec- tion begins and this must have been the case at the time when man’s first choices were made, particularly when half-civilized and unobserving men began the cultivation of our now domesticated animals and plants. It is necessary to remember, however, in this connection, that the mutation theory, as interpreted by de Vries, requires for its starting point only a varia- tion which marks a distinct separation of a form from its parent group with- out connecting gradations, and not necessarily any great or extraordinary change of characters; for, as he says: “‘Species are derived from other species by means of sudden small changes which, in some instances, may be scarcely perceptible to the inexperienced eye.” None the less it remains true that man is apt to select only striking variations and hence Mr. Darwin, in treating of “sports,” or what we should now call mutants, among culti- vated plants and animals, usually speaks of them as wide departures from type, or, rather, he deals only with suchas are large deviations. Even when treating of organisms in a state of nature, however, he admits that “there will be a constant tendency in natural selection to preserve the most divergent offspring of any one species.” * Returning to the subject of artificial selec- tion, Mr. Darwin says: 1** Origin of Species,’ 6th ed., p. 28. 2** Plant Breeding,’ 1907, p. 9. 3 ** Origin of Species,’ 6th ed., 1882, p. 413. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 437 “No man would ever try to make a fan-tail till he saw a pigeon with a tail de- veloped in some slight degree in an unusual manner, or a pouter till he saw a pigeon with a crop of somewhat unusual size; and the more abnormal or unusual any char- acter was when it first appeared the more likely it would be to catch his attention.” ! In another place he says: “Tt is probable that some breeds, such as the semi-monstrous Niata cattle, and some peculiarities, such as being hornless, &c., have appeared suddenly owing to what we may call, in our ignorance, spontaneous variation;....During the process of methodical selection it has occasionally happened that deviations of structure more strongly pronounced than mere individual differences, yet by no means de- serving to be called monstrosities have been taken advantage of.” ? Now, in his work on “ Animals and Plants Under Domestication”’, Dar- win has given a long list of these widely varying forms, from each of which nas descended a new race conforming to his own test of a species, namely its possession of ‘“‘the power of remaining for a good long period constant .... combined with an appreciable amount of difference.” ? One of the most striking of these cases is that of the ‘“japanned” or “black shoul- dered” peacocks which have occasionally appeared ‘‘suddenly in flocks of the common kind,” which “propagate their kind quite truly,” which, ac- cording to good authority, ‘“‘form a distinct and natural species,” and which tend “‘at all times and in many places to reappear.” * Mr. Darwin rejects the idea that these birds are the result of hybridization and rever- sion and declares in favor of their being “a variation induced by some unknown cause,” and says that “‘on this view the case is the most remarkable one ever recorded of the abrupt appearance of a new form which so closely resembles a true species that it has deceived one of the most experienced of living ornithologists.” In all points this case agrees with the modern idea of a mutation, even in the respect that it comes from a family of birds not usually considered very variable. Concerning fowls, Mr. Darwin remarks: “Fanciers, whilst admitting and even overrating the effects of crossing the various breeds, do not sufficiently regard the probability of the occasional birth, during the course of centuries, of birds with abnormal and hereditary peculiarities. .... Whenever, in the course of past centuries, a bird appeared with some slight ab- normal structure, such as with a lark-like crest on its head, it would probably often have been preserved from that love of novelty which leads some persons in England to keep rumpless fowls and others in India to keep frizzled fowls. And after a 1‘* Origin of Species,”’ 6th ed., p. 28. 2“ Animals and Plants Under Domestication,’’ 2d ed., 1875, Vol. I, p. 96. See also, II, pp. 189-90. 3** More Letters of Charles Darwin,’’ 1903, Vol. I, p. 252. 4“ Animals and Plants Under Domestication,” 2d ed., 1875, Vol. I, pp. 305-7. Vol. — 438 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES time any such abnormal appearance would be carefully preserved from being es- teemed a sign of the purity and excellence of the breed; for on this principle the Romans eighteen centuries ago valued the fifth toe and the white ear-lobe in their fowls.” ! But Mr. Darwin’s cases of what we must regard as saltations are not confined to the animal kingdom. We might easily cull from his list numer- ous more or less pertinent examples under the peach, plum, cherry, grape, gooseberry, currant, pear, apple, banana, camellia, crateegus, azalea, hibis- cus, althea, pelargonium, chrysanthemum, dianthus, rose and perhaps other plants. Concerning useful and ornamental trees he says: “All the recorded varieties, as far as I can find out, have been suddenly produced by one single act of variation,” * and as to roses, he remarks on their marked tendency to “‘sport” and to produce varieties ‘not only by grafting and budding but often by seed,” and quotes Mr. Rivers as saying that ‘“when- ever a new rose appears with any peculiar character, however produced, if it yielded seed” he “expects it to become the parent of a new family.” In this connection Mr. Darwin called attention to the now well-known fact that the mutative tendency is an inheritable one by citing the case of the com- mon double moss-rose, imported into England from Italy about the year 1735, which “probably arose from the Provence rose (R. centifolia) by bud- variation,’ the White Provence rose itself having apparently originated in the same way.* He called attention also to the significant fact that many abrupt variations were not to be attributed either to reversion or to the splitting-up of hybrids. ‘Thus he declares: “No one will maintain that the sudden appearance of a moss-rose on a Provence rose is a return to a former state, for mossiness of the calyx has been observed in no natural species; the same argument is applicable to variegated and laciniated leaves; nor can the appearance of nectarines on peach-trees be accounted for on the principle of reversion.”’ + In another place in the same work he says: “Many cases of bud-variation....can not be attributed to reversion, but to so-called spontaneous variability, as is so common with cultivated plants raised from seed. As a single variety of the chrysanthemum has produced by buds six other varieties, and as one variety of the gooseberry has borne at the same time four distinet kinds of fruit, it is scarcely possible to believe that all these variations are due to reversion. We can hardly believe....that all the many peaches which have yielded nectarine-buds are of crossed parentage. Lastly, in such cases as that of the moss-rose, with its peculiar calyx, and of the rose which bears opposite leaves, 1“ Animals and Plants Under Domestication,” 2d ed., Vol. I, pp. 242-4. 2 Ibid., p. 384. 3 [bid., pp. 405-6. 4 Ibid., Vol. II, p. 242. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 439 in that of the Imantophyllum, &c., there is no known natural species or variety from which the characters in question could have been derived by a cross. We must attribute all such cases to the appearance of absolutely new characters in the buds. The varieties which have thus arisen can not be distinguished by any external char- acter from seedlings. . . . It deserves notice that all the plants which have yielded bud- variations have likewise varied greatly by seed.” ! Now, Darwin is here treating of saltations among cultivated plants, but it is instructive to read in this connection the following passage in which he prepares the ground for a belief in the possibility of similar abrupt and wide variations under natural conditions. He remarks: “Domesticated animals and plants can hardly have been exposed to greater changes in their conditions of life than have many natural species during the inces- sant geological, geographical, and climatal changes to which the world has been subject; but domesticated productions will often have been exposed to more sudden changes and to less continuously uniform conditions. As man has domesticated so many animals and plants belonging to widely different classes, and as he certainly did not choose with prophetic instinct those species which would vary most, we may infer that all natural species, if exposed to analogous conditions, would, on an average, vary to the same degree.” ” But now let us take a specific example of spontaneous variability which deeply impressed Mr. Darwin. It is a case which was brought to his atten- tion in 1860 by Professor W. H. Harvey concerning Begonia frigida, as to which Mr. Darwin says: “This plant properly produces male and female flowers on the same fascicle; and in the female flowers the perianth is superior; but a plant at Kew produced, besides the ordinary flowers, others which graduated towards a perfect hermaphrodite structure; and in these flowers the perianth was inferior. To show the importance of this modification under a classifieatory point of view, I may quote what Professor Harvey says, namely, that had it ‘occurred in a state of nature, and had a botanist collected a plant with such flowers, he would not only have placed it in a distinct genus from Begonia, but would probably have considered it as the type of a new natural order.’....The interest of the case is largely added to by Mr. C. W. Crocker’s observation that seedlings from the normal flowers produced plants which bore, in about the same proportion as the parent-plant, hermaphrodite flowers having infe- rior perianths.” * This was written in the first edition of “‘Animals and Plants Under Domestication”’ (1868) and was allowed to stand in the second and last edition (1875). In both editions, however, Mr. Darwin made the state- ment in an entirely different part of the work, that ‘the wonderfully anoma- 1*“* Animals and Plants Under Domestication,’’ 2d ed., Vol. I, pp. 439-40. See also ibid., Vol. II, p. 278. 2 Tbid., Vol. II, p. 401-2. 3 [bid., Vol. I, p. 389. 440 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES lous flowers of Begonia jrigida, formerly described, though they appear fit for fructification, are sterile.’ + ‘The last point, however, does not invali- date the claim to this new type of Begonia as a mutant, since the facts which determine its position in this regard are, first, the sudden appearance of the form bearing three kinds of flowers and, second, the production by seed of descendants also bearing three kinds of flowers. It is very evident that this case troubled Mr. Darwin, for he referred to it a number of times and did not relish Professor Harvey’s assertion that “‘such a case is hostile to the theory of natural selection, according to which changes are not supposed to take place per saltum,” and Harvey’s further declaration that ‘‘a few such cases would overthrow it (natural selection) altogether.” ? Sir Joseph Hooker attempted to explain the matter so as to weaken Professor Harvey’s argument against the doctrine of natural selec- tion, but Darwin himself wrote Hooker saying: “As the ‘Origin’ now stands Harvey is a good hit against my talking so much of the insensibly fine gradations; and certainly it has astonished me that I should be pelted with the fact that I had not allowed abrupt and great enough variations under nature. It would take a good deal more evidence to make me admit that forms have often changed by saltwm.” About the same time, namely early in 1860, Darwin wrote to Lyell on this subject, saying: “Tt seems to me rather strange; he (Harvey) assumes the permanence of mon- sters, whereas monsters are generally sterile and not often inheritable. But grant this case, it comes that I have been too cautious in not admitting great and sudden variations.” There is an added point of interest about this discussion in the fact that it is the earliest record in print of the consideration of saltation or mutation by Mr. Darwin. You have doubtless noticed Mr. Darwin’s protest against the belief in the occurrence of important changes “per saltum.” He uses this expres- sion with disapproval a number of times and yet his condemnation of the idea involved is not entirely unqualified, as is shown by the following signifi- cant statement: “On the theory of natural selection we can clearly understand the full meaning of the old canon in natural history, ‘Natura non facit saltum.” This canon, if we look to the present inhabitants alone of the world, is not strictly correct; but if we include all those of past times, whether known or unknown, it must on this theory be strictly true.” 4 1“ Animals and Plants under Domestication,” 1st ed., Vol. II, p. 166. Also ibid., 2d ed., Vol. II, p. 150. 2“ Life and Letters,’’ 1886, Vol. II, p. 274. 3 Ibid., p. 275. Also, ‘‘More Letters,’’ 1903, Vol. I, p. 141. 4“ Origin of Species,’’ 6th ed., p. 166. See also ibid., pp. 156, 234, 414. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 441 This I understand to be, in effect, a protest against deducing proof of separate creations from the imperfection of the geological record, coupled with an admission that saltation or mutation does, at least occasionally, occur among existing living forms. I trust you perceive the importance of the concession that natura non facit saltum is not strictly correct as applied to the present inhabitants of the world. Having noticed Mr. Darwin’s repeated use of the words per saltum, I now wish to revert to his frequent use of the words monster and monstrosity and to call your attention to the fact that they are not always employed with exactly the same meanings. Sometimes by “‘montrosity” he evidently intends to indicate a mere deformity, of the nature of an accidental injury, or aborted or perverted development, but more generally he refers to a deviation from type wide enough, or discontinuous enough, to exclude it from the category of variations to which he supposed the operation of natural selection must be confined. Among domesticated animals and plants, however, the word ‘‘monster,”’ as used by him, often meant no more than the word “sport.” In most cases when he used this term or one of its deriva- tives he took care to explain that monstrosities could not be qualitatively separated from other kinds of variations. ‘Thus, in writing to R. Meldola, in 1873, he says: “Tt is very difficult or impossible to define what is meant by a large variation. Such graduate into monstrosities or generally injurious variations. I do not myself believe that these are often or ever taken advantage of under nature.”’ ! In the ‘Origin of Species” he wrote: “At long intervals of time, out of millions of individuals reared in the same country and fed on nearly the same food, deviations of structure so strongly pro- nounced as to deserve to be called monstrosities arise; but monstrosities cannot be separated by any distinct line from slighter variations.” * He frequently repeats this last statement and it is quite clear that he intends to convey the idea that all variations are merely quantitative, at any rate he failed to adopt a nomenclature that would enable his readers to judge as to the degrees of difference he meant to indicate by such adjectives as “‘insen- sible,’ “minute,” ‘‘slight,” “‘large,” “wide,” “sudden,” and “ abrupt,” as applied to variations. I am convinced, however, that he recognized the fact that there were two different kinds of variations, namely, first, what he oftenest called ‘individual variations,’ by which he referred to the ordi- nary differences between the single organisms of the same group, or what 1** More Letters,’’ 1903, Vol. I, p. 350. 2** Origin of Species,’ 6th ed., p. 6, also p. 33. See also ‘‘Animals and Plants Under Domestication,” 2d ed., Vol. I, pp. 312, 322. Also ‘‘ More Letters,’’ 1903, Vol. I, p. 318. 442 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES mutationists now call ‘fluctuations,’ and, second, those radical and gener- ally extensive deviations from type which constitute an actual break with the species, variety or race, and which are substantially what we of these later times have named “‘mutations.” ‘There are places in Darwin’s works where the two kinds of variation just mentioned are spoken of as “‘indefinite”’ and ‘‘definite’” and as results, respectively, of the zndzrect and the direct action of the conditions of life, and once only, I think, he uses the term “ fluctuating variability” as synonymous with indefinite variability." Now I do not assume to say that the realization of these distinctions by Mr. Darwin proves that he clearly foresaw the present-day mutation theory with its foundation in the principle of unit characters, but I think it is true that he had at least a glimpse of the coming modifications to be required in his own theory to meet the then dawning truth. De Vries declares that his own field researches and testing of native plants are based ‘‘on the hypothesis of unit-characters as deduced from Darwin’s Pangenesis,” which conception, de Vries points out, “‘led to the expectation of two different kinds of variability, one slow and one sudden.” ? But the main point I wish to dwell upon at present is that Darwin recog- nized, at least dimly, a kind of variability the results of which were essen- tially different from the “‘individual”’ or “indefinite” variations, which mistakenly seemed to him alone capable of being acted upon by selection. He was sorely puzzled by what he saw and realized in this direction, for he had spent more than twenty years of intense thought in elaborating his theory that new species were evolved from older ones by the gradual build- ing up of new characters from extremely small differences, and he feared that the admission of saltation in any form meant the undermining of the foundations he had labored so hard to construct. He had once said: “When we remember such eases as the formation of the more complex galls, and certain monstrosities, which cannot be accounted for by reversion, cohesion, &e., and sudden strongly-marked deviations of structure, such as the appearance of a moss-rose On a common rose, we must admit that the organization of the individual is capable through its own laws of growth, under certain conditions, of undergoing great modifications, independently of the gradual accumulation of slight inherited modifications.’’ * In the last edition of the ‘Origin of Species,” however, which was pub- lished in the year of the author’s death, although he introduces this apology: “Tn the earlier editions of this work I under-rated, as it now seems probable, 1** Animals and Plants Under Domestication,’’ 2d ed., Vol. II, pp. 280, 281, 345. 2** Species and Varieties, their Origin by Mutation,’’ 2d ed., 1906, p. 689. 3 ** Origin of Species,’’ 5th ed., 1869, p. 151. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 443 the frequency and importance of modifications due to spontaneous varia- bility,” ! he still later interpolates the following rather sweeping recantation: “‘There are, however, some who still think that species have suddenly given birth, through quite unexplained means, to new and totally different forms; but, as I have attempted to show, weighty evidence can be opposed to the admission of great and abrupt modifications. Under a scientific point of view, and as leading to further investigation, but little advantage is gained by believing that new forms are suddenly developed in an inexplicable manner from old and widely different forms, over the old belief in the creation of species from the dust of the earth.”’ ? In this sixth, and last, edition of the ‘Origin of Species” Mr. Darwin devoted to the task of answering criticisms made by St. George Mivart far more space than he had ever allowed to any other one critic and the passage just read is evidently one of those inspired by Mr. Mivart’s attacks. The sore point with Mr. Darwin at that time was the doctrine of natural selection and, as I have already remarked, he had adopted the erroneous belief that this important principle must be greatly weakened if not entirely sacrificed if any form of saltation was to be admitted in nature. He had, therefore, wavered between his loyalty to his cherished hypothesis and his fearless devotion to truth. By this time, however, he had so long contemplated the possibility of the origin of new species and varieties through single long steps and had had so many convincing examples brought to his attention, that his hesitancy and doubt concerning the validity and sufficiency of the arguments urged in favor of this mode of evolution were ready to give way, and I regard the passage which I am about to quote, as a virtual surrender on this point. The fact that, in this emphatic form, it was written at the close of his life, as his last word on this subject, and that he must have felt that it contained a concession very damaging to the theory to the establishment of which that life had been devoted, gives it, in my mind, a deeply pathetic significance. Mr. Darwin says: “Tt appears that I formerly underrated the frequency and value of [variations which seem to us in our ignorance to arise spontaneously] as leading to permanent modifications of structure independently of natural selection. But as my conclusions have lately been much misrepresented, and it has been stated that I attribute the modification of species exclusively to natural selection, I may be permitted to remark that in the first edition of this work, and subsequently, I placed in a most conspicuous position — namely at the close of the Introduction — the following words: ‘I am convinced that natural selection has been the main but not the exclusive means of modification.’ This has been of no avail. Great is the power of steady misrepre- sentation; but the history of science shows that this power does not long endure.” 3 1“ Origin of Species,’ 6th ed., 1882, p. 171. 2 Tbid., p. 424. 3 Tbid., p. 421. See also, ‘Life and Letters,’’ 1886, Vol. III, p. 243, and ‘‘More Letters,’’ 1907, Vol. I, p. 389. 444 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The sting of this vehement declaration is in the underlying implication that the limitation placed upon the applicability of natural selection was deemed necessary because of Mr. Darwin’s inability to free his mind from the belief that it could not act upon large and sudden variations as well as upon small and unimportant ones. This point of view seems illogical when we consider his repeated declaration that no qualitative distinction could be established between the two kinds of variation, but it may be par- tially accounted for by the fact that a slight confusion at times existed in his mind concerning the general modus operand: of natural selection, through which he attributed to it a causal power as well as a mere sifting effect. Both Lyell and Wallace took him to task for this double use of the term and, there- fore, in the third edition of the “Origin” he attempted to clear up this point by means of this statement: “Several writers have misapprehended or objected to the term natural selection. Some have even imagined that natural selection even induces variability, whereas it implies only the preservation of such variations as arise and are beneficial to the being under its conditions of life.” ? Nevertheless, almost side by side with this explanation, we find in the last edition of the “Origin” the following sentences which were allowed to come down from the first edition: ‘‘ Natural Selection will modify the structure of the young in relation to the parent, and of the parent in relation to the young.” ? ‘Natural Selection .... will destroy any individuals de- parting from the proper type.” * If Darwin had adopted the simile of a sieve, so effectively used by de Vries, he would have drawn nearer to the recognition of the fact of “‘selection between species,’ even if he had not been prepared to assent to de Vries’s counter proposition that there is no “selection within the species.” He might also have escaped some of his apprehensions concerning the fate of adaptation, which he thought to be endangered by a belief in saltation; for the fact is that adaptedness is only another name for fitness, and this is a quality inherent in the organism and precedent to selection — that is to say, natural selection merely sifts out for preservation the adapted or fit, allowing the unadapted or unfit to perish. Now, it is impossible to see why forms both adapted and unadapted to their environment may not arise through mutation and thus be offered to the operation of selection. In fact Mr. Darwin has supplied us with a good illustration of a case under one of these heads in a rather naive passage which has run through every edition of the ‘‘ Origin,” to the following effect: 1** Origin of Species,’’ 3d ed., 1861, p. 84. 2 Ibid., 6th ed., 1882, p. 67. 8 Tbid., p. 81. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 445 “One of the most remarkable features in our domesticated races is that we see in them adaptation, not indeed to the animal’s or plant’s own good, but to man’s use or fancy. Some variations useful to him have probably arisen suddenly, or by one step; many botanists, for instance, believe that the fuller’s teasel, with its hooks, which can not be rivaled by any mechanical contrivance, is only a variety of the wild Dipsacus; and this amount of change may have suddenly arisen in a seed- ling.” } Surely, if Mr. Darwin could have looked at this case with a perfectly free mind, he must have perceived that the teasel’s adaptation to man’s needs would not have fallen if man had failed to exercise his power of selec- tion; and that the adaptation was not weakened by the fact that it arose by a mutation. But that he was unconsciously biased in this matter is shown by an extract from a letter written to Asa Gray, in 1860, in which he says: “T reflected much on the chance of favorable monstrosities (7. e., great and sudden variation) arising. I have, of course, no objection to this, indeed it would be a great aid, but I did not allude to the subject [z. e., in the ‘Origin’] for, after much labor, I could find nothing which satisfied me of the probability of such occurrences. There seems to me in almost every case too much, too complex, and too beautiful adapta- tion, in every structure, to believe in its sudden production.” ? The idea involved in this passage is that adaptation is produced — rather than preserved — by natural selection and that, as natural selection must, according to Mr. Darwin’s curious prepossession, act only upon slow and small changes of character, adaptation itself must necessarily be in every case a matter of gradual growth. ‘This sort of argument appears to justify the fear shared by both Lyell and Hooker that Darwin was at times dis- posed to stake his whole case on the maintenance of an unnecessary assump- tion. Hooker wrote him as early as 1859 or 1860 that he was making a hobby of natural selection and overriding it, since he undertook to make it account for too much.* Darwin mildly protested that he did not see how he could do more than he had done to disclaim any intention of accounting for everything by natural selection.* In this discussion, however, it is apparent that while Darwin was overloading the theory of natural selection with a responsibility for the origin of the adapted or fit, he was at the same time unduly limiting it to only one class of the fit, namely those which had arisen by slow degrees. If he had taken the position that natural selection could and would operate upon any kind or any degree of variability, he need not to have imagined that his main doctrine was in jeopardy. 1“ Origin of Species,’”’ 6th ed., p. 22. 2** Life and Letters,’ 1887, Vol. II, p. 333. 3 “* More Letters,’’ 1903, Vol. I, p. 135. A TOU. eV Ol. PDs Laenelas 446 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES But though Mr. Darwin could be stirred by attack to a vigorous defense, and sometimes even to an over-defense, of natural selection, he contended, at other times, with equal vigor, that his main interest was with variation, however produced, which was the necessary basis of the whole evolutionary process. He admitted, however, that the cause of variation was to him inexplicable and, like all beginnings, it remains to this day a deep mystery. Darwin said of it: “Our ignorance of the laws of variation is profound. Not in one case out of a hundred can we pretend to assign any reason why this or that part has varied.” ? In another place he remarks: “When we reflect on the millions of buds which many trees have produced before some one bud has varied, we are lost in wonder as to what the precise cause of each variation can be.” ? He never definitely undertook to solve this mystery, though he reflected and reasoned on it much. ‘The nearest he came to formulating a law con- cerning it was the expression of his conviction that variability was. more a matter of organic constitution than a result of external agencies. ‘Thus he declares: “Tf we look to such cases as that of a peach tree which, after having been culti- vated by tens of thousands during many years in many countries, and after having annually produced millions of buds, all of which have apparently been exposed to precisely the same conditions, yet at last suddenly produces a single bud with its whole character greatly transformed, we are driven to the conclusion that the trans- formation stands in no direct relation to the conditions of life.’’ * From examples like this Mr. Darwin deduced a ‘‘general rule that conspicuous variations occur rarely, and in one individual alone out of millions, though all may have been exposed, as far as we can judge, to nearly the same conditions” * and while this is, in a general way, in accordance with the admission of de Vries that although mutations are “‘not so very rare in nature,” ® the numbers ‘“‘under observation are as yet very rare,’ ° we shall see a little later that Mr. Darwin’s deduction is not strictly accurate, since it excludes the idea of a whole genus or species or variety mutating at once. 2** Animals and Plants Under Domestication,’’ 2d ed., Vol. II, p. 281. 3 Ibid., 2d ed., Vol. I, p. 441. See also, ibid., Vol. II, pp. 277, 279, 282. 4 Ibid., Vol. II, p. 276. 5“ Species and Varieties, their Origin by Mutation,” 2d ed., p. 597. 6 Tbid., p. 8. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 447 doctrine of the mutationists to the effect that ““when the organization has once begun to vary, it generally continues varying for many generations.” ! But as to variability having periods of activity, Mr. Darwin’s opinion seems to have been unsettled. In a letter to Weismann, in 1872, he remarks on the strangeness “‘about the periods or endurance of variability,’ ? but in a letter to Moritz Wagner, in 1876, he says: ‘‘Several considerations make me doubt whether species are much more variable at one period than at another except through the agency of changed conditions. I wish, however, that I could believe in this doctrine, as it removes many difficulties.” 3 Practically this is the dilemma of the mutationists of the present day: they are not in a position to prove that plants and animals have periods of mutation, but they assume that it must be so, because the belief “removes many difficulties.” One of Darwin’s perplexities, however, has been explained away, as I have already pointed out, by the discovery that mutation is not confined to a single case out of millions of individual forms, nor even to a single generation out of a Jong genetic line, but that, as in the case of the (Enotheras (evening primroses), a whole genus is likely to be in a mutating condition at the same time, producing from each of several species number- less individual mutants, which are themselves often in a mutating condition, the parent stock meanwhile remaining perfectly constant. Such has been the case with nothera (Onagra) Lamarckiana, which, while throwing off, since it has been under scientific observation, in large numbers not less than a dozen elementary species and retrograde varieties, has bred true to its original type through at least one hundred and sixteen years, although there is considerable proof that it is itself a mutant from (nothera grandiflora, and none whatever for the assertion, often made, that it is a hybrid. As at least nine of its mutants have also bred true through many generations in pedigree cultures and doubtless had been constant forms for a long time in a state of nature, there appears to be no ground for Darwin’s fear that, grant- ing the occurrence of mutation, the mutants would be liable to speedy extermination through inability to propagate. Of course this would not be the case with even a single self-fertilizing plant and it would not be true with animal mutants if, like plant mutants, they were produced in numbers by the mutating stock. As to swamping by intercrossing, it has been shown that, under Mendel’s law, in the extreme case of the production of a solitary rautant obliged to cross with the parent form, if it possesses characteristics 1‘ Origin of Species,’’ 6th ed., p. 5. 2‘* Life and Letters,’’ 1886, Vol. III, p. 155. 3 Ibid., p. 158. 448 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES having a certain relation to the parent, it can establish a race like itself and even supplant the parent form, if it is only as well fitted for the battle of life as is the progenitor.’ If Darwin had known these facts he would not have written, or he would have greatly amended, the following passage: “He who believes that some ancient form was transformed suddenly through an internal force or tendency into, for instance, one furnished with wings, will be almost compelled to assume, in opposition to all analogy, that many individuals varied simultaneously. It can not be denied that such abrupt and great changes of structure are widely different from those which most species apparently have under- gone. He will further be compelled to believe that many structures beautifully adapted to all the other parts of the same creature and to the surrounding conditions, have been suddenly produced; and of such complex and wonderful co-adaptations, he will not be able to assign a shadow of an explanation. He will be forced to admit that these great and sudden transformations have left no trace of their action on the embryo. To admit all this is, as it seems to me, to enter into the realms of miracle, and to leave those of science.’’ * Of course Mr. Darwin was not entirely oblivious to the fact that every important advance in knowledge must have the appearance, at first, of a move into a region of mystery and uncertainty. The lapse of time and the growth of familiarity with it are necessary to the reclamation of a terra incognita. Before leaving this branch of my subject, I desire to call your attention to the very interesting fact that Mr. Darwin himself once conducted a long series of experiments which, it can hardly be doubted, resulted in the pro- duction of mutants and that he just missed the discovery of principles which are now the basis of scientific pedigree cultures and are occupying the atten- tion of investigators of the problems of variation and heredity. Ina letter to J. H. Gilbert, dated February 16, 1876, Mr. Darwin writes: “Now, for the last ten years I have been experimenting in crossing and self- fertilizing plants; and one indirect result has surprised me much, namely, that by taking pains to cultivate plants in pots under glass during several successive genera- tions, under nearly similar conditions, and by self-fertilizing them in each generation, the colour of the flowers often changes, and, what is very remarkable, they became in some of the most variable species, such as Mimulus, Carnation, &c., quite constant, like those of a wild species. This fact and several others have led me to the suspicion that the cause of variation must be in different substances absorbed from the soil by these plants when their powers of absorption are not interfered with by other plants with which they grow mingled in a state of nature.” * 1 See Lock’s ‘‘ Variation, Heredity and Evolution,’’ 1906, p. 205. 2** Origin of Species,’’ 6th ed., p. 204. See also, ibid., p. 202. 3‘* Life and Letters,’’ 1886, Vol. III, p. 343. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 449 The point I particularly wish you to notice in this case is that Mr. Dar- win was employing practically the methods now used by Professor de Vries, Professor MacDougal and others who are engaged in species testing, by growing naturally variable or mutating plants under conditions of rigid control, so as to exclude crossing or, as de Vries calls it, vzeznism. In this view of the matter, it would be interesting to know what percentage of Mr. Darwin’s plants exhibited the new and constant characters and through how many generations his mutants were found to breed true, for then we could compare his results with those of investigators of our day. But his attention was centered upon the endeavor to find a cause for the abrupt variations and not on the formulation of laws of their action. Apparently he considered isolation to be the principal secondary cause or favoring con- dition, upon which view the obvious comment is that it requires no great stretch of imagination to conceive of similar isolation as occurring in nature and thus favoring mutation among uncultivated forms. Having now hastily reviewed the oscillations in Darwin’s opinions con- cerning the kinds, the causes and the laws of variation with relation to the origin of species, it is not my purpose to enter upon a discussion of the present-day mutation theory, which has grown out of a closer study, and a more scientific treatment, of the problems of variation and heredity than were attempted, or were perhaps possible, in Darwin’s time. It is desirable, however, to compare Darwin’s views with generalizations from the muta- tion theory, which we can do, well enough for our present purpose, by merely recalling the seven laws which de Vries claims to be the logical outcome of his twenty years of cultural experiments upon plants. They are, with slight modifications as to wording and order, as follows: 1. New elementary species appear suddenly without intermediate steps. 2. New forms spring laterally from the main stem. 3. New elementary species attain their full constancy at once. 4. Some of the new strains are elementary species, while others are to be considered as retrograde varieties. 5. The same new species are produced in a large number of individuals. 6. Mutations take place in nearly all directions and are due to unknown causes. 7. Species and varieties have originated by mutation, but are, at present, not known to have originated in any other way. Now, looking back over what Darwin wrote concerning variation, I can not believe that he would seriously have disputed any of de Vries’s propo- sitions except the last. All would have had to stand or fall with that. He recognized the fact that new species had sometimes appeared suddenly without intermediate steps and that the new forms had sprung laterally 450 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES from the main stem. I think he also substantially admitted that such new species attained their full constancy at once. As to the fourth affirmation of de Vries, with reference to elementary species and retrograde varieties, Darwin had no knowledge, for the distinction is original with de Vries. Darwin believed, as a general proposition, that “species are only strongly marked and permanent varieties, and that each species first existed as a variety,” 1 but, of course, in admitted cases of mutation this can not be true; and if Darwin had been obliged to concede de Vries’s seventh proposition, the fourth might well have been allowed to go with it. The same is doubt- less the case concerning de Vries’s fifth law, which sets forth in effect that similar mutants are thrown off by many individuals of the same species at about the same time. As we have already seen, Mr. Darwin was convinced that if, for example, he were to admit the origin by mutation of a species of flying animal, for the reasons urged by Mr. Mivart, he would be compelled to assume “‘that many individuals varied simultaneously.” I, therefore, do not see that he would have been interested, from a theoretical point of view, in disputing either of the two last-named declarations of de Vries except in connection with his seventh and last law, to which I shall presently refer. The sixth law of de Vries, which affirms that mutations take place in nearly all directions, is practically the equivalent of Darwin’s first law that all organisms vary continually and in every part of their structure, provided it is agreed that mutations are only quantitatively different from Darwin’s ‘‘individual variations,” which was Darwin’s own view. In so far as Darwin admitted the occurrence of mutation at all, he must have agreed that it could proceed in any direction. But now we come to the conclusion of de Vries which we know Darwin would not have accepted, at least in its entirety. As we have seen, he was compelled to concede that what we now call mutation had occasionally taken place and become the starting point of new races, but he was none the less unshaken in the conviction that this process was exceptional and extraordinary, and that, as a rule, a new species originated by the gradual building up of minute and even insignificant deviations from the average characters of an old species, which deviations we now call fluctuations. We know with what tenacity he held this view to the end of his life. For the doctrine of “insensible gradations,” which touched mainly a minor premise in his general argument for evolution, Mr. Darwin was, unhappily, almost willing to relinquish the essence of the whole matter, which was his claim to the discovery of a vera causa in the evolutionary process. Notwithstanding the prior claim of Patrick Matthew, and the partial anticipation by Alfred R. Wallace and others, the establish- 1“ Origin of Species,’’ 6th ed., 1882, p. 412. COX, DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THEORY 451 ment of the theory of natural selection was Mr. Darwin’s most original and greatest achievement. Time has proven that he could have afforded to stand upon the general validity and applicability of this theory though every step in his argument in its favor had needed review and modification; for each passing year but adds to the impregnable mass of proofs by which it is affirmed and supported. Properly regarded, the mutation theory does not antagonize nor weaken the doctrine of natural selection — on the con- trary it merely offers itself as a helpful substitute for, or adjunct to, one of Darwin’s subordinate steps in the approach to a consistent philosophy of the origin of species, leaving the last great cause of evolution as efficient as ever. It is, therefore, one of the tragedies of science that in this matter Darwin should have been ready to surrender his main position rather than to receive and to join forces with those who were coming to his aid, but whom he failed to recognize as friends. By bing ‘eat 1 j ee! N dn Le te i) i [Annats N. Y. Acap. Sct., Vol. XIII, No. 12, Part III, pp. 453-559. May, 1909.] RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. January, 1908, to December, 1908. By Epmunp Otts Hovey, Recording Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. JANUARY 6, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Grabau presiding. In the absence of the Recording Secretary, Charles P. Berkey was elected secretary pro-tem. : On motion the business meeting was adjourned to 8:15 P. M., Monday, January 13. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary pro-tem. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. JANUARY 6, 1908. Section met at 8:30 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. Sixteen persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. A special proposition in favor of arranging for a joint meeting of geolo- gists and mineralogists of neighboring societies and institutions was pre- sented. A motion to approve the plan and lay the matter before the Council for action was passed. 453 454 ANNALS NEW YORK, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The following program was then offered: A. W. Grabau, A ReviseD CLASSIFICATION OF THE NorRTH AMERICAN SILuRIC SYSTEM. Alexis A. Julien, ON DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION THROUGH RECASTING OF ANALYSES. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Grabau said in abstract: A review of the successive modifi- cations of the classification of the Siluric system in North America brings out the fact that the process of refining has been largely by separating from this system divisions not properly belonging to it. Thus Dana in 1863 (first edition of the Manual) included the Cambric and Ordovicic as ‘‘Lower Silurian,” dividing it into Potsdam, Trenton and Hudson, and dividing the “‘Upper Silurian” into Niagara, Salina and Lower Helderberg. In the 4th edition of the Manual (1895) the Cambric, Ordovicie and Siluric Systems are recognized as distinct, though the name “ Lower Silurian” is still preferred for the Ordovicic. ‘The three-fold division of the Siluric is into: (1) Niagara, (2) Onondaga (Salina) and (8) Lower Helderberg. In 1899, Clarke and Schuchert published their revised classification of the New York series, which has been pretty generally adopted. In this the Helderbergian, exclusive of the Manlius, was separated as Lower Devonic, while the remainder of the Siluric (Niagara and Onondaga (or Salina) of Dana, 1895) was divided into the Oswegan (Oneida conglomerate —Shaw- angunk grit and Medina sandstone), the Niagaran (Clinton, Rochester, Lockport and Guelph) and the Cayugan (Salina, Rondout and Manlius). Since then Grabau and Hartnagel have independently demonstrated that the Oneida is the equivalent of late Medina, and the Shawangunk, of Salina. In 1905, Grabau suggested the Richmond age of the lower 1100 feet of the Medina of western New York (Science XXII, p. 259, Oct. 27, 1905) uniting the upper with the Clinton. These relations were more fully discussed in 1906 (Bull. 92, N. Y. State Museum) and again in 1907 before the Geolo- gical Society of America, New York meeting, after a prolonged investigation of the Appalachian deposits. This relationship is now fully established, and the dividing line between Ordovicic and Siluric is drawn at the base of Upper Medina or Medina proper. For the red Medina shales, now recog- nized as of Ordovicic age, the name Queenstown beds is proposed, from the town of that name on the Niagara river opposite Lewiston, where these beds are partly exposed. Recent studies by Grabau and Scherzer in southern Michigan and ad- RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 455 joining regions in Canada and Ohio have demonstrated the existence of about 900 feet of fossiliferous strata: above the Salina, to which it is proposed to restrict the name Monroe. These will be fully discussed in a forthcoming paper, where the correlation of the eastern attenuated Upper Siluric beds will be given. The fauna of the Upper Monroe, above the Sylvania sand- stone, is a remarkable mixture of Siluric and Devonic types, as recently demonstrated before the Michigan Academy of Sciences, the Chicago meet- ing of Section E, American Association for the Advancement of Science, and the Albuquerque meeting of the Geological Society of America. ‘The following classification of the Siluric System of North America is proposed as most expressive of the relationships indicated by the facts now known: Upper Siluric ) Upper Monroe or Middle Monroe (Sylvania sandstone the only known repre- Monroe sentative) (900 feet) Lower Monroe Middle ‘aa Represented so far as known only by non-marine sedi- Salina ments (1000 fect) Lower Siluric Guelph (probably to be placed in with the Middle Siluric) Lockport dolomite | Rochester shales J { Clinton shales and limestones Clinton { Medina sandstone Mes conglomerate a (500 feet) This paper was illustrated with lantern slides. Dr. Julien’s paper appears in full as pages 129-146 of this volume. The paper was illustrated with several ingeniously prepared charts and aroused much interest, but, because of the lateness of the hour, the discus- sion was postponed to the next regular meeting of the Section. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. 456 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ADJOURNED BUSINESS MEETING. JANUARY 13, 1908. By adjournment from January 6, 1908, the Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, President Cox presiding. The minutes of the regular meetings of December 2, 1907, and January 6, 1908, were read and approved. The following candidates for election to Active Membership in the Academy, recommended by Council, were duly elected: Leo H. Baekeland, Ph.D., Yonkers-on-Hudson, N. Y., Mrs. Chester Griswold, 23 West 48th St., Robert H. Lowie, Ph.D., American Museum of Natural History, Charles Louis Pollard, A. M., New Brighton, S. L, Charles St. John Warner, 29 Broadway. The Recording Secretary then reported the following deaths among the membership of the Academy: Lord Kelvin, an Honorary Member since 1876, Rev. M. E. Dwight, an Active Member since 1905, T. J. Hurley, an Active Member since 1907, Wm. H. S. Wood, an Active Member since 1885. The Recording Secretary then read the following communication: ‘Notice is hereby given in pursuance of Section 5 of Chapter XI of the By-laws of the Academy that the undersigned propose an amend- ment to Chapter VI, Section 3 of the said By-laws by the addition thereto, at the end thereof, of the following words: and any Active Member or Fellow who has paid annual dues for twenty-five years or more may, upon his written request, be made a life member and be exempt from further payment of dues.” (Signed). C.F s Cox. N. L. Britton, E. O. Hovey. The above amendment to the By-laws will be acted upon at the next business meeting of the Academy. The Academy then adjourned. Epmunp Ottis Hovey, Recording Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 457 SECTION OF BIOLOGY. JANUARY 13, 1908. Section met at 8:25 P. M., Vice-President Chapman presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Henry F. Osborn, THe DISTRIBUTION OF THE MASTODON AND Mammots IN NortH AMERICA WITH DESCRIP- TION OF THE WARREN MastTopon. Louis Hussakof, Huntine Fosstt FISHES IN THE DEVONIAN OF OHIO AND CANADA. Ernest Thompson Seton, THE BioLocicaL RESULTS or AN EXPEDITION TO THE BARREN GROUNDS. The papers read by Professor Osborn and Dr. Hussakof were illustrated with lantern slides. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. Miner, § Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. JANUARY 20, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Hering presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Lamb, Rosanoff and Breithut, A New Mrtuop or Merasurinc Partiau Vapor PRESSURES IN Binary MIxTUREs. The paper was well discussed. The Section then adjourned. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. 458 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. JANUARY 27, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., in conjunction with the American Ethnologi- cal Society, at the American Museum of Natural History, General J. G. Wilson presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: R. H. Lowie, THr THreory or NaturE MytTHo.oey. V. Stefansson, THe MaAcKkENzIE River Eskimo. Both papers were illustrated with lantern slides. The Section then adjourned. R. S. WoopwortH, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. FEBRUARY 3, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Grabau presiding at first, but resigning the chair to President Cox who arrived a few minutes later. The minutes of the adjourned meeting of January 13 were read and approved. The following candidates for Active Membership in the Academy, recommended by Council, were duly elected: H. Sanburn Smith, Lackawanna Steel Co., 2 Rector St., Felix Arnold, Ph.D., 34 St. Nicholas Ave., Homer D. House, New York Botanical Garden, V. Stefansson, Care of American Geographical Society. The Recording Secretary then announced the following deaths in the Membership of the Academy: RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 459 Professor Charles A. Young, an Honorary Member for 30 years, Morris K. Jesup, an Active Member for 15 years, Professor William Stratford, an Active Member for 13 years and for some time Corresponding Secretary. Council recommended the following minute with reference to Mr. Jesup: In recognition of the great services rendered to Natural Science in this city by the late Morris K. Jesup, the New York Academy of Sciences adopts the following minute: Mr. Jesup has been a member of the Academy since 1893. He has been much interested in its welfare, and was foremost in welcoming it to the American Museum of Natural History, where its meetings have been held since 1903, where its library is deposited, and where its present efficiency as a scientific association of broad scope and influence has been developed. As president of the Board of Trustees of the American Museum of Natural His- tory, he has been indefatigable in building up the resources and collections of the Museum and in establishing it as one of the great institutions of its kind in the world. His influence on the development of Science in New York has been most benefi- cent; the Academy deeply deplores his loss. In accordance with the notice given at the business meeting of 13 January, 1908, the following amendment to the By-laws of the Academy was proposed: Add to Chapter VI, Section 3, of the By-laws of the Academy, at the end thereof, the following words: and any Active Member or Fellow who has paid annual dues for twenty-five years or more may, wpon his written request, be made a life member and be exempt from further pay- ment of dues. On motion, the amendment was unanimously adopted, a quorum of members of the Academy being present. The Academy then adjourned. EpmunpD Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. FEBRUARY 3, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. Sixty persons were present. 460 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Announcement was made of the issue of a circular letter inviting the geologists and mineralogists of New England, New York, New Jersey and eastern Pennsylvania to participate in a joint meeting April 6. The following program was then offered: E. O. Hovey, THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY or AMERICA, ALBUQUERQUE, NEw Mexico, DrEcEm- BER 30-31, 1907. Charles P. Berkey, A REVISED Cross-SECTION OF RoNDOUT VALLEY ALONG THE LINE OF THE CATSKILL AQUEDUCT. James F. Kemp, PRESENT TREND OF INVESTIGATIONS ON UNDERGROUND WATERS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Julien’s paper presented at the last meeting of the section was dis- cussed briefly by the author who showed two newly prepared charts of minerals not shown at the former meeting. Remarks were made by Pro- fessor J. F. Kemp. Dr. Hovey gave an account of the chief points of interest in connection with the meeting at Albuquerque and a brief summary of the papers. Dr. Berkey said in abstract: The explorations of the Board of Water Supply of New York City have now been made so complete across the Rondout Valley, a distance of five miles, that it is possible to construct by the aid of this data probably the most accurate cross-section of the rock structure yet known in New York State. There are twelve distinct forma- tions of stratified rock involved, all of which will be cut by the projected pressure tunnel. One marked unconformity in the series separates the Ordovician Hudson River slates from the overlying conglomerates, shales, sandstones and limestones of Silurian and Devonian age. ‘There are three faults of considerable displacement, together with smaller ones and minor foldings. In the effort to determine the variations of these formations as to thickness, depth from surface, displacements, physical conditions, water content and capacity, the presence of caves and relative solubility, and the position and depth of the buried channels beneath the drift cover, the available figures are so abundant that the section may be considered accurate within a few feet for a considerable proportion of the whole width of the valley and to a depth of 300 to 400 feet. Several drawings illustrating these features in detail, originally prepared for the Chief Engineer of the Board of Water Supply, were shown by per- RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 461 mission, and the successive stages in interpretation of results were pointed out. ‘The paper was also illustrated with lantern slides and charts. Professor Kemp said in abstract: Within a few years there has been a _marked change on the question of the sources and amount of underground water. Although as recently as 1900, in the most important discussion of the influence of ground water, all supplies other than meteoric were elimi- nated as of negligible importance, it is now becoming increasingly more probable that some of these supplies are of magmatic origin. There is a tendency to place much more emphasis upon the interpretation of ore bodies in the light of possible influence of magmatic waters. To an equal extent the earlier opinions as to the total amount of under- ground water have been modified. It has been customary to express this as a sheet of water over the surface of the globe of so many feet in depth. Delesse, in 1861, estimated it 7500 feet; Schlichter, 1902, 3000 to 3500 feet; Van Hise, 1904, 226 feet; Fuller, 1906, 96 feet. Ground waters of meteoric origin would seem therefore to be of very moderate amount, and the depths to which they penetrate are probably correspondingly reduced. It may readily be believed that their efficiency and universality in mineralization has been overestimated. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. Fesruary 10, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Chapman presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: N. L. Britton, THe GrEnus Ernodea Swartz: A STUDY OF SPECIES AND RACES. Bashford Dean, ACCIDENTAL RESEMBLANCE AND ITS PossIBLE Imu- PORTANCE IN THE ORIGIN OF SPECIES. C. William Beebe, PretiminARY Report or Some Recent Expreri- MENTS WITH Brrps IN THE New York ZOOLOGICAL PARK. Frank M. Chapman, THE Brrp’s Wine In FuiicuTr as REVEALED BY PHOTOGRAPHY. 462 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The papers by Professor Dean and Mr. Chapman were illustrated by lantern slides. An active discussion followed the reading of each paper. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. Miner, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. FEBRUARY 17, 1908. By permission of Council no meeting was held. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. SPECIAL MEETING. FEBRUARY 18, 1908. Dr. Leland 0. Howard of Washington, D. C., delivered a lecture upon ““SoME RECENT DISCOVERIES IN INSECT PARASITISM, AND THE PRACTI- CAL HANDLING OF PARASITES.” The lecture was given through coéperation with the New York and Brooklyn Entomological Societies. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. FEBRUARY 24, 1908. Section met in conjunction with the New York Branch of the American Psychological Association at 4 P. M. at the Psychological Laboratory of Columbia University, and at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Meyer presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 463 Afternoon Session. The usual afternoon session was adjourned to hear the following lecture at Columbia University: E. B. Titchener, Tue Laws or ATTENTION. Evening Session. H. C. Warren, FEELING AND OTHER SENSATIONS. Warner Brown, ‘TIME IN VERSE. H. L. Hollingworth, THE Timez or MovEMENT. Adolf Meyer, THE CONCEPT OF SUBSTITUTIVE ACTIVITY AND THE RELATION OF MENTAL REACTION TYPES TO PsycHIA- tric NosoLoey. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Titchener discussed the question as to the number of distin- guishable levels of clearness which are simultaneously present in the same consciousness. After a comprehensive review of the literature and a careful examination of the doctrines which hold to three or four levels, the lecturer concluded that there was no real evidence of more than two distinct levels: that of clearness, or attention, and that of obscurity, or inattention. For example, in looking at one of the common puzzle pictures, in which a face is concealed, the moment the face appears to the observer the picture as a whole, which up to that moment had been clear, drops at once into obscurity, and there is no appearance of a gradual fading into obscurity through a series of intermediate gradations. It is true, however, that both at the level of obscurity and, more certainly still, at the level of clearness there may exist slight differences in the prominence of the different elements present. ‘This is illustrated by the differing prominence of the different elements of a rhythm even though all lie in the field of attention. ‘There may also, as between different states of consciousness, be differences in the level of clearness and in that of obscurity; the narrower the field of attention, the greater is the disparity between the level of clearness and the level of obscurity. Professor Warren said that the supposed radical distinction between feeling and sensation was supported by three separate claims. (1) Hwi- dence from introspection. 'This is inconclusive. Admitting the vast differ- ence of sort between so-called feelings and visual sensations, for example, 464 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES there appears quite as vast a difference of sort between visual, auditory and other “external” sensations. (2) Distinction between external and internal elements. ‘This affords no better criterion. ‘The hedonic tone of a visual sensation, for example, has just as definite a physical basis as its brightness or color characters. Organic conditions are less clear-cut than external stimuli, but difference in degree of clearness is no reason for divid- ing experience into two elemental sorts. Moreover, a distinction based on source should recognize activity experience also. ‘The speaker prefers the terms external, organic and kinesthetic sensations to a more radical division into sensations, feelings and activity experiences. (3) Dzfferent genetic réles of presentation and affection. “External’’ sensations lead more readily to thought and “knowledge about”’ things than internal. But this is due to the relative vagueness of the latter. Definite, vivid experiences lead to perception, judgment, reasoning; indefinite, vague experiences lead to noth- ing beyond themselves. Yet any experience, even of discomfort or well- being, may at times become focused in attention and form the basis of a judgment. ‘The distinction between presentative and affective is, therefore, not really based on the nature of stimuli. Intellectual experience is the result of a distinctive mental function which acts (in favorable circum- stances) on sensory experiences of any sort. ‘The three claims for a radical dichotomy of experience are thus found to be unsatisfactory. All simple experience is essentially one in nature. Mr. Brown, in his paper, said that a large number of graphic records of the voice had been made the basis of the report. The material embraced nonsense verses and typical verses of English poetry. The former failed to show any differences of tempo between the four common rhythms, and the differences of internal time relations of the feet were not found to be those usually accepted. Syllables in trochees are nearly equal in length, but the accented is shorter. The accented syllable of the dactyl is not longer than the corresponding short syllable of the anapest. If two short syllables are taken as equivalent to one, no sharp line can be drawn between two-syllable and three-syllable rhythms in respect to time. In lines of poetry the conventional alternation of long and short syllables is frequently reversed, leaving the time structure chaotic. The feet approximate equality only in the very simplest verse. There is no regular connection between accent and duration. None of the three-syllable rhythms took the form given by the dactyl in nonsense verse. The general conclusion was that the ear is incompetent to judge, and that the impression of temporal regularity in verse is strictly illusory. Mr. Hollingworth described an instrument designed to record simul- taneously and graphically the extent, duration and force of a rectilinear RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 465 arm movement. To the car of the Cattell-Fullerton extent of movement apparatus is attached a signal magnet, which controls the vibrations of an enlarged Pfeil time marker. On a smoked paper, stretched on a horizontal frame, the writing point traces the extent of the movement and records the time in twentieths of a second. The interruptions are made by means of a reed oscillator. The car pulls against a set of springs, which are adjustable, so that the force may be varied independently of the extent, but correlated with it empirically. A pulley attachment provides for the use of weights in- stead of springs. The traditional method of controlling the extent of a movement by impact against an upright is found to cause a large positive constant error which is a function of the force of impact, and the magnitude of which increases the variable error. When the movement was blocked at one centimeter from the starting-point, the varying speeds, indicated in mm. per tenth of a second, gave the following results: 7S 0131510 ena EAA ects 68 100 110 @onstant error... oe eee a eos mim: +174 mm. +171 mm. Wari blererrore ). sce ae eye BO) AD ns A ce When stopped at two centimeters: 5] 8 (e1er0 leh the MA Reale U ah eH UE 32 120 138 Constant/error. soe ne ee OO nama +158 mm. +166 mm. Wari blererronee eine taieiae eat Pees SS ie aA Ih When stopped at three centimeters: SPICER ernie Ly ein itu ec) jel aeaniel ey aha Ne oe 103 155 _ SONS TAM CTE OL ea ee ci ae RANA MIRE oan ete (TIA +132 mm. Weta teil} lex Cey 0) CEs ea EAT A LAT UCN AL La Qa DSc In order to eliminate this factor a sound hammer, introduced at optional - points along the track, serves as a signal for stopping the movement. ‘The movement is thus terminated by the subject himself and becomes a unit, commensurable with any other free movement. Dr. Meyer, in his paper, noted as a characteristic sign of our times in psychopathology, as in other biological and extrabiological domains, the surrender of the quest for the final nature of events in terms of physicochem- ical materialism. The chase for the noumenon, or Ding an sich, has lost its charm. We realize that much of what is expressed in psychology or psychopathology in terms of nerve-cells is pseudo-scientific tautology, the facts on which the claims are based being extra neurological, and the in- ferences being often enough not only unverifiable, but directly opposed by what we know in terms of nerve histology and nerve physiology. ‘This form 466 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES of scientific mythology serves its purpose if it stimulates, but it ought not to be accepted as solution. It seems infinitely wiser to reduce events not to static principles, but to simpler events, and to study the laws of modi- fiability of the active factors and of the results. The notion of the “lesion” is helpful where facts are accessible; otherwise, it plays the réle of a noume- non. Events are defined by the situation, the reaction and the final ad- justment, and the réle played by parts of the event or part of the mechanism. Abnormal events may be best accounted for by modification either of in- frapsychical (simple physiological) or of mental (physiological-psychological) factors. Since the mental events constitute adjustive actions with a scale of efficiency or lack of efficiency, we can distinguish the well-planned act, poorly supported by faulty physiological mechanisms, from inadequately planned, inferior reactions; and the latter we designate as substitutive activities, to denote that the fault lies more in the deficiency of the mental adaptation itself than that of the tool of the same. ‘The advantage lies in the fact that we do not telescope the facts into a schematic artifact devoid of a time component, with a craving for uncontrollable nerve-cell notions, but our attention remains faithful to the field in which things happen. The tendency of an overbelief in the value of noumena is further illustrated in the notion of a “disease,” as soon as it figures as more than an empirical unit, satisfying the identification of certain combinations of manifestations, or of some issues of treatment, or not infrequently of a desire for protection against demands of responsibility concerning the outcome. The “disease” notion is hardly conspicuous in the plainest events of pathology, in injuries, intoxications and even infection, but the nearer we get to the ill-defined, the more the term ‘disease entity’? gets a noumenal overimportance. Con- sumption used to be a protective term covering up the inefficiency of man- agement of tubercular infection; dementia precox is to-day such a term covering up medical inefficiency in dealing with the so-called deterioration processes. Within their proper field and plainly realized limitations, the maintenance of these noumena has a great advantage for orderly thinking, but, like the neo-vitalistie modes of presentation of biological facts, they would be most detrimental if considered as more than formulas or starting- points of more fundamental work. For didactic and practical work the differentiation of unfavorable developments from harmless or from consti- tutional recurrent, but non-deteriorating, disorders is equally important for the physician and for the families. Hence the importance of a distinction of dementia precox and manic-depressive insanity. But for progress in the understanding, a constructive knowledge of events has to supersede the purely formal method of what can only be a preliminary grouping, until the pertinent cases can be said to present experiments of nature with clearly RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 467 known components, traced to simpler events rather than to artificial elements of physchology or neurology. The Section then adjourned. R. S. WoopwortH, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. Marcu 2, 1908. The Academy met at 5:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Grabau presiding. Dr. Charles P. Berkey was appointed secretary pro-tem in the absence of the Recording Secretary. The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. The following candidates for election to Active Membership in the Academy, recommended by Council, were duly elected: J. H. Anderson, 54 St. Nicholas Ave., A. H. Scholle, 2020 Broadway. Council reported that the following had applied for Life Membership, under Chapter VI, Section 3, of the By-laws: Pierre de P. Ricketts, 104 John St., Elwyn Waller, 7 Franklin Place, Morristown, N. J. Council reported the following deaths: Isidor Wormser, an Active Member for 1 year, E. S. F. Arnold, M.D., a Fellow and Active Member for 28 years. Council reported the following resolutions with reference to Professors Underwood and Stratford: Professor Underwood served the Academy as Vice-President and in other official relations, and was at the time of his death a member of the Council as delegate from the Torrey Botanical Club, an affiliated society. He was deeply interested in the work of the Academy, and his contributions were greatly valued and esteemed by his associates. He was beloved by the members of the Council, and his death is regarded not only as a great loss to botanical science, but as a personal bereave- ment. It is resolved that this memorial be spread upon the minutes and be communi- cated to his family. N. L. Brirron, Chairman, J. F. Kemp, H. H. Russy. 468 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The Academy records with sorrow the death of Professor William Stratford, a member of long standing and a former Corresponding Secretary. He was a promi- nent member of the faculty of the College of the City of New York, having served on its teaching staff for over 41 years. Born in 1844, he graduated with A. B. at the City College in 1865 and later took the degrees of M. D. and Ph.D. at New York University; he became tutor in Natural History in the City College in 1866, under Professor J. C. Draper, whom he succeeded as head of the department in 1886. He was a well known member of scientific organizations in New York, was a recognized expert in biological microscopy, conducting important experiments in the early days of photo-micrography and devising new combinations in the mathematics of lenses. In his work in the City College, he early introduced laboratory methods and developed its museum, enriching its paleontological materials with the fruits of several expedi- tions to the Rocky Mountains. He is best known as a teacher and as the devoted friend of those whose interest in Natural History led them beyond the door of the class room. His private laboratory was always filled with volunteer students, and he was generous, even to a fault, in giving them his time, means, apparatus,— every- thing he had. And he followed the career of each of ‘‘his men’”’ with the keenest interest. He was never too busy to do them favors, no matter the cost, and the only reward he asked was to see them become prominent as teachers, physicians, biologists. BasHFORD DEAN, Committee. The secretary read a letter from Dr. Joseph D. Hooker, expressing his appreciation of his election to Honorary Membership in the Academy. The Academy then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary pro-tem. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Marcu 2, 1908. Section met at 8:30 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Robert T. Hill, GroLoGcicaAL PROBLEMS OF THE WINDWARD ISLANDS. Roswell Johnson, THe Mip-conTINENT Orn FYIELDs. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Johnson said in abstract: The production of oil in Oklahoma and Kansas, generally called the mid-continental oil field, has forged ahead RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 469 during the year 1908, so that the production now surpasses that of any other field in the United States, and the production of Oklahoma exceeds that of any other state. The mid-continent production is given at 47,566,906 barrels by Professor E. Haworth, in the Engineering and Mining Journal. Its nearest rival, California, is estimated in the same journal to have pro- duced 40,000,000 barrels. The oil is of intermediate grade, being used as fuel oil only in exceptional areas or in cases of local congestion. While inferior to Appalachian and Lima oil, it is superior to that of Illinois. ‘The production might have been greater had it not been for the lack of suffi- cient pipe lines to transport the product and the consequent low prices. With this limitation removed, the production will doubtless reach consider- ably higher figures in the future. One pool in one township, the Glenn Pool, made the phenomenal record of 19,632,337 barrels in the year, being much more than the production of the entire Texas and Louisiana field in the same time. This establishes it as the greatest pool yet found in Amer- ica. The oil has so far been chiefly derived from sandstones within the Cherokee shales of Middle Carboniferous age in Kansas and Northern Oklahoma. Recently, horizons in the underlying strata, which are so extensively developed in eastern Oklahoma, have been found to be produc- tive of a lighter oil, comparing with the Pennsylvania oil in its paraffin con- tent. These finds are especially encouraging, since there is in this region a very favorable deformation of the strata. This is the result of two sets of folds at an angle to each other. One set, running about north and south, was caused by the Ozark uplift. The other set, running east and west, was caused by the folding of the Ouachita Mountains to the south. In general the mode of occurrence and the horizon of the oil and gas in the mid-continent field is similar to that of the Appalachian field and con- trasts strongly with the heavy-oil fields of the Gulf Coast and California. Professor Hill’s paper was illustrated by maps and drawings; that of Mr. Johnson by charts showing geologic structure and comparative productivity. Both papers were listened to with much interest. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. Marca 9, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Professor E. B. Wilson presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. 470 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY GF SCIENCES The following program was then offered: Amadeus W. Grabau, RECAPITULATION AS VIEWED BY A PALEONTOLOGIST. William M. Wheeler, DEsErT ANTs. Homer D. House, THe NortH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS Ipomaa. The papers read by Professors Grabau and Wheeler were illustrated with lantern slides. The paper by Mr. House forms pages 181-263 of this volume. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. MINER, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. Marcu 16, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Hering presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: William Campbell, Norres oN METALLOGRAPHY APPLIED TO ENGINEERING. SUMMARY OF PAPER. Professor Campbell, in his paper, briefly reviewed the methods of pre- paring specimens, development of structure, microscopic examination and photographing the specimen. The structure of metals, ingotism and grain structure, the effects of strain and of annealing were demonstrated, and the constitution of alloys, mattes, speisses, etc., taken up. The carbon- iron series, the graphite-austenite and cementite-austenite groups were discussed and illustrated. Examples of structure were given; wrought iron vs. low carbon steel, good and bad material; working and annealing of medium carbon steel; rails and examples of their failure; steel tyres and shelling out; the structure of hypereutectic steels and their change with heat treatment; cast iron, gray, mottled, white, spiegeleisen; cementation and blister steel; malleableizing and the formation of temper carbon. The application of metallography to economic geology was shown by iS — , = . © RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 471 demonstrating the paragenesis of certain mixed sulphide ores, of silver ores from Cobalt, Ont., of the Butte copper ores, of typical “enrichment zones.” The constitution of so-called nickeliferous pyrrhotites and of certain complex opaque minerals was shown. Many lantern slides were used to illustrate the paper. The Section then adjourned. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. Marcu 23, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., in conjunction with the American Ethno- logical Society, at the American Museum of Natural History, General J. G. Wilson presiding. The following program was offered: Arthur 0. Lovejoy, Fire CuLts: THEIR DISTRIBUTION AND CHARAC- TERISTIC FEATURES, WITH AN HypoTHEsis RE- SPECTING THEIR ORIGIN AND MEANING. Robert H. Lowie, THE PsycHoLocy oF DREAMs. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Lovejoy said in abstract: While the most wide-spread of the observances relating to the sacred fire is the custom of maintaining, either upon the domestic hearth or in a communal shrine, a fire that, except upon periodic ceremonial occasions, is never permitted to go out —a practise which by itself might be regarded as a mere convenience or necessity, invested in the course of time with supernatural or magical import — there are other fire-observances, occurring usually among the same peoples, which also have a bearing on the significance of the fire-cult. Especially significant is the annual or cyclic ceremony of extinguishing the old fire and kindling new by some archaic method, as the central and most solemn rite in the transition to a new year, e. g., at the planting of the first seed or the first eating of the new crop (Rome, Celtic Ireland, Eskimos, Iroquois, Muskoki, Aztecs, Ouichuas and others). Widely diffused are also the 472 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES customs of passing new-born children over or around the fire (¢7. Greek myths of children rendered immortal by this means); of leaping through fires at certain seasonal festivals, as the Roman Palilia, the Johannisfeuer celebrations, etc.; of employing fire as a fertility charm for crops and herds; of celebrating essential parts of the marriage ceremony before the household fire; of using fire in initiation rites. An analysis of these observances and a consideration of the reasons actually given for certain of them by Iroquois and Maori makes it probable that the sacred fire was by many races con- ceived, not as a practical convenience, or as an unmotivated ancient cus- tom, or as a device for frightening away demons, or as a negative purifying agency merely, but as a vehicle of life force or magical energy — manitou, wakonda or mana; that the health and prosperity of the household or tribe was believed to depend in part on the fire’s perpetuity, vitality and purity; and that the fire, like all natural forces, was thought of as subject to periodi- city, to a tendency to grow old and weak, and accordingly as in need of periodic renewal. Dr. Lowie called attention to the services which scientific dream psy- chology can render to the ethnologist. A knowledge of the investigations carried on in this field will enable him to view critically the plausible but inaccurate dicta of popular psychology. Knowing, for example, the theory of dreams advanced by Delage, the ethnologist will not naively accept the assumption of Wundt and Radestock that dreams of recently deceased relatives have largely influenced the development of belief in a hereafter. A positive benefit is derived when mythological figures of obscure origin, such as dwarfs, gorgons, etc., are derived from the distorted images of some dreams — Wundt’s Fratzentriume — as a conceivable source. From a purely psychological point of view, the speaker urged the desirability of fuller dream-records, especially in regard to varieties of hypnagogic ex- perience. The Section then adjourned. R. S. WoopwortTH, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. Aprit 6, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, President Cox presiding. The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 473 The following candidate for Active Membership, recommended by Council, was duly elected: Richard F. Bohler, 115th St. and Amsterdam Ave. The Recording Secretary read an application made by Dr. R. H. Lowie for an appropriation of $300 from the Esther Herrman Research Fund, for assistance in carrying out an Investigation among the Indians of the north- western portion of Canada. The application had been investigated and approved by Dr. Clark Wissler, Curator of Ethnology at the Museum. Dr. E. O. Hovey, also, applied for an appropriation of $110 from the Esther Herrman Research Fund for the purchase of thermometric instru- ments for use in prosecuting studies of voleanic phenomena in the Lesser Antilles. On motion the requests were referred to Council with approval. The Recording Secretary then read letters from Professors James Ward and William Bateson, expressing their appreciation of the honor conferred upon them by their election as Honorary Members of the Academy. The Academy then adjourned. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Aprit 6, 1908. The Section held two sessions for the presentation of papers. The first was held at 2 P. M. at Columbia University, with the Department of Geology. The second session, at 8:15 P. M., was held at the American Museum of Natural History. By invitation of Dr. A. W. Grabau, Chairman of the Section, Professor J. J. Stevenson presided over the first session. Attendance, 40. The following program was then offered: George H. Perkins, State Geologist of Vermont, THE CAMBRIAN Rocks OF VERMONT. James F. Kemp, Columbia University, RECENT ADVANCES IN OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE MAGNETITE BopiEs AT MINEVILLE. Edgar T. Wherry, University of Pennsylvania, NrEwarkK Copper Deposits or EASTERN PENN- SYLVANIA. 474 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES J. Volney Lewis, Rutgers College, PETROGRAPHY OF THE NEWARK INTRUSIVE D1a- BASE OF NEW JERSEY. Douglas Wilson Johnson, Harvard University, THE ORIGIN oF BEACH Cusps. William G. Reed, Jr., Harvard University, DEVELOPMENT OF NANTASKET BracH, Boston Harpor. A STUDY IN ORIGIN WITH A RESTORA- : TION OF ORIGINAL FEATURES. Charles P. Berkey, Columbia University, THe Actp EXTREME OF THE CORTLANDT SERIES, NEAR PEEKSKILL, NEw YORK. J. E. Hyde, Columbia University, STRUCTURE OF THE BRACHIAL SUPPORT OF Camarophorella, a MississtppIaN MERISTEL- LOID BRACHIOPOD. Amadeus W. Grabau, Columbia University, A RevISED CLASSIFICATION FOR THE NORTH AMERICAN LOWER PALEOZOIC. The afternoon program was finished at 6 o’clock, and those in attend- ance repaired to the Faculty Club where dinner was served and where an hour was spent in a social way. The evening session was called to order by Vice-President Grabau, who introduced Professor B. K. Emerson of Amherst College as the chairman of the evening. The following program was presented: T. A. Jaggar, Jr., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, THe Evo.uTtion or BogosLor VOLCANO IN BERING SEA. Ellsworth Huntington, Yale University, Some Curves ILLUSTRATING COINCIDENT VOL- CANIC, SEISMIC AND SOLAR PHENOMENA. Henry 8. Washington, New York City, THe VoLcANOES AND Rocks OF PANTELLERIA. Edmund Otis Hovey, American Museum of Natural History, THe GrisEON METEORITE AND OTHER. RECENT ACCESSIONS OF THE AMERICAN MusEuM. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 475 SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Perkins said in abstract: So far as satisfactorily determined, the Cambrian of Vermont occupies a narrow strip from north to south through the State between the Green Mountains and Lake Champlain. In some places the beds reach the shore of that lake and form the boldest of the headlands. Northward the Cambrian extends to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and south through New York to middle Alabama. It is probable that there are derivatives from Cambrian strata in and east of the Green Mountains, but none have been certainly identified. So far as studied, all the beds belong to the Olenellus zone of Walcott, or Lower Cambrian. By a very interesting and extensive fault and overthrust Cambrian strata were lifted and thrown over the Utica. In all there are not less than 10,000 feet of Cambrian beds in western Vermont. ‘These beds consist of 1,000 feet of more or less silicious limestone, and the other rocks are shales, sandstones, quartzites, conglomerates, of very diverse color, composition and texture. In a few places the red sandrock beds change to a thick, bedded, brecciated, calcareous rock, which, when worked, is the Winooski or Champlain marble, —a mottled red and white stone used in many large buildings all over the country. Few of the beds are fossiliferous, but some abound in trilobites, Olen- ellus, Ptychoparia, etc., and a few brachiopods, worm burrows, trilobite and other tracks, etc., are also found. In all, the number of species is not large, and probably not more than fifty have been found. Of these, trilobites form the larger number, brachiopods coming next. Most of the beds are thin, but some have a thickness of several feet. A large portion of the species from the Vermont beds were described, many of these not having been found elsewhere. The great beds of roofing slate which are extensively worked in south- western Vermont are included in the Cambrian. Remarks with reference to this subject were made by Professors Hitch- cock, Grabau and Kemp. Professor Kemp showed a series of cross-sections illustrating in detail the structural features of the deposits discussed in his paper. Professor Wherry said in abstract: The Newark series in eastern Penn- sylvania is divisible into five formations and attains a total thickness of over 20,000 feet. In the upper part there is a large trap sheet, about 1,500 feet thick, which shows the character of an intrusive sill. Copper was first mined in this region at Bowman Hill, on the Delaware, by the Dutch from New Amsterdam, about 1650; but the most important 476 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES early operation was the Old Perkiomen Mine, at Schwenksville, opened about 1700. Three types of deposit are known: those connected with trap sills, those in fissure veins, and those in unaltered shales. Deposits of the first type show grains and streaks of bornite and chalcopyrite, while brecciated fissures are filled with these ores and various accessory minerals. The magmatic origin of the metals in these cases is clear enough, but the source of the films of malachite and chrysocalla occasionally found in the undisturbed and unaltered sedimentary rocks is as yet obscure. ‘Though perhaps none of these deposits is sufficiently rich to repay working, they are not without their interesting features. The paper was accompanied by illustrations. Professor Lewis said in abstract: The intrusive trap that forms the Palisades of the Hudson extends in outcrops several hundred feet thick from west of Haverstraw, N. Y., southward to Staten Island and, somewhat intermittently, westward across New Jersey to the Delaware River, having an aggregate length of outcrop of about 100 miles.t It is everywhere a medium- to fine-grained, dark gray, heavy rock, with dense aphanitie facies. The typical coarser rock contains, in the order of abundance, augite, plagioclase feldspars, quartz, orthoclase, magnetite and apatite. ‘The first two occur in ophitic to equant granular textures and the next two in graphic intergrowths which sometimes constitute as much as one-third of the rock. In the contact facies, micropegmatite disappears and scattering crystals of olivine occur. A highly olivinic ledge, 10 to 20 feet thick and about 50 feet from the base of the sill, is exposed in the outcrops northward from Jersey City for about 20 miles. The olivine crystals, which constitute 15 to 20 per cent. of the rock, occur as poikilitic inclusions in the augite and feldspar. Chemically, the trap ranges from less than 50 per cent. to more than 60 per cent. of silica, with a corresponding variation in alumina, ferric oxide and the alkalis, while ferrous iron, lime and magnesia vary inversely. ‘The augite is rich in these latter constituents and poor in alumina, giving a great preponderance of the hypersthene and diopside molecules. ‘The feldspars range from orthoclase and albite to basic labradorite. Doubtless there is always more or less anorthoclase, also, since all feldspar analyses show potash. While there is considerable range in the proportions of the minerals, augite usually comprises about 50 per cent. of the rock, the feldspars about 1J. Volney Lewis, Structure and Correlation of the Newark Trap Rocks of New Jersey, Bull. Geol. Soc. of Amer., Vol. 18, pp. 195-210; also Origin and Relations of the Newark Rocks, Ann. Report State Geologist of N. J. for 1906, pp. 97-129. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 477 40 per cent., quartz 5 per cent. and the ores 5 per cent., constituting a quartz- diabase, with normal-diabase and olivine-diabase facies. In the quantita- tive system it is chiefly a camptonose (III, 5, 3, 4), with the acidic dacose (II, 4, 2, 4) facies. The olivinic ledge is palisadose (IV, 1’, 1’, 2), the name here suggested for this hitherto unnamed subrang. Slight basic concentration at the contacts, possibly according to Soret’s principle, followed by differentiation by gravity during crystallization of the main mass, especially by the settling of olivine and the ores and the rising of the lighter feldspars in the earlier and more liquid stages of the magma, accounts for the facies observed and their present relations. Professor Johnson said in abstract: Two theories have been advanced to account for the origin of beach cusps. According to one theory, the cusps result from the accumulation of seaweed along the shore and the breaking of water through the seaweed barrier, removing sand and gravel where the break occurs and moulding the remaining deposits into cuspate forms. According to the second theory, the cusps are formed where intersecting waves reach the shore. There are serious theoretical objections to both these theories and still more serious practical objections. Experiments show that cusps can be formed in the laboratory by parallel waves which are, in turn, parallel to the beach; and numerous observations seem to show that they are generally so formed in nature. The cause of cusp formation is to be found in the physical properties of fluids descending an inclined plane, as will be shown more fully in a forthcoming paper. Professor Reed said in abstract: Nantasket Beach consists of several drumlins tied together and to the mainland by a complex system of tombolos. Some of the drumlins show sea cliffs now abandoned by the waves. From the relations of these cliffs and the more ancient of the beaches, the initial drumlins have been reconstructed. The effect of marine action in cliffing the drumlins and stringing out the eroded material in successive tombolos has been followed through, step by step, until the conditions of to-day have been reached. The study shows that Nantasket Beach is not the result of the accidental tying together of a few islands without system, but that it represents one stage in a long series of evolutionary changes which have occurred in orderly sequence and in accordance with definite physiographic laws. Professor Reed’s paper was illustrated and was followed by remarks by Professor Grabau. Dr. Berkey said in abstract: The rocks of the Corlandt series are known, through the work of the late Professor J. D. Dana and that of Professor H. S. Williams, to occupy an area on the Hudson River just south of Peekskill, N. Y., and to include a very wide range of granitoid medium to basic types of igneous rocks. 478 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The writer has had opportunity to see much of these rocks and their field relations during the past three years. It seems certain that they repre- sent a case of magmatic differentiation that includes not only the Cortlandt series, as outlined by Dana and Williams, but two or three occurrences of typical granite as well. ‘The granite area borders the basic varieties on the northeast side. Actual contacts of the larger masses are not to be seen, but an occasional dike of granite cuts the adjacent diorite and gabbros, indicating a relationship as one of the latest developments. Furthermore, the granite shows its consanguinity by its heavy soda content, soda-lime feldspar predominating. It is, however, a very acid granite and introduces a con- siderably greater range of rock variety, becoming the acid extreme of the Cortlandt series. Mr. Hyde said in abstract: The genus Camarophorella has heretofore been known only by a single species from the Kinderhook at Burlington, Iowa, and has always been referred to the family Pentameride, order Protremata, in which only the simplest type of brachial support is known. Recently obtained material of a second species from Sciotoville, Ohio, transfers it to the sub-family Meristellinz, in the order Telotremata. ‘This material is of unusual interest in that it throws a new light on the method of development of the jugum in certain Athyroid types. It has been supposed that this portion of the brachidium was formed in the phylogeny of the group by the growth of two jugal processes, one on the basal whorl of each cone, and that these united into the shape of an inverted V or U, from the apex of which a short stem was continued which in time bifurcated, the arms then lengthening and reuniting with the base of the stem. The material referred to shows certainly that, in this form at least, the inverted V or U was formed and that the remainder of the structure was laid down, probably in a single plate on the surface of the U and not by any such process as outlined above. Professor Jaggar said in abstract: The island consists of four prominent peaks, old Bogoslof at the south, McCulloch Peak steaming actively in the middle, Metcalf Cone (sometimes called Perry Peak) adjacent to McCulloch in the north and New Bogoslof or Fire Island (‘‘Grewingk”’), a flat table rock at the northwest end of the group. These are now all connected by continuous gravel and sand strips, where in one place there was a broad channel and seven fathoms of water a year ago. McCulloch Peak and Metcalf Cone are both products of the slow push- ing up from beneath the waves of a mass of refractory lava, semi-solid, crusting and breaking into blocks as it rises, with only the central portions retaining a semblance of fluidity. In 1796 Old Bogoslof rose. In 1884 New Bogoslof, Fire Island, came RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 479 into being, and the waves joined the two with bars. In 1891 New Bogoslof was still steaming. In 1906 Metcalf Cone was reported midway between Old and New Bogoslof. In July, 1907, Metcalf Cone had broken in two, and the breaches between the islands were again connected with continuous land. On September 1, 1907, McCulloch Peak exploded and was wholly destroyed. No such extraordinary story of growth and alteration of an island in the sea has ever been told in the records of science before, and the changes of the later stages are unique in the annals of vulcanology. In connection with this paper, sketches were shown illustrating the remarkable differences in outline of this island at different intervals from 1826 to 1907. It was also illustrated with lantern slides. Remarks in connection with the subject made by Professor C. H. Hitchcock and Dr. Henry S. Washington. Professor Huntington said in abstract: In discussions of the possibility of some relationship between sunspots and earthquakes or volcanoes, atten- tion has usually been concentrated upon sunspot maxima. Jensen, an Australian, however, has plotted the most important earthquakes and volcanic eruptions for the last century and more, and on comparing his data with the sunspot curve for the same period finds that there seems to be a grouping of the terrestrial phenomena at or near the time of sunspot minima. In order to test the validity of his conclusions, another set of data as to earthquakes and volcanoes, prepared by Mr. R. W. Sayles for quite a differ- ent purpose, has been taken and similarly compared with the sunspot curve. In this case, as in the other, the grouping of terrestrial phenomena at times of sunspot minima is evident. In order to get rid of the personal equation, which enters so largely into such studies, and in order to get rid of temporary or local irregularities, all the data of both Sayles and Jensen have been averaged together. By repeated averaging of results as to the frequency and intensity of both earthquakes and volcanoes, the whole body of facts given by the two investigators, for a period of 117 years in one case and 147 in the other, has been combined into a single curve representing the progress of volcanic and seismic phenomena during the average sunspot cycle for the same period. On comparing this curve with the average sunspot curve, it appears that the minimum of the one coincides exactly with the maxima of the other and vice versa, and that times of increase in the one set of phe- nomena are times of decrease in the other. The coincidence cannot possibly be accidental, for the repeated process of averaging would prevent the two curves from agreeing unless there were a genuine cause of agreement. The remarkable nature of the coincidence suggests that there is some common cause at work, producing a maximum occurrence of earthquakes and volcanoes upon the earth and a minimum occurrence of spots on the sun. 480 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The data used do not claim to be exhaustive, and the results are advanced as suggestive, rather than conclusive. This paper was illustrated with diagrams. Dr. Washington said in abstract: The island of Pantelleria is entirely voleanic in origin. Its geologic structure has been variously interpreted, and the views of the speaker differ in some important respects from those of other observers, notably Foerstner and Bergeat. ‘There is supposed to have been formed first a large voleano, covering practically the whole area and submarine in its first stages. ‘This was composed of rather siliceous soda-trachytes and later green pantellerites. ‘The central and upper parts of this cone disappeared, probably by explosion, in analogy with the history of many other volcanoes, leaving a large central caldera, surrounded by an encircling somma with steep inner scarps and gentle outer slopes. Within the caldera arose the cone of the second period, now represented by Montagna Grande, the summit of which is the culminating point of the island, and Monte Gibele on the southeast. The lava of these is a very uniform soda- trachyte. The crater of Monte Gibele seems to have been the original eruptive center for the joint mass, but later the block of Montagna Grande was separated from the Gibele cone by a fault, with considerable tilting of the fault block. On the western and northern sides of this block there were formed several small parisitic cones, which gave vent to flows of black, glassy pantellerite. These and the trachytic flows of the Gibele volcano nearly filled the whole floor of the original caldera, the only portion left uncovered being a small elliptical lake, which is thus regarded as a residuum of the old caldera floor and not an eruptive center. The next phase of eruptive activity was confined to the northwestern part of the island, and the lavas are entirely feldspar-basalts, forming several small cinder cones, with flows of scoriaceous basalt. Eruptive activity on the island proper seems to have ceased and is now evident only in some fumaroles and hot springs. The rocks show a wide range in chemical composition, but belong to but few distinct types. They are characterized by high soda, giving rise to the presence of abundant soda-microcline, e«girite, and the triclinic cossyrite among the more salic types, and by the high amount of titanium among the basalts. The paper was based on a visit made in 1905 and was illustrated with lantern slides. After the reading of the papers, there were a few general remarks by Professor Kemp and others, and arrangements were made for a field excur- sion to the “‘trap”’ sheets of New Jersey. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 481 SECTION OF BIOLOGY. AprIL 13, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Dr. C. Stuart Gager presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Edmund B. Wilson, A Review or THE TYPES OF SEXUAL DIFFERENCES OF THE CHROMOSOMES. Clinton G. Abbott, Tur PropaBLE Cause OF THE “BLEATING” OF SNIPE. Ralph W. Tower, Tue PropucTION OF SOUND IN THE DRUM-FISH, THE SEA-ROBIN AND THE TOAD-FISH. The papers by Professor Wilson and Mr. Abbott were illustrated by lantern slides and that of the latter by experiments as well. Professor Tower’s paper was read by title and has been published as pages 149-180 of this volume. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. MINER, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. ApRIL 20, 1908. By permission of Council no meeting was held. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. AprRIL 27, 1908. Section met in conjunction with the New York Branch of the American Psychological Association at 4 P. M. at the Psychological Laboratory of 482 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Columbia University, and at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Meyer presiding. The following program was offered: Afternoon Session. R. 8S. Woodworth, IMAGERY OF Time RELATIONS. H. H. Woodrow, REACTION Time AS INFLUENCED BY THE IRREGULAR RECURRENCE OF THE STIMULUS. Will S. Monroe, MEMORIES FOR FACEs. Edward L. Thorndike, Practise aS A PurELY INTELLECTUAL FUNCTION. Evening Session. H. A. Carr, Some INvoLUNTARY ILLUSIONS OF DEPTH. H. D. Marsh, PsyCcHOLOGICAL IMPLICATES OF CERTAIN LINGUISTIC EXPRESSIONS. A. C. Armstrong, Tue Ipea or FEELING In RoussEAvu’s RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHY. Max Eastman, Tue Pragmatic MEANING OF PRAGMATISM. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Woodworth noted the disproportion between our rich supply of time concepts and our meager perceptual experience of time, and proposed to test the hypothesis that time concepts were really composed of spatial concepts or images suffused with a temporal feeling. Mathematically, time can be represented by a point, or better, a line or plane, moving along a line or axis, the present being any chosen position of the moving point, the past to the left, and the future to the right. All units and relations of time could be accurately represented in such a scheme. On examining a considerable number of persons, he found that such spatial representations of time occurred, though seldom, if ever, in a mathematically consistent form. Spatial forms for the year, as well as for the centuries, and for past and future, were not uncommon, being apparently considerably more common than the somewhat similar ‘‘number forms,” though often less distinct and less clearly conscious. But such time forms are not universally present; they have been found in about half of the forty individuals so far questioned. Of those who do not have them, some think of time concretely, 7. e., in terms of events or changes; while others employ what seem to be purely abstract concepts of time. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 483 Mr. Woodrow stated that the object of his report was to show that reac- tion times for regularly recurring stimuli are considerably less than for irregular, providing the interval between the regularly recurring stimuli is not too long. As regards the effect of the interval, it was found that if the stimuli were irregular, there was very little difference in the reaction time for intervals varying from 0.8 sec. to 10.0 secs., while if the stimuli were given in regular succession the reaction time remained nearly constant for intervals from 0.8 sec. to about 4.0 secs., but increased with intervals longer than 4.0 secs., and at 7.0 secs. was nearly as long for totally irregular stimuli. Professor Monroe, in presenting the results of experimental work, said that he had used photographs as the material to be remembered, and that, by varying the conditions, he had determined several of the factors which contribute to the remembering or forgetting of a face once seen. Professor Thorndike reported an experiment in which 28 individuals multiplied mentally 95 examples, each consisting of a three-place number with no figure under 3, to be multiplied by a three-place number with no figure under 3. The work was done so as to occupy approximately sixteen days. Measuring the efficiency of the process inversely by the time taken (with an addition for each error of one-tenth of the time per example), it was found that the median improvement for the 28 individuals was such as to give a reduction to 42 per cent. of the initial time. Some individuals improved two and a half times as much as others. The physiological limit for the function in question was, of course, not reached by any one in so short an experiment, but one individual, and possibly another also, did reach a point from which, within the limit of the experiment, no further improve- ment was made. ‘The apparent differences in the change of rate of improve- ment were very great. On the supposition that the change of rate of im- provement was due to one general law plus disturbing factors, the speaker showed what this law would be on each of the two most likely hypotheses. The variability amongst individuals increased in the course of the experiment, at least so far as concerns the differences between the upper quarter and the lower quarter of the 28 individuals. It would appear, therefore, that the experiment offered evidence that the influence of the environment is to accentuate rather than relieve initial inequalities of intellect. The experi- ment also offered evidence that within the field of so-called attention the influence of improvement in one mental function spreads little to other functions than it. Dr. Carr gave a descriptive account of 48 cases gathered from a census of 350 students. The phenomenon consists of illusory transitions of the distance location of visual objects in the course of normal experience. The most pronounced fact was the lack of uniformity. The experiences were 484 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES described under such headings as: the kind of illusion, extent of visual field involved, character, direction, magnitude and rate of movement, changes in size and distinctness of the perceptual objects, degree of control possible; and such essential conditions as: fatigue, mental absorption, ocular defects, steady fixation, etc. No explanation was attempted. Dr. Marsh showed how the study of the frequency of occurrence of sweeping terms, extensive and intensive, in diverse writings, could be made to yield valuable “internal evidence” regarding the authorship, and espe- cially regarding personal and social characteristics. ‘The intensive series of words included such positives as all, every, always, whoso, whatsoever, etc., and such negatives as no (adjective), none, nothing, no more, never, etc. The frequency of these words per 1,000 lines was determined for practically every book of the Bible, and it was found possible, with this single series of words, to follow most of the conclusions of the “higher critics’ regarding disputed writings, both as to whole books and as to parts of books; and this with a high degree of reliability. Supplemented by an intensive series, this method would apparently work well. A comparison of the first ten books of the Old Testament with the longest ten in the New Testament showed 33 per cent. more positives and 50 per cent. less negatives in the Old Testament. ‘The following interpre- tations of this difference are suggested. 1. Biologically, it means lower vs. higher development, doing vs. thinking, prophet and law, warrior and deed in the earlier period vs. teacher and preaching, thinker and doctrine in the later period. Faith, the product of bodily action, tends to exaggeration by positives; while doubt, due to mental activity, tends to exaggeration by negatives. 2. Sociologically, it means great social solidarity vs. relative individual- ity. The Hebrews, as selected and protected by Almighty Jehovah, devel- oped a strong national pride and unanimity of thought and action; and this ““crowd-spirit”” — in the scientific sense — accounts for many irresponsible generalizations, since their prodigious national pride ‘“‘not only idealized but magnified the past” in many references to it. 3. Psychologically, it means spontaneous imitation vs. intellectual initiative. Imitation tends to exclusions of negatives, while increasing intellectual horizon brings questionings and oppositions to accepted views. Sections rich in positives, as the writings of Paul and the first twelve chapters of Joshua, often indicate strong individualities, men of unrivaled force of character, of energetic action against great opposition. ‘The masterful man in deed is likely, we infer, to put these things strongly in expression. Professor Armstrong said in abstract: Rousseau’s religious philosophy was based on inner sentiment. The sentiment intérieur is subjective in the RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 485 sense of the individual and in the sense of the inward. From both its indi- viduality and its inwardness proceeds its certitude — which Rousseau highly values —and which depends also on a farther characteristic, the immediacy of the “inner light.” Nevertheless, the sentiment intérieur is not exclusively affective in its nature, and, when purely emotional, may vary through a wide range of affective experience. At its lowest level it amounts to the satisfaction of desire by religious ideas and principles. Or it may become shallow sentimentalism, as in the second half of the Nouvelle Héloise. A third and higher stage is the phase of pure religious aspiration, while in a fourth form it develops into an appreciation of religious values. This evaluating factor in Rousseau’s religious thinking has been neglected, but it can be shown by quotation from many of his writings. In general, it is evident that the idea of feeling in Rousseau requires careful analysis before well-grounded inferences can be drawn from his doctrine concerning either psychological or historical or constructive questions. Mr. Eastman said that pragmatism, in intellectualist terms, is skepti- cism with its logical consequences developed; and in pragmatist terms, the rejection of metaphysics as a serious discipline. ‘This was shown to be consistent with the origin of pragmatism in the biological attitude, which was developed in the writings of such philosophic scientists as Huxley and Clifford. It was then shown that as a dialectic implication of Mr. James’s definition of meaning, metaphysics proper becomes not the most divine science, but the most meaningless science. It was stated that his failure to grasp this negative aspect of his definition is what gives obscurity to the whole contents and procedure of his book; it is what gives rise to the technical error of thinking that pragmatism is a confused and unthinkable theory, and the popular error of thinking it is a philosophy which consists in con- gratulating yourself upon your own prejudices. The Section then adjourned. R. S. WoopwortH, Secretary. SPECIAL MEETING. APRIL 30, 1908. The following public lecture was given through codperation with the Linnean Society of New York and the American Museum of Natural History: Richard Kearton, Caterham, England, Witp Birps at Home. EpmunpD Otis Hovey, Secretary. 486 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES BUSINESS MEETING. May 4, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Vice-President Grabau presiding in the absence of President Cox. Dr. Charles P. Berkey was appointed Secretary pro-tem. in the absence of the Recording Secretary. There being no business to transact, the Academy adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary pro-tem. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. May 4, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. Fifteen persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: J. E. Hyde, THE WAVERLY SERIES OF OHIO. W. 0. Crosby, Bracu Cusps AND RELATED PHENOMENA. George F. Kunz, Notres on JADE. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Hyde said in abstract: The Waverly series of Ohio comprises six well-defined formations, which are named as follows, in descending order: Logan formation, Black Hand formation, Cuyahoga formation, Sunbury shale, Berea grit, Bedford shale. Of these, the three lowermost extend, with little change in nature, entirely across the State from the northeast corner to the Ohio River. The three RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 487 upper formations are sometimes removed entirely or in part by the erosion plane which separates the Coal-Measures from the Mississippian formations, but when present are far more variable and show the results of control by local factors during sedimentation. At present all we know concerning the age of these formations is based almost entirely on the work of Professor C. L. Herrick. Fossils, when present at all, are confined almost entirely to the upper half of the series. The Logan at present is correlated with the Burlington and Keokuk for- mations or Osage of the Mississippi Valley; the Black Hand and possibly the upper part of the Cuyahoga, with the Kinderhook. Little is known of the faunas of the lower half, as very few fossils have been found. From collections made in the Ohio River, it seems likely that the Osage fauna came in from the southwest and appeared at the point while the Kinder- hook forms still lingered in the central part of the State. Professor Crosby indicated the possible dependence of many pitting and grooving effects upon an oscillatory movement of water and air. Dr. Kunz announced the death of Dr. E.S. F. Arnold and moved that a committee be appointed to draft resolutions. The following were appointed on this committee: Messrs. Kunz, Levison and Berkey. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. May 11, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Chapman presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Frank M. Chapman, AN ORNITHOLOGICAL TRIP TO SOUTHERN FLORIDA. N. L. Britton, RECENT BoTANICcAL EXPLORATIONS IN JAMAICA. Marshall A. Howe, Somer Typrs or CoRALLINE ALG. All of the papers were illustrated with lantern slides and a brief discus- sion followed the reading of each, after which Mr. C. W. Beebe, of the New York Zodlogical Park, gave a preliminary account of his recent ex- pedition to Venezuela. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. MIner, Secretary. 488 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. May 18, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Hering presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: J. P. Simmons, Note on A Currous Errect PRODUCED BY THE EXPpLosION OF DETONATING Gas. William Campbell and R. F. Bohler, THe Heat TREATMENT oF CARBON Too. STEELS. Charles Lane Poor, AN INVESTIGATION OF THE FIGURE OF THE SUN AND OF POossIBLE VARIATIONS IN ITS SIZE AND SHAPE. Charles Lane Poor, THe PHOTOHELIOMETER. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Simons said in abstract: When a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen is exploded in a tube, the inside of which is coated with a thin layer of water, perfect rings are formed. ‘The same phenomenon has been noticed when the same kind of a gas mixture is exploded in a tube, the inside of which is coated with a thin layer of wax. ‘This is a heating effect, since the rings formed in the tube covered with wax are made apparent by the melting of the latter substance. ‘This periodic heating is probably due to compressions arising from either sound or explosion waves. Professor Campbell and Mr. Bohler, in their paper, first classified the various constituents of unhardened and hardened high carbon steels; namely, cementite, pearlite, ferrite, graphite, austenite, martensite, troostite, os- mondite and sorbite, and gave in tabular form the views of the different authorities on their constitution. The plan of study embraced (1) heating to various temperatures and (a) slow cooling, (b) quenching, (c) tempering; (2) the effects of forging temperature and quenching temperature, to see whether the structure gave any evidence whether overheating had taken place during forging at the works of the manufacturer or during reheating for hardening at the user’s, in the case of faulty material; also whether this persisted after tempering. Only the maximum forging temperature left any traces after quenching and this was much above that used in practise. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 489 Tables and curves showing variation of physical properties with heat- treatment were given, and the various structures were illustrated by numer- ous lantern slides. Professor Poor’s papers were read by title, and the “Investigation of the Figure of the Sun, etc.” has been printed as pages 385-424 of this volume. The Section then adjourned. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. OcToBER 5, 1908. The Academy met at 8:20 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, President Cox presiding. The minutes of the regular meetings of 6 April and 4 May were read and approved. The following candidates for election to the Academy, recommended by Council, were duly elected: For Active Membership: Henry Smith Pritchett, 22 East 91st St., H. A. C. de Rubio, care of Maitland, Coppell & Co., 52 William St. For Associate Membership: Harold Chapman Brown, Columbia University. Council reported the death of the following members of the Academy: George Chapman Caldwell, Corresponding Member for 32 years, W. H. Chandler, Corresponding Member for 30 years, Albert de Lapparent, Corresponding Member for 8 years, Albert B. Prescott, Corresponding Member for 29 years, Thomas Fitch Rowland, Life Member for 2 years, George H. Yeaman, Active Member for 1 year. The Academy then adjourned. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. 490 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. OctToBER 5, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. Thirty persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: W. O. Crosby, OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF LonG ISLAND. James F. Kemp, THE PropucTION or Low GRADE CopPpER ORE IN THE WEsT. Charles P. Berkey, LimeEsSTONES INTERBEDDED WITH THE FoRDHAM GNEISS OF NEw York City. Amadeus W. Grabau,CoNTINENTAL FORMATION OF THE AMERICAN PAL- EOZOIC. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Crosby’s paper has been published as pages 425-429 of this volume. Professor Kemp presented a brief description of the recent development of the so-called “‘low-grade”’ copper mines in Bingham Cajon, Utah, and at Ely, Nevada. By means of maps, the geographical situation was made clear and the geological relations were outlined. ‘The ores consist of bodies of silicified and brecciated porphyry, impregnated with chalcocite. They are mined by means of steam shovels, in huge open cuts. ‘They range in copper from less than two to two and a half per cent. copper. ‘The operation and processes of the mills and smelters was briefly outlined. The paper © was based upon visits made the past summer. Professor Berkey, in 1907, published a discussion of the “Structural and Stratigraphic Features of the Basal Gneisses of the Highlands,” based upon work in that area for the New York State Survey. The conclusions announced were that the oldest gneisses of the Highlands are essentially the same in origin, age and character as the Fordham of New York City. At the same time numerous small occurrences of very impure crystalline limestone were interpreted as interbedded members of this old series asso- ciated closely with especially quartzose and micaceous facies of the formation, all together indicating a metamorphic recrystallization of an original sedi- RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 491 mentary series. The limestones of the area, therefore, are separable into at least two widely different types — one type belonging to and of the same age as the Fordham, all of the others much later and possibly themselves complex. At that time, however, no interbedded limestones were known as such in New York City, the type locality of the true Fordham. ‘The author announced the discovery of such beds at three different points within the city during the past summer. One of these at Jerome Park Reservoir and 205th Street had been previously mapped and heretofore interpreted as a small in-fold, a closely pinched syncline, involving some of the overlying Inwood Limestone in the closed trough. Recent excavations at this locality show that the calcareous beds stand almost vertical and are perfectly con- formable to the banded structure of the rather micaceous Fordham on both sides. The total width of the calcareous beds is about 27 feet. Nearly central is a 7 X 10 foot bed of much more massive limestone than either flank. Altogether there are no less than 26 alternating measurable bands or layers of serpentinous and chondroditic coarsely crystalline dolomite limestone and a quartzose schist. Of the thirteen bands of quartzose schist, eight are on one side of the large central limestone bed and five on the other. The thicknesses of the successive corresponding bands on oppo- site sides likewise do not agree. ‘These facts are taken as sufficient evidence that the occurrence is a true interbed. The mineral. chondrodite is abundant. The other two cases are even more decisive as to relation. ‘They are both on 196th Street, east of Jerome Avenue. In one the narrow limestone bed is part of a simple anticline in which the association of beds is such as to exclude any possible connection with an overlying formation. ‘Two other beds are separated from each other and this by typical micaceous Fordham. The Fordham, therefore, at its type locality does carry interbedded limestones similar to those in the gneisses of the Highlands, and these beds are much older and entirely distinct from the overlying Inwood. Professor Grabau said in abstract: Since the early ideas regarding the formation of sedimentary rocks developed in the British Isles, it is not surprising that geologists have so generally come to regard all strata as either marine sediments or deposits found in fresh-water lakes. Only when the extensive desert areas of the world came under the observation of geolo- gists, chiefly from the continent of Europe, was an attempt made to interpret the history of stratified rocks by an application of the new lithogenetic processes thus observed. In this work German stratigraphers have taken the lead, though physiographers were among the first to insist on the more rational interpretation demanded by the characteristics and structure of the formations in question. While the Jura-Trias rock beds of western North 492 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES America have been more or less generally, though by no means invariably, accepted in this country as representative of continental sedimentation, an interpretation more recently extended to some of the western representatives of these formations, and while in recent years the Tertiary formations of the interior have slowly come to be regarded as river and eolian rather than lake deposits, the Paleozoic sediments of North America are still referred to as of marine or estuarine origin by most American geologists. A noteworthy exception to this widespread adherence to inherited ideas is shown in the recent studies of Barrell and others, in which the continental origin of certain American Paleozoic strata was clearly demonstrated. The following table gives those formations which in part or in whole show evidence of continental (chiefly fluvial and eolian) rather than a marine origin. In a few cases, as in the Oriskany, a continental (eolian) formation has been remarked by the transgressing sea, so as to secondarily have a marine character impressed upon it. Permie. Donkard formation. Cimmaron and other Red beds in part. Carbonic. Monongahela Weber and Connamaugh Bingham quartzytes, etc. Alleghany generally with a number Kanawha of marine inter- Pottsville calations. Mississippic. Mauch Chunk Pocono Waverly in part. Devonic. Catskill Oneonta Sherburne (typical) Oriskany — Esopus (in part). Silurie. Sylvania sandstone. Saline formations including Longwood shale series and Shawangunk con- glomerate. Tuscarora,— Clinch — upper Medina (in part). Ordovicie. Juniata — Bays — Queenston. Tyrone (“Oneida” in part of Pennsylvania geologists) RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 493 St. Peter Sandstone — Ogden Quartzite — Eureka Quaritzite. Cambric. Potsdam, in part, Basal sands and conglomerates of many regions. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. OcToBER 12, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Chapman presiding. The program consisted of the following illustrated lecture given through coéperation with the American Museum of Natural History: Dr. Hans Gadow, THE VotcaNo or JoruLLO, Mexico; History, FEa- TURES, REPOPULATION OF THE DISTRICT BY ANIMALS AND PLANTS. Roy W. MIneEr, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. OcToBER 19, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Hering presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. As a quorum was not present, the nomination of the Chairman of the Section was postponed. On account of the poor attendance, the advisa- bility of holding bi-monthly meetings was discussed. The Section then adjourned. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. 494 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. OcTOBER 26, 1908. Section met in conjunction with the American Ethnological Society at 8:15 P. M., General Wilson presiding. The following program was offered: R. H. Lowie, AN ErHnotocicaL TRIP TO THE CHIPEWAYAN INDIANS. Paul Radin, An ErunoxocicaL Trip TO THE WINNEBAGO INDIANS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Lowie briefly described the experiences of a summer expedition under the auspices of the American Museum of Natural History. He first visited the Chipewayan Indians of Lake Athabasca, who present a curious mixture of primitiveness and civilization. Essentially primitive in their economic life, subsisting primarily by fishing and the chase, they have become funda- mentally modified in both industrial and mental life by the overshadowing influence of the Hudson’s Bay Company and the Catholic missionaries. A very different condition was found among the Assiniboine of Montana, who, though largely devoted to agricultural pursuits under the United States government, preserve to a considerable extent the essential characteristics of Indian belief and religious practice. The speaker described their cere- monial organization, which presents many homologies to the military societies of other Plains tribes. Mr. Radin stated that the Winnebago Indians had lost most of their native industries; they live now in frame houses; they retain only three of their dances; they have no clan ceremonial, though they still give clan names and recognize the “upper” or “heavenly” clans and the “lower” or “earthly” clans. The myths regarding the origins of the clans have much similarity to one another. Only the thunder bird and the bear clans seem to have had any special functions. The bear clan comprised the warriors and had the right of punishment. There are set names for the children, which must be given in every family. Taboo exists against the maternal aunt, but the opposite is in force towards the paternal uncle. The Section then adjourned. R. S. Woopworts, Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 495 BUSINESS MEETING. NovEMBER 2, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, President Cox presiding. The minutes of the regular meeting of 5 October were read and approved. Council reported the death of the following members of the Academy: Morgan Dix, Active Member for 31 years, James D. Hague, Active Member for 1 year, Haslett McKim, Active Member for 11 years. The Recording Secretary then read a letter from Professor H. H. Rusby, recommending that the Academy devote part of its meetings during the coming year to debating the essential principles espoused by Darwin and the data on which he based them. The Academy showed by the remarks of members that Professor Rusby’s recommendations were received with approval. The Academy then adjourned. Epmunpb Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. NovEMBER 2, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. Sixty persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The chairman announced that it would be necessary to nominate at this meeting both a chairman and a secretary of the Section,— the chairman to be also one of the Vice-Presidents of the Academy. , The name of Professor J. J. Stevenson was proposed by members J. F. Kemp and E. O. Hovey for the office of Chairman of the Section. A motion that the Secretary should cast the ballot of the Section for Professor Stevenson was carried. After the ballot was cast, Professor Stevenson was declared duly nominated. i’ Dr. Charles P. Berkey was then renominated to the office of Secretary of the Section and was duly elected. 496 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Announcement was then made of the courses of lectures on Physiography, to be given at Columbia University by Professor Penck of Berlin, beginning Wednesday, November 4, 1908. The following program was then offered: Edmund Otis Hovey, A CoNTRIBUTION TO THE History or Mr. PELE, MARTINIQUE. SUMMARY OF PAPER. Dr. Hovey described, with the aid of many lantern slides, the conditions on and near Mt. Pelé during the visits of the author in May—July, 1902, February—April, 1903, and April-May, 1908, and illustrated particularly the devastation wrought by the early eruptions, the disposition and dis- tribution of material thrown out by the volcano, the building up of the spine of 1902-1903 and its subsequent destruction, the advance of erosion since the cessation of eruptions and the restoration of vegetation in St. Pierre and upon the flanks of the mountain. The paper also described the area of fumaroles in the valley of the Riviére Claire and gave the arguments for the probability of these being true fumaroles. Temperature observations were made also in the great fissures of the new cone, where, by means of an electric pyrometer, temperatures as high as 515° C. (959° F.) were obtained. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BERKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. NovEMBER 9, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Chapman presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: Barnum Brown, PALEONTOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS OF THE AMERICAN Museum DurInG THE SUMMER OF 1908. Raymond C. Osburn, CoLLEcTING Bry0zoA AT THE TORTUGAS AND BEAU- FORT STATIONS. Frank M. Chapman, NoTEs oN THE FisH Hawk. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 497 The following business was then transacted: Mr. Frank M. Chapman was nominated to the Council for Chairman of the Section and Vice-President of the Academy for the year 1909. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. Miner, Secretary. SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY. NovEMBER 16, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Hering presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: E. F. Kern, ON THE ELEcTROLYTIC REFINING OF IRON. William Campbell, Usz or METALLOGRAPHY IN CERTAIN PROBLEMS IN ORE-DRESSING. William Campbell, A Visit To Nova Scotia; THE COLLIERIES AND THE IRON AND STEEL PLANTS. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Dr. Kern first reviewed the previous work on this subject. First, electro- plating iron upon the surface of engraved copper plates to obtain a hard facing; then the work of Burgess and Hambueschen, of Gee, of Neuburger and von Klobukow, of Skrabel, of Maximowitsch, of Cowper-Coles. The electrolytes which have been most generally used are neutral solutions of ferrous sulphate or ferrous chloride containing respectively the sulphates or chlorides of ammonium. Smoother deposits were obtained by the presence of magnesium sulphate in an electrolyte and ferrous ammonium sulphate; by stirring the electrolyte; at a temperature of 60-70° C. Oxida- tion retarded by addition of glycerine. Precipitation of basic salts prevented by adding just sufficient acid to clear the solution. ‘The iron deposited was a hard brittle crystalline mass, over 99.9 % pure. From experiments performed in the Department of Metallurgy at Colum- bia University, it was found that neutral ferrous fluosilicate electrolytes are not suitable, as they are slowly decomposed, with the separation out of silica. Good deposits were obtained from neutral electrolytes containing either 8 % iron as Fe SO, or 6 % Fe and 3 % Naas sulphates or 8 % Fe and 4 % 498 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Na as chlorides, with a current density of 10 to 20 amps. per sq. ft. and a temperature of 50° C, the E. M. F. for the first solution was 0.8 to 0.95 volts, for the second 0.5 to 0.85 volts, for the third 0.4 to 0.5 volts. The paper concluded with a discussion of the costs of electrolytic refining of iron. Dr. Campbell, in the course of his paper, showed that the structure of certain magnetic lead ores from the Frisco Mine, Idaho, was a fine-grained complex containing magnetite, quartz, calcite and other gangue, blende and galena, which were deposited in about that order. Zinc-lead middlings from the jigs were concentrated by Dings separators into zinc-rich which passed through and lead-rich which was taken out by the magnets. The structure of a zinc ore from the Graphic Mine, Kelly, N. M., at ground-water level, was shown to be mainly rosettes and compact masses of specular hematite with zinc blende in the interstitial spaces. Some pyrite and chalcopyrite occurred and the order of deposition was seen to be pyrite, hematite, chalcopyrite, blende and a little gangue. The unsuccessful attempts to concentrate nickel magnetically in nickeli- ferous pyrrhotites was shown to be in part due to the fine condition of the pentlandite. Slides illustrating the structure of ores from Sudbury, St. Stephens, N. B., Gap Mine, Pa., Sohland, Germany, and Scandinavian localities were shown. Dr. Campbell, in his second paper, said in abstract: The visit was made with the Canadian Mining Institute during the summer. The collieries of the Dominion Coal Company at Glace Bay and of the Nova Scotia Steel Company at Sydney Mines were shown. At the Dominion Iron and Steel Company the various piers, with mechanical unloaders for ore from New- foundland, the loading of steel rails, etc., were seen. Four blast-furnaces, ore-beds for winter stock, blowing engines, etc., two Bessemer converters, ten open-hearth furnaces, rail mill, rod mill, coke ovens and coal washery. The Nova Scotia Steel and Coal Company has coal and ore piers at North Sydney, with two steam Wellman Seaver Morgan ore unloading cranes. Wabana ore from Bell Is., N. F., averages 55% Fe. One blast-furnace, 200 tons a day. Three 40-ton Basic open hearth furnaces and one rolling furnace of 180 tons used as mixer. Ingots are sent to the rolling mills at New Glasgow. The coke ovens and coal washer were also visited. The further business of the evening consisted of the nomination of Sectional officers for 1909. Professor D. W. Hering was duly nominated to the Council for Vice-President and Chairman. Professor W. Campbell was elected Secretary. The Section then adjourned. WILLIAM CAMPBELL, Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 499 SECTION OF ANTHROPOLOGY AND PSYCHOLOGY. NovEMBER 23, 1908. Section met in conjunction with the New York Branch of the American Psychological Association at 4 P. M. at Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, Professor Pillsburg presiding, and at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of Natural History, Professor Woodworth presiding. The following program was offered: Afternoon Session. H. H. Woodrow, Tue MrAnine oF RHYTHMICAL GROUPING. H. L. Hollingworth, THE INDIFFERENCE PoINT. J. V. Breitwieser, THe Errect oF VARYING RESISTANCE ON REACTION TIME. Evening Session. F. J. E. Woodbridge, MenTAL OPERATIONS AND THEIR MATERIAL. W. P. Montague, CONSCIOUSNESS AND ENERGY. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Mr. Woodrow performed, in connection with his paper, experiments on auditory rhythm in which the intensity, duration and intervals of the sounds were independently and systematically varied, and the judgment of the observer was required as to the sort of rhythm perceived. By comparison of the results of this experiment with another in which judgment of intervals was called for, it was found that the two sorts of judgment correspond so closely as to lead to the conclusion that the rhythmical grouping is essentially a matter of time judgment. Mr. Hollingworth said in abstract: The point at which the positive constant error in the reproduction of small magnitudes (here extents of arm movement) passes over into the negative error in the reproduction of large magnitudes was found to depend on the series of magnitudes used. When only one magnitude is used in a series of reproductions, no great constant error appeared, whatever the magnitude. When a series of magnitudes was used together, the indifference point lay always near the middle of the series. Whatever the absolute magnitudes in the series, it always contains 500 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES an indifference point, and this can be displaced upwards by adding to the series at its upper end, and downward by adding to its lower end. Mr. Breitwieser said in abstract: Resistances, varying from 50 to 6000 grammes, were introduced into the reactor’s key in the reaction time experi- ment, with the result that the reaction was quickest with the least resistance, and progressively slower as the resistance was increased. Tapping tests were made with the same gradations of resistance, and with the same result. A key was devised which permitted measurement of the excess of muscular pressure on the key in making the reaction; the greater excesses seemed to go with the quicker reactions, but the excess diminished with practise. Professor Woodbridge advocated the view that a single sense organ, with the reacting apparatus attached to it, did not furnish the material for any- thing that could be called mind, or that could be distinguished from physical processes. The coéperation and correlation of the activities connected with two or more sense organs constitute mental operations. Professor Montague set forth the outlines of a doctrine identifying con- sciousness with potential energy. His presentation was followed by a dis- cussion, which brought out difficulties in the conception, as well as facts in its favor. The Section then adjourned. R. S. WoopwortH, Secretary. BUSINESS MEETING. DECEMBER 7, 1908. The Academy met at 8:15 P. M. at the American Museum of. Natural History, President Cox presiding. ; The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved. The following candidates for election as Active Members, recommended by the Council, were duly elected: Severo Y. Aguirre, Chihuahua, Mexico, William M. Campbell, New York University, Roy C. Andrews, American Museum of Natural History. Announcement was then made that the annual meeting of the Academy would be held at the Hotel Endicott at 6:45 P. M., December 21, followed by the annual dinner. 5 The Academy then adjourned. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 501 SECTION OF GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. DECEMBER 7, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Vice-President Grabau presiding. Eighty persons were present. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: James F. Kemp, Our KNOWLEDGE OF THE FILLED CHANNEL OF THE Hupson IN THE HIGHLANDS AND THE SUBMERGED GORGE ON THE CONTINENTAL SHELF. Charles P. Berkey, A SUMMARY OF AN INVESTIGATION INTO THE STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY OF SOUTHERN MANHATTAN AND THE CONDITION OF THE East RIVER CHANNEL. Edmund Otis Hovey, Some or THE LatTEsT RESULTS OF EXPLORATIONS IN THE Hupson River aT New York City. SUMMARY OF PAPERS. Professor Kemp gave a summary of the results of borings in the channels and buried valleys of the Hudson and its tributaries, all pointing to a former elevation of this portion of the continent. The speaker showed that a much greater depth is now known in the Hudson itself at Storm King Mountain than at any other point in the whole drainage system except on the submerged continental shelf, where soundings have proven a very deep gorge which probably represents the Pre-Pleistocene Hudson channel. Dr. Berkey exhibited the results indicated in his paper on a large scale map of Southern Manhattan. The work is based upon personal examina- tion of several hundred drill borings with an attempt to identify the rocks penetrated. It seems certain that southern Manhattan is not wholly schist, as formerly mapped, but that the east side is made up of the usual succession of folded Fordham gneiss, Inwood limestone and Manhattan schist. The East River channel is, in comparison with the Hudson, a very unim- portant one. In this lower portion, it is essentially a very small drowned tributary. Dr. Hovey exhibited and discussed borings made by the engineers for the Pennsylvania Railroad Tunnel across the Hudson on the line of Thirty- second Street. He showed that bed rock has been found at approximately 502 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 300 feet in each of three deep holes. ‘The middle one of these is on the state line in mid-river and the other two lie at about equal distances on either side, the total space being over 2,000 feet. The profile is uniform and gentle in slope, except at the margins. But the interesting question is whether or not a narrow inner gorge may occur. Seeing that the proven depth of channel in the Highlands is at least 350 feet deeper than so far discovered at New York City, the Hudson problem must still be considered an open one. Remarks were made by Mr. Cook and by Mr. Jacobs, engineer for the Pennslyvania Tunnel Company, and by Mr. Flinn, Department Engineer of the New York City Board of Water Supply on the general problem of the Hudson gorge. The Section then adjourned. CHARLES P. BEerRKEY, Secretary. SECTION OF BIOLOGY. DECEMBER 14, 1908. Section met at 8:15 P. M., Dr. F. A. Lucas presiding. The minutes of the last meeting of the Section were read and approved. The following program was then offered: W. T. Hornaday, AN EXPLORATION OF THE PiNACATE LAvA REGION IN NORTHWESTERN MExico. L. Hussakof, On a NEw Species oF GOBLIN SHARK (Scapano- rhynchus) FROM JAPAN. Mary C. Dickerson, Woops Lire In THE NEw ENGLAND WINTER. The Section then adjourned. Roy W. MINER, Secretary. ANNUAL MEETING. DECEMBER 21, 1908. The Academy met for the Annual Meeting on Monday, December 21, 1908, at 7:15 P. M. at the Hotel Endicott, President Cox in the chair. The minutes of the last Annual Meeting, December 16, 1907, were read and approved. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 503 Reports were presented by the Recording Secretary, the Corresponding Secretary, the Librarian and the Editor, all of which, on motion, were ordered received and placed on file. They are published herewith. The Treasurer presented a detailed report showing a net cash balance of $193.56 on hand at the close of business November 30, 1908. On motion, this report was received and referred to the Finance Committee for audit. The following candidates for Honorary Membership and Fellowship, recommended by Council, were duly elected: Honorary Members. Professor Eduard Strasburger of Bonn, Germany, Professor Kakichi Mitsukuri, Director of the College of Science, Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan, Professor Wilhelm Ostwald of the Royal Society of Natural Sciences of Leipzig, Germany. Fellows. Charles P. Berkey, Ph.D., Columbia University, Charles L. Pollard, Ph.D., Staten Island Assn. of Arts and Sciences. The Academy then proceeded to the election of officers for the year 1909, Mr. C. William Beebe and Dr. George F. Kunz having been appointed as tellers. The ballots prepared by the Council according to the By-laws were distributed, and after the votes had been counted the following officers were declared unanimously elected, thirty-three votes having been cast by members of the Academy entitled to vote: President, CHARLES F. Cox. Vice-Presidents, J. J. STEVENSON (Section of Geology and Mineralogy), Frank M. CuHapman (Section of Biology), D. W. Herne (Section of Astronomy, Physics and Chemis- try), Maurice FisHpere (Section of Anthropology and Psychology). Recording Secretary, Epvmunp Otis Hovey. Corresponding Secretary, Hermon Carey Bumpvs. Treasurer, Emerson McMiItirn. Librarian, RatpH W. Tower. Editor, Epmunp Otis Hovey. Councilors (to serve 3 years), Franz Boas, Henry E."Crampron. Finance Committee, CHARLES F. Cox, Grorce F. Kunz, FREDERICK S. Ler. 504 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The members of the Academy and their friends, to the number of seventy- three, then sat down together at dinner, after which the retiring President, Mr. Charles F. Cox, delivered his formal address upon “Charles Darwin and the Mutation Theory.” ‘This address has been published as pages 431-451 of this volume. After a vote of thanks, which was put with apt remarks by former- President Henry F. Osborn, the Academy adjourned. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Secretary. REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. During the year 1908, the Academy held 8 business meetings and 28 sectional meetings, at which 96 stated papers and 4 lectures were presented on the following subjects: Geology, 31 papers, 1 lecture, Mineralogy, y Biology, Entomology, Ornithology, Paleontology, Zoology, Botany, Ethnology, Archeology and Anthropology, 3 Psychology, NS alae Astronomy, Dien te Chemistry, Cae on Dow we NS bb Four public lectures by noted home and foreign scientists have been given at the Museum to the members of the Academy and the Affiliated Societies and their friends. These lectures were as follows: ‘Some Recent Discoveries in Insect Parasitism and the Practical Hand- ling of Parasites.” By Dr. Leland O. Howard, of Washington, D. C. (Through codperation with the New York and Brooklyn Entomological Societies.) Attendance, 75. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 505 “Wild Birds at Home.” By R. Kearton, Esq., of Caterham, England. (Through coéperation with the Linnzan Society of New York and the American Museum of Natural History.) Attendance, 159. “The Volcano of Jorullo, Mexico; History, Features, Repopulation of the District by Animals and Plants.” By Professor Hans Gadow, of Cambridge, England. (Through coéperation with the American Museum of Natural History.) Attendance, 153. “Mechanical Response of Plants.” By Sir Jagadis Chunder Bose, M. A., D. Se., of Calcutta, India. (Before the Torrey Botanical Club.) Attendance, 103. An event of note to those interested in geology and related subjects was the spring conference which was held on Monday, the 6th of April, by the Section of Geology and Mineralogy. Invitations to participate were sent to societies, institutions and individual geologists in New England, New York, New Jersey and eastern Pennsylvania, and the response was so general that two sessions were required for the presentation of the 19 papers offered. ‘The afternoon session was held at Columbia University and the evening session at the American Museum of Natural History. Considerable energy has been expended during the year in preparation for the celebration, on the 12th of February, 1909, of the centenary of the birth of the famous naturalist, Charles Darwin, and the semi-centennial of the ‘Origin of Species,” information as to which has been sent, from time to time, to the members of the Academy and the Affiliated Societies. Much remains to be done, but your officers anticipate an event of more than usual importance to the local scientific public. At the present time the membership of the Academy includes 460 Active Members, 11 of whom are Associate Active Members, and 126 Fellows. The election of 2 Fellows is pending. ‘There have been 12 deaths during the year, 35 resignations, 7 names have been dropped from last year’s roll on account of not completing membership, 1 has been transferred to the list of Non-resident Members and 1 Associate has been dropped on account of non-payment of dues. ‘The new members elected during the year number 18, two of whom have not yet completed their membership. As the mem- bership of the Academy a year ago was 500, there has been a net loss of 40 during 1908. Announcement is made with regret of the loss by death of the following members: Rey. M. E. Dwight, Active Member ( 3 years), Wm. H. S. Wood, . (AEE Thomas Jefferson Hurley, “ e ( 1 year ), Morris K. Jesup, " " (15 years), 506 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Prof. William Stratford, Active Member (13 years), Isador Wormser, om ae ( 1 year ), Dr. E. S. F. Arnold, i * (28 years), Thomas F. Rowland, Life Member since 1906, George H. Yeaman, Active Member ( 1 year ), Rey. Dr. Morgan Dix, * x (31 years), James D. Hague, mt zi (1 year); Rey. Haslett McKim, ii v (11 years). Respectfully submitted. Epmunp Otis Hovey, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. During the past year the usual biennial request for information was sent out to the special list of Honorary and Corresponding Members, and replies were received from 163, leaving 30 from whom nothing has been heard. We have lost by death during the past year the following Honorary Members: Lord Kelvin, Elected in 1876, Prof Charles A. Young, {Vines ules: Prof Wolcott Gibbs, if ** 1899, Prof. Wm. K. Brooks, fe * 1898, Prof. Asaph Hall, Fi Ka SSOs and the following Corresponding Members: Prof. Daniel C. Gilman, Elected in 1876, Prof. Albert de Lapparent, “ “ 1900, Prof. Albert B. Prescott, i “1870, Col. Aimé Laussedat, i ** 1890. There are at present upon our rolls 45 Honorary Members and 142 Corresponding Members. Respectfully submitted, Henry E. Crampton, Corresponding Secretary. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 507 REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The library of the New York Academy of Sciences has received during the year ending December, 1908, through exchange and donation, 454 volumes, 32 separata and 1863 numbers. These have been duly acknow]l- edged, accessioned and placed on the shelves for reference. Special ack- nowledgement is herewith made to the Academies and Societies who have made gifts of available lacune to help complete broken files of their publica- tions in our library. Chief among these may be mentioned 40 volumes from La Société des Naturalistes de Varsovie, and 71 volumes from the Sociedade de Geographia, Lisbon. The library may be consulted by members and the public between the hours of 9:30 A. M. and 5 P. M. daily, and it is desired that the members assist in further extending its use. Respectfully submitted, RautpH W. Tower, Librarian. REPORT OF THE EDITOR. The Editor reports that during the past fiscal year Part III, completing Volume XVII, was distributed and that Parts I and II and two papers in Part III of Volume XVIII have been printed and distributed. Part I was devoted to the records of the addresses delivered at the Linnzan Celebration of 23 May, 1907, together with greetings communicated by sister organiza- tions at home and abroad. Part II contained the following papers: “New Species and Genera of the Lepidopterous Family Noctuide for 1907 (Part I]).” By John B. Smith. “On Determination of Mineral Constitution through Recasting of Analyses.” By Alexis A. Julien. “The Chester, New York, Mastodon.” By E. O. Hovey. ‘Production of Sound in the Drumfishes, the Sea-Robin and the Toad- fish.” By Ralph W. Tower. E “The North American Species of the Genus Ipomeea.”” By Homer Doliver House. Records of Meetings, 1906. By W. M. Wheeler. Records of Meetings, 1907. By E. O. Hovey. The two articles of Part III were: “An Investigation of the Figure of the Sun and of Possible Variation in its Size and Shape.”’ By Charles Lane Poor. ‘An Outline of the Geology of Long Island.” By W. O. Crosby. 508 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The part and volume will be completed by the records of the Recording Secretary for 1908 and the index of the whole volume. The Annual Directory of the Members of the Academy and its Affiliated Societies was issued as of 31 January, 1908. Respectfully submitted, Epmunp Otis Hovey, Editor. REPORT OF THE TREASURER. December 17, 1907 —November 30, 1908. Dec. 17, 1907. Cash in bank at beginning of fiscal year $1,954.82 Cash received during fiscal year and reported as follows: 1908, January 13, SRulou Rey oa econ aa etoile Pe poriaty (\ieay) Gah vente uel a Vad) nemo eeedL March PEO Ds ED CNET ROMA UM iit Wo 8 Po) October Gilera bes ae eros November 2.7. heii tugs ey een pete November 30). renee ie kane ee ea) 7,949.66 Total cash on hand and received . . . $9,904.48 Paid out on vouchers during fiscal year and reported as follows: Hebruary seas Vk" 4\5 J.) han aenen terres March ARE Od MERA Pa Cait ey 4 0) IL, October Gin Ri OE ees Se ed ed eh eee November: ):2s cts) cee te ee November 3052/20 20) 04 ee aco one 9,710.92 Total disbursements . Aste be Balance on hand i Re eke eu Heh pale ts $193.56 Recapitulation of deposits: In Union Square Savings Bank $285.64 Emerson McMillin & Co.— Debit 92.08 $193.56 Respectfully submitted, Emerson McMIttin, Treasurer. RECORDS OF MEETINGS OF 1908 RECEIPTS. December 17, 1907—N ovember 30, 1908. Balance on hand, December 17, 1907 Income from investments: Interest on mortgages . $878.05 i “bonds . 1,010.00 t “bank balances 94.06 Sale of bond Rn OSf.50 Life Membership fees : SAteNy Active vEDIces es 1903 10.00 ee 1904 30.00 : oh “1905 60.00 ‘ - “1906 90.00 4 7 hr LOOT 160.00 a e nous . 3,305.00 5 os “1909 Aap nds Cath Ni 10.00 Associate Membership dues, 1906 “ee a Ree 3.00 eS x Hit LOOR 12.00 * i “1908 27.00 Sales of publications : Subscriptions to Darwin velehintion ‘ i “ Annual meeting & dinner Post Office refund Total DISBURSEMENTS. December 17, 1907—November 30, 1908. Investments Publications, on account of Auhale Recording Secretary’s office expenses, including puDatin of Bulletin . Darwin celebration . Lecture Committee . General expenses ; Esther Hermann Fescavchi Fund : Headquarters Committee Annual meeting and dinner . Cash on hand Total 509 $1,954.82 3,039.61 200.00 3,665.00 42.00 94.93 760.50 142.00 5.62 $9,904.48 $3,138.75 1,850.23 1,877.94 1,020.00 150.00 245.45 1,010.00 265.05 153.50 193.56 $9,904.48 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 510 90°96L‘98$ LG°99% 10°62Z 96°S0F LS T80'T GS'9F0'T 00°00F ‘OT ¢6'098S 00°000' GL'COS‘LI$ *xo9 “a fy vaynumuoy buppnp } ‘aay *S MOTNAaaY,T “NOY “yf ADUOAL) ‘poaoidde pue pourmexyy : aUIOUT [B1II94) pun,y AqeqmonNy JO ouLOoUT pung Surpymg jo ouoouy puny JusuvUIeg Jo oU0DUT : ; puny Ai0qmMoN puny Ssurpring : puny uoqnpny Reet CORB Ta puny JuoueUeg 90'°962°9E$ 99° S61 : : : 3 puey uo yseg 0¢°09‘98$ : : ; : : : $}U9UI}SOAUT ‘S061 ‘O§ UAANAAON “LATHG AONVIVG THE ORGANIZATION OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. THE ORIGINAL CHARTER. AN ACT TO INCORPORATE THE LYCEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. Passed April 20, 1818. Wuereas, The members of the Lyceum of Natural History have peti- tioned for an act of incorporation, and the Legislature, impressed with the importance of the study of Natural History, as connected with the wants, the comforts, and the happiness of mankind, and conceiving it their duty to encourage all laudable attempts to promote the progress of science in this State — therefore, 1. Be it enacted by the People of the State of New York represented in Senate and Assembly, That Samuel L. Mitchill, Casper W. Eddy, Frederick C. Schaeffer, Nathaniel Paulding, William Cooper, Benjamin P. Kissam, John Torrey, William Cumberland, D’Jurco V. Knevels, James Clements, and James Pierce, and such other persons as now are, and may from time to time become members, shall be, and hereby are constituted a body cor- porate and politic, by the name of Lyceum or Natura History IN THE City or New York, and that by that name they shall have perpetual succession, and shall be persons capable of suing and being sued, pleading and being impleaded, answering and being answered unto, defending and being defended, in all courts and places whatsoever; and may have a com- mon seal, with power to alter the same from time to time; and shall be capable of purchasing, taking, holding, and enjoying to them and their successors, any real estate in fee simple or otherwise, and any goods, chattels, and personal estate, and of selling, leasing, or otherwise disposing of said real or personal estate, or any part thereof, at their will and pleasure: Pro- vided always, that the clear annual value or income of such real or personal estate shall not exceed the sum of five thousand dollars: Provided, however, that the funds of the said Corporation shall be used and appropriated to the promotion of the objects stated in the preamble to this act, and those only. 2. And be it further enacted, hat the said Society shall from time to time, forever hereafter, have power to make, constitute, ordain, and estab- 511 512 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES lish such by-laws and regulations as they shall judge proper, for the election of their officers; for prescribing their respective functions, and the mode of discharging the same; for the admission of new members; for the govern- ment of the officers and members thereof; for collecting annual contribu- tions from the members towards the funds thereof; for regulating the times and places of meeting of the said Society; for suspending or expelling such members as shall neglect or refuse to comply with the by-laws or regulations, and for the managing or directing the affairs and concerns of the said Society: Provided such by-laws and regulations be not repugnant to the Constitution and laws of this State or of the United States. 3. And be it further enacted, That the officers of the said Society shall consist of a President and two Vice-Presidents, a Corresponding Secretary, a Recording Secretary, a Treasurer, and five Curators, and such other officers as the Society may judge necessary; who shall be annually chosen, and who shall continue in office for one year, or until others be elected in their stead; that if the annual election shall not be held at any of the days for that purpose appointed, it shall be lawful to make such election at any other day; and that five members of the said Society, assembling at the place and time designated for that purpose by any by-law or regulation of the Society, shall constitute a legal meeting thereof. 4. And be it further enacted, That Samuel L. Mitchill shall be the Presi- dent; Casper W. Eddy the First Vice-President; Frederick C. Schaeffer the Second Vice-President; Nathaniel Paulding, Corresponding Secretary; William Cooper, Recording Secretary; Benjamin P. Kissam, Treasurer, and John Torrey, William Cumberland, D’Jurco V. Knevels, James Clements, and James Pierce, Curators; severally to be the first officers of the said Corporation, who shall hold their respective offices until the twenty- third day of February next, and until others shall be chosen in their places. 5. And be it further enacted, That the present Constitution of the said Association shall, after passing of this Act, continue to be the Constitution thereof; and that no alteration shall be made therein, unless by a vote to that effect of three-fourths of the resident members, and upon the request in writing of one-third of such resident members, and submitted at least one month before any vote shall be taken thereupon. State of New York, Secretary’s Office. I certiry the preceding to be a true copy of an original Act of the Legis- lature of this State, on file in this Office. ARCH’D CAMPBELL, Dep. Sec’y. ABany, April 29, 1818. ORDER OF COURT CHANGING NAME 513 ORDER OF COURT. ORDER OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK TO CHANGE THE NAME OF oe, LYCEUM OF NATURAL) HISTORY IN THE CILTY;Or NEW YORK TO THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. WHEREAS, in pursuance of the vote and proceedings of this Corporation to change the corporate name thereof from “The Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York”’ to “The New York Academy of Sciences,” which vote and proceedings appear of record, an application has been made in behalf of said Corporation to the Supreme Court of the State of New York to legalize and authorize such change, according to the statute in such case provided, by Chittenden & Hubbard, acting as the attorneys of the Cor- poration, and the said Supreme Court, on the 5th day of January, 1876, made the following order upon such application in the premises, viz: At a special term of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, held at the Chambers thereof, in the County Court House, in the City of New York, the 5th day of January, 1876: Present—Hon. Gro. C. Barrett, Justice. In the matter of the application of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York to au- thorize it to assume the corporate name of the New York Academy of sciences. 514 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES On reading and filing the petition of the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York, duly verified by John S. Newberry, the President and chief officer of said Corporation, to authorize it to assume the corporate name of the New York Academy of Sciences, duly setting forth the grounds of said application, and on reading and filing the affidavit of Geo. W. Quackenbush, showing that notice of such application had been duly published for six weeks in the State paper, to wit, The Albany Evening Journal, and the affidavit of David S. Owen, showing that notice of such application had also been duly published in the proper newspaper of the County of New York, in which county said Corporation had its business office, to wit, in The Daily Register, by which it appears to my satisfaction that such notice has been so published, and on reading and filing the affi- davits of Robert H. Browne and J.S. Newberry, thereunto annexed, by which it appears to my satisfaction that the application is made in pursuance of a resolution of the managers of said Corporation to that end named, and there appearing to me to be no reasonable objection to said Corporation so chang- ing its name as prayed in said petition: Now on motion of Grosvenor S. Hubbard, of Counsel for Petitioner, it is Ordered, That the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York be and is hereby authorized to assume the corporate name of The New York Academy of Sciences. Indorsed: Filed January 5, 1876, A copy. Wn. Watso, Clerk. Resolution of THe ACADEMY, accepting the order of the Court, passed February 21, 1876. And whereas, The order hath been published as therein required, and all the proceedings necessary to carry out the same have been had, Therefore: Resolved, That the foregoing order be and the same is hereby accepted and adopted by this Corporation, and that in conformity therewith the corporate name thereof, from and after the adoption of the vote and resolu- tion hereinabove referred to, be and the same is hereby declared to be THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. AMENDED CHARTER 515 THE AMENDED CHARTER. Marcu 19, 1902. CHAPTER 181 oF THE Laws oF 1902. Aw Act to amend chapter one hundred and ninety-seven of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighteen, entitled “‘An act to incorporate the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York,” a Corporation now known as The New York Academy of Sciences and to extend the powers of said Corporation. (Became a law March 19, 1902, with the approval of the Governor. Passed, three-fifths being present.) The People of the State of New York, represented in Senate and Assembly, do enact as follows: Section I. The Corporation incorporated by chapter one hundred and ninety-seven of the laws of eighteen hundred and eighteen, entitled “An act to incorporate the Lyceum of Natural History in the City of New York,” and formerly known by that name, but now known as The New York Academy of Sciences through change of name pursuant to order made by the supreme court at the city and county of New York, on January fifth, eighteen hundred and seventy-six, is hereby authorized and empowered to raise money for, and to erect and maintain, a building in the city of New York for its use, and in which also at its option other scientific societies may be admitted and have their headquarters upon such terms as said Corpora- tion may make with them, portions of which building may be also rented out by said Corporation for any lawful uses for the purpose of obtaining income for the maintenance of such building and for the promotion of the objects of the Corporation; to establish, own, equip, and administer a public library, and a museum having especial reference to scientific subjects; to publish communications, transactions, scientific works, and periodicals; to give scientific instruction by lectures or otherwise; to encourage the advancement of scientific research and discovery, by gifts of money, prizes, or other assistance thereto. The building, or rooms, of said Corporation in the city of New York used exclusively for library or scientific purposes shall be subject to the provisions and be entitled to the benefits of sub- division seven of section four of chapter nine hundred and eight of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-six, as amended. Section II. The said Corporation shall from time to time forever hereafter have power to make, constitute, ordain, and establish such by-laws 516 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES and regulations as it shall judge proper for the election of its officers; for prescribing their respective functions, and the mode of discharging the same; for the admission of new members; for the government of officers and members thereof; for collecting dues and contributions towards the funds thereof; for regulating the times and places of meeting of said Corporation; for suspending or expelling such members as shall neglect or refuse to comply with the by-laws or regulations, and for managing or directing the affairs or concerns of the said Corporation: and may from time to time alter or modify its constitution, by-laws, rules, and regulations. Section III. The officers of the said Corporation shall consist of a president and two or more vice-presidents, a corresponding secretary, a recording secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers as the Corporation may judge necessary; who shall be chosen in the manner and for the terms prescribed by the constitution of the said Corporation. Section IV. The present constitution of the said Corporation shall, after the passage of this act, continue to be the constitution thereof until amended as herein provided. Such constitution as may be adopted by a vote of not less than three-quarters of such resident members and fellows of the said New York Academy of Sciences as shall be present at a meeting thereof, called by the Recording Secretary for that purpose, within forty days after the passage of this act, by written notice duly mailed, postage prepaid, and addressed to each fellow and resident member at least ten days before such meeting, at-his last known place of residence, with street and number when known, which meeting shall be held within three months after the passage of this act, shall be thereafter the constitution of the said New York Academy of Sciences, subject to alteration or amendment in the manner provided by such constitution. Section V. The said Corporation shall have power to consolidate, to unite, to co-operate, or to ally itself with any other society or association in the city of New York organized for the promotion of the knowledge or the study of any science, or of research therein, and for this purpose to receive, hold, and administer real and personal property for the uses of such consolidation, union, co-operation, or alliance subject to such terms and regulations as may be agreed upon with such associations or societies. Section VI. This act shall take effect immediately. StaTE oF New York, OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE. I have compared the preceding with the original law on file in this office, and do hereby certify that the same is a correct transcript therefrom, and the whole of said original law. ie CONSTITUTION 517 Given under my hand and the seal of office of the Secretary of State, at the city of Albany, this eighth day of April, in the year one thousand nine hundred and two. JoHN T. McDonovuaa, Secretary of State. CONSTITUTION. ApopTeD, APRIL 24, 1902, AND AMENDED AT SUBSEQUENT ‘TIMES. ArTICLE I. The name of this Corporation shall be The New York Academy of Sciences. Its objects shall be the advancement and diffusion of scientific knowledge, and the center of its activities shall be in the City of New York. . ArticLE II. The Academy shall consist of five classes of members, namely: Active Members, Fellows, Associate Members, Corresponding Members and Honorary Members. Active Members shall be the members of the Corporation who live in or near the City of New York, or who, having removed to a distance, desire to retain their connection with the Academy. Fellows shall be chosen from the Active Members in virtue of their scientific attainments. Corresponding and Honorary Members shall be chosen from among the men of science of the world who have attained distinction as investigators. ‘The number of Corresponding Members shall not exceed two hundred, and the number of Honorary Members shall not exceed fifty. ArticLE III. None but Fellows and Active Members who have paid their dues up to and including the last fiscal year shall be entitled to vote or to hold office in the Academy. ArTICLE IV. ‘The officers of the Academy shall be a President, as many Vice-Presidents as there are sections of the Academy, a Corresponding Secretary, a Recording Secretary, a Treasurer, a Librarian, an Editor, six elected Councilors and one additional Councilor from each allied society or association. The annual election shall be held on the third Monday in December, the officers then chosen to take office at the first meeting in January following. There shall also be elected at the same time a Finance Committee of three. ArtIcLe V. The officers named in Article IV shall constitute a Council, which shall be the executive body of the Academy with general control over its affairs, including the power to fill ad imtervm any vacancies that may occur in the offices. Past Presidents of the Academy shall be ex-officio members of the Council. ArTICLE VI. Societies organized for the study of any branch of science 518 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES may become allied with the New York Academy of Sciences by consent of the Council. Members of allied societies may become Active Members of the Academy by paying the Academy’s annual fee, but as members of an allied society they shall be Associate Members with the rights and privileges of other Associate Members, except the receipt of its publications. Each allied society shall have the right to delegate one of its members, who is also an Active Member of the Academy, to the Council of the Academy, and such delegate shall have all the rights and privileges of other Councilors. ArticLe VII. The President and Vice-Presidents shall not be eligible to more than one re-election until three years after retiring from office; the Secretaries and Treasurer shall be eligible to re-election without limitation. The President, Vice-presidents and Secretaries shall be Fellows. The terms of office of elected Councilors shall be three years, and these officers shall be so grouped that two, at least one of whom shall be a Fellow, shall be elected and two retired each year. Councilors shall not be eligible to re-election until after the expiration of one year. ArticLe VIII. The election of officers shall be by ballot, and the candidates having the greatest number of votes shall be declared duly elected. ArtIcLE IX. ‘Ten members, the majority of whom shall be Fellows, shall form a quorum at any meeting of the Academy at which business is transacted. ArTIcLE X. The Academy shall establish by-laws, and may amend them from time to time as therein provided. ARTICLE XI. This Constitution may be amended by a vote of not less than three fourths of the fellows and three fourths of the active members present and voting at a regular business meeting of the Academy, provided that such amendment shall be publicly submitted in writing at the preceding business meeting, and provided also that the Recording Secretary shall send a notice of the proposed amendment at least ten days before the meeting, at which a vote shall be taken, to each Fellow and Active Member entitled to vote. BY-LAWS. As ADOPTED, OCTOBER 6, 1902, AND AMENDED AT SUBSEQUENT TIMES. CHAPTER I. OFFICERS. 1. President. It shall be the duty of the President to preside at the business and special meetings of the Academy; he shall exercise the cus- tomary duties of a presiding officer. BY-LAWS 519 2. Vice-Presidents. In the absence of the President, the senior Vice- President, in order of Fellowship, shall act as the presiding officer. 3. Corresponding Secretary. ‘The Corresponding Secretary shall keep a corrected list of the Honorary and Corresponding Members, their titles and addresses, and shall conduct all correspondence with them. He shall make a report at the Annual Meeting. 4. Recording Secretary. The Recording Secretary shall keep the minutes of the Academy proceedings; he shall have charge of all documents belonging to the Academy, and of its corporate seal, which he shall affix and attest as directed by the Council; he shall keep a corrected list of the Active Members and Fellows, and shall send them announcements of the meetings of the Academy; he shall notify all Members and Fellows of their election, and committees of their appointment; he shall give notice to the Treasurer and to the Council of matters requiring their action, and shall bring before the Academy business presented by the Council. He shall make a report at the Annual Meeting. 5. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge, under the direction of the Council, of all moneys belonging to the Academy, and of their invest- ment. He shall receive all fees, dues and contributions to the Academy, and any income that may accrue from property or investment; he shall report to the Council at its last meeting before the Annual Meeting the names of members in arrears; he shall keep the property of the Academy insured, and shall pay all debts against the Academy the discharge of which shall be ordered by the Council. He shall report to the Council from time to time the state of the finances, and at the Annual Meeting shall report to the Academy the receipts and expenditures for the entire year. 6. Librarian. The Librarian shall have charge of the library, under the general direction of the Library Committee of the Council, and shall conduct all correspondence respecting exchanges of the Academy, He shall make a report on the condition of the library at the Annual Meeting. 7. Editor. The editor shall have charge of the publications of the Academy, under the general direction of the Publication Committee of the Council. He shall make a report on the condition of the publications at the Annual Meeting. CHAPTER II. COUNCIL. 1. Meetings. ‘The Council shall meet once a month, or at the call of the President. It shall have general charge of the affairs of the Academy. 2. Quorum. Five members of the Council shall constitute a quorum. 520 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 3. Officers. The President, Vice-Presidents and Recording Secretary of the Academy shall hold the same offices in the Council. 4. Committees. The Standing Committees of the Council shall be: (1) an Executive Committee consisting of the President, Treasurer, and Recording Secretary; (2) a Committee on Publications; (3) a Committee on the Library, and such other committees as from time to time shall be authorized by the Council. ‘The action of these committees shall be subject to revision by the Council. Cuapter III. FINANCE COMMITTEE. The Finance Committee of the Academy shall audit the Annual Report of the Treasurer, and shall report on financial questions whenever called upon to do so by the Council. CHAPTER IV. ELECTIONS. 1. Active Members. (a) Active Members shall be nominated in writing to the Council by at least two active Members or Fellows. If approved by the Council, they may be elected at the succeeding business meeting. (b) Any Active Member who, having removed to a distance from the city of New York, shall nevertheless express a desire to retain his connection with the Academy, may be placed by vote of the Council on a list of Non- resident Members. Such members shall relinquish the full privileges and obligations of Active Members. (Vide Chapters V and X.) 2. Associate Members. Workers in science may be elected to Associate Membership for a period of two years in the manner prescribed for Active Members. ‘They shall not have the power to vote and shall not be eligible to election as fellows, but may receive the publications. At any time sub- sequent to their election they may assume the full privileges of Active Mem- bers by paying the dues of such Members. 3. Fellows, Corresponding Members and Honorary Members. Nomi- nations for Fellows, Corresponding Members, and Honorary Members may be made in writing either to the Recording Secretary or to the Council at its meeting prior to the Annual Meeting. If approved by the Council, the nominees shall then be balloted for at the Annual Meeting. 4. Officers. Nominations for Officers, with the exception of Vice- BY-LAWS 521 Presidents, may be sent in writing to the Recording Secretary, with the name of the proposer, at any time not less than thirty days before the Annual Meeting. Each section of the Academy shall nominate a candidate for Vice-President, who, on election, shall be Chairman of the section; the names of such nominees shall be sent to the Recording Secretary properly certified by the sectional secretaries, not less than thirty days before the Annual Meeting. ‘The Council shall then prepare a list which shall be the regular ticket. This list shall be mailed to each Active Member and Fellow at least one week before the Annual Meeting. But any Active Member or Fellow entitled to vote shall be entitled to prepare and vote another ticket. CHAPTER V. DUES. 1. Dues. The annual dues of Active Members and Fellows shall be $10, payable in advance at the time of the Annual Meeting; but new mem- bers elected after May 1 shall pay $5 for the remainder of the fiscal year. The annual dues of elected Associate Members shall be $3, payable in advance at the time of the Annual Meeting. Non-resident Members shall be exempt from dues, so long as they shall relinquish the privileges of Active Membership. (Vide Chapter X.) 2. Members in Arrears. If any Active Member or Fellow whose dues remain unpaid for more than one year, shall neglect or refuse to pay the same within three months after notification by the Treasurer, his name may be erased from the rolls by vote of the Council. Upon payment of his arrears, however, such person may be restored to Active Membership or Fellowship by vote of the Council. 3. Renewal of Membership. Any Active Member or Fellow who shall resign because of removal to a distance from the City of New York, or any Non-resident Member, may be restored by vote of the Council to Active Membership or Fellowship at any time upon application. CHAPTER VI. PATRONS, DONORS AND LIFE MEMBERS. 1. Patrons. Any person contributing at one time $1000 to the general funds of the Academy shall be a Patron and, on election by the Council, shall enjoy all the privileges of Active Members. 2. Donors. Any person contributing $50 or more annually to the general funds of the Academy shall be termed a Donor and, on election by the Council, shall enjoy all the privileges of Active Members. 522 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES 3. Life Members. Any Active Member or Fellow contributing at one time $100 to the general funds of the Academy shall be a Life Member and shall thereafter be exempt from annual dues; and any Active Member or Fellow who has paid annual dues for twenty-five years or more may, upon his written request, be made a life member and be exempt from further payment of dues. CuHapTerR VII. SECTIONS. 1. Sections. Sections devoted to special branches of Science may be established or discontinued by the Academy on the recommendation of the Council. The present sections of the Academy are the Section of Astronomy, Physics and Chemistry, the Section of Biology, the Section of Geology and Mineralogy and the Section of Anthropology and Psychology. 2. Organization. Each section of the Academy shall have a Chairman and a Secretary, who shall have charge of the meetings of their Section. The regular election of these officers shall take place at the October or November meeting of the section, the officers then chosen to take office at the first meeting in January following. 3. Affiliation. Members of scientific societies affiliated with the Academy, and members of the Scientific Alliance, or men of science intro- duced by members of the Academy, may attend the meetings and present papers under the general regulations of the Academy. CuaptTer VIII. MEETINGS. 1. Business Meetings. Business meetings of the Academy shall be held on the first Monday of each month from October to May inclusive. 2. Sectional Meetings. Sectional meetings shall be held on Monday evenings from October to May inclusive, and at such other times as the Council may determine. The sectional meeting shall follow the business meeting when both occur on the same evening. 3. Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting shall be held on the third Monday in December. 4. Special Meetings. A special meeting may be called by the Council, provided one week’s notice be sent to each Active Member and Fellow, stating the object of such meeting. BY-LAWS 523 CHAPTER IX. ORDER OF BUSINESS. 1. Business Meetings. ‘The following shall be the order of procedure at business meetings: 1. Minutes of the previous business meeting. 2. Report of the Council. 3. Reports of Committees. 4, Elections. 5. Other business. 2. Sectional Meetings. ‘The following shall be the order of procedure at sectional meetings: 1. Minutes of the preceding meeting of the section. 2. Presentation and discussion of papers. 3. Other scientific business. 3. Annual Meetings. The following shall be the order of procedure at Annual Meetings: 1. Annual reports of the Corresponding Secretary, Recording Secre- tary, Treasurer, Librarian, and Editor. 2. Election of Honorary Members, Corresponding Members, and Fellows. 3. Election of officers for the ensuing year. 4, Annual address of the retiring President. CHAPTER X. PUBLICATIONS. 1. Publications. The established publications of the Academy shall be the Annals and the Memoirs. They shall be issued by the Editor under the supervision of the Committee on Publications. 2. Distribution. One copy of all publications shall be sent to each Patron, Life Member, Active Member and Fellow, provided, that upon enquiry by the Editor such Members or Fellows shall signify their desire to receive them. 3. Publication Fund. Contributions may be received for the publica- tion fund, and the income thereof shall be applied toward defraying the expenses of the scientific publications of the Academy. 524 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES CHAPTER XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1. Debts. No debts shall be incurred on behalf of the Academy, unless authorized by the Council. 2. Bills. All bills submitted to the Council must be certified as to correctness by the officers incurring them. 3. Investments. All the permanent funds of the Academy shall be invested in United States or in New York State securities or in first mortgages on real estate, provided they shall not exceed sixty-five per cent. of the value of the property, or in first mortgage bonds of corporations which have paid dividends continuously on their common stock for a period of not less than five years. All income from patron’s fees, life membership fees and donor’s fees shall be added to the permanent fund. 4. Expulsion, etc. Any Member or Fellow may be censured, sus- pended or expelled, for violation of the Constitution or By-Laws, or for any offence deemed sufficient, by a vote of three fourths of the Members and three fourths of the Fellows present at any business meeting, provided such action shall have been recommended by the Council at a previous business meeting, and also, that one month’s notice of such recommendation and of the offence charged shall have been given the Member accused. 5. Changes in By-Laws. No alteration shall be made in these By- Laws unless it shall have been submitted publicly in writing at a business meeting, shall have been entered on the Minutes with the names of the Members or Fellows proposing it, and shall be adopted by two-thirds of the Members and Fellows present and voting at a subsequent business meeting. 1887. 1898. 1889. 1907. POE 1904. 1887. 1899. 1876. 1902. 1901. 1876. 1901. 1898. 1889. 1894. 1899. 1898. 1907. 1896. 1901. 1896. 1876. 1898. 1880. 1900. 1908. 1898. 1891. MEMBERSHIP OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. 31 DECEMBER, 1908. HONORARY MEMBERS. Prof. ALEXANDER Agassiz, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. ArtHuR Auwers, Berlin, Germany. Prof. CHartes Barros, Lille, France. Prof. Witu1am Bateson, Cambridge, England. CHARLES VERNON Boys, London, England. Prof. W. C. BroaceEr, Christiana, Norway. Dr. Wru1am Henry Dauuincer, London, England. Sir GrorcE Howarp Darwin, Cambridge, England. Dr. W. Boyp Dawkins, Manchester, England. Sir James Dewar, Cambridge, England. Prof. Emr Fiscuer, Berlin, Germany. Sir ARCHIBALD GEIKIE, Haslemere, Surrey, England. Prof. James Grrkre, Edinburgh, Scotland. Sir Davip Grit, London, England. Prof. GrorGE LincotNn GoopaLe, Cambridge, Mass. Dr. Ernst HAckE., Jena, Germany. Prof. Jutrus Hann, Vienna, Austria. Dr. GrorcE W. Hitu, West Nyack, N. Y. Dr. J. D. Hooker, Kew, England. Prof. Amprosius A. W. Husprecut, Utrecht, Netherlands. Prof. Witu1aAM JAMES, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. Frrrx Kier, Gottingen, Germany. Prof. Viktor von Lana, Vienna, Austria. Dr. E. Ray Lanxester, London, England. Sir Norman Lockyer, London, England. Prof. Franz Leypie, Tauber, Germany. Prof. Kaxicur Mirsuxurt, Tokio, Japan. Prof. Frriptyor NaNnseEN, Christiana, Norway. Prof. Simon Newcoms, Washington, D. C. 525 526 1908. 1898. 1898. 1900. 1900. 1901. 1899. 1898. 1887. 1887. 1904. 1904. 1908. 1896. 1900. 1904. 1907. 1904. 1904. 1883. 1898. 1891. 1890. 1899. 1876. 1899. 1898. 1878. 1867. 1897. 1899. 1874. 1884. 1894. 1874. 1876 1898. 1876. ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Prof. WiLtHELM OstwaLp, Gross-Bothen, Germany. Prof. ALBrecHt Penck, Berlin, Germany. Prof. WiLHELM Prerrer, Leipzig, Germany. Prof. EpwArD CHARLES PICKERING, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. Jutes Henri Porncargs, Paris, France. Sir Wiiu1AM Ramsay, London, England. Lord Ray.eicH, Witham, Essex, England. Dr. Hans H. Revuscu, Christiana, Norway. Sir Henry EnFrietp Roscoe, London, England. Geheimrath Heinrich Rosensuscu, Heidelberg, Germany. Prof. KARL VON DEN STEINEN, Berlin, Germany. Dr. G. JoHNSTONE STonEy, London, England. Prof. EpuaRD STRASBURGER, Bonn, Germany. Prof. JosrpH JoHN THomson, Cambridge, England. Prof. Epwarp Burnett Tytor, Oxford, England. Prof. Huco pr Vries, Amsterdam, Netherlands. Prof. James Warp, Cambridge, England. Dr. WitHELM Wonpt, Leipzig, Germany. Geheimrath FerRDINAND ZiRKEL, Leipzig, Germany. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. Dr. CHARLES ConrAD ABBorTtT, Trenton, N. J. Prof. FranK D. Apams, Montreal, Canada. Dr. José G. AcumLerA, Mexico City, Mexico. Wituram DeWitt ALEXANDER, Honolulu, Hawaii. Dr. C. W. ANpREws, London, England. Prof. JooN Howarp APPLETON, Providence, R. I. Dr. J. G. Baker, Kew, England. Prof. Isaac BagLtey Batrour, Edinburgh, Scotland. Dr. ALEXANDER GRAHAM BELL, Washington, D. C. Epwarp L. BertHoup, Golden, Colo. Dr. Hersert Botton, Bristol, England. Dr. G. A. BouLENGER, London, England. T. S. BraANDEGEE, San Diego, Calif. Prof. Joun C. BRANNER, Stanford University, Calif. Prof. BoHusLay BRAuNER, Prague, Bohemia. Prof. WrLt1AM Brewster, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. Grorcr JARvIs BrusH, New Haven, Conn. Prof. T. C. CHAMBERLIN, Chicago, Ill. Dr. FranK WIGGLESWoRTH CLARKE, Washington, D. C. 1891. 1877. 1868. 1876. 1880. 1877. 1866. 1895. 1879. 1870. 1885. 1898. 1894. 1899. 1890. 1899. 1876. 1880. 1869. 1879. 1879. 1885. 1899. 1879. 1870. 1858. 1865. 1888. 1868. 1883. 1877. 1869. 1898. 1882. 1867. 1900. 1890. 1896. 1875. 1899. 1876. LIST OF CORRESPONDING MEMBERS 257 Prof. L. Cuerc, Ekaterinburg, Russia. Dr. THEODORE Comstock, Los Angeles, Calif. M. C. Cooker, London, England. Prof. H. B. CorNWALL, Princeton, N. J. CHARLES B. Cory, Boston, Mass. Dr. Jos—EpH CRAWFORD, Philadelphia, Pa. Geheimrath HERMANN CREDNER, Leipzig, Germany. Prof. Henry P. CusuHine, Cleveland, O. T. Netson Date, Pittsfield, Mass. Dr. Witit1aM Hearty Datu, Washington, D. C. Prof. Epwarp SALispuryY Dana, New Haven, Conn. Prof. Witit1am M. Davis, Cambridge, Mass. Pres. RuTHVEN Deane, Chicago, Ill. Prof. CHARLES D&pEReET, Lyons, France. Dr. OrvILLE A. Dersy, Rio Janeiro, Brazil. Dr. Louis Dotto, Brussels, Belgium. Henry W. Exuiott, Lakewood, O. Prof. JoHNn B. Exvuiotr, New Orleans, La. Dr. Francis E. ENGELHARDT, Syracuse, N. Y. Prof. HerMAN LeRoy Fatrcuitp, Rochester, N. Y. Prof. FrrepricH BERNHARD Firrica, Marburg, Germany. Dr. Lazarus FLEetcHER, London, England. Prof. EBERHARD FRaas, Stuttgart, Germany. Dr. REINHOLD FRITZGARTNER, Tegucigalpa, Honduras. Prof. GrovE K. GitBErT, Washington, D. C. Prof. THEODORE NicHouas GiLi, Washington, D. C. Prof. CHARLES A. GorssMAN, Amherst, Mass. Prof. FRANK Austin Goocu, New Haven, Conn. Col. C. R. GrREENLEAF, U.S. A., San Francisco, Calif. Dr. Marquis ANTONIO DE GREGORIO, Palermo, Sicily. Prof. Pau HrernricH von Grotu, Munich, Germany. R. J. LecoMere Guppy, Trinidad, British West Indies. Dr. Grorce E. Harz, Mt. Wilson, Calif. Baron Ernst von Hesse-WarTEGG, Lucerne, Switzerland. Prof. C. H. Hircucocx, Hanover, N. H. Dr. Witu1AM Henry Hormegs, Washington, D. C. Dr. H. D. Hoskotp, Buenos Ayres, Argentine Republic. Prof. J. P. Ipprnas, Chicago, Ill. Matvern W. Ives, Dubuque, Ia. Prof. Orro JAcKEL, Greifswald, Germany. Prof. SamureL W. JoHnson, New Haven, Conn. ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Pres. Davip Srarr JoRDAN, Stanford University, Calif. Prof. Grorcre A. Korenia, Houghton, Mich. Dr. FrrepricH Konurauscu, Marburg, Germany. Baron R. Kuxt, Tokyo, Japan. Prof. ALFRED Lacrorx, Paris, France. Prof. Joun W. LAnGLeEy, Cleveland, O. Prof. S. A. Larrimore, Rochester, N. Y. Prof. Wi1LL1AM Lipsey, Princeton, N. J. Prof. ARCHIBALD LIvERSIDGE, London, England. Prof. GkorGE Mac oski&, Princeton, N. J. Prof. Joan Wini1aM MAtuet, Charlottesville, Va. Prof. CHARLES Ripore Mann, Chicago, Il. Dr. Grorce F. MatrHew, St. John, N. B., Canada. CHARLES JOHNSON Maynarp, West Newton, Mass. ‘THEODORE LUQUEER Meap, Oviedo, Fla. SetH E. Merk, Chicago, Il. J. DE MrenpizABaL-TAaMBorREL, Mexico City, Mexico. Dr. Cuinton Hart Merriam, Washington, D. C. Prof. MANSFIELD Merriam, South Bethlehem, Pa. Dr. A. B. Meyer, Berlin, Germany. Prof. CHARLES SEDGwick Minot, Boston, Mass. Prof. Winu1AM GiLtBpert Mrxter, New Haven, Conn. Dr. Richard MoupenKe, Watchung, N. J. Prof. C. Lutoyp Moraean, Bristol, England. Dr. Epwarp S. Mors, Salem, Mass. GrorceE Murray, London, England. Prof. Eugen Netto, Giessen, Germany. Prot. ALFRED Newton, Cambridge, England. Dr. Francis C. Nicnonas, New York, N. Y. Dr. Henry ALFRED ALForD NicHo.Lis, Dominica, B. W. I. Prof. Witu1aAm H. Nixes, Boston, Mass. Dr. Epwarp J. Nouan, Philadelphia, Pa. FREDERICK A. OBER, Hackensack, N. J. JoHN M. Orpway, New Orleans, La. Prof. GkEorcE Howarp ParKER, Cambridge, Mass. STEPHEN F. PeckHaM, New York, N. Y. Prof. Grorce E. Post, Beirfit, Syria. Prof. Epwarp BaGNnaLt Poutton, Oxford, England. Prof. FrepericK Prime, Philadelphia, Pa. Prof. RapHAEL PumMpELLy, Newport, R. I. Prof. B. ALEx. RANDALL, Philadelphia, Pa. 1888. 1876. 1874. 1886. 1876. 1899. 1867. 1898. 1876. 1894. 1876. 1883. 1895. 1890. 1896. 1890. 1876. 1885. 1893. 1899. 1877. 1876. 1871. 1900. 1867. 1890. 1898. 1876. 1900. 1897. 1874. 1898. 1898. 1898. 1866. 1899. 1876. 1876. LIST OF CORRESPONDING MEMBERS 529 T. Mexiarp Reape, Liverpool, England. Dr. Ira Remsen, Baltimore, Md. Rosert Ripeway, Washington, D. C. Prof. Wiriu1am L. Ross, Troy, N. Y. Prof. SAMUEL P. SApTLER, Philadelphia, Pa. D. Max Scutosser, Munich, Germany. Prof. Paut ScHWeEITzER, Columbia, Mo. Prof. W. B. Scort, Princeton, N. J. Prof. Samuret H. Scupprer, Cambridge, Mass. Prof. W. T. Sepewick, Boston, Mass. ANDREW SHERWOOD, Portland, Ore. J. Warp Situ, Newark, N. J. Prof. CHarites H. Smyru, Jr., Princeton, N. J. Dr. J. SELDEN SPENCER, Tarrytown, N. Y. Dr. RoBert STEARNS, Los Angeles, Calif. Prof. WaLTeR LeConre STEVENS, Lexington, Va. Prof. Francis H. Storer, Boston, Mass. Rajah Sourtnpro Mouun Tacore, Calcutta, India. Dr. J. P. TuHomson, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia. Dr. R. H. Traquatr, Colinton, Scotland. Prof. JoHN TRowsBRIDGE, Cambridge, Mass. Dr. D. K. Turrue, Philadelphia, Pa. Dr. Henri Van Heurck, Antwerp, Belgium. Pres. CHARLES R. Van Hise, Madison, Wis. Prof. AppISON EMERY VERRILL, New Haven, Conn. Brig. Gen. ANTHONY WAYNE Vognpes, U.S. A. (retired), San Diego, Calif. Dr. CuHar.tes DoonittLeE Waucottr, Washington, D. C. LEonARD Wa.po, New York, N. Y. Prof. SHo Warask, Tokyo, Japan. Prof. Sruart WELLER, Chicago, Ill. Dr. I. C. Wurtz, Morgantown, West Va. Prof. C. O. WHitman, Woods Holl, Mass. Prof. Henry SHALER WILLIAMS, Ithaca, N. Y. Prof. N. H, WincHeE.xL, Minneapolis, Minn. Prof. Horatio C. Woop, Philadelphia, Pa. Dr. A. Smira Woopwarp, London, England. Prof. ARTHUR WriiLIAMs WricHt, New Haven, Conn. Prof. Harry Cricy Yarrow, Washington, D. C. 530 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES PATRONS. Britton, Prof. N. L., N. Y. Botanical Garden. Brown, Hon. Appison, 45 West 89th Street. Casey, Col. THomas L., U. S. A., Washington, D. C. CHAPIN, CHESTER W. 34 West 57th Street. Fre.tp, C. pe Preystrr, 21 East 26th Street. GouLp, Epwin, Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. GouLp, GrorcE J., 195 Broadway. GouLp, Miss HELEN M.., Irvington, N. Y. HerRRMAN, Mrs. EstHer, 59 West 56th Street. JuuLiEN, Dr. Auexis A., Columbia University. Levison, W. Goon, 1435 Pacific Street, Brooklyn. Meap, WALrerR H., 67 Wall Street. SENFF, CHARLES H., 300 Madison Avenue. ACTIVE MEMBERS. 31 DrEcEMBER, 1908. Fellowship is indicated by an asterisk (*) before the name. Life Mem- bership is shown by heavy-faced type. The names of Patrons are in capitals. Adams, Edward D. ARNOLD, Fetix, M.D. *ADLER, I., M.D. ASTOR, JOHN JACOB *ALLEN, J. A., Ph.D. AVERY, SAMUEL P. ALLEN, JAMES LANE BaAEKELAND, LrEo H., Ph.D. *ALLIS, EDWARD PHELPS, Jr., Ph.D. Bailey, James M. *AMEND, BERNARD G. Barhydt, Mrs. P. H. ANDERSON, A. A. Barnes, Miss Cora F. ANDERSON, A. J. C. Barron, GEorGE D. ANDERSON, J. H. *BASKERVILLE, Prof. CHARLES. ANDREWS, Roy C. Bauau, Miss M. L. Anthony, R. A. Baxter, M., Jr. ANTHONY, WruuiaAM A.! BEAL, WILLIAM R. AREND, FRANcIs J. Bran, Henry WILLARD Armstrong, 8. T., M.D. BEARD, Danie. C. 1 Deceased. LIST OF ACTIVE MEMBERS *Beck, Fanning C. T. BECKHARD, MARTIN *BEEBE, C. WILLIAM Beers, M. H. BELLER, A. BERGSTRESSER, CHARLES M. *BERKEY, CHARLES P., Ph.D. *BeRRY; EpwarD W. Betts, SAMUEL R. vAN BeureEN, F. T. *BICKMORE, ALBERT S., Ph.D. BIEN, JULIUS *BIGELOW, Prof. Maurice A., Ph.D. BicELow, WILLIAM S. Bryur, MosEs Billings, Miss Elizabeth Briuines, FREDERICK Brrpsat1, Mrs. W. R. BrrKHABN, R. C. BisHop, HEBER R. BisHop, SAMUEL H. *BLAKE, J. A., M.D. Buank, M. I., M.D. *Bliss, Prof. Charles B. *Boas, Prof. FRANZ Borettcer, Henry W. Bouter, RicHarp F. Boyp, JAMES *BrIsTOL, Prof. CHARLES L. BrisTou, JNo. I. D. *BRITTON, Pror. N. L., Pa.D. *BROWN, Hon. ADDISON Brown, Epwin H. *BROWNELL, SILAS B. *Bumpus, Prof. H. C., Ph.D. *Burr, WILLIAM H. Burr, WINTHROP BusH, WENDELL T. *ByrNES, Miss EstHer F., Ph.D. *CALKINS, Prof. Gary N., Ph.D. *CAMPBELL, Prof. WILLIAM, Ph.D. 531 CAMPBELL, Prof. Witt1am M. CANFIELD, R. A. CasE, CHARLES L. CASEY, Cou. EHOMAS® \—£., W:SeA: *CASWELL, JOHN H. *Cattell, Prof. J. McKeen, Ph.D. CHAMPOLLION, ANDRE *CHANDLER, Prof. C. F., Ph.D. CHAPIN, CHESTER W. *CHAPMAN, FRANK M. *CHEESMAN, TimoTHy M., M.D. CLARKSON, BANYER CuinE, Miss May Coun, Jutius M. Cow tgs, Davin S. *COLLINGWOOD, FRANCIS Collord, George W. ComseE, Mrs. WILLIAM Conpit, WILLIAM L. Constant, S. Victor DE CopreET, E. J. CorNING, CHRISTOPHER R. *Cox, CHARLES F. *CRAMPTON, Prof. Henry E., Ph.D. Crane, Zenas Cross, GEORGE D. DaHucREN, B. E., D.M.D. *DAVENPORT, Prof. CHARLES B., Phe Daviess, J. CLARENCE Davies, WILLIAM G. Davis, Dr. CHARLES H. *Deran, Prof. BAsHFoRD, Ph.D. DEGENER, R. Delafield, Maturin L., Jr. DELANO, WARREN, Jr. DemorestT, WILLIAM C. De Puy, Henry F. DEVEREUX, W. B. Devoe, F. W. 532 DeWitt, WILLIAM G. Dickerson, Epwarp N. DIEFENTHALER, C. E. Drwock, GEORGE E. Drx, Rev. Morean, D.D. Donece, Rev. D. Stuart, D.D. Dodge, Miss Grace H. *DopaeE, Prof. RicHarp E., A.M. Douerty, Henry L. DonaLp, JAMES M. *Doremus, Prof. CHARLES A., Ph.D. *Deouglas, James Doua.ass, ALFRED Draper, Mrs. M. A. P. DrummMonD, Isaac W., M.D. *DupiLEY, P. H.; Ph-D: *DuNHAM, EpwarD K., M.D. Dunn, Gano Dunscombe, George Elsworth Du Pont, H. A. DURAND, JOHN 5S. *DUTCHER, WILLIAM *D WIGHT, JONATHAN, Jr., M.D. Dwyer, THOMAS EICKEMEYER, CARL *Elliott, Prof. A. H., Ph.D. EmMeET, C. TEMPLE Eno, JoHN C. Eno, WILLIAM PHELPS Estaprook, A. F. *KYERMAN, JOHN FAIRCHILD, CHARLES S. Fauion, G. W. R. FarGco, JAMES C. FarMER, ALEXANDER S. *FARRAND, Prof. Livineston, M.D. Frerauson, Mrs. JuLIANA ARMOUR FIELD, C. DE PEYSTER Fretp, Witiiam B. Oscoop *FINLEY, Pres. JoHNn H. ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES *FISHBERG, Maurice, M.D. *FLEXNER, SIMON, M.D. Foot, JAMEs D. Ford, James B. ForDYcE, JOHN A. DE Forest, Ropert W. Forster, WILLIAM FREUND, Emin FRISSELL, A. S. GALLATIN, FREDERIC Gipson, R. W. *GiES, Prof. WiLLIAM J. GOULD, EDWIN GOULD, GEORGE J. GOULD, MISS HELEN M. *Grabau, Prof. Amadeus W. *GRATACAP, Louis P. GREEFF, ERNEST F. *GrREGORY, W. K. Griaes, J. GEORGE Griscom, C. A., Jr. GRISWOLD, Mrs. CHESTER GUGGENHEIM, WILLIAM von Hacen, Hueco Hacue, James D.* Haus, WILL1AM, Jr. HAMMOND, JAMES B. Harriman, E. H. Haupt, Louis, M.D. HAveEMEYER, WILLIAM F. Heinze, ARTHUR P. *HERING, Prof. DanreL W. HERRMAN, MRS. ESTHER *HERTER, CHRISTIAN A., M.D. Hess, SELMAR HEWLETT, WALTER J. HIGGINSON, JAMES J. *HILL, Ropert T. Hrirscu, CHARLEs S. *Hitcucock, Miss F. R. M., Ph.D. 1 Deceased, LIST OF ACTIVE MEMBERS HopENPYL, ANTON G. Hor, Rosert, Jr. *HoLiick, ARTHUR, Ph.D. Holt, Henry Hopkins, George B. *HoRNADAY, WILLIAM T., Sc.D. Horcuxiss, Henry D. Hovuse, Prof. Homer D. *Hovey, Edmund Otis, Ph.D. *Howe, Prof. Henry M. *Howk, MarsHaty A., Ph.D. Hubbard, Thomas H. HusBBarp, WALTER C. HuauHeEs, Hon. CHARrtes E. Hu.sHizer, J. E. Huntington, Archer M. Hustrace, FRANCIS HuyLer, JOHN S. Hyde, B. Talbot B. Hype, E. Francis Hyde, Frederic E., M.D. Hyper, Henry St. JoHNn Tles, George *IrvinG, Prof. JoHn D. Irvine, WALTER von Isakxovics, ALOIS *Jacopi, ABRAM, M.D. Jarvie, James N. JENNINGS, RoBERT E. Jesup, Morris K.1 JONES, Dwicut A. *JULIEN, ALEXIS A., Pa.D. Kaun, Orro H. *Kemp, Prof. James F., A.B., E.M. KENNEDY, J. S. Keppler, Rudolph Kessler, George A. Knapp, HERMAN KoHLMAN, CHARLES 530 *KuNnz, GEORGE F., M.A., Ph.D. DE LAGERBERG, JULIUS Lamb, Osborn R. LAMBERT, ADRIAN V.S., M.D. Lanepon, Woopsury G. LANGELOTH, J. *LANGMANN, Gustav, M.D. LAWRENCE, Amos E. LAWRENCE, JOHN B. Lawton, James M. *LEDOUX, ALBERT R., Ph.D. *LEE, Prof. FrREpDERIc S., Ph.D. LEFFERTS, MARSHALL C. *LEVISON, WALLACE GOOLD Levy, EMANUEL LICHTENSTEIN, Pau Tap ds W.,. Jr: *LINVILLE, H. R., Ph.D. Loeb, James *LorB, Prof. Morris, Ph.D. LounsBERY, R. P. Low, Hon. Seth, LL.D. LowieE, Rospert H., Ph.D. *Lucas, F. A. *LUQUER, Prof. Lea Mcl. *Lusk, Prof. GranamM, M.D. _ LuTTGEN, WALTHER Lyon, RALPH McCook, Col. J. J. Mckum, Rev. Hastert! *McMillin, Emerson *MacDouGat., Prof. RoBERT Mack, JACOB Macy, Miss Mary Sutton, M.D. Macy, V. Everit Macer, F. RoBErtT Mann, W. D. Marsie, MAntTon Marcou, JoHn B. 1 Deceased. 534 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES MaruineG, ALFRED E. Marshall, Louis Marston, E. S. Martin, Bradley *Martin, Prof. Daniel S. * MARTIN, T. COMMERFORD Martin, W. M. *Matthew, W. D., Ph.D. MaxweE tt, Francis T. MEAD, WALTER H. Metres, Titus B. MELLEN, C. S. *MELTZER, S. J., M.D. * MERRILL, FREDERICK J. H., Ph.D. Metz, HERMAN A. *MrEYER, Apour, M.D. Mizourn, J. G. DE Mirna, Louis J. MILLER, GreorcE N., M.D. *MINER, Roy Watpo MircHe.ti, ArTtHur M. MiItTcHELL, EpwaRD Morewoop, GEorGE B. Moraan, J. PreRPONT *MorGAN, Prof. THomas H. Morais, Lewis R., M.D. Mortimer, W. GoLpen, M.D. Myers, Josep G. Nimick, Mrs. A. K. Oakes, FrRANcIs J. Oxpric, ADOLPH Ocus, ADOLPH S. OETTINGER, P. J., M.D. *Ogilvie, Miss Ida H., Ph.D. Olcott, E. E. Otmstep, Mrs. CHarues T. *Osborn, Prof. Henry F., Sc. D., LL.D. Osporn, WituraM C. Ospurn, Raymonp C. Owen, Miss Juliette A. OwEns, W. W. Pappock, EuGcENE H. Parish, Henry *PARKER, Prof. HERSCHEL C. PaRSELL, Henry V. A. Parsons, Mrs. Epwin *PARSONS, JOHN E. Patton, John PEARLE, ROBERT PEARSALL, THOMAS W. PEDERSEN, F. M. ¥*PrLiew, Prof. C. b.Phw: PENNINGTON, WILLIAM Perkins, William H. Perry, CHARLES J. *PETERSON, FREDERICK, M.D. *PETRUNKEVITCH, ALEXANDER, Php: PETTEGREW, Davin L. *PrisTER, Prof. J. C. PFrizER, CHARLES, Jr. Puiuipp, P. BERNARD Purrps, HENRY PHOENIX, Lioyp PICKHARDT, CARL Pierce, Henry Ciay *PITKIN, Lucius, Ph.D. PLANTEN, JOHN R. PoGGENBURG, H. F.4 *POLLARD, CHARLES L. *Poor, Prof. CHARLES L. Poor, Henry W. PorTER, EuGENE H. Post, ABRAM S. *PostT.Cis: Post, GEORGE B. *PRINCE, Prof. JoHN DYNELEY PritcHeETT, Pres. HENry S. Procter, WILLIAM 1 Deceased. LIST OF ACTIVE MEMBERS Proctor, GEORGE H. *PRUDDEN, Prof. T. MITCHELL, M.D. *PuPIN, Prof. M. I., Ph.D. Pyne, M. Taylor QUACKENBOS, Prof. J. D., M.D. ReEILxy, F. JAMES RICHARDSON, FREDERICK A. *Ricketts, Prof. P. de P., Ph.D. RIEDERER, LUDWIG RIKER, SAMUEL Ross, Hon. J. HAMPDEN RoBERT, SAMUEL Roperts, C. H. Rogers, E. L. Rogers, H. H. Rowland, Thomas F.! de Rubio, H. A. C. *Russy, Prof. Henry H., M.D. Russ, EpwarD SacHs, Pau J. SauL, CHARLES R. SAUTER, FRED. Schermerhorn, F. A. Scuirr, Jacos H. ScHOLLE, A. H. Schott, Charles M., Jr. Scott, GEORGE S. SENFF, CHARLES H. Suaw, Mrs. Joun C. SHEPARD, C. SIDNEY *SHERWOOD, GEORGE H. SHILAND, ANDREW, Jr. SHULTz, CHARLES S. *SICKELS, Ivin, M.D. SIEBERG, W. H. J. SLOAN, BENSON B. SmitTH, Exuiortt C. *SMITH, ERNEST E., M.D., Ph.D. *SmiTH, Prof. JoHN B. SmitH, W. WHEELER Snow, ELBRIDGE G. *STARR, Prof. M. ALLEN STEFANSSON, V. Stetson, F. L. STEVENS, C. AMORY *STEVENS, GEORGE T., M.D. *Stevenson, Prof. John J., LL.D. STOKES, JAMES Straus, Istpor Stureis, Mrs. ErizapetH M. *STUYVESANT, RUTHERFURD Taccart, RusH *Tatlock, John TAYLOR, GEORGE Taytor, WILLIAM H. Terry, James Testa, NIKOLA THaw, BENJAMIN Tuomeson, Mrs. FREDERICK F. Tompson, Lewis S. *THompson, Prof. W. GILMAN THompson, WALTER *THORNDIKE, Prof. Epwarp L. THORNE, SAMUEL *Tower, R. W., Ph.D. *TOWNSEND, CHARLES H. Tows, C. D. *TROWBRIDGE, Prof. C. C. TUcKERMAN, ALFRED, Ph.D. Utimann, E. S. Van Slyck, George W. Van Wyck, Robert A. VREDENBURGH, WILLIAM H. *Waller, Prof. Elwyn, Ph.D. Warsura, F. N. Warsurc, Paut M. Warp, ARTEMAS Warp, JOHN GILBERT WARNER, CHARLES ST. JOHN 1 Deceased. 535 536 WasHinectTon, Henry S., Ph.D. WatTERBURY, J. I. Weir, Col. John WELLINGTON, AARON H. WHEELER, H. L. *WHEELER, WitLIAM Morton, Ph.D. *WauitTE, HORACE *WHITFIELD, Prof. R. P. Wicker, WILLIAM Wieain, F. H., M.D. Wiuuiams, R. H. Wits, CHARLES T. *WILson, Prof. EpmunD B., Ph.D., 1) Dal Oy ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES WIitson, Henry R. Witson, J. H. Witson, Miss M. B., M.D. *WISSLER, CLARK, Ph.D. Wotrr, A. R. Woop, Mrs. Cyntuia A. *WooODBRIDGE, Prof. FREDERICK se De *WooDHULL, Prof. Joun F., PhD: *WooDWARD, Prof. R. S. *WoopwokrtTH, Prof. R. S. YEAMAN, GrEorGE H.! YOuUNGLOVE, JoHN, M.D. ZABRISKIE, GEORGE ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. Brown, Harotp CHapman, Ph.D. Brown, T. C. Dusuin, L. J. GORDON, CLARENCE E. HuntTER, GEORGE W. JAMES, F. WILTON Keuuicott, W. E., Ph.D. McGreeor, JAMES HowarD MonrtacuE, W. P., Ph.D. NortHup, DwicHt STEVENSON, A. E. NON-RESIDENT MEMBERS. *ABBE, Dr. CLEVELAND BucHner, Epwarp F. Burnett, DouGcLass Davis, WILLIAM H. EnGuisH, GEORGE L. Fintay, Prof. G. I. FRANKLAND, FREDERICK W. HorrMan, S. V. Kenopie, Amos B. *LLoyD, Prof. F. E. *M ayer, Dr. A. G. *PRaTs, Dried! HH: *Rres, Prof. H. Reuter, L. H. *SUMNER, Dr. F. B. *van INGEN, Prof. G. 1 Deceased. GENERAL INDEX TO VOLUME XVIII. Names of Authors and other Persons in Heavy-Face Type. Titles of Papers in SMALL CAPS. Abbe, Cleveland, Active Member, 265 Fellow, 306 Abbott, Clinton G., Expression oF Emo- TION IN BIRDS AS SHOWN BY PHOTOG- RAPHY (Abstract), 297 PROBABLE CAUSE OF THE ‘“‘ BLEATING”’ oF SNIPE (Title), 481 ACCIDENTAL RESEMBLANCE AND ITS POSSIBLE IMPORTANCE IN THE ORIGIN OF SPECIES, Bashford Dean (Title), 461 AcID AND FATIGUE, F. §S. Lee (Abstract), 270 Acip EXTREME OF THE CORTLANDT SERIES, NEAR PEEKSKILL, N. Y., Charles P. Berkey (Abstract), 474, 477 Active Members, Election of, 265, 269, 274, 280, 286, 290, 297, 313, 316, 327, 334, 340, 345, 359, 456, 458, 467, 473, 489, 500 List of, 376 530 Adaptation (in organic evolution), 432 Adler, Isaac, Fellow, 363 Aiquisepale (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 249 Aguirre, Severo Y., Active Member, 500 Allen, C. H., Active Member, 340 Allen, J. A., LiInNzus AS A ZOOLOGIST, 9-19 Allen, James Lane, Active Member, 286 ALLOYS, ON THE JRON-CARBON SERIES OF, Wm. Campbell (Abstract), 339 Ambronn and Schur, Solar investigations of, 396, 415 Amendments to By-laws, 287, 457, 459 Amendments to Constitution, 286 AMERICAN PALEOzoIc, CONTINENTAL FORMA- TION OF THE, A. W. Grabau (Abstract) 490, 491 Amphione, see Ipomea Anatomy of swim-bladder in drumfishes, 150 Anatomy of swim-bladder in Sea-robin and Toadfish, 154 Anderson, G. E., DEVELOPMENT OF THE INNER WALL IN THE PAL#OZOIC Corats (Title), 305 Anderson, J. H., Active Member, 467 Anderson, Tempest, Vesuvius aNnp Its Eruptions (Title), 334 Andrews, Roy C., Active Member, 500 Aniseia, see Ipomea Anisomere (subsection of Ipome@a), 184, 242 Annual Meeting, 305, 363, 502 ANNUAL MEETING OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOcI- ETY OF AMERICA, ALBUQUERQUE, N. M., DrEcEMBER 30-31, 1907, E. O. Hovey (Title), 460 Anthropology and Psychology, Section of, 268, 272, 277, 282, 296, 300, 315, 318, 325, 331, 349, 355, 458, 462, 471, 481, 494, 499 Antigorite, Recast analysis of, 133 Aphrodite, Recast analysis of, 144 APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE MOMENT oF INERTIA IN @M-CM? UNITs, THE, E. BR. Von Nardroff (Title), 324 APPLIED PHILOSOPHY AND APPLIED PsYCHOL- oay, D. S. Miller (Abstract), 355, 358 Arborescentes (subsection of Ipomea), 183, 188 Argyreia, see Ipomea Argyrophylle (subsection of Ipomea), 183, 185 Aristotle, cited, 158 Armstrong, A. C., THE IDEA OF FEELING IN RovussEAv’s RELIGIOUS PHILOSOPHY (Abstract), 482, 484 Arnold, E. S. F., Death of, 467, 487 Arnold, Felix, Active Member, 458 Arnold, F. J., FInpING THE WEIGHT OF AN IRREGULAR Bopy BY MEANS OF ITS CENTER OF GRAVITY (Title), 324 Associate Members, Election of, 316 List of, 382, 536 Astronomy, Physics and Chemistry, Section of, 268, 271, 277, 282, 290, 295, 299, 314, 318, 324, 339, 346, 354, 457, 462, 470, 481, 488, 497 ATTENTION, THE LAws or, E. B. Titchener (Abstract), 463 Auwers, Discussion of Sun’s shape and pos- sible variability, 388, 390, 415 Baekeland, Leo H., Active Member, 456 Baldwin, William D., Active Member, 334 Bangs, Francis S., Active Member, 269 Barhydt, Mrs. P. Hackley, Active Member, 345 537 538 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Barnes, Miss Cora F., Active Member, 269 Bartelmez, S. W., and Bristol, C. L., SKIN GLANDS OF Bufo agua (Abstract), 329 Baskerville, Charles, Councilor, 306 Batatas (section of Jpomea), 183, 184, 210 Bateson, William, INHERITANCE OF COLOR IN ANIMALS AND PLANTs (Title), 349 Honorary Member, 363 Baugh, Miss M. L., Active Member, 269 Bawden, H. Heath, THe FUNCTIONAL PsYCHOLOGY OF SENSATION AND IMAGE (Title), 283 Bracu Cusps, ORIGIN oF, D. W. Johnson (Abstract), 474, 477 BracuH Cusps AND RELATED PHENOMENA, W. O. Crosby (Title), 486 Bean, Henry Willard, Active Member, 269 Bearded Drum, see Drumfishes Beebe, C. William, PRELIMINARY REPORT oF SOME RECENT EXPERIMENTS WITH BIRDS IN THE NEw YORK ZOOLOGICAL Park (Title), 461 Begonia frigida, Spontaneous variability of, 439 Bell, J. Carleton, Errect oF SUGGESTION UPON THE REPRODUCTION OF TRI- ANGLES AND OF POINT DISTANCES (Abstract), 355, 356 Beller, A., Active Member, 340 Berkey, Charles P., THE AciID EXTREME OF THE CORTLANDT SERIES, NEAR PEEKS- KILL, NEw YorK, (Abstract), 474, 477 Active Member, 359 Fellow, 503 LIMESTONES INTERBEDDED WITH THE FoRDHAM GNEISS OF NEW YORK City (Abstract), 490 NOTES ON THE PREGLACIAL CHANNELS OF THE LOWER HUDSON VALLEY AS REVEALED BY RECENT Borines (Ab- stract), 294 A REVISED CROSS-SECTION OF RONDOUT VALLEY ALONG THE LINE OF THE CaTSKILL AQuEDucT (Abstract), 460 SUMMARY OF AN INVESTIGATION INTO THE STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY OF SOUTHERN MANHATTAN AND THE CONDITION OF THE East RivER CHANNEL (Abstract), 501 Bertrand, Marcel, Death of, 327 BERYL FROM HappAM NECK, CONNECTICUT, D. 8. Martin (Abstract), 294 Betts, G. H., CoRRELATION OF VISUAL IMAG- ERY WITH COLLEGE STANDING (Ab- stract), 355, 356 Betts, Samuel R., Active Member, 340 Beutenmiiller, William, Tur SoutH AMER- ICAN SPECIES OF Motus BELONGING TO THE GENuS Aittacus (Title), 267 Bianchi, Meridian observation of the sun’s diameter, 387 Bigelow, Maurice A., THe DIrreRENCE BETWEEN NATURE STUDY AND BIOLOGY (Title), 329 Bigelow, William Sturgis, Active Member, 334 Bijur, Moses, Active Member, 340 Billings, Frederick, Active Member, 269 BioLoGicAL RESULTS OF AN EXPEDITION TO THE BARREN GROUNDS,’ Ernest Thompson Seton (Title), 456 BIoLOGY OF THE BAHAMAS, N. L. Britton, W. M. Wheeler and M. A. Howe, (Title) 288 Biology, Section of, 267, 270, 274, 281, 288, 291, 297, 304, 317, 324, 329, 337, 345, 351, 360, 456, 461, 469, 481, 487, 493, 496, 502 Birdsall, Mrs. W. R., Active Member, 269 Birp’s WING IN FLIGHT AS REVEALED BY PHOTOGRAPHY, Frank M. Chapman (Title), 461 Birkhahn, R. C., Active Member, 327 Bishop, Samuel H., Active Member, 359 Blank, M. I., Active Member, 334 Bliss, C. B., INQUIRY AFTER THE POSSIBLE RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TRINITIES oF PsycHOLOGY AND THEOLOGY (Ab- stract), 319, 320 Boas, Emil L., Active Member, 269 Boas, Franz, Councilor, 503 NoTEs ON THE PAWNEE LANGUAGE (Title), 325 BoaGosLtor VOLCANO IN BERING SEA, Evouv- TION of, T. A. Jaggar, Jr., (Abstract), 474, 478 Bohler, Richard F., Active Member, 473 TooL-STEEL MAKING IN Styria (Ab- stract), 354 Bohler, R. F. and Campbell, William, HEAT TREATMENT OF CARBON TOOL STEELs (Abstract), 488 Bolton, Reginald Pelham, Recent Dis- COVERIES IN THE ABORIGINAL, COLO- NIAL AND REVOLUTIONARY REMAINS ON MANHATTAN ISLAND (Title), 315 Bombycosperme (subsection of IJpomea), 184, 220 Bonanozr, see Ipomea Bose, J. C., MECHANICAL RESPONSE OF Puants (Title), 505 Bowenite, Recast analysis of, 134 Breithut, Lamb and Rosanoff, A New MrETHOD OF MEASURING PARTIAL VaArpoR PRESSURES IN BINARY MIx- TURES (Title), 457 Breitwieser, J. V., Errecr OF VARYING RESISTANCE ON REACTION TIME (Ab- stract), 499, 500 Bridge, T. W., cited, 154, 173 BRIEF ACCOUNT OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE Faytm, Eaypr, Henry F. Osborn (Title), 337 BrigEF REPORT ON A RECENT TRIP TO THE ———_ INDEX Socirty IsLanps, Henry E. Cramp- ton (Title), 288 Brisley, William H., Active Member, 269 Bristol, C. L., GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND ZOOLOGY OF BERMUDA (Title), 317 Bristol, C. L. and Bartelmez, S. W., SKIN GuANDs OF Bufo agua (Abstract), 329 British East AFricaA, A NATURALIST IN, Herbert Lang (Abstract), 360, 361 Britton, Nathaniel L., Address at Linnean Celebration, 40—41 THE GENUS Ernodea Swartz: A Stupy OF SPECIES AND Races (Title), 461 Lanp BoTany OF BERMUDA (Title), 317, President, 306 RECENT BOTANICAL EXPLORATIONS IN JAMAICA (Title), 487 RECENT EXPLORATIONS (Title), 346 SoME CONSIDERATIONS AND ILLUSTRA- TIONS OF COLOR IN PLANTs (Title), 306 Britton, N. L., Wheeler, W. M., and Howe, M. A., Brotogy or THE BAHAMAS (Title), 288 BROADER GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE MeExIcAN PLATEAU, Robert T. Hill (Title), 276 Brown, Barnum, PALEONTOLOGICAL Ex- PLORATIONS OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM DURING THE SUMMER OF 1908 (Title), 496 Brown, Harold Chapman, Associate Mem- ber, 489 Brown, Warner, TIME IN VERSE (Abstract), 463, 464 Bruce, Miss Matilda W., Active Member, 340 Bryonia, see Ipomea Bujo Agua, Skin GuANps or, C. L. Bristol and §. W. Bartelmez (Abstract), 329 Bumpus, Hermon Carey, Corresponding Secretary, 503 Burr, William H., Active Member, 269 Fellow, 306 Burr, Winthrop, Active Member, 340 Business Meeting of the Academy, 265, 269, 272, 278, 283, 290, 296, 303, 313, 316, 321, 326, 334, 340, 345, 350, 359, 453, 456, 458, 467, 489, 495, 472, 486, 500 By-laws, 518 Amendments to, 287, 457, 459 IN JAMAICA Caldwell, George Chapman, Dcath of, 489 Calkins, G. N., Osborn, H. F., Lloyd, F. E., and other Members, Norres oN LEADING PAPERS READ AT THE MEET- INcs aT NEW ORLEANS AND ANN ARBOR (Title), 268 Calonyction, see Ipomea Calver, W. S., Recent Discovery or ABO- RIGINAL REMAINS ON MANHATTAN Is- LAND (Title), 315 539 Calystegia, see Ipomea Camarophorella, STRUCTURE OF BRACHIAL Support or, J. E. Hyde (Abstract), 474, 478 CAMBRIAN Rocks OF VERMONT, George H. Perkins (Abstract), 473, 475 Campbell, William, Active Member, 316 Fellow, 363 Notes ON METALLOGRAPHY APPLIED TO ENGINEERING (Abstract), 470 Notes ON Microscopic EXAMINATION OF THE OPAQUE CONSTITUENTS OF ORE Bopiss (Abstract), 294 On THE IRON-CARBON SERIES OF ALLOYS (Abstract), 339 RELATION BETWEEN THE MICROSTRUC- TURE AND THE HEAT AND MECHANICAL TREATMENT OF IRON AND STEEL (Title), 314 Some TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE STEEL WORKS WITH THE WANNER AND OTHER PYROMETERS (Abstract), 346, 348 Usr or METALLOGRAPHY IN CERTAIN PROBLEMS IN ORE-DRESSING (Ab- stract), 497, 498 Visit TO Nova ScoriaA: THE COLLIERIES AND THE IRON AND STEEL PLANTS (Abstract), 497, 498 Campbell, William, and BOhler, R. F., Heat TREATMENT OF CARBON TOOL STEELS (Abstract), 488 Campbell, William, and Knight, C. W. Microscopic EXAMINATION OF SILVER Deposits OF TEMISKAMING, ONT. (Abstract), 289 Campbell, William M., Active Member, 500 EFFECT OF PRESSURE ON MAGNETIZA- TION OF IRON (Abstract), 325 Cantua, see Ipomea Carr, Harvey, A Case or INcIPIENT Hy- STERICAL TRANCE (Abstract), 318, 319 THE PENDULAR WHIP-LASH ILLUSION OF Motion (Abstract), 300, 301 Carr, H. A., Some InvoLuNTARY ILLUSIONS or DeptH (Abstract), 482, 483 Case, Charles L., Active Member, 269 Case OF INCIPIENT HysSTERICAL TRANCE, Harvey Carr (Abstract), 318, 319 CASE OF MUTATION IN PULMONATE GASTRO- pops, Henry E. Crampton (Title), 297 Caswell, John H., Finance Committee, 306 CATSKILL AQuEDUcT, A REVISED CROSS-SEC- TION OF RONDOUT VALLEY ALONG THE LINE oF, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 460 Cattell, J. McKeen, Tor EntTopric Fovrea (Abstract), 355, 357 PERCEPTIONS, IMAGES AND ILLUSIONS (Abstract), 331, 333 540 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES THe Practric—E CURVE AS AN Epvuca- TIONAL METHOD (Title), 272 Celadonite, Recast analysis of, 135 CENTRIFUGAL RAILWAY, THE, Charles Forbes (Title), 324 CENTRIFUGING THE EGGs OF THE MOLLUSC Cumingia, Errects or, T. H. Morgan (Abstract), 360 Cephalanthe (subsection of Ipomea), 183, 192 Chandler, W. H., Death of, 489 Chapin, H. D., Active Member, 340 Chapman, Frank M., THe Birp’s WING IN FLIGHT AS REVEALED BY PHOTOG- RAPHY (Title), 461 Nores ON THE FisH Hawk (Title), 496 AN ORNITHOLOGICAL TRIP TO SOUTHERN FLorRIpA (Title), 487 THE PTARMIGAN — LivING AND DEAD (Abstract), 351, 352 Vice-President, 364, 503 CHARLES DARWIN AND THE MUTATION THE- ory, C. F. Cox, 431-451 Charter, 511 Chesapeake Clay of Long Island, 427 CHESTER, New YorK, MastTopon, THE, E. O. Hovey, 147 CHIPEWYAN INDIANS, ETHNOLOGICAL TRIP TO THE, R. H. Lowie (Abstract), 494 Chrysostom, Brother, CONSCIOUSNESS FROM A METAPHYSICAL STANDPOINT (Title), 283 PsycHOLOGY AND SPELLING (Abstract), 300, 302 Space (Abstract), 319, 320 Cissoides (subsection of Ipomaa), 184, 205 Clarke, John M., GEOGRAPHY OF THE AT- LANTIC DEVONIAN (Title), 318 Cleiemera, see Ipomea Coiladena, see Ipomea COLLECTING BryOzOA AT THE TORTUGAS AND BEAUFORT STATIONS, Raymond C. Osburn (Title), 496 COLLECTION OF EXTINCT ELEPHANTS IN THE AMERICAN MusrEuM, F. A. Lucas (Title), 296 Collins, Miss Anna E., Active Member, 274 Collord, George W., Active Member, 269 CoLOR-ARRANGEMENTS, ESTHETICS OF SIMPLE, Kate Gordon (Abstract), 360 CoLoR SENSATIONS AND CoLoR NAMEs, B. S. Woodworth (Title), 272 CoLORED AFTER-IMAGES OF UNPERCEIVED PERIPHERAL COLOR-STIMULI, G. Fer- nald (Title), 283 Combe, Mrs. William, Active Member, 340 COMPARISON OF MENTAL PROCESSES IN THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL POSITION OF THE Bopy, E. E. Jones (Title), 282 CoMPARISON OF VESUVIUS AND Mt. PELE, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO RECENT Eruptions, E. 0. Hovey (Title), 289 Competition (in organic evolution), 432 CONCEPT OF SUBSTITUTIVE ACTIVITY AND THE RELATION OF MENTAL REACTION TYPES To Psycutatric Nosotoey, Adolf Meyer (Abstract), 463, 465 CONSCIOUSNESS AND ENERGY, W. P. Mon- tague (Abstract), 499 CONSCIOUSNESS FROM A METAPHYSICAL POINT or View, Brother Chrysostom (Title), 283 Constitution, 517 Constitution of crystallized minerals, 130 Constitution of micro-aggregates, 136 Constitutional Amendments, 286 CONTINENTAL FORMATION OF AMERICAN PALE- ozoic, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 490, 491 CONTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF MAINE, Ida H. Ogilvie (Title), 336 CONTRIBUTION TO THE History oF Mr. PELE, MARTINIQUE, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 496 CONVENTIONALISM IN THE ANCIENT ART OF Curriqui, G. G. MacCurdy (Title), 296 Convolvulus, see Ipomea Cope, E. D., cited, 431 CoprPeR ORE, PRODUCTION OF LOW GRADE, IN THE WEsT, J. F. Kemp (Abstract), 490 , Cornish, R. H., MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION oF BEATs IN Sounp (Title), 324 METHOD OF PROJECTION ON SCREEN OF LINES OF FORCE SURROUNDING A CON- DUCTOR CARRYING A CURRENT (Title), 324 CORRELATION OF THE NEWARK (TRIASSIC) Trap Rocks oF New JERSEY, J. Vol- ney Lewis (Abstract), 336 CORRELATION OF VISUAL IMAGERY WITH CoLLEGE STANDING, G. H. Betts (Abstract), 355, 356 Corresponding Members, List of, 372, 526 Corresponding Secretary, Report of, 364, 506 CoRTLANDT SERIES, ACID EXTREME OF, NEAR PEEKSKILL, N. Y., ©. P. Berkey (Abstract), 474, 477 Cox, Charles F., CHarLES DARWIN AND THE MutTATION THEORY, 431-451 Finance Committee, 364, 503 President, 364, 503 Cowles, David S., Active Member, 269 Crampton, C. Ward, PHyYsIOLOGicAL AGE (Title), 349 Crampton, Henry E., Brier REPORT ON A REcENT TRIP TO THE Society ISLANDS (Title), 288 A Case OF MUTATION IN PULMONATE Gastropops (Title), 297 Corresponding Secretary, 364 Councilor, 503 Sreconp JOURNEY TO THE Socipty Is- LANDS (Title), 346 Vice-President, 306 INDEX Cretaceous of Long Island, 425 Croaker, see Drumfishes Crosby, W. O., BracH Cusps AND RELATED PHENOMENA (Title), 486 OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF LONG ISLAND, N. Y., 425-429 Cross, George D., Active Member, 334 Crystalline rocks of Long Island, 425 Crystallized minerals, Constitution of, 130 Cuvier, cited, 158, 159, 173 Cynoscion regalis, see Drumfishes Dactylophylle (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 215 Dahlgren, B. E., Active Member, 280 Darwin, Charles, cited, 434-448 Darwin, CHARLES, AND THE MUTATION THE- ory, C. F. Cox, 431-451 Davenport, Charles B., INHERITANCE IN Canary Birps (Title), 304 Dean, Bashford, AccIDENTAL RESEMBLANCE AND ITS PossIBLE IMPORTANCE IN THE ORIGIN OF SPEcIEs (Title), 461 ZoGOLoGicaL NOTES COLLECTED IN JAPAN AND Inp1A4 (Title), 281 Deaths, 273. 278, 284, 288, 293, 322, 327, 345, 457, 459, 467, 487, 489, 495 DECAY OF PHOSPHORESCENCE IN GASES, C. C. Trowbridge (Abstract), 346, 348 Degener, R., Active Member, 334 Deiessite, blackish green, Recast analysis of, 141 Dellenbaugh, Frederick S., THE Navaso Loom; IsIr INpIGENOUS? (Title), 296 Some NOTES ON THE DISINTEGRATION OF THE TRIBES OF OKLAHOMA (Title), 325 De Puy, H. F., Active Member, 265 DESERT ANTS, Wm. M. Wheeler (Title), 470 DETECTION OF COLOR BLINDNEssS, V. A. GC. Henmon (Title), 272 DETECTION OF THE EMOTIONS BY THE GAL- VANOMETER, E. W. Scripture (Ab- stract), 355, 358 DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CONSTITUTION THROUGH RECASTING OF ANALYSES, A. A. Julien, 129-146 DEVELOPMENT OF THE INNER WALL IN THE PaLtmozoic Corats, G. E. Anderson (Title), 305 DEVELOPMENT OF NANTASKET BEACH, Bos- TON HARBOR, Wm. G. Reed, Jr., (Ab- stract), 474, 477 Dewey, John, KNOWLEDGE AND JUDGMENT (Title), 300 Deweylite, Recast analysis of, 134 Diabantochromyn, fibrous, Recast analysis of, 139 Diabantite, Recast analysis of, 142 DIAMONDS IN AMERICA, G. F. Kunz (Title), 271 Dickerson, Mary C., Woops LIFE IN THE New ENGLAND WINTER (Title), 502 541 Diefenthaler, Charles E., Active Member, 334 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NATURE STUDY AND Brotoey, Maurice A. Bigelow (Title), 329 Dimock, George E., Active Member, 265 DiIscovEeRY OF FossiL SHELLS IN MANHATTAN IsLAND, J. H. Wilson (Title), 271 DISCOVERY OF THE SCHOHARIE FAUNA IN Micuican, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 266, 267 DISTINCTION BETWEEN HEART D. S. Miller (Title), 283 DIsTORTION AND OSCILLATIONS OF HELICAL Sprincs, D. W. Hering (Title), 282 DISTRIBUTION OF THE JUNCOS, OR SNOW Birps, ON THE NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT, Jonathan Dwight, Jr., (Abstract), 351, 353 DISTRIBUTION OF THE MASTODON AND MAm- MOTH IN NORTH AMERICA WITH DESCRIPTION OF THE WARREN MASTO- pDoN, H. F. Osborn (Title), 456 Dix, Morgan, Death of, 495 Dodge, Miss Grace H., Active Member, 340 Dodge, R. E., Corresponding Secretary, 306 Doremus, Robert Ogden, Death of, 288 DREAMS, PsycHoLocy or, R. H. Lowie (Abstract) 471 472 Drumfishes, 150, 151, 153 Anatomy of Swim-bladder in, 150 Sound production in, 158 DRUMFISHES, THE SEA-ROBIN AND THE TOAD- FISH, PRODUCTION OF SOUND IN THE, R. W. Tower, 149-180 Dufossé, cited, 151, 155, 160, 161, 162, 173 Dunn, Gano, Active Member, 359 Dwight, Jonathan, Jr., DisTRIBUTION OF THE JUNCOS, OR SNOW BIRDS, ON THE NortH AMERICAN CONTINENT (Ab- stract), 351, 353 Dwight, M. E., Death of, 457 Dwyer, Thomas, Active Member, 340 Dyar, cited, 96 AND HEap, Eastman, Max, Tur PraGMATiIc MEANING oF PRAGMATISM (Abstract), 482, 485 East River CHANNEL, The, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 501 Editor, Report of the, 367, 507 EFFECT OF PRESSURE ON MAGNETIZATION OF Tron, W. M. Campbell (Abstract), 325 EFFECT OF SUGGESTION UPON THE REPRO- DUCTION OF TRIANGLES AND OF POINT DisTANcEs, J. C. Bell (Abstract), 355, 356 EFFECT OF VARYING RESISTANCE ON REAC- TION Time, J. V. Breitwieser (Ab- stract), 499, 500 EFFECTS OF CENTRIFUGING THE EGGS OF THE Mouuusc Cumingia, T. H. Morgan (Abstract), 360 542 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Eickemeyer, Carl, Active Member, 269 ELECTROLYSIS OF SILICO-FLUORIDE SOLUTIONS, E. F. Kern (Abstract), 354 ELECTROLYTIC REFINING OF IRON, E. F. Kern (Abstract), 497 Elephas Mastodonta, 147 Elliott, A. H., Fellow, 363 Emanuel, John H., Jr., Active Member, 286 EMBRYOLOGY OF THE HORNED Toap, C. W. Hahn (Abstract), 274 Emetice (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 239 Eno, John C., Active Member, 340 Entoptic Fovresa, THE, J. McK. Cattell (Abstract), 355, 357 Erpipomea (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 210 Escobar, Francisco, Active Member, 269 Estabrook, Arthur F., Active Member, 340 ESTHETICS OF SIMPLE COLOR-ARRANGEMENTS, Kate Gordon (Abstract), 300 ETHNOLOGICAL TRIP TO THE CHIPEWYAN IN- DIANS, R. H. Lowie (Abstract), 494 ETHNOLOGICAL TRIP TO THE WINNEBAGO InpIANS, Paul Radin (Abstract), 494 Evening primrose, see @notheras Evermann, B. M., cited, 162, 173 EVIDENCE OF THE STABILITY OF THE ROcK FOUNDATIONS OF NEw York City, A. A. Julien (Abstract), 328 EVOLUTION OF BOGOSLOF VOLCANO IN BERING Sea, T. A. Jaggar, Jr., (Abstract), 474, 478 EVOLUTIONARY STUDY OF COCCINELLIDS, R. H. Johnson (Abstract), 304 Exogonium, see Ipomea EXPERIMENTS IN HaBiTr FORMATION, J. E. Lough (Title), 283 EXPERIMENTS IN MEMORY FOR PAIRED ASSO- CIATIONS. E. L. Thorndike (Abstract), Skil. SBR: EXPERIMENTS ON THE SUBCONSCIOUS, WITH DEMONSTRATION OF JUNG’S METHOD OF DETECTING EMOTIONAL COMPLEXES, E. W. Scripture (Abstract), 355, 356 EXPLORATION OF THE PINACATE Lava ReE- GION IN NORTHWESTERN Mexico, W. T. Hornaday (Title), 502 EXPLOSION OF DETONATING GAS, NOTE ON A Curious Errect PRODUCED By, J. P. Simmons (Abstract), 488 EXPRESSION OF EMOTION IN BrirDs AS SHOWN BY PHoToGRApPHY, C. G. Abbott (Ab- stract), 297 Fallon, G. W. R., Active Member, 340 FEELING AND OTHER SENSATIONS, H. C., Warren (Abstract), 463 Fellows, Election of, 306, 363, 503 Fenner, C. N., Nores ON GEOLOGY OF THE First WATCcHUNG TRAP-SHEET (Title), 350, 359 Fernald, G., CoLorep AFTER-IMAGES OF UNPERCEIVED PERIPHERAL COLOR- STIMULI (Title), 283 FINDING THE WEIGHT OF AN IRREGULAR Bopy By MEANS OF ITs CENTER OF Gravity, F. J. Arnold (Title), 324 Finlay, George I., Non-resident Member, 316 Fire Cuuts: DIsTRIBUTION AND CHARACTER- Istic FEATURES, WITH HyYPoTHESIS RESPECTING THEIR ORIGIN AND MEAN- ina, A. O. Lovejoy (Abstract), 471 First WRITTEN DocUMENT ABOUT FLORA, Fauna, ETHNOLOGY AND ANTHROPOL- ocy OF AMERICA, A. M. F. de Ybarra (Abstract), 274 Fishberg, Maurice, Vice-President, 503 Flexner, Simon, Active Member, 286 Fellow, 306 Flint, Charles R., Active Member, 340 Focht, Mildred, ON SimuLttTanrous CoLoR ConTRAST (Title), 283 Foot, James D., Active Member, 345 Forbes, Charles, THE CEenTRIFUGAL RAIL- way (Title), 324 THE OSMOSESCOPE (Title), 324 FoRDHAM GNEIss OF New York City, LiIMe- STONES INTERBEDDED WITH, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 490 Fordyce, John A., Active Member, 334 Forster, William, Active Member, 274 “Four Powers or Lire, THE,’’ D. S. Miller (Title), 272 Franklin, Milton, Active Member, 265 Fraxima, see Ipomea Freeman, F. N., PRELIMINARY STUDIES IN WriTInG ReEacvions (Abstract), 331 Freund, Emil, Active Member, 340 Froberg, S., ReEAcTION TIME AS AFFECTED BY THE INTENSITY, AREA AND DURA- TION OF THE STIMULUS (Abstract), 318, 319 FUNCTIONAL PsYCHOLOGY OF SENSATION AND ImacE, H. H. Bawden (Title), 283 Gadow, Hans, Vo.tcaNno orf JoRULLO, Mexico; History, Fratrures, Rr- POPULATION OF DISTRICT BY ANIMALS AND PLANTs (Title), 493 Gager, C. Stuart, A New Factor In PLAnt ENVIRONMENT (Abstract), 281 GALVANOMETER, DETECTION OF EMOTIONS BY THE, E. W. Scripture (Abstract), 355, 358 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS AND ZOOLOGY OF BerMmupa, C. L. Bristel (Title), 317 Genthite, Recast analysis of, 145 GeNus Ernodea Swartz, THe: A Srupy or Species AND Racss, N. L. Britton (Title), 461 GEOGRAPHICAL CLASSIFICATION OF MARINE Lire Districts, A. W. Grabau (Title), 305 GEOGRAPHY OF THE ATLANTIC DEVONIAN, J. M. Clarke (Title), 318 GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF THE WINDWARD IsLaANpDs, R. T. Hill (Title), 468 INDEX GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF BERMUDA, J. J. Stevenson (Title), 317 Geology and Mineralogy, Section of, 266, 271, 276, 281, 289, 293, 298, 305, 313, 317, 322, 327, 335, 348, 350, 359, 453, 459, 468, 473, 486, 495, 501 Spring Conference, 473 GEOLOGY OF COUNTRY TRAVERSED BY THE WALLACE EXPEDITION TO LABRADOR IN 1905, G. M. Richards (Title), 271 GrEoLoGy oF Lone IsuAND, N, Y., OUTLINE or, W. O. Crosby, 425-429 GEOLOGY OF THE SIERRA ALMALOYA, MEXICO, R. T. Hill (Abstract), 328 GEOMETRY, SOME RELATIONS OF, TO Psy- CHOLOGY AND PuHiLosopHy, C. J. Keyser (Abstract), 319, 321 GIBEON METEORITE, THE, AND OTHER RECENT ACCESSIONS OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM, E. 0. Hovey (Title), 474 Gibson, J. Stewart, New Piece or AppPaA- RATUS FOR SHOWING THE RELATION BETWEEN INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION AND DIsTANCE (Title), 324 RESULTS OF A SERIES OF EXPERIMENTS ON THE CRITICAL ANGLE: ITs EFFECT ON VISION FROM UNDERNEATH THE SURFACE OF WATER (Title), 325 Gibson, Robert W., Active Member, 340 Gies, William J., Councilor, 364 Gifts to Academy, 327 Glen Iris Estate, Gift of, 316 Gomphius, see Ipomea Gordon, Kate, EstHetics or SIMPLE COLOR- ARRANGEMENTS (Abstract), 300 Grabau, Amadeus W., ConTINENTAL For- MATION OF THE AMERICAN PALEOZOIC (Abstract), 490, 491 DISCOVERY OF THE SCHOHARIE FAUNA IN MicHiGan (Abstract), 266, 267 GEOGRAPHICAL CLASSIFICATION OF Ma- RINE Lire Districts (Title), 305 NoTes ON CHARACTER AND ORIGIN OF THE POTTSVILLE FORMATION OF THE APPALACHIAN REGION (Abstract), 294 ORTHOGENESIS IN GaAsTROPODS (Title), 337 PREGLACIAL DRAINAGE IN CENTRAL NEW YorK (Title), 359 RECAPITULATION AS VIEWED BY A PALE- ONTOLOGIST (Title), 470 REVISED CLASSIFICATION FOR THE NORTH AMERICAN LOWER PALEOzoIc (Title), 474 REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SILURIC SysTEM (Title), 454 ScENERY AND GEOLOGY OF THE GORGES AND Fatits oF LETCHWORTH PARK (Abstract), 322 SyLvanra SANDSTONE—A Srupy IN PALEOGEOGRAPHY (Abstract), 343, 344 Vice-President, 306, 364 543 Granger, Walter, STRATIGRAPHY OF THE BRIDGER Basin, WYOMING, (Title), 281 Gratacap, L. P., Active Member, 313 Fellow, 363 Grattarola, Giuseppe, Death of, 345 GREAT ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE OF THE HEBER R. BisHOP COLLECTION OF JADE, NOW ON EXHIBITION AT THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART, G, F. Kunz (Title), 269 Gregory, W. K., Active Member, 265 Fellow, 306 LINN2ZUS AS AN INTERMEDIARY BETWEEN ANCIENT AND MopERN ZoOLoey: His VIEWS ON THE CLASS MAMMALIA, 21, 32 Griggs, George, Active Member, 340 Griscom, C. A., Jr., Active Member, 340 Griswold, Mrs. Chester, Active Member, 456 Giinther, A., cited, 162, 173 GUSTATORY AUDITION, A. H. stract), 300, 301 Pierce (Ab- von Hagen, Hugo, Active Member, 340 Hague, James D., Active Member, 334 Death of, 495 Hahn, C. W., EMBRYOLOGY OF THE HORNED Toap (Abstract), 274 PROPOSED BIoLOGIcAL SURVEY OF NEW YorK Stave (Title), 270 Hallock, William, InstRUMENTAL DETEC- TION AND RECORD OF EARTHQUAKES (Title), 289 Halls, William, Jr., Active Member, 340 Hamlin, August Choate, Death of, 278 Harrington, M. Raymond, Rock SHEL- TERS AND SHELL HEAPS NEAR NEW YorK City (Title), 315 Hartman, C. V., UsE AND ORNAMENTATION OF THE TREE CALABASH IN TROPICAL AMERICA (Title), 269 Harvey, W. H., cited, 440 HarwicnH, (Cape Cop), Mass., ON THE PEB- BLES AT, AND ON RUDE ARROWHEADS Founp AmMona THEM, A. A. Julien (Abstract), 343 HEAT TREATMENT OF CARBON TOOL STEELS, W. Campbell and R. F. BOhler, (Abstract), 488 Hederacee (subsection of Ipomea), 184 197 Helferrich, Emil V., Active Member, 274 Heliometer measures of the sun’s diameters, 394, 413 made in connection with transit of Venus, 395, 409 Hemiptera, THE SUPERNUMERARY CHROMO- soMEs OF, E. B. Wilson (Abstract), 337, 338 Henmon, Vivian A. C., DrTEcTION oF Cotor BLINDNEss (Title), 272 Hering, Daniel W., THr DisrorTion AND OSCILLATIONS OF HELICAL SPRINGS (Title), 282 544 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vice-President, 364, 503 WAVES AND Rays IN Puysics (Abstract), 354 Heterophylle (subsection of Jpomea), 183, 194 Hewlett, Walter J., Active Member, 345 Higginson, James J., Active Member, 340 Hilfiker, Meridian observation of the sun’s diameter, 387 Hill, Robert T., THE BROADER GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE MEXICAN PLATEAU (Title), 276 Fellow, 363 GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF THE WIND- WARD ISLANDS (Title), 468 GEOLOGY OF THE SIERRA ALMALOYA, Mexico, (Abstract), 328 Hinton, John H., Death of, 273 Hirsch, Charles S., Active Member, 265 Hodenpyl, Anton C., Active Member, 269 Hoffman, Mrs. E. A., Active Member, 265 Holbrook, J. E., cited, 160, 173 Holden and Newcomb), Discussion of possible variations in sun’s diameter, 389, 415 Hollingworth, H. L., THe INDIFFERENCE Point (Abstract), 499 Tue TIME oF MOVEMENT (Abstract), 463, 464 Honorary Members, Election of. 363, 503 List of, 371, 525 Hooker, J. D., Honorary Member, 363 Hornaday, W. T., AN EXPLORATION OF THE PinacaTE Lava REGION IN NORTH- WESTERN Mexico (Title), 502 HoRNED ToAp, EMBRYOLOGY OF THE, C. W. Hahn (Abstract), 274 Hotchkiss, Henry D., Active Member, 334 Houghite, Recast analysis of, 135 House, Homer D., Active Member, 458 NortTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS Ipomea, 181-263 Hovey, Edmund Otis, ANNUAL MEETING OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMER- IcA, ALBUQUERQUE, N. M., DECEMBER 30-31, 1907, (Title), 460 Tur CHESTER, New YorxK, MASTODON, 147 COMPARISON OF VESUVIUS AND MrT. PeLh, wiTtH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO RecENT Eruptions (Title), 289 CONTRIBUTION TO THE History OF Mr, PELE, MARTINIQUE, (Abstract), 496 Editor, 364, 503 THE GIBEON METEORITE AND OTHER RECENT ACCESSIONS OF THE AMERICAN Museum (Title), 474 Grant from Research Fund, 473 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY OF THE WESTERN SIERRA MADRE (Ab- stract), 266 NoTES ON THE VOLCANOES OF TOLUCA, CoLIMA AND POPOCATAPETL (Abstract), 314 Recording Secretary, 306, 364, 503 RECORDS OF MEETINGS, 313, 453 SoME OF THE LaTEST RESULTS OF Ex- PLORATIONS IN THE Hupson RIVER AT New YorK City (Abstract), 501 Hovey, E. O., and Kemp, J. F., Tue Mexico MEETING OF THE INTERNA- TIONAL CONGRESS OF GEOLOGY (Ab- stract), 298 Howard, Leland O., Some REcEnT Discov- ERIES IN INSECT PARASITISM, AND THE PracticAL HANDLING OF PARASITES (Title), 462 Howe, Marshall A., MARINE BOTANY OF BERmMuDA (Title), 317 Some TyPEs OF CORALLINE ALG& (Title), 487 Howe, M. A., Britton, N. L., and Wheeler, W. M., BioLoGgy oF THE BAHAMAS (Title), 288 Hubbard, J. C., THe Spark DISCHARGE; How Ir Occurs (Title), 290 Hudson River Channels, 294, 501 Hughes, Charles E., Active Member, 269 Humboldt, cited, 159 Huntine Fossit FISHES IN THE DEVONIAN OF OHIO AND CaAnapdA, L. Hussakof (Title), 456 Huntington, Ellsworth, Some Curves IL- LUSTRATING COINCIDENT VOLCANIC, SEISMIC AND SOLAR PHENOMENA (Ab- stract), 474, 479 Hurlbut, T. D., Active Member, 265 Hurley, T. J., Active Member, 334 Death of, 457 Hussakof, Louis, Huntine Fossin FISHES IN THE DEVONIAN OF OHIO AND CANADA (Title), 456 On A NEw SPECIES OF GOBLIN SHARK (Scapanorhynchus) FROM JAPAN (Title), 502 VARIATIONS IN LEAF TYPE or Lirioden- dron tulipifera DURING A SEASON’S Grow TH (Abstract), 337, 338 Hustace, Frank, Active Member, 340 Hyde, J. E. Srrucrurre OF THE BRACHIAL Support or Camorophorella, a Missis- SIPPIAN BRACHIOPOD (Abstract), 474, 478 WAVERLY SERIES OF OnIO (Abstract), 486 IDEA OF FEELING, IN RoussEAU’s RELIGIOUS PuitosopHy, A. C. Armstrong (Ab- stract), 482, 484 ILLUSIONS OF DerptTH, SOME INVOLUNTARY, H. A. Carr (Abstract), 482, 483 IMAGELESsS THOUGHT, D. 8. Miller (Abstract), 319, 320 IMAGERY OF TIME RELATIONS, R. 8S. Wood- worth (Abstract), 482 a INDEX IMAGINATIVE THOUGHT AS ADAPTIVE RE- SPONSE, Robert MacDougall (Ab- stract), 300, 302 INDIANS OF BERGEN, PASSAIC AND MOoRRIS Counties, N. J., Max Shrabisch (Title), 315 INDIANS OF MANHATTAN ISLAND AND VICINITY IN THE 17TH CENTURY, M. H. Saville (Title), 315 INDIFFERENCE Point, THE, H. L. Holling- worth (Abstract), 499 INDIVIDUAL JUDGMENT AS MEASURED BY ITS DEPARTURE FROM AN AVERAGE, ON THE VALIDITY OF, F. L. Wells (Ab- stract), 331, 332 INDIVIDUAL VARIATION IN THE AREA OF DiIs- TINCT VISION, W. C. Rtidiger (Ab- stract), 318, 319 Ingram, Harry, Active Member, 334 INHERITANCE IN CANARY Birps, C. B. Daven- port (Title), 304 INHERITANCE OF COLOR IN ANIMALS AND Puants, William Bateson (Title), 349 Inheritance (in organic evolution), 432 INQUIRY AFTER THE POSSIBLE RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TRINITIES OF PSYCHOL- oGyY AND THEOLOGY, C. B. Bliss (Ab- stract), 319, 320 INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION AND RECORD OF EARTHQUAKES, Wm. Hallock (Title), 289 INVESTIGATION OF THE FIGURE OF THE SUN AND OF POSSIBLE VARIATIONS IN ITS S1zE AND SHApH, C. L. Poor, 385-424 Ipomea, NortTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENus, H. D. House, 181-263 Sections of, 183 Species excluded, 261 Species of: amplexicaulis, 238 ampullacea, 198, 201 ancisa, 185, 187 angustifolia, 242, 243 anisomeres, 243, 247 arborescens, 188, 190 asarifolia, 211, 212 barbatisepala, 206, 208 barbigera, 198, 202 batatas, 250, 255 bombycina, 220, 221 buchit, 243, 245 cairica, 221, 222 calantha, 225, 231 callida, 242, 245 calva, 188, 191 cardiophylla, 250, 258 carnea, 226, 232 carolina, 215, 217 cathartica, 198, 205 cavanillesti, 221 chenopodiifolia, 250, 256 ciervensis, 185 545 cissoides, 205, 206 cissoides guadaloupensis, 206 collina, 243, 248 costellata, 233, 234 crinita, 225, 226 cuernavacensis, 188, 190 curtissti, 250, 257 cyanantha, 225, 231 dactylophylla, 215, 216 decasperma, 197, 198 delphinifolia, 233, 234 demerariana, 250, 256 desertorum, 198, 203 digitata, 221, 224 dimorphophylla, 250, 257 divergens, 233, 235 durangensis, 185, 187 egregia, 233, 238 elongata, 240, 241 emetica, 240, 241 eximia, 211, 215 fawceettii, 215, 216 filipes, 238, 239 fimbriosepala, 192, 194 fistulosa, 188, 189 flavo-purpurea, 221, 224 furcyensis, 215, 217 glabriuscula, 188, 189 gracilis, 243, 248 hartwegii, 211, 214 hederacea, 198, 202 heterophylla, 194, 196 heterophylla emula, 196 heterophylla subcomosa, 196 hirsutula, 197, 199 hirtijflora, 192, 193 horsfallie, 215, 217 hypargyrea, 225, 230 tgnava, 211, 214 intrapilosa, 188, 191 invicta, 192, 193 zostemma, 206, 207 jalapa, 225, 229 jaliscana, 185, 187 jamaicensis, 197, 200 jicama, 243, 249 lacteola, 225, 229 lacunosa, 249, 253 leta, 194, 195 lambii, 192, 193 learii, 198, 205 lemmoni, 233, 237 lenis, 185, 188 leonensis, 225, 229 leptophylla, 185 188 leptosiphon, 233, 236 leptotoma, 233, 235 leucotricha, 250, 255 lindenti, 243, 246 lindheimeri, 194, 195 lindheimeri subintegra, 196 lineolata. 215, 216 546 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES longifolia, 185, 186 longipedunculata, 207, 209 longipes, 249, 252 lozani, 219, 220 macrorhiza, 225, 227 madrensis, 233, 238 maireti, 192 microsepala, 238 microsticta, 226, 232 morelii, 251, 260 muricata, 233, 236 murucoides, 188, 190 mutabilis, 198, 200 nicaraguensis, 188, 189 nicoyana, 225, 230 nil, 198, 203 obtusata, 226, 231 oligantha, 243, 247 oreophila, 194, 195 orizabensis, 207, 209 painteri, 233, 234 pandurata, 225, 228 parasitica, 251, 258 passifloroides, 225, 230 patens, 233, 237 pedatisecta, 233, 235 pedicellaris, 251, 260 peninsularis, 250, 254 perlonga, 250, 258 pes-capre, 211, 212 petrophila, 185, 186 phillomega, 243, 246 pilosissima, 233, 236 plicata, 225, 226 plumeriana, 215, 216 plummere, 233, 237 polyanthes, 249, 251 populina, 225, 226 portoricensis, 206, 208 precana, 225, 227 pringlet 185, 186 pubescens, 194, 197 pulchella, 221, 222 purga, 239, 240 purpurea, 197, 199 purpusi, 243, 248 quinquefolia, 221, 223 ramoni, 249, 253 reptans, 211 rhomboidea, 248, 245 robinsonit, 250, 257 rubella, 215, 218 ruber, 192, 193 rupicola, 225, 230 sabulosa, 225, 228 sabulosa mollicella, 228 sabulosa hirtella, 228 sagittata, 249, 251 sagittula, 242, 244 schaffneri, 211, 214 scopulorum, 225, 227 seducta, 240, 241 setosa, 219 setosa campanulata, 219 setosa pavoni, 220 signata, 250, 256 silvicola, 206, 208 simulans, 240, 241 splendor-sylv@, 243, 246 stans, 185, 186 stolonifera, 211, 213 suffulta, 240, 242 tentaculifera, 219, 220 tenuiloba, 233, 236 tenuissima, 242, 244 ternata, 215, 216 ternifolia, 233 thurberi, 198, 201 tiliacea, 250, 255 trichocarpa, 249, 252 trifida, 250, 254 trifida (var.) torreyana, 254 trifida (var.) berlandieri, 254 trifida ymalensis, 254 triloba, 249, 253 turckheimii, 238, 239 tuxtlensis, 250, 256 tyrianthina, 207, 210 umbraticola, 251, 259 urbinei, 240, 242 valida, 233, 235 vahliana, 198, 204 variabilis, 206, 207 venusta, 207, 210 villosa, 198, 201 violacea, 251, 259 vulsa, 243, 246 wallii, 251, 260 wilsoni, 243, 247 wolcottiana, 188, 191 wrightii, 233, 234 Species queried, 261 Subsections of, 183, 184 TrRoN-CARBON SERIES OF ALLOYS, ON THE, Wm. Campbell (Abstract), 339 von Isakovics, Alois, Active Member, 340 Jager, A., cited, 150, 173 Jaggar, T. A., Jr., EvoLUTION OF BOGOSLOF VoLcANO IN BerRiInG SEA (Abstract), 474, 478 Jalape (subsection of Ipomcea), 184, 224 Jameco Gravel of Long Island, 426 Jarvie, James N., Active Member, 269 Jefferis, William Walter, Death of, 284 Jennings, Robert E., Active Member, 341 Jesup, Morris K., Death of, 459 Johnson, Douglas Wilson, ORIGIN OF BrEaAcuH Cusps (Abstract), 474, 477 Johnson, Emil F., Address at Linnzus Celebration, 46-47 Johnson, Roswell, THE MID-cONTINENT O1n Fretps (Abstract), 468 ee SEE eee INDEX Johnson, R. H., Evoturionary Srupy oF CoccINELLips (Abstract), 304 Jollyte, Recast analysis of, 142 Jones, A. L., METHOD IN ASSTHETICS (Title), 272 Jones, E. E., CoMPpARISON OF MENTAL PROC- ESSES IN THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTI- CAL POSITIONS OF THE Bopy (Title), 282 Jordan, D. S., cited, 162, 173 JORULLO, Mexico, VOLCANO oF; History, j FEATURES, REPOPULATON OF THE District BY ANIMALS AND PLANTS, Hans Gadow (Title), 493 Julien, Alexis A., EVIDENCE OF THE STABIL- ITY OF THE RocK FOUNDATIONS OF New York City (Abstract), 328 On A BuRIED KITCHEN-MIDDEN AT SOUTH Harwicu, CAPE Cop, Mass. (Title), 298 On DETERMINATION OF MINERAL CON- STITUTION THROUGH RECASTING OF ANALYSES, 129-146 ON THE PEBBLES AT HARWICH (CAPE Cop), Mass., AND ON RUDE ARROW- HEADS FouND AMONG THEM (Abstract), 343 ; PRESENT STRUCTURAL CHARACTER AND PROBABLE FORMER EXTENT OF THE PALISADE TRAP (Title), 305 Juncos, oR SNow Brrps, DISTRIBUTION OF, on NortH AMERICAN CONTINENT, Jonathan Dwight, Jr., (Abstract), 351, 353 Kearton, Richard, Witp Birps at HomEr (Title), 485, 505 Kelvin, Lord, Death of, 457 Kemp, James F., Nores on MINERAL Lo- CALITIES VISITED DURING SUMMER OF 1906 In CANADA AND Mexico (Title), 318 OvuR KNOWLEDGE OF THE FILLED CHAN- NELS OF THE HUDSON IN THE HiIGH- LANDS AND THE SUBMERGED GORGE ON THE CONTINENTAL SHELF (Abstract), 501 PRESENT TREND OF INVESTIGATIONS ON UNDERGROUND Waters (Abstract), 460, 461 PrRopucTION OF Low GRADE COPPER ORE IN THE West (Abstract), 490 RECENT ADVANCES IN OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE MAGNETITE BopIes AT MINE- VILLE (Title), 473 THE TRAP DYKE IN FAYETTE COUNTY, Penn., (Title), 271 VOLCANIC AND SEISMIC DISTURBANCES IN NortTH AMERICA: THE CALIFORNIA EARTHQUAKE OF 1906 (Title), 289 Kemp, James F., and Hovey,E. O., Mexico MEETING OF THE INTER- NATIONAL CONGRESS OF GEOLOGY (Abstract), 298, 299 Kemp, 547 James F., and Ross, J. G., A PERIDOTITE DIKE IN COAL MEASURES OF SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA (Title), 336 Kenyon, William Houston, Active Mem- ber, 334 Kern, E. F., ELEcTROLYSIS OF SILICO-FLUO- RIDE So.tutTions (Abstract), 354 ON THE ELECTROLYTIC REFINING OF TRON (Abstract), 497 Keyser, Cassius J., Some RELATIONS oF GEOMETRY TO PSYCHOLOGY AND PHIL- osopHy (Abstract), 319, 321 King, Irving, A PsycHOLoGICcAL THEORY OF THE ORIGIN OF RELIGION (Title), 272 Knapp, Herman, Fellow, 363 Knight, C. W., and Campbell, William, Microscopic EXAMINATION OF THE SILVER DEPOSITS OF TEMISKAMING, Onr., (Abstract), 289 KNOWLEDGE AND JUDGMENT, John Dewey (Title), 300 Kohlman, Charles, Active Member, 345 Kiimmel, Henry B., Recent INvEsTI- GATIONS OF THE POTABLE WATER SUPPLIES OF NEw JeRsEY (Title), 336 Kunz, George F., Address at Linnzus Cele- , bration, 42—45 DIAMONDS IN AMERICA (Title), 271 Finance Committee, 306, 364, 503 GREAT ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE OF THE HEBER R. BiIsHOP COLLECTION OF JADE, NOW ON EXHIBITION AT THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART (Title), 269 Nores ON JADE (Title), 486 PLAN OF DEVELOPMENT OF LETCHWORTH PARK AS A MBANS FOR SCIENTIFIC Epu- CATION (Title), 322 PRELIMINARY NOTE ON Sporapic Oc- CURRENCE OF DIAMONDS IN NorTH AMERICA (Title), 266 Kunz, George F., and Washington, Henry S., ON THE PERIDOTITE OF PIKE County, ARKANSAS, AND THE OccuR- RENCE OF DIAMONDS THEREIN (Title), 350 de Lagerberg, J., Active Member, 345 Lamb, Rosanoff and Breithut, Nrw MetTHop OF MEASURING PARTIAL Vapor PRESSURES IN Binary MrIx- TURES (Title), 457 Lanp Botany or Bermupa, N. L. Britton (Title), 317 : Lang, Herbert, A NATURALIST IN BRITISH East Arrica (Abstract), 360, 362 de Lapparent, Albert, Death of, 489 Latrienda, see Ipomea Laws oF ATTENTION, E. B. Titchener (Ab- stract), 463 548 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Lectures, Public, 296, 304, 305, 334, 342, 349, 462, 485, 504, 505 Lee, Frederic S., Acip AND FATIGUE (Ab- stract), 270 Finance Committee, 306, 364, 503 LepiporpTEROous Famity WNoctuide, NEw SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE, FOR 1907, Part II, J. B. Smith, 91-127 Leptocallis, see Ipomea Leptophylle (subsection of Ipomea), 183, 185 Le Soiief, D., WiLD ANIMAL LIFE OF AUSTRA- Lia (Title), 342 Letchworth Park, 322, 323 Letchworth, William Pryor, Gift of Glen Iris Estate, 316 Lewis, A. B., Nores ON THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF THE COLUMBIAN VALLRY (Title). 278 Lewis, J. Volney, CORRELATION OF THE NeEwarRK (TRIASSIC) TRAP Rocks OF New JERSEY (Abstract), 336 PETROGRAPHY OF THE NEWARK INTRU- SIvE DIABASE OF NEW JERSEY (Ab- stract), 474, 476 Librarian, Report of the, 309, 367, 507 Lichtenfelt, H., cited, 173 Lieb, J. W., Jr., Active Member, 334 Life Members, Election of, 467 LIMESTONES INTERBEDDED WITH THE FORD- HAM GNEISS OF NEW YORK City, Cc. P. Berkey (Abstract), 490 von Lindenau, Meridian observations of the sun’s diameter, 386, 415 LINGUISTIC ABILITY AND INTELLECTUAL EFFI- cIENCY, F. L. Wells (Title), 300 LINGUISTIC EXPRESSIONS, PSYCHOLOGICAL IMPLICATES OF CERTAIN, H. D. Marsh (Abstract), 482, 484 Linnzwus, BICENTENARY OF THE BIRTH OF Carouus, E. 0. Hovey, 1-90 Address by President of American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, G. F. Kunz, 42-45 Address by President of United Swedish Societies of New York, Emil F. Johnson, 46-47 Greetings from Societies and Honorary Members: Académie de Médecine de Paris, 63 American Journal of Science, 78 American Philosophical Society, 87 Barrois, Charles, 68 Biological Society of Washington, D. C., 88 Boston Society of Natural History, 78 Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, 86 Colorado Scientific Society, 89 Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 78 Ethnological Society of Ontario, 76 Geikie, James, 74 Geological Commission of Finland, 60 Hubrecht, A. A. W., 62 Indiana Academy of Sciences, 89 Kaiserliche Leopoldinisch - Carolin- ische Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, Halle A. S., 68 Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakade- mien, Stockholm, 57 Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakade- mien, Upsala, 59 Manchester Literary and Philosophi- cal Society, Manchester, England, 74 Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Harvard University, 77 National Academy of Sciences, 87 New York Entomological Society, 80 New York State Museum, 85 Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales de Madrid, 72 Reale Osservatorio di Palermo, 71 Regia Societas Scientiarum Bohem- ica, Prague, 69 Reusch, Hans, 59 Rosenbusch, H., 69 Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, Falmouth, England, 72 Royal Society of Canada, 75 Senaat der Rijks-Universiteit te Leiden, 61 Smithsonian Institution of Washing- ton, D. C., 88 Sociedad Cientifica ‘‘Antonio Al- zate,’’ Mexico, D. F., 77 Société des Amis des Sciences Natur- elles de Rouen, 64 Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse, 65 Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve, Suisse, 70 Specula Vaticana, Rome, 70 Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences, 85 Torrey Botanical Club, New York City, 79 Université de Lyon, 64 LINN2=US AND AMERICAN BoTany. Per Axel Rydberg, 32-40 LINN=]US AND AMERICAN NATURAL History, Frederick A. Lucas, 52-57 LINNZUS AS AN INTERMEDIARY BETWEEN ANCIENT AND MopERN ZoOuLocy; His VIEWS ON THE CLASS MAMMALIA, W. K. Gregory, 21-32 Linnzws as A ZoOuoaist, J. A. Allen, 9-19 von LINNE, Cart, SKETCH OF THE LIFE or, Edward L. Morris, 47-52 Liriodendron tulipifera, VARIATIONS IN LEAF TYPE OF, DURING A SEASON’S GROWTH, Louis Hussakof (Abstract), 337, 338 INDEX Lloyd, F. E., Osborn, H. F., Calkins, G. N., and other Members, Norges on LEADING PAPERS READ AT THE MEET- INGs AT NEw ORLEANS AND ANN ARBOR (Title), 268 : Lloyd Sand, in Raritan formation of Long Island, 425 Lone IsLanp, N. Y., OUTLINE OF GEOLOGY OF, W. O. Crosby, 425-429 Loomis, H. N., ReEAacTIONS TO WEIGHTS OF UNEQUAL SizE (Abstract), 331, 333 Lough, J. E., AN EXPERIMENT IN HABIT FORMATION (Title), 283 Lovejoy, Arthur O., Fire CULTS: THEIR DISTRIBUTION AND CHARACTERISTIC FEATURES, WITH AN HypoTuHesis RE- SPECTING THEIR ORIGIN AND MEANING (Abstract), 471 Lowie, Robert H., Active Member, 456 ETHNOLOGICAL TRIP TO THE CHIPEWYAN INDIANS (Abstract), 494 Grant from Research Fund, 473 THE PsycHOLOGY OF DREAMs (Abstract), 471, 472 THE THEORY OF NATURE MyTHOLOGY (Title), 458 Lucas, F. A., CoLLEcTION oF ExTINcT ELE- PHANTS IN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM (Title), 296 LINNZUS AND AMERICAN NATURAL His- TORY, 52-57 Lyon, Ralph, Active Member, 334 McGregor, James Howard, Active Member, 297 McKim, Haslett, Death of, 495 MeMillin, Emerson, Fellow, 363 Treasurer, 306, 364, 503 MacCurdy, George Grant, CoNVENTIONA- LISM IN THE ANCIENT ART OF CHIRI- qui (Title), 296 MacDougall, Robert, THOUGHT AS ADAPTIVE (Abstract), 300, 302 Vice-President, 306 MACKENZIE RIiveR Eskimo, THE, V. Stefans- son (Title), 458 Macy, Miss Mary Sutton, Active Member, 341 Macy, V. Everit, Active Member, 341 Manhasset gravels of Long Island, 428, 429 Mann, W. D., Active Member, 286 Marcou, John Belknap, Active Member, 280 MARINE BoTrany OF BERMUDA, M. A. Howe (Title) 317 Marmolitic antigorite, Recast analysis of, 133 Marsh, H. D., PsycHoLoGicaL IMPLICATES OF CERTAIN LinGuIsTIC EXPRESSIONS (Abstract), 482, 484 Martin, Daniel S., A BERYL rromM HapDAM Neck, CoNNEcTicuT, (Abstract), 294 Martin, W. M., Active Member, 334 IMAGINATIVE RESPONSE 549 Mason, M. Philips, Reariry as Possisie EXPERIENCE (Title), 272 MASTODON, THE CHESTER, NEw York, E. O. Hovey, 147 Matthew, W. D., Norms ON THE PALZONTOL- OGY OF THE BRIDGER Basin, Wryo- MING, (Title), 281 MEANING OF RHYTHMICAL GROUPING, H. H. Woodrow (Abstract), 499 MECHANICAL ILLUSTRATION OF BEATS IN Sounp, R. H. Cornish (Title), 324 MECHANICAL RESPONSE OF PLANTs, J. C. Bose (Title), 505 Meigs, Titus B., Active Member, 265 Mellen, C. S., Active Member, 341 Membership Lists, 371, 525 Memorial Resolutions, 273, 278, 284, 288, 335, 341, 459, 467 MEMORIES FOR Faces, W. S. Monroe (Ab- stract), 482, 483 MEMORY FOR PAIRED ASSOCIATES, E. L. Thorndike (Abstract), 355, 356 MEMORY FOR PAIRED ASSOCIATIONS, EXPERI- MENTS IN, E. L. Thorndike (Abstract), 3al, 333 MENTAL OPERATIONS AND THEIR MATERIAL, F. J. E. Woodbridge (Abstract), 499, 500 MENTAL RECONSTRUCTION, THE PERIOD OF, W. C. Rudiger (Abstract), 331, 333 Meredith, William T., Active Member, 341 Meridian observations of the sun’s diameter, 386, 413 Personal equations in, 391, 415 Merremia, see Ipomea METALLOGRAPHY APPLIED TO ENGINEERING, W. Campbell (Abstract), 470 METALLOGRAPHY, USE OF, IN CERTAIN PROB- LEMS IN ORE-DRESSING, W. Camp- bell (Abstract), 497, 498 METHOD IN AsTHETICS, A. L. Jones (Title), 272 METHOD OF MEASURING DIFFERENCES IN ORDER AND ITs USE IN STUDYING CORRELATION, RB. S. Woodworth (Ab- stract), 331 METHOD OF PROJECTION ON SCREEN OF LINES OF ForcE SURROUNDING A CONDUCTOR CARRYING A CURRENT, RB. H.Cornish (Title), 324 Metric System, Resolution regarding, 273 Meyer, Adolf, Concept oF SUBSTITUTIVE ACTIVITY AND THE RELATION OF MENTAL REACTION TYPES TO Psy- CHIATRIC NosoLtoay (Abstract), 463, 465 Vice-President, 364 Meylan, G. L., Some PuysicaL CHARACTER- ISTICS OF COLLEGE STUDENTS (Title), 349 Micro-aggregates, Constitution of, 136 Recast analyses of, 139-146 550 Micropogon undulatus, see Drumfishes Microscopic EXAMINATION OF THE SILVER Deposits OF ‘TEMISKAMING, ONT., Wm. Campbell and C. W. Knight (Abstract), 289 Microsepale (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 238 Mip-conTINENT OL FieLps, THE, Roswell Johnson (Abstract), 468 Milburn, John G., Active Member, 341 Miller, D. S., AppLigED PHILOSOPHY AND APPLIED PsycHoLoGy (Abstract), 355, 358 THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN HEART AND Heap (Title), 283 “THe Four PowrErs OF LIFE” (Title), 272 IMAGELESS THOUGHT (Abstract), 319, 320 Miner, Roy W.., Fellow, 306 MINERAL CONSTITUTION, ON DETERMINATION OF, THROUGH RECASTING OF ANALYSES, A. A. Julien, 129-146 Minerals, Recast analyses of, 132-135 MISCONCEPTIONS OF INTENSITY, W. P. Mon- tague (Abstract), 355, 358 MISCONCEPTIONS OF REALISM, W. P. Monta- gue (Title), 272 Mitchell, S. A., ToraL EcLipse OF THE SUN In August, 1905, (Title), 271 Mitchill, Samuel L., cited, 159 Mitsukuri, Kakichi, Honorary Member, 503 Modesta, see Ipomea Moissan, Henri, Death of, 322, 341 Monroe, W. §., MEMORIES FOR FAcES (Abstract), 482, 483 Montague, William P., ConscIoOUSNESS AND Enerey (Title), 499 MISCONCEPTIONS OF stract), 355, 358 MISCONCEPTIONS OF REALISM (Title), 272 TRUTH AS ComMpPossIBILiTy (Title), 331 Mr. PELE, MARTINIQUE, A CONTRIBUTION TO THE History or, E. O. Hovey (Ab- stract), 496 Moreau, A., cited, 171, 173 Morgan, Thos. Hunt, Errects oF CENTRI- FUGING THE Ea@Gs or THE MOLLUSC Cumingia (Abstract), 360 Fellow, 306 Morris, Edward L., SkreTcH OF THE LIFE oF CARL von LINNE, 47-52 Morse, L. B., SELECTIVE REFLECTION SHOWN BY CARBONATES IN THE INFRA-RED SPECTRUM AND ITS RELATION TO THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF THE BASES (Ab- stract), 346 Mutation, de Vries laws of 449 MuTATION THEORY, CHARLES DARWIN AND THE, C. F. Cox, 431-451 INTENSITY (Ab- NANTASKET BracH, Boston Harpor, DeE- VELOPMENT OF, W. G. Reed, Jr., (Ab- stract), 474, 477 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES NatTuRAL History oF BermMupA, C. L. Bristol, J. J. Stevenson, N. L. Britton and M. A. Howe, (Title), 317 Natural selection, Darwin’s theory of, 443 NATURALIST IN BritTIsH East AFrica, A, Herbert Lang (Abstract), 360, 362 NATURE OF JUDGMENT, THE, W. H. Sheldon (Title), 272 Navasjo Loom, Tue: Is It INpDIGENOUS? F. 8. Dellenbaugh (Title), 296 NEWARK CoprpER Deposits OF EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA, E. T. Wherry (Ab- stract), 473, 475 NEWARK INTRUSIVE DIABASE OF NEW JERSEY, PETROGRAPHY OF, J. V. Lewis (Ab- stract), 474, 476 NEWARK TRAP Rocks oF NEw JERSEY, CoR- RELATION OF, J. V. Lewis (Abstract), 336 Newcomb and Holden, Discussion of possible variations in sun’s diameter, 389, 415 New Facror IN PLANT ENVIRONMENT, C. 8. Gager (Abstract), 281 NEWFOUNDLAND IcE SHEET, WAS THERE A? J. H. Wilson (Abstract), 276, 277 New JERSEY, CORRELATION OF THE NEWARK (Triassic) Trae Rocks or, J. V. Lewis (Abstract), 336 METHOD OF MEASURING PARTIAL VarPorR PRESSURES IN Binary MIx- TURES, Lamb, Rosanoff and Breithut (Title), 457 PIECE OF APPARATUS FOR SHOWING RELATION BETWEEN INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION AND Distance, J. 8S. Gibson (Title), 324 New SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE LEPIDO- PTEROUS FamiLty Noctuide ror 1907, Part II, J. B. Smith, 91-127 New SPpEcIES OF GOBLIN SHARK (Scapano- rhynchus) FROM JAPAN, L. Hussakof (Title), 502 New SPECTRO-PHOTOMETER FOR THE STUDY oF Cotor Vision, F. L. Tufts (Ab- stract), 355, 356 New View or ‘‘MenTAL Functions,” H. C. Warren (Title), 272 New York City, EVIDENCE OF THE STABILITY OF THE Rock FOUNDATIONS OF, A. A. Julien (Abstract), 328 Nimick, Mrs. Florence N. C., Active Mem- ber, 345 Noctuide, NEw SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE LEPIDOPTEROUS FAMILY, FOR 1907, Part II, J. B. Smith, 91-127 Acronycta lepetita, 94 othello, 94 paupercula, 95 perdita, 94 vinnula, 95 Agrotis opaca Harvey, 95 Anarta Ochs, 107 NEW NEW INDEX acadiensis Beth., 109 cordigera, 109 cordigera Thunb., 110 curta Morr., 110 etacta, 108, 109 flanda, 108, 111 hampa, 108, 111 impingens, 109 impingens Wlk., 110 kelloggi Hy. Edw., 110 lerta Smith, 110 lanuginosa, 109 leucocycla, 108 mausi, 109 mausi Hampson, 110 melanopa, 109, 110 melanopa Thunb., 110 membrosa, 108, 109 mimula, 109, 110 mimula Grt., 110 mimuli, 109 mimuli Bebr., 110 myrtilli, 109 nigrolunata, 110 nivaria Grt., 110 perpura Morr., 110 phea, 109 phea Hampson, 110 quadrilunata, 108, 109 richardsoni, 108, 109 schenherri, 108, 109 squara, 109, 111 staudingeri, 108 zemblica, 109 zemblica Hampson, 110 Annaphila miona, 121, 122 variegata, 122 Chorizagrotis, 99 Copicucullia eulepis Grt., 118 mala, 118 Cucullia phila, 117 speyert, 117 Epizeuxis cobeta Barnes, 126 intensalis, 126, 127 lubricalis, 127 partitalis, 126 Frastia humerata, 123 immuna, 124 muscosula, 124 puncticosta, 122, 124 Eriopyga, 105, 106 Euxoa, 99 bostoniensis, 98 capota, 98 cocklei, 97 criddlei, 97 tusulsa, 97 pastoralis, 97 procellaris, 97 quinta, 97 scandens, 98 stigmatilis Sm., 97 submolesta, 97 Faronta, 106 aleada, 107 Hadena, 101 birnata, 113, 114 Serida, 115 Jumosa, 116 mucens, 116 nimiota, 116 susquesa, 116 Himella rectiflava, 105 Homopyralis bigallis, 125 Leucania, 106 Luperina (see Hadena birnata) cilima, 113 innota, 113 passer, 113, 114 passer Gn., 114 Mamestra, 101, 102 ectypa, 102 tmbrifera, 100 leomegra, 100 pallicauda, 101 Megachyta, 123 Meleneta, 92 antennata 93 Meliana, 107 Miodera, 101 stigmata, 102 Monima Hbn., 103 Morrisonia, 116 Neleucania, 106 Noctua clandestina, 95 larga, 95 Orthodes imora Strck., 106 keela, 106 vecors, 106 Orthosia dusca, 117 Perigrapha, 104 Plagiomimicus dollii, 118 Pseudacontia cansa, 119 crustaria Morr., 120, 121 louisa, 120 Raphia, 93 Rhizagrotis acclivus Motr., 95 reclivus Dyar, 95 Schinia blundulata, 119 espea, 119 Scotogramma, 110 Stretchia, 104 erythrolita, 104 Sympistes, 110 Teniocampa alia, 103 bostura, 103 flaviannula, 103 fringata, 104 indra, 103 macona, 102 preses, 104 rufula, 103 saleppa, 104 transparens, 104 551 502 Thalpochares fractilinea, 125 Ufeus electra, 99 hulstii, 99 plicatus, 99 satyricus, 100 Viridemas, 91 galena, 92 Xylophasia illustra, 114 miniota, 114 plutonia, 114 runata, 115 sputatriz, 114 versuta, 115 Non-resident Members, Election of, 316 List of, 383, 536 NortH AMERICAN SILURIC SYSTEM, REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF THE, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 454 NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS Ipomea, H. D. House, 181-263 Northup, Dwight, Associate Member, 316 Note ON Curious EFFECT PRODUCED BY THE EXPLOSION OF DETONATING Gas, J. P. Simmons (Abstraci), 488 Note on Focystites, A PRIMITIVE CyYSTOID, F. J. Peck (Title), 281 NOTES ON THE CHARACTER AND ORIGIN OF THE PoTTsvVILLE FORMATION OF THE AP- PALACHIAN REGION, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 294 NOTES ON THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF THE COLUM- BIAN VALLEY, A. B. Lewis (Title), 278 NoTes ON THE ETHNOGRAPHY OF MONTANA AND ALBERTA, Clark Wissler (Title), 278 NOTES ON THE FisH Hawk, F. M. Chapman (Title), 496 NOTES ON THE FUNCTIONS OF FINS OF FISHES, R. C. Osburn (Title), 274 NoTES ON THE GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY OF THE WESTERN SIERRA MADRE, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 266 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE FIRST WATCH- una TRAP SHEET, C. N. Fenner (Ab- stract), 350, 359 Notes on JApDE, G. F. Kunz (Title), 486 NorTeEs ON THE LEADING PAPERS READ AT THE MEETINGS AT NEW ORLEANS AND ANN ARBOR, H. F. Osborn, G. N. Calkins, F. E. Lloyd and other members (Title), 268 Notes ON METALLOGRAPHY APPLIED TO ENGINEERING, William Campbell (Ab- stract), 470 NoTEs ON Microscopic EXAMINATION OF THE OPAQUE CONSTITUENTS OF ORE BopDIEs, William Campbell (Abstract), 294 Nores ON MINERAL LOCALITIES VISITED DUR- ING THE SUMMER OF 1906 IN CANADA AND Mexico, J. F. Kemp (Title), 318 Nores ON THE PALMONTOLOGY OF THE Bripcer Bastin, Wyomine, W. D. Matthew (Title), 281 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES NoTES ON THE PAWNEE LANGUAGE, Franz Boas (Title), 325 NoTES ON THE PREGLACIAL CHANNELS OF THE LOWER HUDSON VALLEY AS REVEALED BY ReEcENT Borinas, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 294 NoTES ON THE VOLCANOES OF ToLuca, Co- LIMA AND. POPOCATEPETL, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 314 Nova Scotia, A VisIr TO; THE COLLIERIES, AND THE IRON AND STEEL PLANTS, William Campbell (Abstract), 497, 498 , Obrig, Adolph, Active Member, 280 Ochs, Adolph 8., Active Member, 334 @notheras, Mutations of, 447 Officers, Election of, 306, 364, 503 Ogilvie, Ida H., A ConTRIBUTION TO THE GEOLOGY OF MAINE (Title), 336 O1t Fietps, THE MID-cONTINENT, Roswell Johnson (Abstract), 468 Olmsted, Mrs. Charles Tylor, Active Mem- ber, 334 On Aa BurrepD KITCHEN-MIDDEN AT SouTH HarwicuH, Cape Cop, Mass., A. A. Julien (Title), 298 ON SomME VESTIGIAL INSTINCTS IN INSECTS, W. M. Wheeler (Abstract), 355, 358 ON THE IRON-CARBON SERIES OF ALLOYS, William Campbell (Abstract), 339 ON THE PEBBLES AT HARWICH (CAPE Cop), Mass., AND ON RuDE ARROWHEADS Founp AmMonG THEM, A. A. Julien (Abstract), 343 ON THE PERIDOTITE OF PIKE CouNTY, ARKAN- SAS, AND THE OCCURRENCE OF DtIaA- MONDS THEREIN, G. F. Kunz and H. S. Washington (Title), 350 ON THE VALIDITY OF INDIVIDUAL JUDGMENT AS MEASURED BY ITS DEPARTURE FROM AN AVERAGE, F. L. Wells (Ab- stract), 331, 332 Opsanus tau, see Toadfish ORGANIC EvouuTion, Essential factors in, 432 Organization of the Academy, 511 ORIGIN OF BrAcH Cusps, D. W. Johnson (Abstract), 474, 477 ORNITHOLOGICAL TRIP TO SOUTHERN FLORIDA, F. M. Chapman (Title), 487 Orthipomea (section of Ipomea), 183, 184 ORTHOGENESIS IN GASTROPODS, A. W. Grabau (Title), 337 Osborn, Henry Fairfield, Brizrr AccouNT OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE FaytM, Eaypt, (Title), 337 DISTRIBUTION OF THE MASTODON AND MAMMOTH IN NoRTH AMERICA, WITH DESCRIPTION OF THE WARREN MASTO- DON (Title), 456 PALEONTOLOGICAL TRIP TO NORTH- WESTERN NEBRASKA (Abstract), 351 Osborn, H. F., Calkins, G. N., Lloyd, F. INDEX E., and other members, NoTrEs ON THE LEADING PAPERS READ AT THE MEET- INGs AT NEw ORLEANS AND ANN ARBOR (Title), 263 Osburn, Raymond C., Cotuectine Bryo- ZOA AT THE TORTUGAS AND BEAUFORT Srations (Title), 496 NoTEs ON THE FUNCTIONS OF FINS OF FisHes (Title), 274 REPLACEMENT OF AN EYE BY AN AN- TENNA IN AN InsEcT (Abstract), 360, 361 Some EXPERIMENTS ON DRAGON FLIES IN BRACKISH WATER (Title), 267 OsMosEscoPE, THE, Charles Forbes (Title), 324 Ostwald, Wilhelm, Honorary Member, 503 Our KNOWLEDGE OF THE FILLED CHANNELS OF THE HUDSON IN THE HIGHLANDS AND THE SUBMERGED GORGE ON THE CONTINENTAL SHELF, J. F. Kemp (Abstract), 501 OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF LONG ISLAND, N. Y., W. O. Crosby, 425-429 Over-reproduction (in organic evolution), 432 Owens, W. W., Active Member, 280 Paddock, Eugene H., Active Member, 345 Painter, H. McM., Active Member, 286 PALAZONTOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS OF THE AMERICAN MusrEuM DuRING THE SuM- MER OF 1908, Barnum Brown (Title), 496 PALEONTOLOGICAL Trip TO NORTHWESTERN NEBRASKA, H. F. Osborn (Abstract), 351 Palmate (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 221 PANTELLERIA, VOLCANOES AND ROockKS OF, H. 8S. Washington (Abstract), 474, 480 Parish, Henry, Active Member, 341 Parsons, J. E., Fellow, 306 Patrons, List of, 376, 530 Pearle, Robert, Active Member, 341 Pearsall, Thomas W., Active Member, 341 Peck, F. J., Note on Locystites, A PRIMI- TIVE CystTorp (Title), 281 Pedatisecte (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 232 Pedersen, Frederick M., Active Member, 359 VISCOSITY OF THE VAPORS OF CERTAIN Isometric ErHers (Abstract), 339 PENDULAR WHIP-LASH ILLUSION OF MOTION, Harvey Carr (Abstract), 300, 301 Penfield, Samuel L., Death of, 293 Pennington, William, Active Member, 286 PERCEPTIONS, IMAGES AND ILLUSIONS, J. Mck. Cattell (Abstract), 331, 333 Perkins, George H., CAmMBRIAN ROCKS OF VERMONT (Abstract), 473, 475 PERIOD OF MENTAL RECONSTRUCTION, W. C. Riidiger (Abstract), 331, 333 PERIDOTITE DIKE IN CoAL MEASURES OF 553 SOUTHWESTERN PENNSYLVANIA, J. F. Kemp and J. G. Ross (Title), 336 Perret, F. A., Vesuvius, STROMBOLI AND THE SOLFATARA IN 1906 (Title), 350 Personal equation in observations of sun’s diameter, 391, 392, 415 PETROGRAPHIC STUDY OF THE LAVAS OF Vesuvius, H. 8. Washington (Title) 289 PETROGRAPHY OF THE NEWARK INTRUSIVE DIABASE OF NEW JERSEY, J. Volney Lewis (Abstract), 474, 476 Petrunkevitch, Alexander, Active Member, 265 Fellow, 306 Pfizer, see Size, 341 Pharbitis (section of Ipomea), 183, 192 Philipp, Philip Bernard, Active Member, 341 PHOSPHORESCENCE IN GASES, Decay of, C. C. Trowbridge (Abstract), 346, 348 Photo-heliometer, 407 PHOTO-HELIOMETER THE, C. L. Poor (Title), 488 PHYSIOLOGICAL AGE, (Title), 349 Picrofluite, Recast Analysis of, 144 Piedmont peneplain of Long Island, 426 Pierce, A. H., GusTaTorRyY AUDITION (Ab- stract), 300, 301 Pilolite, Recast Analysis of, 143 Pitkin, W. B., A Srupy IN THE PsycHOLOGY OF EVIDENCE (Title), 282 FOR A GENERAL OBSERVATION OF Mereor Trains, C. C. Trowbridge (Title), 268 OF DEVELOPMENT OF LETCHWORTH PaRK AS A MEANS FOR SCIENTIFIC EpucaTion, G. F. Kunz (Title), 322 PLANT ENVIRONMENT, A New Facror In, C. S. Gager (Abstract), 281 Planten, John Rutgers, Active Member, 334 Pleistocene of Long Island, 427 Plesiagopus, see Ipomea Pogonias cromis, see Drumfishes Pollard, Chas. Louis, Active Member, 456 Fellow, 503 Poor, Charles Lane, Councilor, 364 Editor, 306 AN INVESTIGATION OF THE FIGURE OF THE SUN AND OF PossIBLE VARIATIONS IN ITS SIZE AND SHAPR, 385-424 THE PHOTO-HELIOMETER (Title), 488 PossIBLE CHANGES IN THE SHAPE OF THE Sun (Title), 282 Proposep New ASTRONOMICAL OBSER- VATORY AND Nautica MusruM FoR New Yor«k City (Titlp), 299 Porter, Eugene H., Active Member, 286 POTTSVILLE FORMATION OF THE APPALACHIAN Reeion, Norges ON THE CHARACTER Cc. W. Crampton PLAN PLAN . 554 AND ORIGIN oF, A. W. Grabau (Ab- stract), 294 Poulton, E. B., cited, 431 PRACTICE CURVE AS AN EDUCATIONAL METHOD, J. McK. Cattell (Title), 272 PRACTISE AS A PURELY INTELLECTUAL FUNC- TION, E. L. Thorndike (Abstract), 482, 483 PRAGMATIC MEANING OF PRAGMATISM, Max Eastman (Abstract), 482, 485 PREGLACIAL DRAINAGE IN CENTRAL NEW York, A. W. Grabau (Title), 359 PRELIMINARY NOTE ON SPORADIC OcCUR- RENCE OF DIAMONDS IN NoRTH AMER- ics, G. F. Kunz (Title), 266 PRELIMINARY REPORT OF SOME RECENT EXPERIMENTS WITH BIRDS IN THE New York ZoO.LocicaL Park, C. W. Beebe (Title), 461 PRELIMINARY STUDIES IN WRITING REAC- TIONS, F. N. Freeman (Abstract), 331 PRESENT STRUCTURAL CHARACTER AND PROB- ABLE FORMER EXTENT OF THE PALI- SADE TRAP, A. A. Julien (Title), 305 Prescott, Albert B., Death of, 489 PRESENT TREND OF INVESTIGATIONS ON UNDERGROUND WATERS, J. F. Kemp (Abstract), 460, 461 Prionotus carolinus, see Sea-Robin Pritchett, Henry Smith, Active Member, 489 PROBABLE CAUSE OF THE ‘‘BLEATING”’ OF Sniper, C. G. Abbott (Title), 481 Proctor, George H., Active Member, 280 PropucTION OF Low GRADE COPPER ORE IN THE WEstT, J. F. Kemp (Abstract), 490 PRoDUcTION OF SOUND IN THE DRUMFISHES, THE SEA-ROBIN AND THE TOADFISH, R. W. Tower, 149-180 ProposeD BIOLOGICAL SURVEY OF NEW YorkK Stare, C. W. Hahn (Title), 270 ProposeD New ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY AND NautTicAL MusEUM FOR NEW York City, C. L. Poor (Title), 299 PsycHIaTrRic NosotoGy, RELATION OF MEN- TAL REACTION Types To, Adolf Meyer (Abstract), 463, 465 PsycHOLOGICAL JIMPLICATES OF CERTAIN LINGUISTIC EXPRESSIONS, H. D. Marsh (Abstract), 482, 484 PsYcHOLOGICAL THEORY OF THE ORIGIN OF RELIGION, Irving King (Title), 272 PsYcHOLOGY AND SPELLING, Brother Chry- sostom (Abstract), 300, 302 PsycHoLocy OF Dreams, B. H. Lowie (Ab- stract), 471, 472 PTARMIGAN — LiIvING AND DEAD, F. M. Chap- man (Abstract), 351, 352 Pyle, W. R., Die NeepLE DEMONSTRATION, 324 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES MAGNETIZER FOR MAGNETs, 324 Quamoclit, see Ipomea Radin, Paul, ErHNoLocicaL TRIP TO THE WINNEBAGO InpDIANS (Abstract), 494 Raritan formation of Long Island, 425 REACTION TIME AS AFFECTED BY THE IN- TENSITY, AREA AND DURATION OF THE Srimuuvs, 8S. FrOberg (Abstract), 318, 319 REACTION TIME, EFFECT OF VARYING RESIS- TANCE ON, J. V. Breitwieser (Ab- stract), 499, 500 REACTION TIME AS INFLUENCED BY THE IRREGULAR RECURRENCE OF THE STIMU- Lus, H. H. Woodrow (Abstract), 482, 483 REACTIONS TO WEIGHTS OF UNEQUAL SIZE, H. N. Loomis (Abstract), 331, 333 REALITY AS POssIBLE EXPERIENCE, M. Philips Mason (Title), 272 RECAPITULATION AS VIEWED BY A PALEONTOL- ocist, A. W. Grabau (Title), 470 Recast analyses of micro-aggregates, 139-146 Recast analyses of minerals, 132-135 RECENT ADVANCES IN OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE MAGNETITE BODIES AT MINEVILLE, J. F. Kemp (Title), 473 ReEcENT BOTANICAL EXPLORATIONS IN JA- MAICcCA, N. L. Britton (Title), 487 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE ABORIGINAL, COLONIAL AND REVOLUTIONARY RE- MAINS ON MANHATTAN ISLAND, R. P. Bolton (Title), 315 RECENT DISCOVERY OF ABORIGINAL REMAINS ON MANHATTAN ISLAND, W. 8S. Calver (Title), 315 RECENT EXPLORATIONS IN JAMAICA, N. L. Britton (Title), 346 RECENT INVESTIGATIONS OF THE POTABLE WatTEeR SuppLipgs OF NEW JERSEY, H. B. Kiimmel (Title), 336 Recording Secretary, Report of the, 307, 364, 504 Records of Meetings, 265, 313, 453 Reed, William G., Jr., DEVELOPMENT OF NANTASKET BEACH, BOSTON HARBOR, (Abstract), 474, 477 Rees, John Krom, Death of, 327, 335 REGENERATION IN Fundulus, G. G. Scott (Title), 329 RELATION BETWEEN THE MICROSTRUCTURE AND THE HEAT AND MECHANICAL TREATMENT OF IRON AND _ STEEL, William Campbell (Title), 314 Reno, Jesse W., Active Member, 265 REPLACEMENT OF AN EYE BY AN ANTENNA IN AN Insect, R. C. Osburn (Abstract), 360, 361 Report of the Corresponding Secretary, 307, 364, 506 INDEX Editor, 367, 507 Librarian, 309, 367, 507 Recording Secretary, 307, 364, 504 Treasurer, 309, 367, 508 Research Funds, Grants from, 473 RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN THE METEOR TRAIN AND THE AFTERGLOW PRODUCED BY THE ELECTRODELESS DISCHARGE, C. C. Trowbridge (Title), 268 RESULTS OF A SERIES OF EXPERIMENTS ON THE CRITICAL ANGLE; ITs EFFECT ON VISION FROM UNDERNEATH THE SURFACE OF WATER, J. Stewart Gib- son (Title), 325 REVIEW OF THE TYPES OF SEXUAL DIFFER- ENCES OF THE CHROMOSOMES, E. B. Wilson (Title), 481 REVISED CLASSIFICATION FOR NORTH AMERI- cAN LOWER PALEozorc, A. W. Grabau (Title), 474 REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF NORTH AMERI- cAN Si~uric System, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 454 REVISED CROSS-SECTION OF RONDOUT VALLEY ALONG LINE OF CATSKILL AQUEDUCT, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 460 RHYTHMICAL GROUPING, MEANING OF, H. H. Woodrow (Abstract), 499 Richards, G. M., Grotocy or CouNTRY TRAVERSED BY THE WALLACE EXPE- DITION TO LABRADOR IN 1905 (Title), 271 Richardson, Frederick A., Active Member, 266 Ricketts, Pierre de P., Life Member, 467 Rivers, cited, 438 Roberts, C. H., Active Member, 313 Rock SHELTERS AND SHELL HEAPS NEAR New York Ciry, M. R. Harrington (Title), 315 Rogers, Allen Merrill, Active Member, 286 RoONDOUT VALLEY, REVISED CROSS-SECTION OF, ALONG LINE OF CATSKILL AQUEDUCT, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 460 Rosanoff, Breithut and Lamb, New METHOD OF MEASURING PARTIAL VAPOR PRESSURES IN BINARY MIXTURES (Title), 457 RovssEAvu’s ReELicgious PHILOSOPHY, THE IpEA OF FEELING IN, A. C. Armstrong (Abstract), 482, 484 Rowland, Thomas Fitch, Active Member, 280 Death of, 489 de Rubio, H. A. C., Active Member, 489 Riidiger, W. C., InpIvipUAL VARIATION IN AREA OF DIsTINCT VISION (Abstract), 318, 319 THe PrrRiop OF MENTAL RECONSTRUC- TION (Abstract), 331, 333 Russ, Edward, Active Member, 341 Russell, I. C., Death of, 293 559 Rutherfurd, Lewis M., Photographic meas- ures of figure of sun, 402 Rydberg, Per Axel, LINN=US AND AMERICAN Borany, 32-40 Sachs, Paul J., Active Member, 341 Saltation, see Mutation Saponite, Recast analysis of, 143 Saul, Charles R., Active Member, 341 Sauter, Fred., Active Member, 341 Saville, Marshall H., INpIANS oF MAN- HATTAN ISLAND AND VICINITY IN THE 177TH CenTuRY (Title), 315 ScENERY AND GEOLOGY OF THE GORGES AND Fauits oF LeETcHWORTH PARK, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), Schiff, Jacob H., Active Member, 341 Schoepf, cited, 159 ScHOHARIE FAUNA IN MIcHIGAN, DISCOVERY or, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 266, 267 Scholle, A. H., Active Member, 467 Schoranna, see [pomea Schrabisch, Max, InpIANS oF BERGEN, Passaic AND Morris Countigns, NEw JERSEY, (Title), 315 Schur and Ambronn, Solar Investigations of, 396, 415 Scienida, see Drumfishes Scientific Alliance of New York City, Consoli- dation with the Academy, 326 Scott, George G., REGENERATION IN Fundu- lus (Title), 329 Scott, George S., Active Member, 341 Scripture, E. W., Drrecrion or EMOTIONS BY THE GALVANOMETER (Abstract), 355, 358 EXPERIMENTS ON THE SUBCONSCIOUS, WITH DEMONSTRATION OF JUNGQ’S MetTHopD OF DETECTING EMOTIONAL CoMPLEXEs (Abstract), 355, 536 Sea-Robin, Anatomy of swim-bladder in, 155 Sound production in, 170 Secchi, Meridian observation of sun’s diam- eter, 387, 415 SEcoND JOURNEY TO THE SocrETy ISLANDS, H. E. Crampton (Title) 346 Selection and survival (in organic evolution), 432 SELECTIVE REFLECTION SHOWN BY CARBON- ATES IN THE INFRA-RED SPECTRUM AND ITS RELATION TO THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF THE Basss, L. B. Morse (Abstraet), 346 Seton, Ernest Thompson. BronioagicaL RE- SULTS OF AN EXPEDITION TO THE BARREN GROUNDS (Title), 456 Setose, (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 219 Shaw, Mrs. John C., Active Member, 341 Sheldon, W. H., THe NATURE OF JUDGMENT (Title), 272 Shepard, C. Sidney, Active Member, 266 596 SIFRRA ALMALOYA, MExIcO, GEOLOGY OF THE, Robert T. Hill (Abstract), 328 Simmons, J. P., Norr on Curious EFFECT PRODUCED BY EXPLOSION OF DETONAT- InG Gas (Abstract), 488 SIMULTANEOUS CoLOR CONTRAST, Focht (Title), 283 Size, Charles, Jr., Active Member, 341 SketcH oF Lire or CARL VON LINNE, Edward L. Morris, 47-52 Skin GLANDs oF Bufo agua, C. L. Bristol and S. W. Bartelmez (Abstract), 329 Skinner, Alanson, Some Recent Dis- COVERIES IN A PREHISTORIC VILLAGE Sire AT MARINER’s Harpor, STATEN ISLAND, (Title), 315 Sloan, Benson B., Active Member, 341 Sloan, Samuel, Death of, 345 Smillie, Charles F., Active Member, 341 Smith, Elliott C., Active Member, 286 Smith, Ernest E., Fellow, 363 Smith, H. M., cited, 158, 173 Smith, H. Sanborn, Active Member, 458 Smith, John B., Active Member, 316 Fellow, 363 New SPECIES AND GENERA OF THE LEPI- DOPTEROUS FaAmity WNoctuide FOR 1907, Part II, 91-127 Snow, Elbridge G., Active Member, 341 SoME CONSIDERATIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF CoLor IN PLants, N. L. Britton (Title) 306 Curves ILLUSTRATING COINCIDENT VoLcaANic, SEISMIC AND SoLuaR PHE- NOMENA, Ellsworth Huntington (Ab- stract), 474, 479 EXPERIMENTS ON BRACKISH WATER, (Title), 267 Some InvotunTary InLusions oF Depts, H. A. Carr (Abstract), 482, 483 Some New Points or View In PsycHoLoGcy OF VALUATION, W. M. Urban (Title), 272 Notes ON DISINTEGRATION OF THE TRIBES OF OKLAHOMA, F. S. Dellen- baugh (Title), 325 SOME OF THE LATEST RESULTS OF EXPLORA- TIONS IN THE Hupson RIvEeR aT NEW YorK Ciry, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 501 SoME PuysicaL CHARACTERISTICS OF COLLEGE Sruprents, G. L. Meylan (Title), 349 SOME REcENT DiIscOVERIES IN A PREHIS- TORIC VILLAGE SITE AT MARINER’S HARBOR, STaTEN IsLanp, Alanson Skinner (Title), 315 Some Recent Discoveries iN INSECT PARA- SITISM, AND THE PRACTICAL HANDLING oF Parasites, L. 0. Howard (Title), 462 Some RELATIONS OF GEOMETRY TO PsycHOL- Mildred SomME DRAGON FLIES IN R. C. Osburn SomME SoME ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES oGY AND PuiILosopHy, C. J. Keyser (Abstract), 319, 321 Some TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE STEEL WORKS WITH THE WANNER AND OTHER PYROMETERS, William Campbell (Abstract), 346, 348 SomE Typres OF CORALLINE ALGm, M. A. Howe (Title), 487 SoME VOLCANOES OF THE WESTERN MEDI- TERRANEAN, H. S. Washington (Ab- stract), 336 Sorenson, W., cited, 153, 162, 173 Sound production in drumfishes, 158 Sound production in Sea-Robin and Toad- fish, 170 SoutTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF MoTHs BELONG- ING TO THE GENUS Altacus, William Beutenmiiller (Title), 267 Spacke, Brother Chrysostom (Abstract), 319, 320 SparRK DiscHARGE; How iT Occurs, J. C. Hubbard (Title), 290 Special Meeting, 334, 342, 349, 462 SPIROCH®TE OF RELAPSING FEVER, Terry (Title), 270 Squeteague, see Drumsfishes STATISTICAL METHOD AND LITERARY VALUES, F. Lyman Wells (Title), 283 Stefansson, V., Active Member, 458 MACKENZIE River Eskimo (Title), 458 Stevens, C. Amory, Active Member, 341 Stevenson, A. E., WATER SUPPLY OF BER- MUuUDA (Title), 276 Stevenson, J. J., GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY or Brermupa (Title), 317 Vice-President, 503 Strasburger, Eduard, Honorary Member, 503 STRATIGRAPHY OF THE BRIDGER Bastin, Wyo- MING, Walter Granger (Title), 281 Stratford, William, Death of, 459 STRUCTURE OF THE BRACHIAL SUPPORT OF Camarophorella, A MIssisSIPPIAN MERI- STELLOID BRAcHIopoD, J. E. Hyde, (Abstract), 474, 478 Stupy IN THE PsycHOLOGY OF EVIDENCE, W.B. Pitkin (Title), 282 Stupy or ANTS IN SWITZERLAND, W. M. Wheeler (Title), 346 Sturgis, Mrs. Elizabeth M., Active Mem- ber, 341 SuBcONScIOUS, EXPERIMENTS ON THE, E. W. Scripture (Abstract), 355, 356 SUBSTITUTIVE AcTIVITY, CONCEPT OF, AND RELATION OF MENTAL REACTION TYPES To Psycuiatric Nosotogy, Adolf Meyer (Abstract), 463, 465 SUMMARY OF INVESTIGATION INTO THE STRUC- TURAL GEOLOGY OF SOUTHERN MAN- HATTAN AND THE CONDITION OF THE East River CHANNEL, C. P. Berkey (Abstract), 501 B. T. INDEX Sumner, Francis B., Non-resident Mem- ber, 316 Sun, INVESTIGATION OF FIGURE OF THE, AND OF POSSIBLE VARIATIONS IN ITS SIZE AND SHAPE, C. L. Poor, 385—422 Sun’s diameter, Annual variations of, 393 Sun’s diameters, Heliometer measures of, 394, 413 Heliometer measures made in connection with transit of Venus, 395, 409 Meridian observations of, 386, 413 Personal equation in meridian observa- tions of, 391, 415 Periodic variations of, 386, 387, 389, 391, 401, 415, 418 Sun’s figure, Heliometer observations of, 397, 409 Photographic measures of, 402 Sun-spots, Fluctuations having same period as, 416 SUPERNUMERARY CHROMOSOMES OF HEMIP- TERA, E. B. Wilson (Abstract), 337, 338 Sweet Potato, see [pomea batatas, 255 Swim-bladder, Anatomy of, in drumfishes, 150 in Sea-Robin and Toadfish, 154 SYLVANIA SANDSTONE —A StTupDY IN PALEO- GEOGRAPHY, A. W. Grabau (Abstract), 343, 344 Tappine Test, F. Lyman Wells (Abstract), 355, 357 Taylor, George, Active Member, 341 Taylor, William H., Active Member, 345 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN STEEL WORKS WITH THE WANNER AND OTHER PYROMETERS, William Campbell (Abstract), 347, 348 Tereietra, see Ipomea Terry, B. T., THE SPIROCHZTE OF RELAPSING FEVER (Title), 270 Tertiary peneplain of Long Island, 426 Tesla, Nikola, Active Member, 341 Thaw, Benjamin, Active Member, 341 THEORY OF NATURE MyTHOLOoGy, R. H. Lowie (Title), 458 Thermophyllite, Recast analysis of, 135 Thompson, Mrs, Frederick F., Active Member, 341 Thorndike, Edward L., ExpreRIMENTS IN MEMORY FOR PAIRED ASSOCIATIONS (Abstract), 331, 333 MeMorRY FOR PAIRED ASSOCIATES (Ab- stract), 355, 356 PRACTICE AS A PURELY INTELLECTUAL Function (Abstract), 482, 483 Thorne, Joel W., Active Member, 280 Tiffany, C. C., Active Member, 341 TIME IN VERSE, Warner Brown (Abstract), 463, 464 Trae oF MovEMENT, H. L. Hollingworth (Abstract), 463, 464 557 Time RELATIONS, IMAGERY OF, R. S. Wood- worth (Abstract), 482 Titchener, E. B., THe Laws or ATTENTION (Abstract), 463 Toadfish, Anatomy of Swim-bladder in, 157 Sound production in, 170 Toou-STEEL MAKING IN StyRiA, R. F. BOhler (Abstract), 354 ToTaL EcLipsE OF THE SUN IN AuGusT, 1905, S. A. Mitchell (Title), 271 Tower, Ralph W., Librarian, 306, 364, 503 PRODUCTION OF SOUND IN THE DRUM- FISHES, THE SEA-ROBIN AND THE TOADFISH, 149-180 Townsend, P. S., see Mastodon, 147 Trap DYKE IN FAYETTE CouUNTY, PENN., J. F. Kemp (Title), 271 Treasurer, Report of the, 309, 367, 508 Triglide, see Sea-Robin Trowbridge, C. C., Decay or PHOSPHORES- CENCE IN GASEs (Abstract), 346, 348 PLAN FOR GENERAL OBSERVATION OF METEOR TRAINS (Title), 268 RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN THE METEOR TRAIN AND THE AFTER-GLOW PRO- DUCED BY THE ELECTRODELESS DiIs- CHARGE (Title), 268 Vice-President, 306 Truax, Charles, THrE YELLOWSTONE Na- TIONAL PaRK (Title), 305 TRUTH AS COMPOSSIBILITY, W. P. tague (Title), 331 F. L., New SPECTRO-PHOTOMETER FOR Stupy OF COLOR VISION (Abstract), 355, 356 IN PsycHo-PHysicaAL Data, Wissler (Title), 283 Tyrianthine (subsection of Ipomea), 184, 206 Ria Mon- Tufts, TYPE Clark UNDERGROUND WATERS, PRESENT TREND OF INVESTIGATIONS ON, J. F. Kemp (Abstract), 460, 461 Urban, W. M., Some New Pornts oF VIEW IN PsycHOLOGY OF VALUATION (Title), 272 UsE AND ORNAMENTATION OF THE TREE CALA- BASH IN TROPICAL AMERICA, C. V. Hartman (Title), 269 UsE oF METALLOGRAPHY IN CERTAIN PROB- LEMS IN ORE-DRESSING, William Campbell (Abstract), 497, 498 Variation (in organic evolution), 432 Variation, Causes of, 446, 448, 449 VARIATIONS IN THE LEAF TYPE OF Lirioden- dron tulipifera DURING A SEASON’S GrowrH, L. Hussakof (Abstract), 337, 338 VERMONT, CAMBRIAN Rocks oF (Abstract), 473, 475 VEsuvius AND Its Eruptions, Tempest Anderson (Title), 334 558 ANNALS NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VEsuvius, STROMBOLI AND THE SOLFATARA IN 1906, F. A. Perret (Title), 350 ViscosIry OF THE VAPORS OF CERTAIN Iso- METRIC Eruers, F. M. Pedersen (Abstract), 339 Visit To Nova Scotia; THE COLLIERIES AND THE IRON AND STEEL PLANts, William Campbell (Abstract), 497, 498 VOLCANIC, SEISMIC AND SOLAR PHENOMENA, Some CuRVES ILLUSTRATING COINCI- DENT, Ellsworth Huntington (Ab- stract), 474, 479 Voutcano or JoruLLo, Mexico; History, FEATURES, REPOPULATION OF DIs- TRICT BY ANIMALS AND PLANTs, Hans Gadow (Title), 493 VOLCANOES AND Rocks OF PANTELLERIA, H. S. Washington (Abstract), 474, 480 VOLCANOES OF ToLucA, COLIMA AND Popo- CATEPETL, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 314 VOLCANIC AND SEISMIC DISTURBANCES IN NortH AMERICA; CALIFORNIA EARTH- QUAKE OF 1906, J. F. Kemp (Title), 289 Von Nardroff, E. R., AN APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE MOMENT OF IN- ERTIA IN @M-cM? UNITs (Title), 324 Voratka, Edward J., Active Member, 290 de Vries, Hugo, cited, 431, 433, 436, 442, 444 Laws of mutation, 449 Wallace, Alfred R., cited, 431 Waller, Elwyn, Life Member, 467 Walsh, Richard L., Active Member, 266 Ward, Artemas, Active Member, 280 Ward, James, Honorary Member, 363 Ward, John Gilbert, Active Member, 280 Ward, Henry A., Death of, 293 Warner, Charles St. John, Active Member, 456 Warren, H. C., FEELING AND OTHER SENSA- TIONS (Abstract), 463 A New View oF “MENTAL FUNCTIONS” (Title), 272 Warring, C. B., Death of, 345 Washington, H. S., PerroGraPHic STupy OF THE LAVAS OF VESUVIUS (Title), 289 Some VOLCANOES OF THE WESTERN MEDITERRANEAN (Abstract), 336 VOLCANOES AND Rocks OF PANTELLERIA (Abstract), 474, 480 Washington, H. S. and Kunz, George F., ON THE PERIDOTITE OF PIKE CoUNTY, ARKANSAS, AND OCCURRENCE OF DIA- MONDS THEREIN (Title), 350 Was THERE A NEWFOUNDLAND Icr SHEET? J. H. Wilson (Abstract), 276, 277 Water Suppty or Bermupa, A. E. Steven- son (Title), 276 WaverRLy SeRIES or Onto, J. E. Hyde (Abstract), 486 WAVES AND Rays IN Puysics, D. W. Hering (Abstract), 354 Webskyite, Recast analysis of, 144 Weir, John, Active Member, 286 Wells, F. Lyman, Lineuistic ABILITY AND INTELLECTUAL Erricrency (Title), 300 On VALIpITY OF INDIVIDUAL JUDGMENT AS MEASURED BY ITS DEPARTURE FROM AN AVERAGE (Abstract), 331, 332 STATISTICAL METHOD AND LITERARY VALUES (Title), 283 THE Tappinac Test (Abstract), 355, 357 WESTERN SIERRA MADRE, NOTES ON GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY OF, E. O. Hovey (Abstract), 266 Westover, M. F., Active Member, 280 Wheeler, Herbert L., Active Member, 341 Wheeler, William Morton, Councilor, 306 DrEsERT ANnTs (Title), 470 On SoME VESTIGIAL INSTINCTS IN IN- sEcts (Abstract), 355, 358 Stupy oF ANTS IN SWITZERLAND (Title), 346 Wheeler, W. M., Britton, N. L., and Howe, M. A., BioLogy oF THE BAHAMAS (Title), 288 Wherry, Edgar T., Newark CoprperR DeE- POSITS OF EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA (Abstract), 473, 475 White, Horace, Fellow, 363 White, John, cited, 159, 173 White, Leonard D., Active Member, 280 Witp Anima LINE OF AUSTRALIA, D. Le Sotief (Title), 342 Witp Brrps at Home, B. Kearton, (Title), 485, 505 Wilson, Edmund B., Rrevinw or TYPEs OF SEXUAL DIFFERENCES OF THE CHROMO- SOMES (Title), 481 Summer Work AT Woops Hout (Title) 346 SUPERNUMERARY CHROMOSOMES OF Hemiptera (Abstract), 337, 338 Wilson, J. Howard, Discovery or Fossiu SHELLS IN MANHATTAN ISLAND (Title), 271 Was THERE A NEWFOUNDLAND IcE SHEET? (Abstract), 276, 277 Wilson, Miss M. B., Active Member, 341 WINNEBAGO INDIANS, ETHNOLOGICAL TRIP TO THE, Paul Radin (Abstract), 494 Wissler, Clark, Active Member, 269 Fellow, 306 Notes ON ETHNOGRAPHY OF MONTANA AND ALBERTA (Title), 278 Type In Psycuo-Puysicau Data (Title), 283 Wood, William H. S., Death of, 457 Woodbridge, F. J. E., Menrat OPERATIONS AND THEIR MATERIAL (Abstract), 499, 500 Woodrow, H. H., MEANING oF RHYTHMICAL Groupine (Abstract), 499 eo INDEX REACTION TIME AS INFLUENCED BY IRREGULAR RECURRENCE OF THE STIM- uLus (Abstract), 482, 483 Woops Lire IN THE NEW ENGLAND WINTER, Mary C. Dickerson (Title), 502 Woodworth, R. S., Cotor SENSATIONS AND Cotor Names (Title), 272 IMAGERY OF TIME RELATIONS (Abstract), 482 MetHop oF MEASURING DIFFERENCES IN ORDER AND ITS USE IN STUDYING CORRELATION (Abstract), 331 Wormeer, Isidor, Active Member, 341 Death of, 467 509 Xylotile, Recast analysis of, 145 de Ybarra, A. M. Fernandez, First Writ- TEN DOCUMENT ABOUT FLORA, FAUNA, ETHNOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY OF AMERICA (Abstract), 275 Yeaman, George H., Active Member, 341 Death of, 489 Yellow Gravel of Long Island, 427, 428 YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL ParxK, Charles Truax (Title), 305 Young, Charles A., Death of, 459 ZoOLoGIcAL NoTES COLLECTED IN JAPAN AND Inp1A, Bashford Dean (Title), 281 PUBLICATIONS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES [Lyceum or Natura History, 1817-1876] The publications of the Academy consist of two series, viz.: (1) ‘The Annals (octavo series), established in 1823, contain the scien- tific contributions and reports of researches, together with the records of meetings and similar matter. A volume of the Annals will in general coincide with the calendar year and will be distributed in parts. The price of the current issues is one dollar per part or three dollars per volume. Prices of early issues will be given on application. Author’s reprints are issued as soon as the separate papers are printed, the date appearing above the title of each paper. (2) The Memoirs (quarto series), established in 1895, are issued at irregular intervals. It is intended that each volume shall be devoted to monographs relating to some particular department of Science. Volume I is devoted to Astronomical Memoirs, Volume II, to Zodélogical Memoirs, etc. ‘The price is one dollar per part, as issued. All publications will be sent free to Fellows and Active Members. ‘The Annals will be sent to Honorary and Corresponding Members desiring them. Publication of the Transactions of the Academy was discontinued with the issue of Volume XVI, 1898, and merged in the Annals. Subscriptions and inquiries concerning current and back numbers of any of the publications of the Academy should be addressed to THE LIBRARIAN, New York Academy of Sciences, care of American Museum of Natural History, New York City. CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII, PART III. Poor, Charles Lane. An Investigation of the Figure of the Sun and of Possible Variations in its Size and Shape . Crosby, W. 0. Outline of the Geology of Long Island, N. Y. Cox, Charles F. Charles Darwin and the Mutation Theory Hovey, Edmund Otis. Records of Meetings, 1908 PaGEs 385-424 425429 431-451 453-536 "y oo : beh ¥e : AN Hi = aos iM f 4 B pn) si nik ‘ olrary y ‘ } a te ie ; . ‘ i a H u pare erie Siete hee ~ . 3 . wi ; 4 * Cs, AN UT 00258 3522 Rin see tee eatin Mesegnnnein min en ames sam